Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Most,w Often,, Needed
1970
MONOCHROME
Television
.Servicing InformaHon
VOLUME TV-29
THEORY
1
Compiled by
M. N. BEITMAN
Assisted by Hartford Beltman
SUPREME PUBLICATIONS
PRICE $4
I
Most - Often - Needed
MONOCHROME
Volume TV-29
Television
Servicing Information
�Illmm�l��
THEORY
Compiled by
M. N. BEITMAN
,Supreme Pubhcations
Highland Park, Illinois
© by Supreme Publications, 1970. Material copyrighted, reproduction prohibited.
Most - O6.. N..Ld
1966
RADIO
DIAGRAMS
and $¢rciria9lnformatioa
S
SUPREME TV & Rad*
lo Manuals
ORDER FORM
SIMPLIFIES TV REPAIRS 1
These giant TV manuals have complete cir-cuits, needed alignment facts, printed boards,
servicing hints, production changes, voltage
charts, waveforms, and double-page schematics.
Here are your authentic service instructions to
help you do expert work quicker; and priced at
only $3 per large annual manual.
COVER ALL POPULAR SETS
Here is your service data for faster, easier TV
repairs. Lowest priced. Best by comparison. Su-preme TV manuals have all needed service ma-terial on every popular TV set. Helpful, practical,
factory-prepared data that will really make TV
servicing easy for you. Benefit and save with
these amazing values in service manuals. Only
$3 per large volume. Used by 184,000 wise service-men for faster repairs. Join them; begin to make
TV repairs easily and quickly.
7- RADIO DIAGRAMS
1
1
1
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
t
1
I
I
1
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
Your best source for all needed RADIQ
diagrams and service data. Covers
everything from most recent 1966
radios to pre-war old-timers; home
radios, stereo, combinations, transistor
portables, FM, auto sets. Only $ 2.50 for
many volumes. Every manual has large
schematics, all needed alignment facts,
printed boards, voltages, trimmers, dial
stringing, and hints. Volumes are big,
81/2x11 inches, about 190 pages. See
coupon at right for list of SUPREME
popular radio service manuals No
Simplified Radio Servicing by
COMPARISON Method
Revolutionary different COMPARISON technique per-mits you to do expert work on all radio sets. Most repairs
can be made without test equipment or with only a volt-
ohmmeter. Many simple, point-to-point, cross-reference,
circuit suggestion; locate the faults instantly. Plan copyrighted. Covers
every radio set - new and old models. This new servicing technique
presented in handy manual form, size 81/2 x 11 inches, 4 S pages. Over
1,000 practical service hints. 26 large, trouble-shooting blueprints. Charts
for circuit analysis. 114 tests using a 5c resistor. Developed
by M. N. Beitman. New edition. Price only 1 50
'- PRACTICAL
RADIO MATHEMATICS
Simplified
Radio
Servicing
by
comparison
�1 Method
TELEVISION SERVICING COURSE
Let this new course help you in TV servicing.
Amazing bargain, complete, only $3, full pric
for a}1 lessons. Giant in size, mammoth in scope,
topics just like a $200.00 correspondence course.
Lessons on picture-faults, circuits, adjustments,
short-cuts, UHF, alignment facts, hints,
antenna problems, trouble-shooting, test
equipment, picture analysis. Special, only
�-
4
ay?
I
I
I
1
I
E
I
A ^ Pubflcat;ons; S rGmG
Name•
S I
Address -
Sold by All Leading Parts Jobbers
SUPREME PUBLICATIONS
1760 Balsam Rd., Highland Park, ILL.
* Ship immediately Radio and TV manuals
in quantities marked below.
Most-Often-Needed TELEVISION Manuals @ $4
QUANTITY
VOLUME #TV
YEAR COVERED
TV-28
C-69
196.9 8-w
1969 COLOR
TV-27
TV-26
1968
1967
Most-Often-Needed TELEVISION Manuals @ $3.
TV-25
1966
TV-2+V
bate 1965
TV-23
Early 1965
TV-22
1964
TV-21
1963
TV-20
Late 1962
TV-19
Early 1962
TV-1
19 1
TV-1
1960
TV-16
Late 1959
TV-15
Early 1959
TV-1
198
TV-13
Late 1957
TV-10
Late 1955
TV-8
1954
TV-5
1951
Most-Often-Needed RADIO Manuals @ $2.50
QUANTITY
VOLUME #R
YEAR COVERED
R-26
1966
R-25
1965
24
1964
23
1963
22
19662
21
1961
20
1960
1
195
18
195
16
1956
15
195
14
195
13
1953
12
1952
11
1951
10
199500
8
192
194
6
1946
5
1942
4
1941
3
1940
1
1926-1938
1967-1969
Combined Volume, $4.
_Master INDEX to above manuals, 250
TRAINING BOOKS
Auto Radio 1964-1965 Diagrams, $2.50
—Radio Servicing Course, new ed. 2.50
—Simplified Radio Servicing_— ., . 1.50
—Radio Mathematics (Self-help).. , .25
Practical Radio & Electronics, 3.95
Television Servicing Course , 3.0U
I
I
RADIO MATHEMATICS
Explains arithmetic and simple algebra in connection with
units, color code, meter scales, Ohm's law, alternating cur-rents, ohmmeter testing, wattage rating, series and parallel
connections, capacity, inductance, mixed circuits, vacuum
rubes, curves, the decibel, etc., and has numerous
examples. Only
250
❑ I am enclosing $ Send postpaid.
O Send C.O.D. I am enclosing $ ... deposit.
2
AtInvircil,
MODEL CHART
MODEL
NAME
COLOR
SIZE
TUNER
CHASSIS
9P209
Playmate
White
*9"
94E360-1 VHF
94E361-1 UHF
TL2-1A
9P210
Playmate
Black
9P212
Playmate
Red
9P215
Playmate
White
9P227
Playmate
Walnut/Black
SK9P210
Playmate
Black
* Picture diagonal measurement.
9P209
UHF
ADJ.
9P210, 212
SPEAKER CONNECTIONS C504
HORIZONTAL LOCK ADJUSTMENT
The Horizontal Lock control is set at the factory and
seldom requires readjustment. Adjustment need only be made
if 8FQ7 tube (V403) has been replaced and the picture cannot
be locked inwith slight adjustment of the Horizontal Lock
control.
To determine a faulty horizontal oscillator circuit, short
TP `.`R" to ground with short jump. It should be possible to
lock the picture in with the Horizontal Lock control with a
slight weaving back and forth in the picture.
To determine a correct horizontal phase detector action,
short TP "V" to ground and check the voltage from the grid
of the horizontal oscillator to ground. When the horizontal
lock coil is varied back and forth, the voltage reading should
vary between 0 volt to negative 0.5 volts.
L302 V301 T303 R504 HORIZ. R503 VERT. HEIGHT
HOLD LIN.
FIG. 1 TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS SHOWING ALIGNMENT &SERVICE
ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS
V402
3
ADMIRAL Chassis TL2-1A Schematic Diagram
CHASSIS VOLTAGES WITH SIGNAL
Listed below are DC voltages for
each stage when an average level
(snow free) program is tuned in. These
voi;ages must be used carefully or else
they can be misleading. Remember
that they may vary with different level
signals, program information and con-
trol adjustments.
17BF11 8BM11
Pin # Volts Pin # Volts
1 Fit 1 Fit
2 2.1 2 106
3 0 3 106
4 0 4 0
5 0 5 1,35
6 70 6 0
7 130 7 107
8 0 g 0
9 7.6 9 107
10 120 10 .6
11 145 11 .03
12 Fit 12 Fit
Pin #
1
2
3
4
8JV8
Volts
0
-1.2
66
Fit
5 Fil
6 0
7 -2.5
8 124
9 80
8FQ7
Pin # Volts
1 84
2 .55
3 3.5
4 Fit
5 Fit
6 94
7 -9
8 3.5
9 0
6GH8A
Pin # Volts
1 52
2 80
3 350
4 Fit
5 Fit
6 -68
7 104
8 0
9 -21
17Jz8
Pin # Volts
1 Fit
2 28
3 0
4 Do'Not Measure
5
6 -16
7 -16
8 110
9
10 -64
11
12 Fit
0
0
33GY7A
Pin # Volts
1 Fit
2 138
3
4 Do Not Measure
5 Do Not Measure
6
7
8 0
9 -14
10 0
11 82
12 Fit
IF AGC TP "I" -11V
RF AGC TP "R" -2.6
rd! INN(ktxp/x a [ —a IJ /1111
111"S "flip 110,10N/ n! 1101.. A(Ix
W710 of Y/(!AS SMOYN a O/SAfp[/Y!S
1/NO/CA(f5 60YA
ADMIRAL Chassis TL2-1A Schematic Diagram, Continued
L
1/28JV8
SURI NAME
Y 3.28
9a35-9L
NOW PASE PET
CF 40
PRECISION WIRED SYSTEM
( 1201
o41xr
.51 t202 TL201A
WTI,
hV301A
C2031 lF
i
LZJIe,
-
TRi
l
SBM11
T3 1
V. TO2
6GHSA
SYNC.
6I ACC V40RA V
SEP
.N
JIr 1401
Alm TWO
10111
NNY
NY 2p1
Sx
E 120
00 F205 CFOS /.SNN•I
.mn ATo,
22,
z,0,
v viola 93CS-1
YID PET
HSTA
CR301
R/12 i2A BE
8113 0405
:130A T220
5.6A -I
Y
YEA/O
T.
'•••••••••••e p
-0s1 JSSY
S193t]82
]WIF1iR /
FURIBLE T yR,
3t1
Nf '
0
"
I N
•
isoii
IBSV
1503
�
siaor
i 05016
150.1
1501
HORIZ.
LOCK 411
�.J
)IOY
I
T302
IF.2NNE_
TOT
1/2 17JZ8
1114
1 OSC. C101
02A
8F Q7
/Nor rotYrovlaO
DiD
"
.022x1
Sox
'SJV
1
IR4026
SNEC
HEIGHT- --'
714E417-2
1/z17BF11 ;;$; 1/217BFII
$WNB On JON+NOUSI AfP VOLUME T201
2 A /JIY SOUYO OUIPUI
I
vzola o
eLDE r uu1
C0R
5 I�JISY CFI! el C I00 ;RA6
I xf T'itll
-- �I1Y IR1
CJ RED
Lo_t
J 1134
9213 ' - NNS(/NMOilufN/NO
O /d/IJ /JII IN SONf NOOf[f Ox1r.
�1
0206 0206
6l0ATD2Nf
RED
220
� f- "
l
o
l
l->-
p
1
10D.
W3
I6a16 i1/28JV6
11 1 CC
♦♦
sx i vlp[O LNv
W31 II 302,
C313 a{t
15
_ -n4
J 6
JfY
4sNxZ - -
flf, 1455
NDA
0131
01IMf
rolror
L301
1420
N3
asixl,loxl
C410 1425RY-
(i p T ITT
R1Fi
-
IOx 1
11
661
13
ON :ATTEA
0111
I
R(VERT.
16G2
t HOLD N.Y RECIIfIER
v40! TEL.
Y
00 NOl Nf/SUBf -
00Y01lNOF-"`
451r
1
--rrae+r "Sy
N12
I-y SffONUf "01f%!
-1/217JZ8
VERL/OUTPUT
9028
LIN.
121
VERT.
-
C1s5
sgF T �
IDx IS6
c.
404
IlNS/ON BGNO
SA0UN0 fv[I,:'�
1 Of v/c/auNf
SOY
x0911
'
IICV30 fU6
L310 :�
N ]0
JJrr
Cl1i tN nll C119
Imo`
820
xIR ]OR BRIGHTNESS
CONTRAST +10
003
BLUR
N
IT T402
i6
DEFLFCTION�I�
1y6n
RARE
Tor
ll
6n
BLUE
8430
1919
01161
MY,
rox Eas
CRx ~ 1
�
_ EL.
r �
I I
IT
tlpn2.Yn
T401J
RED
/00
✓011132, CIVIC,, Ivisfo NiNN
YOONols N/!"fSelf XN'Ot
Off"t lO O0irm NIYlf0111
UN1lss S117111f rftlfol-fN!
IS VAIN,
RED
i.IAY
_ ✓0911
�-T
00 NO f Mf/SUNf OC YO(t/ 6F
V233(
DAMPER
0413
I
L40J
VIOIET I
TL2-1A SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
ADMIRAL Chassis TL2-1A Service Information, Continued
*
•
C 302
R302 4R305
R213
•
X11 12
ft 10
*9 17BF11
C114
8*�k'
6
•
0
T N
O L)
U�
*
1*
2*
3•
40 1
it
0 0
9
s
8
i
TO B+
BOOST - 2
IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK
I. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equi-,ment to
warm up. Usc an AC line isolation transformer.
2. Set VHF tuner to Channel 12. Connect negative of 6 v olts
bias supply to test points "X" and "T", positive to
chassis.
3. Connect sweep generator to VHF tuner to test point TP1
through the mixer matching pad of page 4. Ground low
side nearby. The mixer matching pad must match your
generator impedance.
4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test point +'V" through
decoupling filter of page 4, low side to chassis.
5 The IF curve now obtained should be checked against the
IF response curve, on page 4. Maintain sweep output at
3V P to P as alignment progresses. Keep markers low. A
reduction in sweep output should reduce curve amplitude
without appreciably altering the shape of the response
curve.
C326
12
•
L309
C319
--4-
L310
BOTTOM VIEW OF BOARD
6. If the curve is not within tolerance or markers not in proper
location, L122 VHF Tuner Mixer Plate Coil should be ad-
justed for 45.75MHz video marker and T302 Top for rounded
curve nose.
ALIGNMENT OF 4.5MC TRAP
Alignment of 4.5MC (beat interference) trap T303 top slug
requires use of a hexagonal non-metallic alignment tool.
To align 4.5MC trap T303 top slug, tune in television
station with beat interference pattern in picture. While closely
observing picture, adjust slug T303 top slug for minimum in-terference pattern.
Note that adjustment T303 top slug is slug farthest from
bottom of coil. Use caution so as not to disturb bottom slug,
slug nearest bottom of coil, as sound IF alignment will be
affected.
6
ADMIRAL Chassis TL2-1A Service Information, Continued
LIN.
R345
*—NA^._y
C419
�1--�R439
R443
w
CR401
6+1
—/f —W
C R501
R502
C50a
BRIGHT
HEIGHT V. HOLD
iF—
R501
it419
s
12 1
z
it
17JZ8 40
10
•9
R428
•2
3
01 4
8FQ7 5 •
9 6
8 7
• I'
R464
* - AVAVNr--+'
R459
0408
.-ate •4.0
C429 C411
C415
1
C435
If
SHOWING COMPONENT CONNECTIONS
OVER-ALL VHF-IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK
I. Set VHF Channel Selector on Channel 12. Connect nega-tive of 6 volt bias supply to test point "T" (IF AGC) and
negative 1.5 volt to test point "X" (RF AGC) positive to
chassis.
2. Connect isolation transformer between AC line and re-ceiver. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equip-ment to warm up.
3. Attach the sweep generator at the VHF tuner antenna termi-nals, using 50 or 90 ohm VHF isolation network to match
your generator impedance.
4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test point " V " through
decoupling filter, low side to chassis. Adjust sweep gen-erator for 3 volt P to P at test point "V"
5. Compare response curve obtained against ideal overall
curve shown on page 8.
SCOPE
'kv -
TO TV
TAKE OFF
POINT
•7
33GY7A
4
3
�0.
C43F�
�u
369 SWEEP
O O
TO Vf
FRONT END
INPUT
L403
I
LP-95
N
Q
U
-LP-95
TLINE FILTER
MARKER
GE N.
324
0
CARDBOARD
INSUL-ATIO N
EQUIPMENT SET-UP
7
ADMIRAL Chassis TL2-1A Alignment Information, Continued
4.5MC SOUND IF ALIGNMENT
1. Tune in normal picture on strongest TV station. Allow
about 15 minutes for set to warm up. See page 3 for ad-
justment locations.
2. Using non-metallic alignment tool, slowly turn slug L202
to several turns to left until a buzz is heard in sound.
Then slowly turn slug 1-202 to the right for loudest and
clearest sound. NOTE: There may be two points (Ap-proximately " turn apart) at which sound is loudest. The
slug should be set at center of second point of loudest
sound noted as slug is turned in (toward bottom of coil).
3. Reduce signal to antenna terminals until there is consid-erable hiss in sound. For best results, use a step atten-uator, connected between antenna and antenna terminals.
Signal can also be reduced by disconnecting antenna and
placing it close to antenna terminals or leads.
f<
41 .25MHz
MARKER
IYXI X i 8(
vL6iE l
4.5MHz
3.0MH z
`.2MHz
IF CURVE
45.75MH x
MARKER
60%
I
SOUND MARKER
(MAY NOT BE
VISIBLE)
AT LEAST 90%
IDEAL OVERALL RESPONSE CURVE
Curves can be reversed or up or down
dependingon equipmentand termination.
TAPE E TAPE
19GA. DUAL
LAMP CORD
DECOUPLING FILTER
CALRAD LP-95 FILTER
9BA103-3
,TO TEST
POINT
L
VHF
INPUT
BALUN
L104
UHF
ADJ
4. Carefully adjust slug L201B for loudest and clearest
sound with minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during align-ment, reduce signal to maintain hiss level. Re-adjust slug
1-201B. NOTE: Slug L201B should be at end nearest
bottom of coil.
5. Carefully adjust slug T303 bottom slug for loudest and
clearest sound with minimum hiss. If hiss disappears
during alignment, reduce signal to maintain hiss level.
Re-adjust slug T303. Caution: Slug T303 is located near-est bottom of coil. Use care so as not to disturb slug
nearest top of coil.
6. If above alignment is correctly rT)ade, no further adjustment
is required. However, if sound remains distorted at normal
volume level (when receiver is tuned for best sound) re-peat entire procedure.
CAUTION: Do not re-adjust slug L202 unless sound is
distorted. If 1-202 is re-adjusted, all steps in alignment pro-cedure should be repeated exactly as instructed.
RF
AGC
WHITE
UHF B+
TO R1.51
UHF
IN
TAPE TOGETHER
BUT KEEP INSULATED
TRANSISTOR
TV SETS
OIMF
KEEPSHORT
L
15
.0012
(TUBE TV)
18GA.DUAL LAMP CORD
50 OHM MIXER MATCHING PAD
TAPE TOGETHER
BUT KEEP INSULATED
TRANSISTOR
TV SETS
O1JMF
1�
.0012MF
(TUBE TV)
R GROUND
TO CHASSISy
22
H OCJ/
18 GA. DUAL LAMP CORD
90 OHM MIXER MATCHING PAD
t
SHIELD
GND
IF L122
OUT ADJ
C132,
—2.5V E)
—3.5VI
0a c
TPl
—1.8V
E'
42V
150VI
JUNC
G) 1118V L132&
•.•.•// JUNC C130
R111 &
L124
8 V AC R113
BROWN Bt RED
( I I Voltages taken with Signal)
TOP VIEW OF TUNER
ARKER
SWEEP
ARKER
TO 50 OHM
- MARKER
TO 90 OHM
- -SWEEP
TO 90 OHM
FREQUENCY
- - STANDARD TO SWEEP
GEN. 36''
MARKER
i
50 OHM VHF ISOLATION NETWORK
TO
MARKER
GEN.
90 OHM VHF ISOLATION NETWORK
ALL LEADS 3/8" UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED!
ALL SHIELDED CABLE MUST BE RG58A/U FOR 50 OHM AND RG62A/U FOR 90 OHM EQUIPMENT.
S
8
AcInvirml,,
The schematic on pages 10-11 is exact only for the chassis types as marked
under the schematic and can be applied in all respects to the corresponding
models. The other sets among those listed on this page use very similar cir-
cuits, but in many cases with different tuners. This brief service information
will be helpful in repairing any of these sets.
MODEL CHART
MODEL
16P18CF
C1634FP
C1657FP
AC1660FP
AC1667FP
COLOR
Gray
Beige
Walnut
Walnut
Walnut
SIZE
*16"
TUNER
94C363-1 VHF
94C361-1 UHF
CHASSIS
T2H3 1A
MODEL CHART
MODEL
16 P 18 C FM
NAME
Rancher
COLOR
Gray
SIZE
'16"
19P27CFM
Suburban
Walnut
* 19'.
TUNER
94E281-7 VHF
94E296-4 UHF
CHASSIS
TH3-1K
T8H4- I
19P 11 F
Cavalier
Brown
19P 15 F
Cavalier
Avocado
18H 19
Beige
18P28F
1881 FP
C1881FP
C 1897 FP
AC 1837 F P
19P11CF
19P15CF
Gray
Tan
Tan
Walnut
Walnut
Brown
Avocado
C1953FP
C1955FP
19P27CF
C 1977FP
AC 1990 F P
*18"
Sungold
Avocado *19"
Walnut
Walnut
Walnut
94063-1 VHF
94C361-1 UHF
94C363-1 VHF
94C361-1 UHF
T11H4-1A
T16H4-1A
T12H4-1A
T13H4-1A
AC1987FP
Black
AC 1987 FPM
Black
* 19"
94C363-1 VHF
94C361-1 UHF
T12H4-1A
94E281-7 VHF
94E296-4 UHF
T3H4-1A
C18P28FM
Gray
18"
94E281-7 VHF
94E296-4 UHF
TH4-IA
MODEL CHART
MODEL
NAME
COLOR
SIZE
TUNER
CHASSIS
AC1667PFM
Walnut
*16"
94E281-7 VHFTH3-lA
94E296-4 UHF
191`11FM
Cavalier
Broom
*19"
94E281-7 VHF
94E296-4 UHF
T3H4-1A
19P15FM
Cavalier
Avocado
MODEL CHA
MODEL
NAME
COLOR
SIZE
TUNER
CHASSIS
X16P18FM
Gray
*16"
94E281-7 VHF
94E296-4 UHF
TH3-1A
X18P28FM
Gray
*18.r
TH4-1A
18P28FM
Explorer
Gray
1881FPM
Windsor
Tan
C1881FPM
Windsor
Tan
C1897FPM
Oxford
Walnut
181-119M
Beige
X1881FPM
Windsor
Tan
C1953FPM
Canterbury
Sungold
*19"
94E281-7 VHF
94E296-4 UHF
T3H4-1A
C1955FPM
Canterbury
Avocado
19PIlCFM
Cavalier
Brown
19P15CFM
Cavalier
Avocado
MODEL CHART
MODEL
NAME
COLOR
SIZE
TUNER
CHASSIS
C1634FPM
Wilshire
Beige
*16"
94E281-7 VHF
94E296-4 UHF
TH3-1A
C1657FPM
Chelsey
Walnut
AC1660FPM
Walnut
*Picture measured diagonally.
9
TUBE
SOCKET
PV
ADMIRAL Chassis T2H3 -1A, T 11H4- 1A, etc., Schematic Diagram
!N! fUNfq SNONN /N CHANNEL !i POS/J/ON
/AFfNS Y/f/f0 fgONFgONl Of r"".21
SfCl/ONO./11..85 SNONN/....NFO
[LNFS.
AV
ORE.41
A
CONNIC!/ON BfINFFNfgONI
lNONFAN /AFfR SfCl/OHS.
11101 SIA
MONOPOLE YNF UNF 1+ WAFER
ANTENNA
II SOME
MO CI00
DELS
� 1700 .IIY
CONNECTED TO AECEIVIN
ANTENNA TERMINALS
r
M105
DIPOLE YNF
INTENNA
IA SOME
MODELS
M102
or,
Aff Y L SCAPF
I
Mw AT. IOII.SA�
I
SPAR1 I
L-CAP -J
M103
2ND
ANODE
LEAD
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
_ AT BOTTOM
OF SLEEVE
L
r
I r
I
1 1
( I
II
I
I
UHF TUNER 94C361-1
�� r—
LI51 AISt SMFC 1
Sp7a UNF C156A
AN/ 9
N __
LIST ONE LIME
211D LINE LINE CII
Sjt I�
93A59-1
ONE MIXER
CRI51
IN62AG
11153
100'1-
:
AA
OSC.LINE CISBC
11 105 r410 •-r+7R91-R
_L
Lc 32
104 1
LID21_
L101. C105
CI06'
27
M107
COAX CAILE ASSY.
YNf !UNf lUNfgS lqf /Aql
0lASSfNB[/ 9/CJB/-/
5
LI104
s'
U1T
rim �•i
L114
VHF TUNER 94C363-1
CI22
SIC
R.F. PLATE WAFER .
40
6 L:�
0117 RI0/
A
CIII CIi21T
I
1/16W
L107
3HA5
VHF AMP
Viol
.22NF
RIOT
SID UK III!
MIXER GRID WAFER
B 113
120
RIOS JIDN
1.21
10ffN5
fill OF YN[P
MIST
JA CA
11151
15N
211.
L152
D50 1
T 100
Ci53_
1.29
415
LI53 10
11158
__--_ ?20 ---
ENT o5C
0151
rgf/[NCE N/IN SANE YA[Uf AS Oq/C/N�[.
RUN CHANGES
0 start of P"a"tio,
O To improve Horizontal Oscillator reliability (with variation of lobes),
©cmiTection of R424 was transferred from 8f210 pin 3 of V4026.
11117 6 C321 were added for improved UHF reception In weoksignol areas.
Shie/dbro/d added from stee/bond frame of picture tube to MFs
9.erbracke!
® No service significance
HIGH VOLTAGE RECTIFIER HOUSING
rq VHF TUNER
V _'bI
F l
sCG8A '
,Al XER
1
V10+
13G%YAwPF
;�2_�
. 1
TN, NIX.ER UHF R
CRISI
I
:57621 2
�...J UNF OSC.
o1s+
UHF TUNER
DASHED LINES
ROICATE
BOTTOM VIEtl6.
5GS
3HA
rxFasc
L NIXEA
H
RF
*WA
N19EF
I
51821 5
�! 'uHFasc.
-1 OASNfO(/Mf COMPONCNIB AT
ORDERS/OE O! UNF TUNfB.
OO7cof 701F 01/71/Nf3
NO/CAIE.F"s
OIF
OOhm?
P/NNUMbro
of
AN
#
11"Cl
AINOr Bf SNO/N
/N AC7UA( LOCAT/DNS.
IST M IFF'
L126
11.VI6
AII0
SIE
OSC. WAFER
L131
LIAY2 pTi U3
o Lf3aGy�,
1fz5GS7
VHF OSC.
V1028 C131
R109 RIII
11 1
il.
oeN/NSBNf
EANLI NNfgSJ
C4251 Sa010000) Z )I
Dn T
C135
IMF
RIIB
- 470
2
All
ON
L4r
=VEN47/C N07f5.'
CRASS/S CNOONO.
I /AN/ NOT NOUN IfO ON PRECIS/ON N/Nf0 S15TFN
N Y0114Cf N/ [( YABf I/7H SE17/4C OF CONJNO[ S
NES/S rON Yi(OES //7 'ti if /0%. C/PAC/WON Y41 Ofs
/N P/COFA,N405. UN[ ESS 07NEBI/SF /NO/CArto
PC YO(IACfs NEASO,PFO AJ /201 AC //Nf NO S/CNA[.
M41 C00JN457 f 9B/CNINESS.1 M/N YO[UNf "m Y7YN
,4C"'war NOUNIfO AT 110FRAY Of mfr/S/ON I/,ff0
SYSIEN.
INY/,C��(7�'
M50i M502
O �I.V�J lA
11206
EAR VIEW OF CONTROLS
8BMi1
14BR11
ACC,
YIOED ARP. L
SOUND EF AN P.
�y IN541
/S- YIDED DET.
r 3HA5 YNf TUNER 5GS7 1
I V101 V102 1
? 00 I
LAO ODD:; 0f2T'-
L
qi l
J
r
ICTDRE TUBE
V303
i
i
i
i
i
L302
43-0 MC
C30I
10
10s
L301
47.2511CTRAP
IF
2
1101
2.2MEC.
56MEC
tt1V
i
IOY
PERT.
T
NOV
DRIZ.
T
14BRU SILTS
V302 V402
• 0® 00
V301
00 AM (D0
Neff: f[OCANO SOCfff Of
L//f CONe /S POLAN/ff0, OM-OFF SWITCH
SNA[[fN//N 0111f.CON
f XPAAi OF 11206)
NOl SLOE Of /SOY SSOIA
r-!
93852-1
0501
.22Nf
BODY
L
INSTANT PLAY DIODE
CR502
C315T
820
BBMII T3316
1 620
178F11 33GY7A 23Z9
V201 V403 V401
.5
5
C430
T001MF
t1Y
11501 Ntl
FUSIBLE /ABY
93B52-1
SILICON RECTIFIER
CR5010502
OOUF
ur
Off-OM SWITCH
93852-1
INSTANT PLAY DIODE
93052-1
RECTIFIER
SOUND OR 1 B+
SOUND OUTPUT r
N.Y. RE
X SLEEVE OX N.Y. CAGE
23Z9
SYNC SEP,
VENT.OSC A
VERT.OUTPVi
8LT8
RORIL 09C. 6.
HOAR. PHASE DET
L —
336
pp i�
L
A
OR32DOM PEA,
IMALL EA PIN
OE POLAR "D PL CCONNECTS
TO NOT SIDE OF
120VAC LINE.
L501
165YF
TUBE LOCATION CHART
i
ADMIRAL Chassis T2113-1A, TllH4-1A, etc,, Schematic Diagram, Continued
1/314BR11
SOUND"'
" 9I01
1138
at'SiV �
-.6 Y jC202 L20IA
I
IF ACC
13.0
'/217BF11
SOUND DET.
V201
4.SYC
L201B 1I OY
�-� C212
T822/ iT3.eesv2
5x 1
I sx 6201
e
L-- ---.J
C205T 0203
p2
106
f �
1202 .00INf I('--! L — =
—100N A204�
5
PWS 714C424-18
FKroo
10201
T2208 1207
I 1 3301
'205 _ II 11_202
00' 14.5NC
USXF I 1206 70[ONB+
—J 470, 00051, 1Cf Of
_ NAiB, CISS
INES
IMEC
15501
1
VOLUME
/It
r----T303---.,
I
N/28BM11 i Ilse I I 19
Itl� 63mI i 1/314BR11
iSTIF j
T T I YIDEOANP.
V301A /1BY 1N541 • ' ( • 1 V302A
' 'T301. —
1/2178F11
SOUND OUTPUT
112018
A
44AMC
4302
T22
YF
{Rw2
1NFC
.BY
1303
33
'/314BR11
ACC
V302C
T or
60Y
VERY.
T
8403
12NEC
_C404
330
—
10%
VIDEO DEi
r-T302 CR301
1 42iMC
I TOP
1_303 1_304
0306 0307 CSOe I e
I I r �`
r
1.I6.1 B.D I
I 4T, I
• ID% T
L-//.2NC_ --J R307
3.11
8306
220
1/32329
VERLOSC.
V401B
BSY2
�— _FR109
NOAIE�
I'sNEs. HEIGHT
t al
T (BLUE KNOB) ME,
190Y�R
Y 1412
Z7' 4NEC!
THERNISTOR
1t
6405
JOB
10%
Cwt
T .01(MF
13011 A414
113
10% Lwi II,K
_4
1443
3
391
-BBY
11410
_ 560K
T
ORI
XORH.
1
Y28LT8
NOAIZAK
V4028
1429 1 -i5Y
C/19 009 9
-T^3NF C429
1 BSY
)_/� 560.10% A�31
3911
I
2.21
HORiz. i�oo91 seao
LOCK 18% T10%
I
C418
L404
R50/ Illy
"I
r r NORI
339E B+, 1
1 1
1 J NOAI2
�—A90�9v39wK -1
�
C503B °..MI5 __L
1.20OMF SONY
— 150V _ I,D,
1.41,1
BY
ITV
NORH.
1
T
NOY
NOAIZ
1
~ ... 4700
O
Av3T 120 f 1
20 321V
'
- €560 tAV /KV HORII
S% CSI
5.4 ^ ."'• �,.` '— L
KppIA 2433 =R434 R439
~-1�•�'/233GY7A
SX - 1509 4001 ,009 (OYBf 1T, SFY IN T2X3-IA
80057 56.SNV IN i11H4iA
C4 i60Y 27,50 IN R Tt6H1-IA.
*§ <A438 A41*C42
MF LZZMF O/1MF 9T13H/1Ai1THNA
100 TBOOY IIn TBODY
211JIY
l4705f00N(f/N
7/1NI-1111/iNNA
O
L403
� s
aaaao s_ a—
DAMPER
114038
N38
1111 4.11
n
YO[/ACf CAUTION; f0[SEON/CN
YO(74CE5 AAEf.PfSEN7
tl0 NOr A77fNr170 OBSfAYf /AYF-lOXNSUN[fSS 5U/7AB[f IfSI
[pU/INFNI/S.USfO.
19FBP4 N TI6H4-IA
20AFP4 A T13H41A
eu6Kl
VERY
5.6n'll
TOi1S�ll
VHITE
194CSUBFACEANO
STEf(BONOfOFBANf
CAOUAD AulAll0
/N sets AUN/fig
?.fd/"
A SN/ELB
BA4/OYASAOOEO
fNONS7ffLBAYOftl
A&CZ
70YNFIUNfB
BNACAEL
CIi/NOrUSEO
/N l/iNf-JA.
T2H3-lA, TllH4-lA, T12H4-1A, T13H4-1A, T16H4-1A CHASSIS
O120VAC 50 OR 60 CYCLES ONLY.
'/z8BM11
2N0[F
113018 /i/Y
1408
_tC410
0310
IOx
409
'KVI
/SY
IRY 10% --
99 --
60% T .OIOVXt 616 1.2MEr, / >
/1 A A ITV
A/tT 1421~
1.2NEC� 1 SDB
1
VERT. HOLD VERT. LIN -
WHITE KNOR)
9300
T201 1 A1NAN1o1AN[r M2m
/N SONf Sfls.. SPEAKER
3.2n
63319
T IS I $1
3399
2.5Y
VEBBT. �.---
I r Y
J� �.i
'/323Z9
VEIT.OUTPUT
V4010
5 oONtl/NfASUA
O/J$Y
CE
/iIY
'/233GY7A
NORIZ OUTPUT
V403A
f N/CNB{
Boosr ISSY
9
T403
I
I
fou e
2
YERT. NOAH.
T
IOV
C1F
22 .IMF
23
} SK'10y. ISOX — R KI4
CONTRAST
EARPHONE
JACA
YICIBAE rOBfs ANfN0f0/BECIIYI
L /N7ENCNANCFABLf. AEf[MCEN/TN
SANf /Y1FA5 ON/C/NA[.
Slff l KAYO[ D FAANf ABOUND
lACElLATf.
IPICTURETUBE i
N1iY OS .,'/17ELP4 IN T2K3-IA
IRAA
2N
1310 43A
560
BRIGHTNESS
S5018 SPOT rSi 1
ELIMINATION I
SNITCX(NTD.
ON R208). A_ c _
C411 C4t2
0 iMF .022NF
R419
270A
41401
I --- ;,
j 14000 82.2ni 1418
1 220
IN
O
1420
I
120X
1BC2 F-- T402
V
04
ECT I DEFLECTION
11404 YOKE
YELLOW INOAl2.
60 a
80 a
15
e0 a I
a� ----I L402
� ( ��NO/MEASUREtlCYO(IACf.
I
TO PIN i2 8+04811 NOTf.l191/W4NOTMOUNTEDONPBfC/S/ON//BfP
S501A OF V201 93052-1 STSrfN. g+ 13411
M501 M502 '
A
RSO1 SILICON RECTIFIER L501 L502� 8+3
o IC501 L—J 5.5 CR501 8504 11011
22" FUSIBLE R506.39K
3.9K
MOlBPLUCANOSOCIETOf. 6004 93852-1 C502I.00�
iMf�0503A �250Y
F
I
W _lv `-L
L/NECORO/SPOLAB/IEO. +14 1KV 250ME L- 0 200AF o C503C
SA'ALLE,VP/NCOA'NECTSTO SILICON DIODE -'_165V -150Y _lSOMF
NOT SLOE Of/10YAC11& CR502 �_ 5011
L�
50 CYCLE POWER SUPPLY WIRING FOR MODELS WITH "X" PREFIX
-
93A59.1
UHF MIXER
CR151
IN82AG
ADMIRAL Tuner 94D281-7 used in Chassis TH3-IA, TH4-1A, etc,
M104
MONOPOLE
ANTENNA
141321
T
9 14 ..4 BV
CONNECTS TO
ANTENNA TERMINALS
I
M51
JACK
r
M105
COAX CABLE
BOOR VHF
ANT. INPUT
MI01
JACK
I L106A
I �cirn
VHF TURNER 94D281-7
I
I
I
L1068
L106a
L105A
L103
�aao g0lA 21
Li02 0101B
C102A
L103 C102B 27
e.00
W02
r RIIO- , T101
b4.2MEG Ir-----
6-21NEC II
C122 I I
I
L130 tSKV L
M103
J
L1058 L105C
R101 8102 1 7
471 1.2K
C{{7 1000
3GK5 000^
0133
I.22MT
UHF TURNER 94C296-4
300�n{F� r- Li 51 -RI51_i_
-
cT-
ANT.
I�NPCT
9
UNf If STRIP
CHANNEL i POSITION
YHF CHAMMEL
STRIPS 2 THRU 13
9- _ 1
'/26CG8A
VHF MIXER
V102A
L108
44.811 Hx
A103
-----------------
ONE LINF iP
T
-
I - _ 2N0_UNf LINES
��,I
yT
CI59B
I
II
01590 I�
�I
R152 015/ 'i.2N U11. uHE ��J T
121 ---) ID
�'_ 0157
CIN N IORS
I
A
L15
Is11
r0 /1775 30"-
01. 0152
1000
57B21-2
UHF 0SC.
015i
L1050
t109
MOO L107
RI08 CIIO CII
VHFLUNFTURERS
PART OF 940283-3
ASSEMBLT.
I
%26CG8A
VHF OSC.
V1028
0124
1000
COAX CABLE
L40
000
CM9
8118
170 Bf1
EXPLODED VIEW OF 94E281-7 VHF 81 94E29&4 UHF TUNER
IMPORTANT SERVICE NOTE
High Voltage Warning: Usual monochrome television high voltage is present at some points in these
models. Operation of receiver outside of cabinet or with back removed involves a shock hazard.
1. Use an isolation transformer when servicing chassis with back removed.
2. This chassis has an "Instant Play" feature. Remove the AC line cord to turn set completely off.
i. Make sure all chassis and high voltage shielding is in place before returning the set to consumer.
4. '`take sure that polarized AC line cord feature has not been defected by clipping off the wider prong.
5. Handle the picture tube only when wearing shatter-proof goggles, after discharging high voltage com-pletely.
G. After repair, with an ohmmeter, check the resistance between the exposed metal parts outside the
cabinet to the disconnected AC line cord prongs. With the On/Off switch in the On position there must
be a minimum of 300,000 ohms and a maximum of .} meg. The less resistance indicates a leakage path
which must be corrected before consumer use. More resistance indicates an open static discharge path.
12
The service material on pages 13 through 18 is exact for the group of
sets listed directly below which are most recent of this series.
MODEL CHART
MODEL
NAME
COLOR
SIZE
TUNER
CHASSIS
16P57CFM
Chesley
Walnut
*16''
94C347-1 VHF
94C336-2 UHF
T3K3-2A
16P40CF
Villager
Black
94C363-2 VHF
94C361-2 UHF
T3K3-1A
16P43CF
Villager
Gold
16P57CF
Diplomat
Walnut
SK16P41CF
Brown
X16P40F
Black
19P31CF
Brown
*19„
19P47CF
Walnut
T30-1 B
19P297CFW
Uptown
Walnut
SK19P263CF
Gold
Except for minor differences, the sets listed below are electrically
like the sets listed above and covered in this material.
MODEL CHART
MODEL
NAME
COLOR
SIZE
TUNER
CHASSIS
19P280CF
Sportman
Black
*19"
94C363-2 VHF
94061-2 UHF
T3K4-1A
19P289CF
White
19P297CF
Uptown
Walnut
T3K4-1B
The earlier 12" sets listed below are also similar to sets covered in
this material, but there are differences such as tuner types, HV
rectifier 33GY7A used for V403, etc.
MODEL CHART
MODEL
NAME
COLOR
SIZE
TUNER
CHASSIS
12P206
Playmate
Blue
*12„
94D363-2 VHF
94D361-2 UHF
TK2-1A
12P215
Playmate
Avocado
12P227
Playmate
Walnut
12P229
Playmate
White
*Picture diagonal measurement.
HORIZONTAL LOCK ADJUSTMENT
The Horizontal Lock control is set at the factory and
seldom requires readjustment. Adjustment need only be made
if 8LT8 tube (V402) has been replaced and the picture cannot
be locked in with slight adjustment of the Horizontal Lock
control.
To determine a faulty horizontal oscillator circuit, short
the plate of the sync separator to ground. It should be pos-sible to lock the picture in with the Horizontal Lock control
with a slight weaving back and forth in the picture.
To determine a correct horizontal phase detector action,
short the plate of the sync separator to ground and check the
voltage from the grid of the horizontal oscillator to ground.
When the horizontal lock coil is varied back and forth, the
voltage reading should vary between negative 1 volt to nega-
tive 6 volts.
WIDTH ADJUSTMENT
A resistance jumper is provided on the chassis to vary
the width by applying 3 different voltages to the screen of the
horizontal output tube. With the jumper located on the top of
the vertical output transformer on 'C' maximum width will be
given. Connect the jumper to the terminal that will just pro-vide full width with the lowest line voltage for your area.
13
ADMIRAL Chassis T3K3, T3K4, etc., Service Information, Continued
IF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT
Connect isolation transformer between AC line and re-ceiver. Connect negative of 6 volt bias supply to test point
"I" (IF AGC), & "R" (RF AGC). Positive to chassis. See
figure 1.
Using needle nose aligator clip or looped end of hookup
wire, connect a 50 or 90 ohm mixer matching pad to match
your equipment impedance shown on page 4 to test point TP1,
low side directly to tuner, see figure 1. Connect signal gen-erator to matching pad.
Connect VTVM high side to test point "V" through a de-coupling filter. See page 18. Connect low side to chassis.
Set channel selector to unused Channel 12 or 13. Con-nect jumper wire across antenna terminals. Set RF generator
output to give reading 1-2 volts over residual reading for all
pre-peaking IF adjustments.
Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment to
warm up. Use a non-metallic alignment tool.
CHASSIS VOLTAGES WITH SIGNAL
Listed below are DC: voltages for
each stage when an average level
(snow free) program is tuned in. These
voltages must be used carefully or else
they can be misleading. Remember
that-they may vary with different level
signals, program information and con-trol adjustments.
17BF11 813M11
Pin Volts Pin Volts
1 Fit 1 Fil
2 2.6 2 114
3 0 i 114
4 0 4 0
5 0 5 1.2
6 74 6 0
7 136 7 120
8 0 8 0
9 6.8 9 120
10 121 10 15
11 130 11 0
12 Fil 12 Fil
14BL11 23Z9
Pin Volts Pin Volts
I Fil 1 Fil
2 78 2 76
3 80 3 -60
4 108 4
5 -•8 5
6 0 6
7 68 7
8 0.15 8 - 15
9 -60 9 126
10 112 10 -30
11 -1.5 11 104
12 Fil 12 Fil
0
8LT8 38HK7
Pin Volts Pin Volts
1 8 1 Fil
2 126 2 134
3 128 3
4 Fil 4
5 Fil 5
6 .1 6
7 23 7 Fil
8 1 8 0
9 -30
10 0
11
12 Fil
YNI IORCP swore /IV CNANNff is ROS/.ION
Sferl
Y/f" IBONIAAre
a 0
S410
iffy
SFC//ON 0!Y/IfRS SNOYN /N pASHIO [/ACS
!/NO/C/1!S tONNICl/ON Ifrrff# feaff
ARO RfAR YAlFR SfC/IONS.
YHF
MI01
MONOPOLE
ANTENNA IN
MODELS WI TN
13N3-IA CHASSIS
.jtma1
TA[V
CONNECTS TO VNF
ANTENNA TERMINAL$
M109
II VHFNNA IN
ANTENNA IN
MODELS WITN
T3N3-IBCNA5515
ONNECTS'TO VHF
TENNA TERMHIALS
M102
A
- IOYN�
SOONPhf
SPAAA
AN7 L CAP
/NPV� i17fI011.SA7
AI �I I
11.8�4MEC. I
SPAR, 1
L-CAP -
M103
M151
,ACA
$
UNFI A Bt WAFER
L101 Cl D5
21
M107
COAX CABLE AS
ts7015,
CUT
27
105
"l
(,
I�IpLI09
I CC
I
L105
0009
000
IMPORTANT: Before proceeding, check signal generator
against frequency standard for calibration.
1. Set generator at 47.25MHz and adjust L301 for minimum
with 6 volt bias reduced to zero for this step only.
2. Set generator at 42.7MHz and adjust T302 top slug for
maximum. Use - 6 volts bias for steps 2- 12.
3. Set generator at 44.2MHz and adjust T302 bottom slug for
maximum.
4. Set generator at 44.8MHz and adjust T301 for maximum.
5. Connect wire jumper across IF input coil L302.
6. With generator at 44.8MHz, adjust L122 on tuner for maxi-mum. See page 4.
7. Remove wire jumper of step 5.
8. Set generator at 43MHz and adjust L302 for maximum.
9. A. This completes pre-peaking.
B. Disconnect signal generator and connect sweep gen-erator. Feed all signals through mixer m atching pad
connections to test point TP1 on tuner,
10. Transfer VTVM decoupling network to oscilloscope cali-brated for 3 volts P to P to network.
11. Set sweep frequency at 43MHz, sweep width approximately
7MHz. Maintain 3 volts P to P sweep display by adjust-ing sweep RF. Keep marker at low level to prevent over-loading. A reduction in sweep output should reduce amp-litude without altering the shape of the response curve.
12. If 45.75MHz marker is not within tolerance or markers not
in proper location on curve, adjust L122 to position
45.75MHz marker. Adjust T302 top to correct shape of
curve. Avoid reducing amplitude of curve as much as
possible. See the IF curve drawing on page 18,
VHF TUNER 94C363-2
C122 AID?
sic S_�
AF PLATE WAFER- 40 510 9.71,1/BW
N LII;
I MI
ID CAIN WAFER
6 Li3
Lill C13TL129
3 " ..
LIIS
LL 4
3HA5
VNF AMP
V104
3 1 0117
61 IN ICA L146Z 50
/71,1/4
00 11au1000
R105 TiOOO
1.21 -
III
Ctl9 Cl 21
1 1000 1000
0
1/25GS7
VHFNIAER L122
IVY V102A C128
s PRY 448m 1000
y _ u23 0A _76y
> C124TI000
s a 1100 T1OA
222A11
LI24
20
---(WU3�
10001 ( S:1111
)
1
Y 0327
J
M
0 70 P/N f
NF /04V
0!YlO7 ~0 0
4010 y Ol
SIE
05C -WAFER
31
L1�in P�� 0 139
14D
1/25GS7
VHF ESC.
V1028 0131
1112
ION
/4W
COAX CABLE j
J
UHF TUNER 94C361-2
/rr LI 51
JMPmf
VI � 0o.,A152K1.5NE6� CIS
/EA��7I
,1�
-� 20D UNF LINE CII
S
h
1151 I 39
i5A ♦----___��.
2W
N1sD1. A1s3
114V
93A59-1 j I
UNF NI%Eft
CIT", I I
IN02A0 -
I
-4
0540
j
571321-5 1
UHF 05C.
0154
153
D64 LI
I
I
1
1
4-
srNfw!/C MOILS.'
CRASSIS CP0VN0
11 PIR/ RO/ NOON7f0 ON "fell/ON "RIO srslf#
N 10(/16! 0/71 1IR/ NIIN Sl77/NC of CON/RO[S
its's 10R 111 Ul5 //I I'll 0A. "PiCl/OR wms
/N flC0/IR10S. OR(155 ViNfRX/Sf IA'OIC41"
PC 1011,CfS NfASVRlO AI /IOY 161w.. NO SiCN17.
J
A` CON7RAS/ C RR/CN/Rlss.1 M/R Y01V#r"`INVIYN
.4CONPONlN! NOONIFO Al VNOFRS/Of 0! PN aslaN N/RFO SYSIFN.
CRT
Pin Volts
1 Fil
2 0
3 40
4 Focus Pins
5
6
7 26
8
Fil
TP "I" -lOV
TP "R" 15V
UP
14
ADMIRAL Chassis T3K3-lA, -1B, Schematic Diagram, Continued
�, Jti
6y�Nf
!
Op.®
�Wy
�s
3LOZ1366
� =W m
_I ooaaaeoaooaoaDoaSDooloe.
g1 �UZ;
tW==T3"
a�m l4ananan
L
SCHEMATIC
DIAGRAM
CO
Cl
15
ADMIRAL Chassis T3K3, T3K4, etc„ Service Information
Vol. B C
UHF
VHF
TPl
c
�M
�N,
L202 L201
T303
;_.._. Vert
._
R501 w R502 I T301 Lin
Height Width
R503
L301 L302 Vert
Hold
HR-
�h
C502
8210
104,7�
•- —s
O
N
2
it
U501
N
t
CG
R5 010'
N • C � N rP9
C211
*AH �o
8 2 0 7 Or
Low 8+4. ���•
295V � •
C210 N
� 0Q4/
T201
0
C
AT
•
n,
O
.. •
• <o
•''� N
• — v w' •
. . • C20
p 0C2201 ,► cc
fit-+
`�-C204
l
Continued
FIG. 1 TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS
SHOWING ALIGNMENT & SERVICE
ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS
Horiz.
.--....�
M T
�� C3�02_ 0 ce-
_ a ' R304
1
M
c2oe- J
all-'• � o ,.
C202
R309 C320
m
.�M r •----+ •
►- �nnr R 319 1 i R4 39
—�f--y 0-4 F-0 C313 0319
A 315 •--+
O'
M
R301
.---inn.--s
00 CC "o •
a
.� ,,,
• � N
*--v or R305 • o •
r R312 •--• «4f-• C304
C305
• s
M
S
Q
M
BOTTOM VIEW OF BOARD
R407
16
ADMIRAL Chassis T3K3, T3K4, etc,
IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK
1. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment to
warm up. Use an AC line isolation transformer.
2. Set VHF tuner to Channel 12. Connect.negative of 6 volts
bias supply to test points "R" and "I"; positive to
chassis.
3. Connect sweep generator to VHF tuner to test point TPI
through the mixer matching pad of page 1$. Ground low
side nearby. The mixer matching pad must match your
generator impedance.
4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test point "V" through
decoupling filter of pageJA low side to chassis.
5. The IF curve now obtained should be checked against the
IF response curve, on page 16_ Maintain sweep output at
3V P to P as alignment progresses. Keep markers low. A
reduction in sweep output should reduce curve amplitude
without appreciably altering the shape of the response
curve.
6. If the curve is not within tolerance or markers not in proper
location, L122 VHF Tuner Mixer Plate Coil should be ad-justed for 45.75MHz video marker and T302 Top for rounded
curve nose.
M
1f)
� c o� •
`1 •
r
�C404
i
R415
R418
R404
•
M
+
m
x
M
e
OVER-ALL VHF-IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK
1. Set VHF Channel Selector on Channel 12. Connect nega-tive of 6 volt bias supply to test point "I" (IF AGC) and
negative 1.5 volt to test point "R" (RF AGC) positive to
chassis.
2. Connect isolation transformer between AC line and re-ceiver. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equip-ment to warm up.
3. Attach the sweep generator at the VHF tuner antenna termi-nals, using 50 or 90 ohm VHF isolation network to match
your generator impedance.
4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test point " V " through
decoupling filter, low side to chassis. Adjust sweep gen-erator for 3 volt P to P at test point "V".
5. Compare response curve obtained against ideal overall
curve shown on page 19.
ALIGNMENT OF 4.5 MHz TRAP
Alignment of 4.5MHz (beat interference) trapT303 top slug
requires use of a hexagonal non-metallic alignment tool.
To align 4.5 MHz trap T303 top slug, tune in television
station with beat interference pattern in picture. While closely
observing picture, adjust slug T303 top slug for minimum in-terference pattern.
Note that adjustment T303 top slug is slug farthest from
bottom of coil. Use caution so as not to disturb bottom slug,
slug nearest bottom of coil, as sound IF alignment will be
affected.
1
m
N
v
•
•
s
s
�QRR�
M
O
L4o1
R424
_ N
-w pG
C420
9Fky
�1
•
W
• �D
N
C415
s •
o �a
l •--• R 4 2 6
Zr
• �N •---�N1Iv--+
R427
TO TEST
POINT
L
ADMIRAL Chassis T3K3, T3K4, etc., Alignment Information, Continued
4.5MHz SOUND IF ALIGNMENT
1. Tune in normal picture on strongest TV station. Allow
about 15 minutes for set to warm up. See pagel&for ad-
justment locations.
2. Using non-metallic alignment tool, slowly turn slug L202
to several turns to left until a buzz is heard in sound.
Then slowly turn slug L202 to the right for loudest and
clearest sound. NOTE: There may be two points (Ap-proximately
1/ turn apart) at which sound is loudest. The VHF
slug should be set at center of second point of loudest INPUT
sound noted as slug is turned in (toward bottom of coil). BALUM
3. Reduce signal to antenna terminals until there is consid-erable hiss in sound. For best results, use a step atten-
uator, connected between antenna and antenna terminals.
Signal can also be reduced by disconnecting antenna and L104
placing it close to antenna terminals or leads. UHF
4. Carefully adjust slug L201B for loudest and clearest ADJ
sound with minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during align-ment, reduce signal to maintain hiss level. Re-adjust slug
L201B. NOTE; Slug L201B should be at end nearest
bottom of coil.
5• Carefully adjust slug T303 bottom slug for loudest and
clearest sound with minimum hiss. If hiss disappears
during alignment, reduce signal to maintain hiss level.
Re-adjust slug T303. Caution: Slug T303 is located near-est bottom of coil. Use care so as not to disturb slug
nearest top of coil.
6. If above alignment is correctly made, no further adjustment
is required. However, if sound remains distorted at normal
volume level (when receiver is tuned for best sound) re-
peat entire procedure.
CAUTION: Do not re-adjust slug L202 unless sound is
distorted. If L202 is re-adjusted, all steps in alignment pro-cedure should be repeated exactly as instructed.
TAPE
TAPE
18 GA. DUAL
LAMP CORD
36
YZ
DECOUPLING FILTER
TAPE TOGETHER
BUT KEEP INSULATED
KEEPSHORT
L
I r�"
TRANSISTOR
TV SETS
OIJ
MMF
`I
.0012
(TUBE TV)
L
15
18GA.DUAL LAMP CORD
50 OHM MIXER MATCHING PAD
TAPE TOGETHER
BUT KEEP INSULATED
TRANSISTOR
TV SETS
OIMF
T- GROUND
TO CHASSISy
22
0012MF
(TUBE TV)
18 GA. DUAL LAMP CORD
CALRAD LP-95 FILTER
98A103-3
ARKER
SWEEP
MARKER
TO 50 OHM
MARKER
TO 90 OHM
SWEEP
TO 90 OHM
FREQUENCY
- - STANDARD TO SWEEP
GEN. 36"
MARKER
TO
MARKER
GEN.
UHF B+
TO R151
SHIELD
GND
IF L122
OUT ADJ
u
0)
C115
-1.3V
-1.OV
V
u
•
C132,
—2.5V O
1-3.5V]
I
TP1
—1.8V
—0.3V
(86V1
76V
TIP O
115V
110V
JUNC
R111 &
L124
42V
110V
JUNC
L 1 32 &
Cl 30
RF
AGC
WHITE
TO TV
TAKE OFF
POINT
1.5 K
UHF
IN
TO
FRONT END
INPUT
50 OHM VHF ISOLATION NETWORK
TO CHASSIS
GROUND
680
1.5K
TO
VHF
ANT.
TERMS
8 V AC R113 C135
BROWN B+ RED
( I Voltages taken with Signal)
TOP VIEW OF TUNER
LP-95
LINE FILTER
CARDBOARD
INSULATION
EQUIPMENT SET-UP
Ff 4.5MHz
41.25MHz
MARKER
tun u � Bf
Vi5i6iE 1
50%-
I
45.75MH z
MARKER
60%
1
IF CURVE
Curves can be reversed or up or down
dependingon equipmentand termination.
SOUND MARKER
(MAY NOT BE
VISIBLE)
AT LEAST 90%
90 OHM MIXER MATCHING PAD
90 OHM VHF ISOLATION NETWORK
18
IDEAL OVERALL RESPONSE CURVE
EMERSON
MODEL NO.
CHASSIS NO.
VHF TUNER
UHF TUNER
CRT TYPE
15P23,
15P24
120914-A
471815
471816
16DPC4A
120914-B
471819
UHF
TUNER
TRANSIST.
UHF OSC.
X-3
1N82A
X'TAL MIX
VERT SIZE
R-37 IR-66
L7
PICTURE
OPTIMIZER A n
C
VHF
TUNER
(471815)
V-12 ;
3 G K 5 =3
R.F. AMPLIFIER
VOLUME
R-11
PICTURE TUBE\
V-7
16 DCP4 OR
16 DCP4A
HEATER STRING
3
BRIGHT. CONTRAST
L-5 4
T-3
OO
v
(4EH7
I ST VIDEO I.F.
V-4
L-3 Z1
6LX8.>
HORIZ.OSC.a KEYED AGC X-2 U V-3 4
lo
HORIZ.PHASE (AUDIO OUTPUT)
y--r DETECTOR 17C5/17CU5
LIN RT HOLD
—'V�HORIIZ. HOLD
ALTERNATE
VHF
TUNER
(USED ON
SOME SETS)
J
HEATER STRING
1N295 X-11, 8AW8A
VIDEO DETECTOR XTAL VIDEO AMP. B
(SOLDERED TO PC BOARD) j* V E RT. 0 S C.
4EJ7 V-6
2NDVIDEO I.F
V-5 L-12
HoCOIL c�
T-5
6LN8
SOUNDLF
SYNC.SEP.
53GYT
HOR.OUTPUT
9 DAMPER
V-11 V-9
410CW5 R 6
VERT.OUTPUT 25A
r.� low
ON-OFF
ORTIMER`
SWITCH
40T6A
AUDIO DET.
V-2
FIG. 1 — TUBE LOCATIONS AND
�U
12
F-1
FUSE
IBC2
HIGH VOLT.
RECTIFIER
V-
10'
120VAC,60 CPS
ALIGNMENT POINTS
RESISTANCE READINGS
Symbol
N o.
Tube Type
Pin I
Pin 2
Pin 3
Pin 4
Pin 5
Pin 6
Pin 7
Pin 8
Pin 9
Pin 10
Pin 11
Pin 12
V-1
6LN8
040K
10K
#40K
(Filament)
940K
220
0
3 Meg
—
—
—
V-2
4DT6A
7.512
470Q
(Filament)
1.2 Meg
135K
470K
—
—
—
—
—
V-3
17C5/17CU5
18052
I to to
Me
Meg
(Filament)
Me
I g
#35K
935K
—
—
—
—
—
V-4
4EH7
140Q
110K
140(2
(Filament)
0
#33K
433K
0
—
—
V-5
4EJ7
10052
0
100
(Filament)
0
#33K
#33K
0
—
—
—
V-6
8AW8A
0
500K
t0 2M
5 Meg
to
6.1 Meg
(Filament)
1552
300
#35K
935K
—
—
V-7
CRT
4.3K
1toK
300 K
(Filament)
4.3K
270K
0
—
—
—
—
V-8
6L X8
210K
350K
#33K
(Filament)
#52K
2.2K
550K K to
#26K
—
—
—
V-9
33GY7
(Fil)
#33K
N.0
650K
650K
N.0
N.0
0
560K
560K
933K
(Fil)
V-10
16C,2
INF
INF
—
INF
INF
INF
—
INF
INF
(Cap)
650K
—
V-11
10CW5
—
'2.5-,Meg
to
3 Meg
2212
(Filament)
—
#33K
—
#33K
—
—
NOTES: All resistance readings are in ohms, unless otherwise specified, "K" denotes kilohms;
"M" denotes megohms.
"N.C." denotes no connection to terminal indicated.
it Reading affected by Electrolytic Capacitor in circuit.
19
EMERSON Chassis 120914A, B, Alignment Information
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE - I-F STAGES,
1. Connect an oscilloscope (through a 10k isolation resistor)
to pin 7 of V-613 (grid of video amplifier). Scope should
be adjusted so that 2 inches of vertical deflection repre-sents approximately 2 volts P-P output.
2. Connect -4,5 volts bias to the I-F AGC test point (Test
point "C"), the junction of C-27 and C-30.
3. Connect a terminated sweep generator, adjusted to sweep
between 40 and 50 mc, to pin 2 of V-5 (grid of second
I-F amplifier) through a 1,000 pf isolation capacitor.
Note: If sweep generator does not have internal markers,
a separate markershould be loosely coupled to the output
of the sweep generator.
4. Adjust T-4 top and bottom simultaneously for maximum
gain and symmetry about the 44.0 me marker as shown in
Fig. 3. (Use core positions nearest outside ends of coil.)
With input signal maintained to produce 2 volts P-P out-
put during final adjustment, bandwidth markers should fall
between the tolerances indicated.
5. Disconnect generator output leads from grid of second
I-F amplifier and connect them to pin 2 of V-4 (grid of
first I-F amplifier).
6. Adjust T-3 top and bottom simultaneously for over-
coupled response as shown in Fig. 4. (Use core posi-tions nearest outside ends of coil.) With input signal
maintained to produce 2 volts P-P output during final
adjustment, bandwidth markers should fall between the
tolerances indicated.
Note: The correct overcoupled response is indicated
when slight rocking of T-3 core settings do not
change the amplitude of the 44,0 me marker, but
cause the response to rock or slide about this
marker.
7. Reduce the amount of bias applied to the I-F AGC test
point (test point "C") to -1.5 volts.
8. Disconnect generator output leads from grid of the first
I-F amplifier and couple them to the mixer tube (V-13)
of the VHF tuner, using the signal injection shim de-scribed below. If this is impractical, correct the gen.
erator output leods to the I-F mixer point or, the tuner,
using the coupling network shown in Fig. 5
9. Open trimmer CT-1 three turns from its fully closed posi-tion and adjust output of generator to produce approxi-mately 2 volts P-P indication on 'scope.
10. Adjust the tuner output coil (T-9) for maximum'gain and
symmetry about the 44.0 me marker.
11. Adjust the 41.25 me trap (L-3) and the 47.25 me trap (L-4)
for minimum output at these frequencies (as indicated by
their respective markers on the 'scope), increasing gener-ator output as required to insure maximum effectiveness
of the trop settings.
12. Reduce output of generator to produce approximately 2
volts P-P deflection on 'scope and re-adjust the tuner
output coil (T-9) for maximum gain and bandwidth
about the 44.0 me marker.
13. Disconnect oscilloscope from pin 7 of V-6B and con-nect to pin 7 of V-4 (plate of first I-F amplifier), using
a low impedance crystal detector probe as shown in
Fig.10. 'Scope should be calibrated so that 2 inches of
vertical deflection now represents approximately 0.2
volts P-P.
TRAPS AND TUNER OUTPUT COIL
14. Reduce output of generator until a usable display is
produced on the oscilloscope and again adjust the
tuner output coil (T-9), this time tunina for maximum
goin midway between the peaks of ifne Cana-pass as
indicated in Fig. 6. The 44.0 me marker should fall
between the tolerances indicated.
15. Maintain generator output to produce approximately 0.2
volts P-P indication on the oscilloscope (as above)
and adjust the grid coil (L-5) to center the 44.0 me
marker on the peak of the response as indicated in Fig.
7. disregarding the tilt of the overall waveshope.
16. Adjust the input trimmer (CT-1) to position the 42.25
and 45,75 me markers at equal amplitudes and center
the 44.0 me marker with the tuner output coil, (T-9),
if necessary.
17. With generator output increased to maximum, check the
position of the 41.25 me and 47.25 me traps (L-3 and
L-4), and re-adjust if necessary.
18. Re-adjust generator output to produce a 0,2 volt P-P
indication on the scope and observe the response.
The curve obtained should conform to Fig. 8.
19. Disconnect the crystal detector probe and connect the
oscilloscope to pin 7 of V-6B (grid of the video ampli-fier) directly through a IOK isolation resistor.
20. Increase bias voltage to -4.5 volts and adjust the
oscilloscope so that 2 inches of vertical deflection is
equivalent to approximately 2 volts P-P output. Ad-just output of signal generator until a 2 volt P-P in-dication is obtained on the 'scope. Response curve
and marker positions should conform to Fig. 9.
21. Remove AGC bias from test point "C". Output signal
as indicated on the 'scope should increase, and noise
signol.on baseline should have an amplitude of at
least 1/8 inch.
CAUTION - No attempt should be made to improve a
response curve which conforms to that
shown in Fig. 9. Minor deviations may be
corrected by slight touch-up of specific
coils to make response conform to Fig. 9.
as indicated below:
a) To position the 45.75 me marker adjust T-3, bottom slug
b) Topositionthe 42.25 mc marker ad lust T-4, bottom slug.
c) To correct tilt, adjustT-8, the tuner output coil.
42.25 me
(5% to 20%
DOWN FROM
PEAK)
42.25 me
(35% to 50%
DOWN FROM
PEAK)
44.0 me
(MAX. DIP OF
VALLEY 159)
FIG.3
44.Omc MARKER
(NEAR CENTER)
(MAX. P-P
TILT, 20%)
(MAX. PEAK-VALLEY
DIP, 25%)
46.75 me
( 5% to 25%
DOWN FROM
PEAK)
45.2 5 me
(tS%to 70%
DOWN FROM
PEAK)
20
FIG. 4
EMERSON Chassis 120914A, B
TERMINATED OUTPUT
CABLE FROM SIGNAL GEN.
1, OOOpt'
1K- 1/2W
(PHENOLIC BOARD)
(TO CHASSIS GROUND)
FIG. 3 - GENERATOR COUPLING NETWORK
(REFER TO STEP NO.8)
44.0mc MARKER SHOULD
FALL BETWEEN
POINTS INDICATED.
I
(TUNE FOR
MAXIMUM)
42.25mc
41.25 me
42.25 me
(60y to 80>
DOWN FROM
PEAK)
TO It 000
CHASISSI P}
1
FIG.6
FIG.7
4 4. DIM
1 DOYi
1
45,76mc T 0! 2 V
(P-P)
47.25 m
FIG.8
44.0 me
F I G. 9
1 34
40 KrtiK�® TO
47OptI _ SCOPE
50%
(MIN)
0%
45.75 me
(60% to 80
DOWN FROM
PEAK)
'—(METAL SHIELD)
FIG.10-LOW IMPEDANCE CRYSTAL DETECT-OR PROBE. (REFER TO STEP NO. 13) I ,�
i
FIG.
ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD
TV CHASSIS 120914
(TOP VIEW)
21
_J
I
36V
PIP
O
30 CPS
30 CPS
EMERSON Chassis 120914A, B, Service Information, Continued
]B]5 CPS
65 V
PP
--I
n
CONDITIONS FOR CHASSIS READINGS
IQ-1TRANSISTORUHFOSC
X• 3UHF MI KER DIODE
L---- 1
.
VHF
MONOPOLE
130 MCC CHOKE
R\ V F DIP L[
ANEENNA ACItET
I— MONOPOLE ON SOME MODELS)
VOLTAGES AND WAVESHAPES were taken under actual
operating conditions, with normal picture and sound being
received. AGC voltage developed on the I-F AGC line
(test point C) was minus 13 volts. Input voltage to chassis
under test was 120 volts, 60-cycle AC. Frequencies indi-cated for the waveshapes shown are approximate sweep
settings for the oscilloscope being used (one-half actual
frequency of signal being measured).
RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS were taken with no power.
Where readings are affected by control settings, both maxi-mum and minimum values are shown.
ALL MEASUREMENTS were taken between points indi-cated and chassis ground (unless otherwise noted), using
an RCA Voltohmyst or equivalent VTVMF A low-capacity
probe was used for all waveshapes shown in the schematic
diagram. All readings obtained may vary ±10% due to nor-mal component tolerances and strength of input signal to
chassis under test.
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE - SOUND TAKE-OFF,
SOUND INTERSTAGE, SOUND DETECTOR & 4.5 MC TRAP
1. With antenna connected directly to VHF terminals of
receiver, set the channel selector to a strong local
station and adjust the fine-tuning control until a 4.5
me beat is just visible in.the picture being viewed.
2. Adjust the 4.5 me sound trap (T-5„top slug) until
the 4.5 me beat in the picture is either at minimum
or is completely eliminated.
3. Adjust the sound quadrature coil (L-2) for loudest
sound consistent with minimum buzz, using the
second peak from the top of the coil.
4. Using some form of attenuation between the antenna
and the VHF input terminals, gradually reduce the
level of the input signal until distortion is noticeable
in the audio output.
5. Adjust the sound take-off transformer (T-5, bottom
slug) and the sound interstoge coil (T- 1) for loudest
and clearest sound..
6. Keep reducing the level of the input signal until
sound distortion again occurs, and re-tune T-5 bottom
slug and T-1 for loudest and clearest sound. Repeat
this procedure until no further improvement con be noted.
7. Re-connect antenna directly to VHF terminals of re-ceiver (ottenuator removed) and touch-up quadrature
coil (L-2) for minimum buzz in sound.
R-82
8200-IW
5K2W ON
SOME SETS)
ANT. TER M I NA LS
PARTIAL SCHEMATIC OF, PARTIAI SCHEMATIC OF
PDT UHF TUNER I 3000 MINPOr VHF TUNER
I
i
V.13 36K5 R.FAMPLIFIER V-13 3HA5, V-14 56ST
V•146CG8AVHFOSC: MIXER I
MAY BE USED ON SOME TUNERS'
I
I
I
I
1
T9
3
40C J
TO PIN-1] ON PC BOARD
1 TO PIN-16 ON PC BOARD
1
TO CRT PIN-4
i
i
L4
I7
C-11
(NOT USED C.'0 O
0 E SETS1
R-14
W
15K
T.P.
IST I.FAMP
V-4 4EHT
7.437. V
2000 pa
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
CERAMIC OR MICA CAPACITORS IN PICOFARAOSI ,F)AND SOO V
T TUBULAR CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS(MF) AND 40DV
RESISTORS IN OHMS (K-1000) AND 1/2 WATT
TO TUNER AGC
t
I
TI
O
F
i
ARROWS AT CONTROLS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION
T • TOP CORE 8, 2M COTE IN DOUBLE TUNED
TRANSFORMERS
TOTUNER B.
TO ANTENNA BRACKET
CLOCK TIIMER
T R ODE
i
i
5
220
C-29
=1000
+140 V
MEG (ONTUNERBRACKETI
T -'T
C-61
4]0-1 KV
UL
Sn>W
5 GVICK-ON OFF
SW-2
QUICK- ON 5W.?
OU ICK-ON
RECTIFIER
SI-2
C-26-
22.200VT R
SMEG
+140V
R-40
4700IW
R-37A
50K
PICTURE OPTIMIZER
(AGC) +140V
S
ZNDLFAMP
T-3 V-5 4EJT
r---
T 435V
FUSE RECTIFIER
F-1 SI.1
2.2
---
1.0
,
N-1
4 3
C-18
1500
n
SYNC SEP.
V-18 6LNG
I
P O W E R S U P P L Y
R-
SO-SW C-566
T 25OMF 160V
R-6
LAMP
C-55
1000
5
a -250MF-II 0250MFWV
BO-SW
]:C-56C
R-65 R-65 OT IOOMFI60V
47.- W
V-9 V-S
R-62
+140V SOUR
+135V SOUR,
+125V SOUR,
V-3 V-2
25-7W
s 4 3 a
2; 5 I:C-5
HEATER STRING
\ V-4 V-5 V-6
L-I]
IF
LION _ ECONTROL) 4 S s
SON -OFF SWITCH 53
- L`T-MFR
SWITCH ON 2;000 I
IgS I
C
1904
5
L-17 • HI
TO CRT PIN-3
DISENGAGED FROM TIMER: MOTOR r1
IN -ON• POSITION
POlAP12EG INTFRL=CK
_20 V AC, 60 CPS
i
22
i
EMERSON Chassis 120914A, B, Schematic Diagram, Continued
1.4
'oo
10,000
V-tA
4.5 MC AMP
SLN8
V7
-
OREFM DOT o
DO
AUDIO DETECTOR
V•2 4DT6oR4DT6A
3.8 V
4]
T&Ao
33oo
+140V +140V
R-2
IOK
VIDEO DET
T- 4 X-1 I-D
4
o6RN.�,
,D
�
e
l_ t_ rT TC
S RJ 4] S
T I
I E i �i� ,
L L-11
A 1 — J 18011M
7 --82MC 1
IOOK R-21
4700
2V11
VIDEO AMP L
V-6A o27
SAWSA v
R-22
R-24
CID
56 IKV
68V
9(
220
220
3'
T.P
U�
R-48
1OOK
R-46
33K,W
+14DV
22K
R-28
4700-SW
(VARIES WITH
L-121 HON. OSC.
HOR. V-88 6LX6
PHASE DET.
X-2
C-37
2-2001
L-12
HOR. HOLD
C042 T 2
C 48
1000.1KV
zzR EGW
N-2
82W
4]00
R-67
33K-IW
.0033 VERTOSC,
IKV V-68 8AW6A
_6
�<,d 5 1
VERT.LINEARITY
VERT.
VEPT. HOLD
SOW
30�
5wp.
X2200
—► +140V
+140 V
fl
1200-70
T.
T.P.
470K
AUDIO OUTPUT
I
V-3 17CU5 I
17C5/17CU5
T
fov 9
=�S,vOo-I KY
6
+125V
370 V
+ BOOST
/90M[MODFLe) RIM
R-81
47OK
LNOT USED ON TOME MOOI
t CONCOK
370 V R-31
TRAST +BOOSTS J"
470K
+140V
140V
R-11c
BRIGHTNESS TO V 4 PIN 4
HOR.OUTPUT TRANSFORMER
T-6 HIGH VOLTRECTIFIER
V•10 1802
HDR.OUTPUT
V-9A
336YT
SV
R-30
1200-1w
+135 V
+BOOST SOURCE
C-53
E
33
A
V-98
336YT
R-7 C-45
& - i(
22K .1-600V
.1--C
EiO�OVT
+135V
068
�R-72
68K-tw VERT.OUTPUT
V-1210CW5 7
1
Y
22K c.541 .
1 -6 V
I 3
R-74 R-37C
+BOOST
560y 25MEG
VERT. SIZE
C 1 R C N 1 T
PART Of R 37C ON 90Mf SETS
8 O A R D
4
azPH
VERTOUTPUTTRANS.
T-7 C-68
!F
lo' j0,0 iKV
124 V c
2f
+140
CHASSIS 1 2 0 91 4
4700
I
LISTENINGATTA FIT
JACK
'SOME..
J-1
r-fin
z-1w
12-IWj
TT
l
F
100 I
i
--
T 2
1
I
V-T
PICTURE TUBE
1600 P4(A)
CENTERING
ASSY
TO V-14PIN-4
ON TUNER
IGM VOLT. LEAD
c-712
47-3KV 6
HOR.COILS
VERT.
COILS
RIIN 5p ) L-14
DEFLECTION YOKE I
`_-----J
7875 CPS
7875 CPS
6V
PIP
2T-
PL
(� IB
I
20 v
P-P
9.5 v
PP
__T
30 CPS
?C '5
S
�L/
F1—
30 CPS
,1
800 V
PP
36V
I—
P-P
L
30 CPS
23
s
(I
�L1
EMERSON Chassis 120914A, B
SYM.
DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENTS
R-11A
R-11 B
R-1 IC
R-37 A
R-37B
R- 37 C
R-28
R-61
R-62
R-63,64
R-65
R-66
CT-1
C-1,4,6
C-2
C-3
C-5
C-7
C-8
C-9
C-10
C-1I
C-12
C-13
C-14
C-15,19
C-16,18
C-17
C- 20
C-21,22,24
C-23
C-25
C-26
C-27
C-28
C-29,30
C-31
C- 32
C-33
C-34
C- 35
C-36
C-37
C-38
C- 39
C-40
C-41
C-42
C-43
C-44
C-45
C-46
C-48
C-49
C-50
C-52
C-5 3
C-54
C-55
C-57
C-58
C-59
C-60
C-62,63,64
C-68
C-69
Coo
Volume Control - 1 Megohm
Contrast Control - 30,000 ohms
Brightness Control - 500 Kilohms
Picture Optimizer Control - 50 Kilohms
Vertical Linearity Control • 500 Kilohms
Vertical Size Control - 2.5 Megohms
Resistor - 4700 ohm wirewound ±10% Tol. 5 w
Resistor - 5 ohm wirewound ±10% Tot. 7 watt
Resistor - 25 ohm wirewound ±10% Tot. 7 watt
Res istor - 80 ohm wirewound ±10% Tot. 5 watt
Resistor - 470 ohm wirewound ±10% Tot. 2 watt
Vertical Hold Control - 1.5 Megohms
Capacitor - Vari able Trimmer - 9 to 180 pf.
Capacitor -Ceramic - 10,000pF GMV Z5U
Capacitor - Ceramic - 22p ±10% Tot. NPO
Capacitor -Ceramic - 1,000 pF±10% Tot. X5F
Capacitor - Ceramic - 10,000 pF ±20% Tot. Z5U
Capacitor -Ceramic - 820 pF±10% Tot. X5F
Capacitor - Electrolytic - 10 MFD @ 25V
Capacitor - Ceramic - 10,000 PF±20% Tot. Z5U
Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000 pF GMV
Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000 pF ±10% Tot. X5F
Capacitor, Ceramic — 22 pF±10%Tot. NPO
Capacitor - Ceramic - 15,000 pF±20% Tot. 1KV
Capacitor - Ceramic- 5.6 pF ±10% Tot. NPO
Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000,pF±10% Tot. X5F
Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,500 pF ±10% Tot. X5F
Capacitor - Ceramic - 4.7 pF±10% Tot. X5F
Capacitor - Ceramic - 6.8 pF ±10% Tat. NPO
Capacitor - Ceramic - 4.7 pF ±10% Tol. X5F
Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000 pF ±20% Tot. Y5S
Capacitor - Durez - .1 MFD ±20% Tot. 400V
Capacitor - Ceramic - 47 pF±10% Tot. X5F
Capacitor - Molded - .47 MFD ±20% Tot. 200V
Capacitor - Durez - .22 MFD ±20% Tot. 200V
Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000 pF GMV
Capacitor- Ceramic - 1,000 pF GMV
Capacitor - Ceramic - 470 pF±10% Tot. 1 K
Capacitor - Ceramic - 330 pF ±±10% Tot. X5F
Capacitor - Ceramic - 220 pF ±10% Tot. X5F
Capacitor - Ceramic - 10,000 pF ±20% Tot
Capacitor - Ceramic - 3,900 pF ±10% Tot. X5F
Capacitor - Durez - .22 MFD ±207o Tol. 200 V
Capacitor - Ceramic - 470 pF ±10% Tot. X5F
Capacitor - Polystyrene - .0039 MFD ±10% Tat
500V
Capacitor - Durez - .012 MFD±10% Tol. 400V
Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000 PF ±10% Tot. X5F
Capacitor - Ceramic - 4,700 pF ±20% Tot. Y5S
Capacitor - Molded = .033 MFD ±207. Tot. 400Y
Capacitor - Molded • .1 MFD ±20% Tol. 600V
Capacitor - Molded - . l'MFD ±20% Tol. 600V
Capacitor - Durez - .047 MFD ±20% Tot. 400V
Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000 pF 10% Tot. 1KV
Capacitor - Molded - .00 33 MFD ±10% Tot. 1KV
Capacitor - Madded - .022 MFD ±20% Tot. 400V
Capacitor - Durez - .047 MFD ±20% Tol. 400V
Capacitor - Durez - .068 MFD ±20% Tot. 400V
Capacitor - Ceramic - 4,700 pF±20% Tol. Y5S
Capacitor -Ceramic - 1,000 pF GMV
Capacitor - Molded - .1 MFD 20% Tot. 600V
Capacitor - Molded - .047 MFD ±20% Tot. 400V
Capacitor - Electrolytic - 20 MFD @ 75V
(Non-Pol.) (Some Sets)
Capacitor - Molded - .1 MFD (UL) +23% Tol. 600
Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000pF GMV
Capacitor Ceramic - 10,000PF ±20% Tot. IK V
Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000pF GMV
Capacitor - Ceramic - 56pF ±10% ToI.N1500
FIG. 12 (LEFT)
ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD
TV CHASSIS 120914
(BOTTOM VI EW)
24
EMERSON
MODEL/CHASSIS/CRT CROSS - REFERENCE CHART
MODEL NO.
CHASSIS NO.
VHF TUNER
UHF TUNER
CRT TYPE
120904A
471674
19FJP4(A)or
18P42
1209046
471670A
19GJP4(A)
120911A
471674
471737
18P45
1209116
471670A
120906A
471674
19P71
1209066
471670A
20ADP4
19P78
120907A
471674
Additional models using same chassis or similar types released at a later date.
MODEL NO.
CHASSIS NO.
VHF TUNER
UHF TUNER
CRT TYPE
18P45
120911 C
471737
471813
19FJP4(A)
19 or
(A)
120904A
471674
18P46
120904C
471813
18P4.7
120905A
471674
19P81
120934A
471827
20ADP4
19P82
120935A
120935C
471813
Also Model 18P48 using Chassis 120911A.
Service material which follows applies to all these sets, but exact schematic
for Chassis 120904A and 120911A only is printed, others almost identical.
\6 C
Or ,n �
4 r d R-�8^ 0� J
J c�
a v , o R
-0
CT-1 l J �C 50,
11
L- TT-3 s � C)
Q
� 8
d
o~
c O z V- 5 '
�J
QJ7
3
4 5 6
C•64T•4\r `..AwaA
4EJ7 I �
r
C- 6 O 4EH7
0 �L 16-, V � L-17JCN�
- N's� L( F ' V"b
r
T,P s 9
00
j
J o (1 —R-13
r C
'-R-2�_ 1\ ct
J 61-X8
0 �r n
_ \ 2
L-3 1 , R 40-� s a Ix J T.P. �rz
Q O
�a�J w(�("( � V-8 t m �
1-
1 _�
12�E ti � O �i 7- v- c
1 T.efQ �
a
1/
'
2 4 5
`. U 1- /` O
`
® T 5
u (•
-
Dg'
S 6
7
UO
N 1 ��F , s
�ct u t Q h� 3
L) •'-R-36 L•�� rS L
Cl O �!Z-' G.'D T.P.H
J l
` O 5 3 p C�
—c-ea-- � � e-34 r r N 's
�� Q (� (�,t7'�0 u\ LR-52--J N <
V rR'2s
7
O
'� O
by-3
2
l
-
I
1 0C ( �L a
C-35�it ¢¢L v O ' 4 C8
L—R-31% R-37C R-3T(;-J
�d C•36 L
O V 17C5/17CU5
U U L7
C-30
C./e
0
C-14
nq n7
10
tO " IOCW5
r L
�-- C-49-- %—R 67
—T.1
� .�,�
0
t--R-t9-1
—R-4—
ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD (TOP VIEW)
25
EMERSON Chassis 120904A, etc., Alignment Information
ALIGNMENT INFORMATION
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE - I-F STAGES, TRAPS AND TUNER OUTPUT COIL
1. Connect an oscilloscope (through a 10k isolation resistor)
to pin 7 of V-613 (grid of video amplifier). Scope should
be adjusted so that 2 inches of vertical deflection repre-sents approximately 2 volts P-P output.
2. Connect -4.5 volts bias to the I-F AGC test point (Test
point "C"), the junction of C-27 and C-30.
3. Connect a terminated sweep generator, adjusted to sweep
between 40 and 50 mc, to pin 2 of V-5 (grid of second
I-F amplifier) through a 1,000 pf isolation capacitor.
Note: If sweep generator does not have internal markers,
a separate marker should be loosely coupled to the output
of the sweep generator.
4. Adjust T-4 top and bottom simultaneously for maximum
gain and symmetry about the 44.0 me marker as shown in
Fig, 1. (Use core positions nearest outside ends of coil.)
With input signal maintained to produce 2 volts P-P out-put during final adjustment, bandwidth markers should fall
between the tolerances indicated.
5. Disconnect generator output leads from grid of second
I-F amplifier and connect them to pin 2 of V-4 (grid of
first I-F amplifier).
6. Adjust T-3 top and bottom simultaneously for over-coupled response as shown in Fig. 2, (Use core posi-tions nearest outside ends of coil.) With input signal
maintained to produce 2 volts P-P output during final
adjustment, bandwidth markers should fall between the
tolerances indicated.
Note: The correct overcoupled response is indicated
when slight rocking of T-3 core settings do not
change the amplitude of the 44.0 me marker, but
cause the response to rock or slide about this
marker.
7. Reduce the amount of bias applied to the I-F AGC test
point (test point "C") to -1.5 volts.
8. Disconnect generator output leads from grid of the first
I-F amplifier and couple them to the mixer tube (V-14)
of the VHF tuner, using the signal injection shim de-scribed below. If this is impractical, connect the gen-erator output leads to the I-F mixer point on the tuner,
using the coupling network shown in Fig. 3.
Note: A signal injection shim may be easily constructed
by Pasting a thin piece of metal foil (approx. yj" x
2") on a slightly larger piece of heavy paper. In-sert this shim between the mixer tube and its shield
in such a manner that the foil side faces the tube,
and rotate for maximum signal coupling.
9. Open trimmer CT-1 three turns from its fully closed posi.
tion and adjust output of generator to.produce approxi-mately 2 volts P-P indication on scope.
10. Adjust the tuner output coil (T_9) for maximum gain and
symmetry about the 44,0 me marker.
11. Adjust the 41.25 me trap (L-4) and the 47.25 me trap(L-3)
for minimum output at these frequencies (as indicated by
their respective markers on the 'scope), increasing gener-ator output as required to insure maximum effectiveness
of the trap settings.
12. Reduce output of generator to produce approximately 2
volts P-P deflection on 'scope and re-odiust the tuner
output coil (T-9) for maximum gain and bandwidth
about the 44.0 me marker.
13. Disconnect oscilloscope from pin 7 of V-613 and con.
nect to pin 7 of V-4 (plate of first I-F amplifier), using
a low impedance crystal detector probe as shown in
Fig. 8. 'Scope should be calibrated so that 2 inches of
vertical deflection now represents approximately 0.2
volts P-P.
14. Reduce output of generator until a usable display is
produced on the oscilloscope and again adjust the
tuner output coil (T_9), this time tuning for maximum
gain midway between the peaks of the band-pass as
indicated in Fig. 4. The 44.0 me marker should fall
between the tolerances indicated.
15. Maintain generator output to produce approximately 0,2
volts P-P indication on the oscilloscope (as above)
and adjust the grid coil (L-5) to center the 44.0 me
marker on the peak of the response as indicated in Fig.
5, disregarding the tilt of the overall waveshope.
16. Adjust the input trimmer (CT-1) to position the 42.25
and 45.75 me markers at equal amplitudes and center
the 44.0 me marker with the tuner output coil (T-9),
if necessary.
17. With generator output increased to maximum, check the
Pas ition of the 41.25 me and 47.25 me traps (L-4 and
L-3), and re-adjust if necessary.
18. Re-adjust generator output to produce a 0.2 volt P-P
indication on the scope and observe the ,response.
The curve obtained should conform to Fig. 6.
19. Disconnect the crystal detector probe and connect the
oscilloscope to pin 7 of V-68 (grid of the video ampli.
fier) directly through a 10K isolation resistor.
20. Increase bias voltage to -4.5 volts and adjust the
oscilloscope so that 2 inches of vertical-deflection is
equivalent to approximately 2 volts P-P output. Ad-just output of signal generator until a 2 volt P-P in-dication is obtained on the 'scope. Response curve
and marker positions should conform to Fig. 7.
21. Remove AGC bias from test point "C". Output signal
as indicated on the 'scope should increase, and noise
signal on baseline should have an amplitude of at
least 1/8 inch.
CAUTION - No attempt should be made to improve a
response curve which conforms to that
shown in Fig. 7. Minor deviations may be
corrected by slight touch-up of specific
coils to make response conform to Fig. 7,
as indicated below:
a) To position the 45.75mc marker adjust T-3, bottom slug.
b) Topositionthe 42.25 mc marker adjust T-4, bottom slug.
c) To correct tilt, adjust T-9, the tuner output coil.
26
EMERSON Chassis 120904A, etc., Alignment Information, Continued
44.0 me
42.25 me 4b.75 me
(5% to 20% (5%to23'G
DOWN FROM (MAX. DIP OF DOWN FROM
PEAK) VALLEY 15%J PEAK)
FIG. 1
44.Omc MARKER
(NEAR CENTER)
45.25mc
(35% to (MAX. P-P (15%to 70%
42.2
f
(MAX. DOWN F
TILT, 20%)
DOWN FROM
PEAK)PEAK-VALLEY PEAK)
, 25%)
F I G. 2
TERMINATED OU':'PUT 1, OOOpt 1K - 1/2w
CABLE FROM SIGNAL GEN.
44.Omc MARKER SHOULD
A FALL BETWEEN
POINTS INDICATED.
I
(TUNE FOR
MAXIMUM)
,r
FIG. 4
C
oe
(PHENOLIC BOARD)
(TO CHASSIS GROUND)
FIG .3 -GENERATOR COUPLING NETWORK
(REFER TO STEP NO.8)
44.0 me
42.25me
45.75 me
/
FIG.5
4 4.Omc 1001/4
L
42.25mc 45.75mc�_
2V
-P)
�O
0
(P
50
(MIN)
41.25 me i
47.25 me
FIG.6
44.0 me
r
DETECT-
42.25 me 45.75 me
(60% to 80% (60% to 80%
DOWN FROM DOWN FROM
PEAK) 11PEAK)
F I G. 7
TO 11,000
06
f 1OKnI TO
CHASISSI P .
20_ 10K I470Dfr
a SCOPE
- L. J
��_(METAL SHIELD)
FIG.B-LOW IMPEDANCE CRYSTAL
OR PROBE, (REFER TO STEP NO.13)
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE - SOUND TAKE-OFF, SOUND INTERSTAGE, SOUND DETECTOR & 4.5 MC TRAP
1. With antenna connected directly to VHF terminals of
receiver, set the channel selector to a strong local
station and adjust the fine-tuning control until a 4.5
me beat is just visible in the picture being viewed.
2. Adjust the 4.5 me sound trap (T-5„top slug) until
the 4.5 me beat in the picture is either at minimum
or is completely eliminated.
3. Adjust the sound quadrature coil (L-2) for loudest
sound consistent with minimum buzz, using the
second peak from the top of the coil.
4. Using some form of attenuation between the antenna
and the VHF input terminals, gradually reduce the
level of the input signal until distortion is noticeable
in the audio output.
5. Adjust the sound take-off transformer (T-5, bottom
slug) and the sound interstage coil (T- 1) for loudest
and clearest sound.
6. Keep reducing the level of the input signal until
sound distortion again occurs, and re-tune T-5 bottom
slug and T-1 for loudest and clearest sound. Repeat
this procedure until no further improvement can be noted
7. Re-connect antenna directly to VHF terminals of re-
ceiver (attenuotor removed) and touch-up quadrature
coil (L-2) for minimum buzz in sound.
27
EMERSON Chassis 120904A, 120911A, Schematic Diagram
450V
P-P
Y+ p_O
r r I
L
'
30 CPS
7875 CPS
P
7875'
C PS
NOR.
T
23V
7875 CPS
�15
30 CPS
30CPS
/0
J
P
.'
7 8"5 C PS
75V
21
\J
7875 CPS
30 f.PS
30 CPS
CONDITIONS FOR CHASSIS READINGS
VOLTAGES AND WAVESHAPES were taken under actual
operating conditions, with normal picture and sound being
received. AGC voltage developed on the I-F AGC line
(test point C) was m inus nine volt hassis under test was
Input voltage to
c 120 volts, 60-cycle AC. Frequencies
indicated for the waveshapes shown are approximate sweep
settings For the oscilloscope being used (one-half actual
frequency of signal being measured). ION MDLUSN CONTROL,
aW-1
30 CPS
l
VnF
�uox-
o^
voL-
ISOME MOD.1 W ' L
L-IB
1- MC CRONE
f1E411r
ANTENNA
TERMINALS
HURDLE BRACK FT VHF DIPOLE
ENOTUSEDON OMESETSE
13
41V
P-P
7875 C PS
30 CPS
C-59
R-78 F-I 1000
+
507W CnEMFU..
R-77
r PARTIAL SCHEMATIC
OF�
M INPUT VHF TUNER
R. F. AMP.
V-13 3SK3
V•14 6CSSA
OSC.6 MULER
T
I�
I
V-13
A6C
TT.—ITUMM-1
7875 CPS
21V
P
R-79
470 2W
L•15
X 00`-4
30 CPS
1.E AMP.
RECTIFIER T 254
OMf T 234
00
SO MF T MFC
V Gov
M E A T E R
V-9
i
en5W
C i 89
T .-7 ""V
04
— UL -
+140 V SOURCE
++125V SOURCE
S T R 1 N 0
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
TO R 35ITUNER 8+1
TO NEATER STRNG
V-8 V-3 V-2 V-1
I4 s • s ♦ s • 5
V 4 L-16
V 5 L-17
V-6 V-12
1 4 5 4 6 6 A
. 4 5
00
111000
Ip00 I
C
I0 L-16,L-17-FILAMENTCHOKE5
V-7 I 1-14 Y-IS
5 • s
VHF TUNER
ALL MEASUREMENTS were taken between points in-dicated and chassis ground (unless otherwise noted),
using an RCA Voltohmyst or equivalent VTVM. A low-Capacity probe was used for all waveshapes shown in
the schematic diagram. All readings obtained may vary
+10% due to normal component tolerances and strength of
input signal to chassis under test.
RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS were taken with no
R ON
* -., 0 F F
Power applied. Where readinas ore affected by control _ OUICEI-ON IMOTUSEDON TIMER MOD—)� P-1 I —g.1
settings, both maximum and minimum values are REONC
"cTlifew -__r}-' -S'r�2
--- _- --
-•--I
'wNlr1
shown. SI-Y$I--- D.R D.T. c-
.fL
1- L
-�` p' 9UICR-ONSTHITCN I I
— ROOY.1. 333...
UL Tr
r
PARTIAL SCHEMATIC
IS
Onf ANT. PUT UHF TUNER
0- 1 TRANSISTOR UHF OSC.
X -3 INS2AK4AL MIX.
•
2K
R
12N
I
UMF LOOP IW
E
0UXF
A
1
i
LOMICR-ON
0 MODELS aLVF POLARIZED INTERLOCK
T
r
C
1000 0
L-3i
CT-I
9-ISOT
+140 V
T.P.
TU ER AGC
C
.228
I 200Y
R 3
15ME
+140V
1 MFG ON SOME SETS
R-85 470K
�y N0.NDLf
BRACKET C-67
4T0
R-82 UL
,wDD CLOCK TIMER
I
0M= 0" IUSFD ON CHOCK TIMfR MODELS OMITI
TIMER NOW
T E: IN -0-- POSITION SWITCN
SIFITtn — IS DISENGAGED FROM TIMER MOTOR
t
11 AND STAYS PERMANENTLY CLOSED.
Ire
120 VOLTS AC 60 C%
POLARISED PLW
CERAMIC OR MICA CAPACITORS.CAPACITY IN PICOFARADS(pF)
Sit TUBULAR CAPACITORS, CAPACITY IN MICROFARADS(MF)
RESISTORS IN OHMS (K • 1000) AHD 2 WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
AlL CERAMICS AND MICAS SOOV,ALLTUBULARS 400V UNLESS NOTED
T INDICATES TOP CORE B INDICATES BOTTOM CORE IN DOUBLE TUNED TRANSFORMERS
ARROWS AT CONTROLS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION
28
1
L
EMERSON Chassis 120904A, 120911A, Schematic Diagram, Continued
V-tA
4.5MC AMP.
61.1118
1.3V
00
14
SK
*140 V
1
4.5MC.
T1
OMEN DOT a I OV
— C-4.
0,000
AUDIO DETECTOR
V-2 4DT6OR4DT6A
T
TP
x 3V T18,60 `^.
1ST 1. AMP 2ND I.FAMP
V-4 V-5
4EN7 T-3 4EJ7
3V 1 —_
T 130V T
136V
R-13
IOOK
R-41
IOOK
KEYED A G C
V-8A
M 6LX6
3MEG
R-40
4700
tW
R
50
'TIMIZER
C-`
-E-A
l KV
0
t
T-4
VIDEO
DETECTOR
X- 1
r L-2
1 �GRfEN DOT,
GREEN DOT
1/K
7
' OV
AUDIO OUTPVT
I
V-3 I7CL15
17C517CU5
10,000
VIDEO
AMPLIFIER
V-6B
SAweA :S
R-19
220
+140V +140 V
R-67
33K IW
m
C0039.1.
R-5T
♦70
IR - 66
S MEG
VERTICAL HOLD
T IO.o-
C-32
470
VERTOSC.
V•6A
8Aw8A 15
60 TO - ITOV
41.
2x0
R-20 L-8
6800 - 90UH
R-2
470
0.4
O
1-2
5
BOOST
C -13
15.000
I 1000
C-24
.7
T-2
+125V
R 10
INEG
VOLUME
1 C-26
T 47
R-29
30K
CONTRAST
NIIM BAND?
R-32
f�
`Coo -6
470K
R-12
SP-1
I
E 151EENING ATTA<AIM
+
ENT
JA
1$DME MOOFL31
19FJP4(A)
1 9GJP4 (A)
r
V-T
PICTURE TUBE
M-1 C
CENTERING
ASSEMBLY
.--A&A— +140V ov
R-30 ®
Ott 27V
R-43 180K
R-31
500K
BRIGHTNESS
+140V
I
Rig
R-28
221E 4700
C.ro NOR. HOR.OSC.
5"-,.PHASE DETECTOR V -88 61.
LN f-'
6 LN6 R-47 C-3L X-2 VARIES WITH L-12
SYNC 6E P. _ 27; 10,6601-
LR
86VV
+140V
1000
5 si0o 1
1~
Zo
3
LOOK
IOON
C-36 C-37
39007 TMOV
-
HORIZONTAL HOLD
140V
R-60
R-55
2200
ISK
R6
C-4f
I1000
+140V
5W
+140V
CAA 0 R
00-29V
R-58
560K
r
140V
O
+BOOST
B L A C
NOR
IZONTAI
OUTPUT
V-9A
38NE7
1
I20V
R-62
1200
IW
+140V
T-6
O
Ib HIGH VOLT.
V
R
470
R-34
470K
p RECTIFIER
0 1K3
(g V-10
R-80
u
O
1 5
110
C-4
1
10.0001
1
�I
b
1
2200
C-52
047
R-72
39K
IW
C-53
033
R-73
R-68
4.7 MEG
VE RT. OUT PUT
V-12
tOCw5
9V
�' I
22K
4700 2
VERTLINEARITY JR-57C
R 378 y
_
+BOOST
'BOOK 2F2 MEG 560KI 2.5 MEG
O T
Y 2.5MEG
IZE
CIA. 1209041 911
I
I
1
SLUE
126Y
r
+140V
R-T1
+140V
I R 5
O K
T;ZD�-
5 KV
DAMPER
V-99
38NE7
1
R-76 C-57
+BOOST 4
SOURCE C 16=
= 22K A
800V
4OOY= C-46=
.033 +140V
L-19
B.2 H
L-13
8.2UH
-61
AV,7
R-74 R-75
22 K 4700 '
HORIZONTAL COIL
' l ers
5Kv'
L•14
VERTICAL I
COIIS
DEFLECTION YOKE
29
EMERSON Chassis 120904A, 120911A, Service Information, Continued
UHF
TUNER
TRANSISTOR
UHFOSC.
1 N82A
XTAL MIX,
HORI
4
V-141, 1
6CGEAI---- ' 5
VHF OSC. a MIXER
V-13 I
3GK5 3
R.F.AMPLIFIER -
VHF TUNER
HEATER STRING
4EH7
1 ST.VIDEO
I.F.
Id
d"
O�
0
L- 3 L-4
V-8
6LX8
Z.OSC. a KEYED AGC X-2
R 37,A,B,C HORIZ.PHASE
DETECTOR
H E A T E R S T R I N G
1N295 8AW8A
VIDEO DETECTOR XTAL VIDEO AMP 8
(SOLDERED TO PC E)OARD)/VE RT. 0 S C.
T-3
O
V-5
4EJ7
2 ND.VIDEO I.F.
HORIZ.OSC.
COIL _
T-4
6LN8
SOUND I.F.
SYNC.SEP.
4
H V-3
AUDIO OUTPUT
17C5/17CU5
VERT.LIN.
VERT.SIZE
PICTURE OPTIMIZER
41®CW VERT.OUT V-12
5 T-I
KEYWAY
5 0l
5
PUT
ON-OFF
ORTIMER— q
SWITCH
4DT6A
AUDIO DET.
V-2 F- 1
L-2
HORIZ HOLD
FUSE
®P 1
8n5W
120VAC,60 CPS
TUBE LOCATION AND ALIGNMENT POINTS
2
38HE7\` -
HOR.OUTPUT a DAMPER
1 G 2
Ir
® K
YERTOUTPUT R
9
H
Sc 14V
-12
OCWS H
6 � y'
S
P 7 6
_T-t_
OU SND
1 2 IK 2K
I I I - B 2G
I RTE TAG, I 6+/ \9
4 4.5 MC-3
1 H I
(04.5114C AMP V -I
5 (2)SYNCSEP
` 6LN8 )1
G ) j =
4
� 1G
2P
'
4DT6A 2
j H
AUDIO DET 14 +140Y_�
TPB SU -1 P
+BOOST SC
8
V 2
(� 1i
L- 2
r4— I- �
4.5MC 1
OUAD COIL (
TP3
H4 H
I P I
I 1
�IDED
IDETT
zNOOLFj B�EJ714,
I 72ND IF ■ Z
K
L —_— 44MC-- % I G
2 O^
�s T-4
3
BAWBA
IG
(
liN RT.OSC-` 2K +140V�
1K1 6 TPD
R VIDEO AMP l7
2G
U AMP
6 H`ZA®3K
5 4 H
V- 5
+140V
✓ TUNER
;
+ ER
? I I
CT-11 I
r---
CSC 8
`^�1 K
i
---�
1ST I.FI P 1ST F `IEZG
GRID
(i�
M
OIL I�
1440 MCI 7I 0
1 44.0 `l MC
L---1
sA AMP
1
T-3 6
4 L-5L---J
V-4
I-
4
TRAPC
I
V-6 � 8 23C L-4 I
TUBE
L-12 1
_, �- --- — 2K S 9
L--J
SYMBOLS: 6LX8
4
rp
SYMBOLS 1 G-CONTROLGRID 1K 7/
N 2G I.FAGC';
TPE SU-SUPPRESSOR GRID
`-' I 1 SC-SCREEN GRID IP f II)HOR.OSC
Sf' Nom'' K-CATHODE,H- HEATER 8 ! , TPC
AKE-OFf
SOUND COIL � P- PLATE 12P
k 2)KEYED
C
5 _
3
H H
4
3o -► 5
G
t AUDIO
G
2• '6
K `OU-TPUv7 F
C V' 3
17C5/17CU5
rTPK 2'�
T. P.M ` 1 H ISC +140VJ
V-8
CRT
( ATHOOE
HOR I I X
-2
PHASE I
DET —I I
. J
k_AGC PULSE
r-- ~,
I 1
4725�TRAP
L__J
GENERAL IXi ELECTRIC
120V
60'
AUD OUT SCREEN
138V DC
AUG OUT GRID
OV DC
AUD DET PLATE
60V OC
AUG DET SCREE
80V DC
AUD IF PLATE
75V DC
AGC KEY CATH
138V DC
B+80 ST
SOURCE
380V DC
H OSC PI ATE
I IOV DG
DAMPER PLATE
130V DC
HOUT SCREEN
130V DC
H OSC SCREEN
138V DG
MODELS
WM 153SAV-2
WM 155SEB-2
WM 158SCG-2
AUD OUT PLATE
140V O C
B+ RECT CATH
+I5OV DC
H. OSC GRID
.5 / 3.5V DC
SO
VPP
H
I/2
HORIZ
V5#: V7
I2AE10 8LT8
l Y Y1 1 12
Y402
RECT
USED ON
SOME
IINSTA-VIEW
MODELS
AUD OUT%FMR
SECONDARY
S-2 CHASSIS
MODELS
WM 160S E B-2
W IM 160SM D-2
WM 163SW D-2
WM 164SE B-2
WM 169SWD-2
2ND IF PLATE
125V DC
AOC KEY GRID
135V DC
10
VPP
/2
HORIZ
MODELS
WM506SVY-2
WM510SEB-2
VOLUME BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST
VERT OUT GRID
-50 V DC
3011
PP
/2
VERT
VERT
OUT PLATE
700
VVL \
VpP
VERT
VERT OSC GRID
-30 /-70V DC
190
VPP
1/2
VERT
2ND IF SCREEN
125V OC
VERT OSC PLATE
45V DC
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE — BOTTOM VIEW OF CIRCUIT BOARD
V6 V8 V4 VIO V3
2329 33GY7A 158DII CRT 118011
2 12 1
0406
047
200Y
T
C4)0
S05
j
0404
800 T
rVI V2 ,
—
I �
- L
VHF TUNER
R405
75n 5W
120V
6oti EARLY PRODUCTION FILAMENT CIRCUIT
_ 1
0 0 0
\Y405 /A216
MOUNT TABINSERTS
INTO SLOT IN YOKE
ASSEMBLY
BROWN LEADS
TO CRT
SOCKET PINS 384
30
VPP
VE /2RT
FROM V4
PIN
(15BDI1J)
IST IF PLATE
135 V OC
IST IF SCREEN
136 V DC
XM1ST IF GRID
4.OV DC
VID OUT PLATE
35/9OV-DC
a
6OV PP
HORIZ
SYNC CUP PLATE
65/118V OC
7OVPP
HORI2
SYNC CLIPGRID
-2F18V DC
I
-`1
a80V PP
11 HORIZ
138V DG
SOURCE
I Iov oc
SOURCE
I50V DC
SOURCE
130V DC
SOURCE
PICTURE TUBE
FILAMENT
TO V3
PIN I
(IIBOII)
SHUNT CIRCUIT
FOR 12BZP4 OR 16CNP4
31
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis S-2, Printed Board Information
14
13
12
I
10
9
a
7
f�
a
8
4
3
2
COPPER SIDE VIEW
RESISTORS
CAPACITORS
COILS
TEST POINTS
R152 —
C2
R214 — D7
C152 —
D6
C255 — L13
L150 —
D5
TP II —
C3
8154 —
C3
R215 — D13
C153 —
D3
C256 — L13
L151 —
C6
TP III —
I7
R155 —
C5
R216 — E8
C154 —
C4
C257 — N11
L152 —
E6
TP IV —
G2
R156 —
E7
R250 — M10
C155 —
C4
C258 — N12
L153 —
I5
TP V —
H2
R157 _
E3
R251 — Kll
C156 —
E6
C259 — M10
L154 —
I4
TP VI —
F10
R158 —
B4
R252 — L10
C157 —
G4
C261 — Q4
L155 —
J6
TUBES
R159 —
G4
R253 — J12
C158 —
H4
C262 — Q10
L158 —
G10
R160 —
H4
R254 — K12
C159 —
J11
C263 — P14
L159 —
G2
R161 —
I7
R255 — K12
C160 —
H4
C301 — G8
L160 —
K4
V3 —
G6
R162 —
J7
R256 — M13
C161 —
I4
C302 — K8
L165 —
G9
V4 —
J9
R163 —
H10
R257 — M12
C162 —
J4
C303 — K9
L251
- M14
V5 —
M6
R164 —
E1
R258 — N11
C163 —
J5
C305 — L7
L252 —
R13
V6 —
E12
R165 —
G2
R259 — 013
C164 —
J7
C306 — N7
L301 —
M8
V7 —
Lll
R166 —
G2
R264 — Q'14
C165 —
H9
C307 — 07
L302 —
N5
V8 —
P12
R167 —
Gl
R301 — H8
C167 —
E2
C308 — N5
DIODES
R169 —
F9
R303 — K7
C168 —
F8
C309 — 03
R170 —
E9
R304 — M8
C169 —
F10
C310 — N5
R171 —
F9
R305 — K6
C170 —
N9
C311 — 06
Y151 —
J4
R172 —
Ill
R306 — 04
C172 —
K9
C401 — N3
Y401 —
N3
R174 —
H10
R307 — 06
C204 —
G12
C402 — B12
R201 —
E10
R309 — I1
C205 —
D12
C403 — K13
FUSES
R204 —
G11
R310 — M4
C206 —
D12
C404 — F7
R205 —
E14
R311 — P6
C207 —
D9
C405 — H7
W101 — J14
R206 —
F14
R312 — J2
C208
— G13
C406 — Q13
R207 —
D11
R401 — 02
C209
— D8
C410 — I14
TRANSFORMERS
R208 —
D13
R402 — H13
C250
— L10
R209 —
D14
R403 — I13
C251
— F10
T150
— F4
R210 —
C11
R404 — E9
C252
— J11
T201
— C9
R211 —
G13
C253
— J10
T251
— P8
R212 —
D9
C254
— K13
T301
— L3
32
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis S-2 Printed Board Information, Cobtinued
I
10
II
12
13
14
I I I
I K I L I M I N I 0 I P I Q I R
CS402-INSTA VIEW
SPKR SEARPHONE JACK CHASSIS
,7
- ATP
.
R312
R16565
C4011
c/s t---
S9 �'i' B J c Ylsl -
R cll•
50� T� � I / a
J
e vhf
�,T150,•' �'7�H 0 • I ::: t7ya •
6 I ` ' i �a
0 1 1
•y
-
�"a
C156,/ © ©� \ �163
T I ��
�OB.
b CT /Q' O <'s
j_ 0 C 310 v P°
Y 1 0 1 1
_ LI58J R3 � 0
R
%�N
7
�L7
L-__�--J ISBDiI
�5.
p ` R
©+ o
"w6 6 ca -04
- .L � ` TO
.\5. �(y�"-�.-''�• 5
• CI64 3 Q 0306
ECT
R214e7 2 9 V3
A
l
�aos _ �F+ 3����i 0 /.�•
H PLATE
�6,�8 IIBOII 3 3 Y '- -
ggczo9� �0
0 //
1 ��?
�:♦. 02 I g L3
�� i 17BFII
© �. O
1201 l T _`7�0 6
c.16p� �� - e �i 1
7C 2
1 1
C�0 Aft 11%
Lf�\���'lir7-✓� 4o-?U,.2 j� i i 1 50
A I B I C I D I E I F I G
R152
� -0A2
RI54
f /R157
TP .��CIL5�3�TL
t
8158
.a
y a
`
3-�
C155 4`
R 155: 1-6-4
T�"
1
L151 L152 �
1C204
T ,
WIRE LEAD CONNECTIONS TO CIRCUIT BOARD
A
Location
Description
► ►
► ►
► ►
► ►
► ►
*0.0
.
► ►
► P.
► ►
�D W l7N(n
�A W
N�-
pro Co:1PIN�
B2
Orange lead to VHF Tuner, B+ Term.
D2
D4
White lead to VHF Tuner, AGC Term.,
Shield of coax to VHF Tuner, I-F Term.
E4
Center lead of coax to VHF Tuner, I-F Term.
C7
Black lead to VHF Tuner Chassis
D7
Black lead to CRT, Pin 7
D8
Yellow lead to yoke, Term. 2
E8
Green lead to CRT, Pin 6
F7
Brown lead to VHF Tuner, Fil. Term.
F10
Orange lead to yoke, Term. 4
H9
Brown lead to CRT, Pin 4
G2
Yellow lead to CRT, Pin 2
K14
Brown lead to S401 (On Rear of R309)
M11
Brown lead to CRT, Pin 3
09
Red lead to yoke, Term. 1
P10
White lead to yoke, Term. 5
P2
Brown lead to 5401 (on Rear of R309)
M2
Orange/black lead to 5402, (Term. 2 (Insta-View)
03
Red/blue lead to 5402, Term. 3 (Insta-View)
ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS
HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY: Adjust R209 and R206
simultaneously for proper vertical size and linearity. Picture
should extend 1/8-inch beyond top and bottom edges of mask.
HORIZONTAL HOLD: With controls set for normal operation,
tune in a station. Connect a .1 of capacitor between Test Point
VI and ground. Adjust L251 for a picture which barely floats
across the screen; then remove the capacitor.
R3J0
R401 0
T3 01
�8 Y401
T
\
,5,!
o
-9
•' R254 T15
td4SG256•�i
\/
6255 `
S�•/
y
.: ��Y S) C263# �j-
COMPONENT SIDE VIEW
Ground Lug
F402
TO RI68 ON
CRT SOCKET
33GY7A
TIMER MOTOR
WIRING DIAGRAM
To S401
(On Vol. Control)
Too170n
Circuit Board
(A.C. Power
Input)
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis S-2 Schematic Diagram
l
r
1-F
INJECTION
R151
IOK
I
TO UHF:+
+138V�
VHF TUNER
RM9
10o
FIL.
R152
4.7M
IC153
^� I
1 50V
MONOPOLE ANT
1111TT C53
_ 470,1400V
3
2-
V4C 001
1/3 f5BD1I BOTTOM VIEW
AUD IF AMP
7 8301
_IOOK
C 301
T"
TO AUDIO
TAKE OFF
1.1658
75V
C 302
BOO
C303
9°b
R303
47K
+138V
INSTA- VIEW
ON SWITCH
r — —
X TI
IX
✓✓11 I
1
Y1
Y
OFF
(S TAN G 6Y) L—__J
S402
Y401
RECT, R402 11404
rX 71 --
1 +ISOV 100,5W 68K
V3A
—� 1/2 IIBO11
L152 i
IST I-F
1 8
%152 I \7
295% 1101
1 9
-4V
LI51 :5V ��
47,25MC 1 = II 1.6V V
TRAP I 11156 C156
=1000
C154I I C155 R155
2200 12V
30K
TEST
POINT
R154
560K
R157
220
V38
1/2 118011
2 NO I-F
,8V 6
C1 57
820
8158
33OK
f1-1
IUHFANT RSI,IM UHF TUNER
INPUT ANT INPUT
R52 1M
I NOT USED ON
1
ALL TUNERS I
TO
C52_800, 1400V T301
r C51,800,1400V
1
V 5A
1/2 178F11
AUD DET
1.3 n
4.21
2 3 I
TOP — I
I BOTTOM
L___-J
R 804
680
R403
130,5W
R307
330K
2
T1200
5
EARPHONE JACK
R159
56
T301
R311
IOOK
R3n5
18K
B00A
__ L302I
11 6�,
I
6.5V
USED ON
SOME MODELS
V513 $�
1/2 17BFII
AUD OUTPUT
R306 R310
470K 150
I—
L153 L154
RI60
220
YIN L160
219mc
C158
T 800
x f X
/4OV�
135V r
*T/ §RF7
IOV 330
+138V TIMEON OFF
R %410 TO 11401
I
SWITCH • 600V S401
I
C403 + C402D
.02 IOOUf
150V
-T
n
15V
I
+138V
R 401 .001
5^ IKV
5W
FUSISTOR
F4D1
120V
60-�
SEE
INSTA- 1
VIEW I
CIRCUIT
VARIATIONS
Y
+ C402A
3000ft
T 175 V
+ C4028
I2000M IOuI •
ISDV T ISOV
1
+130V I
dW1ol I 4 To Y' I
�.. . y.. Y402 I
+110111
C402C
F402 V5 V6 V8 V4 VIO#
I AMP 178F11 2329 33GY7A 158011 CRT
—YIT_SLO 12 I 12 I 12 I2 1 3/\4
TO 11401 1 'x,047, 200V
��
S401 TO
%410 Y
1, 600V
Y402
RECT.
L
120 V
60—
USED ONINSTA-VI rr
MODELS EW
1I I -LC405
WITHO
SWITCH LHF TUNER
J T_800
%406
r VI--V2 _I V3 V7
E
12;
0404
2 800
30V
V7A
1/2 BLTB
C251 HOR. PHASE DIET
120
11251 -4V
M
0250
120
�>K
2200
—
T-
50V
RI 71
R172 470K
TOOK
V4B
1/315 BDII
AGC KEYER
C 162
4.7
C163
4.7
►+ 138V
R170
IOM
0168
5000
R
I
I
I
I
C169
270 VISA
1/3 2329
SYN C CLI PI
tIIOV
POINT R201
YI 22K
��16V
,4
/ --
+138V
R253
} 47K
1%252
T047
's0
iEK SCOPE SYNCED AT 1/2
VERTICAL FREQUENCY
**X SCOPE SYNCED AT 412
HORIZONTAL FREQUENCY
• INDICATES VARIATION WITH
CONTROL SETTING
INDICATES PRODUCTION CHANGE
PICTURE 4mT:T: 'With !thereceiver tuned to a station, adjust the
Vertical 'Bold CContrcil :so that a vertical blanking bar is visable.
Loosen the yoke ,clamp and ,carefully adjust the ;yoke so that the
'blanking bar is level. Then ::tighten the clamp to csecure the yoke.
PICTURE CENTERING: Rotate the two centering rings located
at the rear of the yoke assembly until picture is properly centered.
34
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis S-2 Schematic Diagram, Continued
L155
R
S
4 n
4n
TESTTEST
POIN
*A*
5
4 R161
4700
11
-2V
-.5V 9
t138V
V4A CI65 4.5 MCTRAP
6 L165A
1/3 158DII BOTTOM
•VIDEO AMP 905 t i
2 35V , e 000
4.21L
E�
*% V
C 164 --
800 =
4
L165.
TOP
AUDIO TAKE OFF
TO 0301
AUDIO I-F
R162
1500
n
3
I::
•
•
41-158
750
ph
IOn
V68
1/3 23Z9
VERT OSC
R20a
270K C2(0-4-�
3900 1 0i86
C205
3900
R2. 7
68K
V6C
1/3 23Z9
VERTOUT
0207
.I
400V
KKlI
1
VERT
HOLD
E
-70V 2
OOV
-30y 2
R205
1.2M
R206
500K VERT.
_SIZE
45V
R210
18K
R208
IV —
R22IS
220K
R209
BOOST
LIN
pM
VERT
R 211
IM
I. VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS. MADE. WITH A
V TVM WITH RESPECT TO CHASSIS,
RECEIVER SET' FOR NORMAL: OPERATION.
MEASUREMENTS MAY VARY ±109%
AT IZOV AC LINE VOLTAGE.
2. WHERE ON-SIGNAL..AND OFF-SIGNAL
MEASUREMENTS DIFFER, ON-SIGNAL VOLTAGE
APPEARS IN ITALICS OVER OFF-SIGNAL
VOLTAGE. OFF-SIGNAL VOLTAGES TAKEN
WITH ANTENNA DISCONNECTED AND
ANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED TOGETHER.
ON-SIGNAL VOLTAGES AND` WAVE SHAPES
TAKEN WITH NOISE FREE SIGNAL PRODUCING
-2.S TO-3.SV AGC AT VHF TUNER,
I(
2
V
L165
BOTTOM
4 VIEW
C 167 6.5 L159
1 n .330
2005 Lh
R 164
4163
4.7N CONTRA ST
3W
*If* TEST
POINT
70
10
V
�2I
R168S
4700
R167
200K =
BRIGHTNESS
X X
T VER OUT OF SYNC.
I BLANT
KING BAR IN
700V CENTER OF RASTER
+138V
T201
_ # Soo'
5W N
511
�b3
C209
470
R 214
1M
H38V
R255
220K
1M
1C253
T39011
KIF 3f
SOV
.CZ59
5000
V78
U2 SILTS
HORIZ.OSC
i
5V 9i
/1 C2
5 ,
/ 1 390
10255
10027
2001E 10256
.0068
50V
2
138V
277KK +
C258 -33V
0 9,10
(S
R258
+13$` 12K R259
V IM
10.55 ' C257
1600
5'A —
V8A
112 33GY7A
HOR.OUTPUT
5
C 2�=
800
K 1fA R264
((/� )//
soo
IOOV
2W
/ / *hV
2W
T251
45011
TOA18 TOA19
TO S401
TO V5, PIN 12
(EARLY PROD)
TO F402
(LATE PROD)
15%
RIPPLE
MAXIMUM
DEFLECTION YOKF
4 L201A15 L2018 -
L
ORG
n 2
YE
III
1-2538 3 L253A
9n 911-
RED
J
HITE
$k V10
12 CW P4 / 16CWP4
PICTURE
TUBE
3t1E
T
7?V
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
K•1.000 M•1.000.000
CAPACITORS MORE THAN 1•uuT•pf
CAPACITORS LESS THAN I•uf
RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT
WIRE COLOR CODE
(USED IN MOST INSTANCES)
BROWN FILAMENT
RED B+ BOOST
ORANGE B+
WHITE AGC
V9
IBC2A
HV RECT
5
19 L
6
47. Sf
23n
3
sn
10261 ►80"57
068 38UV
1000V
330.3KV^
INSTA- VIEW SWITCH S402
(REAR VIEW)
NOT ON ALL MODELS
11.5 K V
AT MIN.
BRIGHTNESS
V8B
V2 33GY7A
DAMPER
► +1305
TO R401
*TO 17BFII
PIN 12
Y402
C410 -
DI OO
0411
800pf
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis
VIDEO I-F SYSTEM
1. Turn volume control and fine tuning counterclockwise, and
contrast control fully clockwise. Set channel selector to Chan-
nel 11. Short antenna terminals together.
2. Connect an oscilloscope to Test Point III through a 22K resis-
tor, with the resistor not more than 1.5 inches away from the
Test Point. Connect a variable bias supply (0-20V) between
Test Point II and chassis. Set bias at -3.5V.
3. Inject signals from a properly terminated generator through the
I-F INJECTION NETWORK shown, to the I-F injection point
on the VHF Tuner.
4. Align the receiver to produce the response curve illustrated.
5. Position all cores at ends of coils away from circuit board ex-
cept as noted below.
S-2, Alignment Information
I-F RESPONSE CURVE
SIG ��\ L�IOil
GENE /
.0010
R
TO MATCH
GEN
I-F INJECTION
NETWORK
STEP
SIGNAL FREQUENCY
ADJUST
REMARKS
1
47.25 MHZ AM
L151 for minimum scope deflection
Use maximum scope sensitivity and
_ smallest possible signal.
2
44.4 MHZ AM, scope calibrated 3V PP
for 2" deflection
L154, then L153 for maximum.
Position L153 core at end of coil nearer
circuit board. Maintain 2" deflection on
scope by adjusting signal strength.
3
T150 for maximum.
4
38-48 MHZ sweep generator, with scope
calibrated 3 volts peak to peak for 2"
deflection; markers at 41.25, 42.5, 44.4,
45.0, 45.75 MHZ, 47.25 MHZ
L135 for maximum deflection of the
45.75 MHZ marker.
Symmetry of the nose is important. No
portion of the nose should be out of
symmetry by more than 3%.
Repeat Step 7 to shape nose after Steps
8 and 9.
5
L152 for proper nose shaping.
6
Turn L135 core clockwise to place 45.75
MHZ marker at 50%.
7
Readjust L152 to shape nose around
44.4 MHZ pivot.
8
Readjust T150 for proper placement of
42.5 MHZ marker if curve is too narrow.
9
Spread or knife turns of L150 if 42.5
MHZ marker is above 30%.
AUDIO ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
GENERAL: Allow the receiver and test equipment at least 20
minutes warm-up. Power the receiver from 120 Volts AC through
an isolation transformer. A speaker, or a 3.2 ohm, 5 watt resistor
should be connected across the audio output transformer secon-
dary at all times.
CHASSIS PREPARATION:
1. Brightness, Horizontal, and Vertical controls should be set for
a normal picture.
2. Set the contrast control to maximum and the volume control
to minimum.
3. Connect a -10 Volt DC bias to Test Point II with the positive
lead grounded to the chassis.
4. Connect a -0.5 Volt DC bias to Test Point III through a 750 uh
isolation choke (ET36X376).
4.5 MHZ TRAP ADJUSTMENT:
1. Pre-set the Quadrature coil (L302) with the core flush to the
top of the coil form, away from the circuit board.
2. Connect the DETECTOR NETWORK shown to Test Point IV
(CRT, Pin 2) and feed the output to an AC VTVM.
3. Apply a 100 mv, 40% modulated, 4.5 MHZ AM signal through
a DC blocking capacitor (.05 mhz) to Test Point III.
4. Adjust L165A 4.5 MHZ Trap (bottom core) for minimum
reading on the VTVM at Test Point IV (- 1/4 turn).
5. Remove the 4.5 MHZ AM signal and the detector network.
REAR VIEW
INSTA-VIEW
S402
AUDIO ALIGNMENT:
1. Connect an oscilloscope to Test Point V through a 22,000 ohm
resistor.
2. Feed in a 50 uv, 4.5 MHZ f 7.5KHZ FM signal at Test Point
III through a blocking capacitor.
3. Adjust Quad Coil L302 for maximum undistorted sine wave on
the oscilloscope. Start with the core away from the circuit
board and tune into the coil form for the second peak indica-
tion.
4. Reduce the level of the FM input signal until distortion break-
up of the sine wave appears.
5. Align the Audio Interstage (1,301) secondary (bottom core)
until the break-up of the sine wave is symmetrical, as shown in
the diagram below.
6. Align the Sound Take-Off L 165 (top core) as in steps 4 and 5
above.
7. Align the Interstage primary (L301 top core) as in steps 4 and
5 above.
NOTE: Each core should be aligned once only. Do not go back
and touch up previously adjusted cores while aligning.
8. Disconnect signal generator, oscilloscope, and bias supplies.
TO 47'! IN64
TEST
POINT*-
68K
TO CIRCUIT BOARD
RED 8. BLACK TO
A20 (Y401 CATHODE)
BROWN & WHITE TO
S401. TERM 2
ORANGE & BLACK
TO A19
DETECTOR
NETWORK
TO
AO
VTVM
SYMMETRICAL
BREAKUP
CONNECTORS
END
VIEW
P101
UT
3 o J101
2. 10 I
/ \o/
BROWN TO INSTA-VIEWSWITCH CONNECTOR WIRING DIAGRAM
V5 PIN 12 (NOT USED ON ALL RECEIVERS)
36
GENERAL M ELECTRIC
CHASSIS T-5, MODEL TR100TEB-5
DISASSEMBLY
SIGNAL BOARD
1, Remove four Phillips head screws that secure circuit
board. Signal board may now be turned over for servic-
ing.
TUNER ASSEMBLY
1. Remove UHF and VHF channel select and fine tune knobs.
2. Remove two Phillips head screws securing tuner bracket
to cabinet front. One at the top and one at the side.
3. Loosen the Phillips head screw that is in front of and
between the VHF tuner. Insert screwdriver at left side
of chassis between UHF tuner output plug and UHF B+
terminal.
4. The tuner package may now be tilted back or lifted clear
to permit access to the following: Volume, Contrast,
Brightness controls, Power Transformer, Power Plug, Fuse
Panel, TR24, and VHF tuner mounting screws.
SWEEP BOARD ASSEMBLY
1. Position receiver on side with power supply down.
2. Remove Phillips head screw from bracket above HVT.
3, Remove Phillips head screw that secures sweep assembly
to cabinet front.
4. Remove Phillips head screw that secures sweep assembly
at rear of main chassis.
S. The sweep assembly will now swing down allowing easy ac-cess to all components mounted on the sweep board. CAU-TION: BE SURE TO RELIEVE STRAIN ON LEADS AS THE PANEL IS
SWUNG DOWN.
6. To facilitate servicing, power can be applied with the
assembly in this position. Reasonable caution should be
exercised to insure thataccidental shorts are prevented.
T R13
co
J2
c
Q
co
CO
TR25
0
90
R906
B+
ADJUST
TRI2 D14
TRII
TR20
J3
D9
co
DS
J4
0
co
C
TRIS
n
Li R6
R608 VERT
VERT LIN R707
SIZE HOR
HOLD
TR22
TP
XC
0.12
DID
T,P
3L
�DII
TV S8
f�
I
R 704 n n
1
HOR J5
W13 FRED
R615
VERT
BIAS
R604
VERT
HOLD
SWEEP BOARD TRANSXSTOR AND ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS
�TF6�
3.53MHZ
<0 YELLOW
YELLOW
azos
9 .SM NZ
O
TFIS
�a...
LLLfff AOG
AOJ
303,
TaII
JI
SIGNAL BOARD TRANSISTOR AND ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS
41.25 Mhz
39.75 Mhz
42.5 Mhz
50%
44.15 Mhz
100%
47.25 Mhz
I-F RESPONSE CURVE
ADJUSTMENTS
45.75 Mhz
50%
�5%
HORIZONTAL FREQUENCY CONTROLS
O
00
03
12
9
03
so
0
n—
R704 (Horizontal Frequency) is a Horizontal-Hold Range-Con-trol and requires re-adjustment after any horizontal oscil-lator component is replaced.
To properly adjust R704:
1. Short TPVI to TPVII.
2. Connect O.luf paper capacitor from point 12 (input to
TR20) on power board to chassis ground.
3. Looking from rear of receiver, set R704 to full counter-clockwise position. WARNING: DO NOT TURN FULLY CLOCK-WISE.
4. Set Horizontal Hold control(R707)at center of its range.
S. 'Turn set on and adjust horizontal frequency control
(R704) for floating picture.
6. 'Turn set off, disconnect jumper between TPVI and TPVII.
7. Turn set on, adjust L701 for floating picture.
S. Remove capacitor from point 12 on power board,
9. Picture should remain synchronized. If it does not, look
for troubles in the AFC circuit.
37
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis T-5 Printed Board Information
V
U
T S I R I P I N I M I L I K I J I H I G I F I P I D
I
5
10
II
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
I
D3
t --
1
3
I
1
T. P j06
R717•NRiw
� � 6
•.. C.�(� P
C 711
I
�1
II
C 712
I
R721 C720
r!rE�
T702 _ t TR22
B
R 313`
D15
D14
R319
cZ
• D12 I T701 i0 �4!�C710
4
1D11 C724I 9
1 7 ' �1-R311B
j
T
♦ L701 •
I
i
• ,.f� E RTT133 L31�2
R3 •�
•
l ♦`/ L - —' i R712 +T R315 .c
l^ R7I1 DID C M/Vv
S •-C 1:4 TR21 B •✓705 C705% C313�
C 707 R710 T
T 0714 ,. •-�/W��
• R709
_ �
�. �I ••'V'1•
o$R
0314
I
\
(
1
J3
r 6
•
C
3f3
� o '
F J5 F2
1
•
� C' I L312
I V bbb
I %R312
L � !Oj ta16�
$6301
R317
0
4
TR13
R421
I osR j
E - BIN i
TH402R42✓9I
L311 C417 S I
C416
�� +TR42Q
C R415 8417 R418
TR8
TR11
TR12
C 48 E•
C 414 TH401
C
• R4J 416
RRR:
4
2
2
M M*
r R4,7-
� R706•,,Ty�\•
•
E
� * 6
I
f
C �TR20
R424
7i 3�ID I a ^g
R501 C504
J4 C703 L503
H`�`-y .�C503 _�
* C903
R619 l
2 I D2e=71 C601 I..., `5 .. +T
Mu ` '-LT6
�R
I
}604 + R603
"
R910
�Fs 13 6 Ds • IF+ +- nM a
"D13 0 6 D16
�; 620
.3 pq I •i 6'/`•
1 I
Q 1 jR
I
6
0608`
R42-6� •IE• �i�.�
C411+?
:R416 _+`C413
J2 I
R 708_• {T � R510 I!
6702 L� 6,
R702 R7 �F•
I
R618
R612
R604, ,•
R614
/TH601
+
R616
R615
T R17
Tr'.18
IR611
70�1D •
1 0607
♦+ 11609
SR607
TR25
E
C902
R905: 4 ,;
;904
T+605 R909
T-'
t
T C608
1-f R608
A6
R906
111907'.
® 9
4
5
6
7
a
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
SWEEP BOARD - COPPER VIEW
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
RESISTORS
CAPACITORS
8311 J-7
R312 H-6
R313 M-3
R314 H-8
R315 H-9
R316 li-7
R317 G-4
R318 H-2
R319 J-2
R415 E-8
R416 E-9
8417 D-8
R418 C-8
8419 C-5
R420 C-7
R421 C-5
R422 D-5
R423 D-5
R424 F-11
R426 F-8
R427 C-8
R428 B-6
R508 G-11
R509 F-11
R510 G-10
R601 H-12
R603 G-14
R604 P1-17
R605 K-15
R606 K-15
R607 E-15
8608 E-19
R609 G-19
R610 H-17
R611 G-16
R612 D1-17
R613 J-15
R614 M-18
R615 L-19
R616 J-18
R618 P-17
R619 N-13
R620 N-14
R621 M-14
R701 J-10
R702 K-10
R703 N-11
R704 R-13
R705 K-9
R706 K-11
R707 J-17
R708 K-9
R709 N-10
R710 N-10
R711 S-9
R712 L-8
R713 L-8
R714 H-6
R716 DI-6
R717 N-6
R721 R-4
R904 B-16
R905 D-16
R906 B-16
R907 B-17
R909 D-17
R910 C-13
C311 H-9
C312 J-8
C313 H-4
C314 L-4
C413 D-9
C414 E-4
C41S E-9
C416 D-7
C417 F-7
C418 D-8
0503 G-12
CSU4 G-11
Cti01 J-12
C603 J-13
C604 K-14
C605 F-16
C606 F-18
C607 G-18
C608 J-16
C609 N-16
C611 P-14
C613 N-13
0701 H-11
0702 H-10
C703 K-11
C704 N-9
C705 J-9
C706 S-7
C707 R-9
C708 R-10
C709 M-7
C710 L-7
C711 P-7
C712 P-2
C714 U-10
C720 N-4
C721 R-12
C724 P-8
0726 P-11
C902 C-16
C903 D-12
COILS
L311 G-7
L312 G-6
L701 S-8
L702 T-12
DIODES
D8 J-11
D9 J-11
D10 P-9
D11 T-8
D12 P=8
D13 P-14
D14 K-2
DIS N-3
D16 D-14
TRAN-SISTORS
TR8 G-8
TR11 E-6
TR12 E-4
TR13 B-4
TR17 F-15
TR18 H-16
TR19 S-16
TR20 G-11
TR21 M-8
TR22 N-5
TR23 T-3
TR25 B-15
38
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis T-5 Printed Board Information, Continued
4
10
II
12
13
14
15
16
R I P I N I M
R809
E R811
R506
TR16
7c803I R806
TR14
R805
m1� Ra 2 Y
ggt
.d09 R410
• M • L.
�
! C4OLtC403
TR9 E�I
�R 405
R40
2<
C404�
R404
1
E
' C407
C 8 T401 0401
I.��. /Ls1�cR'\i
e ro �.0
0 i T �R406 c
403 14
R40 a i I
1
T4O —
T ��_•
0405
j J
1 ♦ 6
I
JI
o _�-_j
I
R20 C205i
•'WW L204
� + C201 I* �-►
_ +
I+ 68C�I 2 SL J
J T T0202
• R202
TR4 C
s
♦E
*A"'.
6
R203
0207♦ ,
T/
�w
G R204
TC208 1-1
It209
0203 C2
�L
, ryc.c—j°L4—• j �ce04 •
'' : Nf-�
1
Ir��I �T2
L _1 2 I ID 6
D7 T. P. - I B' I
♦ L L203_ 1
- S E 0S__TR15
c
R206� R208
8205 R201 T •-NYV*
0210 11
��� C212
T 8807 R212~H
I fs
*_'V%"R21i
C 213
6 R8 11N r
- TH801
R
�
�r
T202
0
I C217I E - TR6
02162 f
R I i
T 0225 `
} R214 0218
I 1
0219
1 T ,
f ,l 1
IT6220
L _�L J 1
c8°1T
l
R305 I • R802 r •�
R803 1302 R30I I �"0' 1-1
TR7 I ►'Vw c302 22
I L@
6 0221
B I i T'301
DI
C303T T304 I H
2�„ I
r
2�
R I
L303 n
0 I 4t R3
1
RR401 J
0805
4�
T.P. j
SIGNAL BOARD - COPPER VIEW
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
R2i 5S
� 5+
i L✓�.
Tr-224
RESISTORS
CAPACITORS
DIODES
TRAN-SISTORS
R201
J-3
R407
P-15
C201
J-4
C303
G-13
D1.
C-13
TR4 F-3
R202
G-5
R408
N-15
C202
J-S
C304
G-13
D2
N-12
TRS B-4
R203
F-4
R409
DI-11
C203
K-6
C305
S-9
D3
S-11
TR6 B-8
R204
E-3
R410
P-12
C204
H-6
C401
K-14
D4
1111-9
TR7 J-13
R205
E-4
R411
R-11
C205
G-4
C402
M-12
DS
J-9
TR9 M-14
R206
D-4
R412
N-12
C206
F-4
C403
L-13
D6
G-7
TRIO N-14
R207
C-5
R413
T-13
C207
E-2
C404
N-13
D7
L-7
1814 L-9
R208
B-S
R504
N-9
C208
E-4
C405
P-16
TR15 11-8
R209
D-S
R505
R-S
C209
D-4
C406
h1-15
TR16 N-5
R211
D-7
R506
M-6
C210
C-4
C407
P-14
COILS
R212
E-6
R507
P-4
C211
B-5
C408
P-14
�`�
R213
D-9
R802
F-11
C212
D-6
L20
TEST
R214
B-9
R803
G-12
C213
D-7
C41
5-12
L-4
POINTS
R215
D-11
R805
K-9
0216
C-8
C410
03111
T-14
T-11
L2022
L203
L-6
H-6
TPI J-7
R301
E-12
R806
K-8
C217
C-8
C412
N-11
L204
H-4
TPII E-15
R302
F-12
R807
F-6
C218
B-9
C
0-11
L20
B-10
TP1II N-10
R303
F-15
R808
F-8
C219
C-10
C 502
N-6
L206 6
B-12
R304
R-9
R809
hl-4
C220
A-10
C8800
1
G-11
L20
B-14
R305
R306
H-12
J-14
R810
R811
M-5
F-8
C221
C222
A-12
D-14
C80 2
G-10
L2088
L301
C-15
E-15
TRANS-R401
J-15
R812
F-9
0223
A-15
08033
C804
K-7
F-6
L302
F-13
FORMERS
1201 D-3
R402
L-13
R813
F-7
C224
D-IS
C80
F-10
L303
G-15
R403
R404
M-14
N-13
C225
0226
C-8
J-6
08066
E-7
T202 B-6
T401 L-15
R405
L-13
C301
E-13
T402 S-13
R406
P-14
C302
C- 1_2
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
a
9
10
II
12
13
14
15
16
39
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis T-5 Schematic Diagram
VHF
ANT
30on
COLLECTOR
MARK
TO
4
TR5
TR6
1119
TRIO
TRII
TRI5
TR20
E
III
C
B
E
TELESCOPING
ANTENNA
R9
47K
4.3V
3.8V
f 1
B
U TO
19
23
TR
TR24
TNT
TRS
TO"
TRI3
TR14
TRI6
TRI7
T RIB.
TO 21
T 2
TR25
DIS
ANODE
CATHODE
ANODENCATHO DE
DIODES
F901
.75 AMP
JUMPER IN AC CORD
INDICATES. VARIATION WITH
CONTROL SETTING
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS MADE
WITH A VT VM WITH RESPECT TO
CHASSIS. RECEIVER SET FOR
NORMAL OPERATION. MEASUREMENTS
MAY VARY x'104 AT 120V AC LINE
VOLTAGE.
AGC CONTROL
X3 20
4Q 44 MHZ
TR4
IST IF
14201 L204 3 .OV
IF B.2 Ear 1.7V
G CC 02 0226
ISP3
C
ISpf
12 pf 2pf
=C2o4
zovl
�L203
1111 1,1,1,1, 39.75
= r MH7
S+
AGC
4201
47.25M X2
+11.2V
+10805 +y0806
m 20.1tm.005
+11
1
2 V
L202
41.25MHZ
7
9.9 V
10.6V 1201
C zo7� a 3.OV
�� 5vf
...0 2.OV
��
0 314204 'e
330 of
'C 208 14201 2.3V
23V `1.005 <100 I
1.3V
1,1V
-LC206 14203 8206
'1�.005f180 560
JR202 +11.2V
3 560
R811
I.8 K
TM601
ROOS
47.5K
IAGC
ADJUST
R 812
820
4.7N = = D7
1 C804
-T.005
T.P2
D6
X3 20
@4 MHZ
TR5
2ND IF
/OV
10.7V
T2_02
F.
C211i
Spf Q
R20B a o
390
2. '1101 LIL
�L213 005 T.005
1.6V
C209"R2(
T.005 =22
R 813
5.6 K
4.31/
1.9V
14810
2.4 K
TO TR7
L OLLELTOR
TR9
AUDIO IF
2.5 V
T401
R306 R401
300 2.2K
0401
400pt
R402
560
TRIO
AUDIO IF
C407
47p1
1 C803
T I.f
= 25V
T402
5.5V
RS
1.8K403
,
I.8V
C402
.01
R404
1.5K
R406
1.2K
9.5 V
'M
n
S 4
14406
0 14407
6.OV
IOK
_.C404
.01
OI
V_
- 'I
TR15
AGC AMP
5V
2.5V D5
T 14
t8 2
IRS06
I
R410
I
0409
IOOpf R22K
T. P.$
+
C408 1 D3
50pf
�R409
100
+11.2 V
.408
220
0406
T .01
L- _J
T0405
.01
R413
680
R411
IK
T.0410 0411 1,419
0047 ,033 .002
3.5V
2.5V
C412
IOuf
ISV
50
R901
120
TB +
1 REG
I
16.5V
C901
2000 U
25V
TR25
PRE
REG
5.2V�
I1.2V
SOURCE
TO TRIG
COLLECTOR
4.OV
• WITH
RECEIVER
L OFF
!
B+
R909
4.7
R910
220
+0902
1-30a 30uf
15V
DI6
15V
4.6V
R904
120
Ri
+11.5v
SOURCE
�C903
500 of
15Y
R906
IN
B+ADJUST
820
R508
569
12
R602
2.2
R601
2.2K
0
0503
0047
WHERE ON-SIGNAL AND OFF-SIGNAL MEASUREMENTS
DIFFE R. ON-SIGNAL VOLTAGE APPEARS IN /TAG/LS OVER
OFF-SIGNAL VOLTAGE. OFF-SIGNAL VOLTAGES TAKEN
WITH ANTENNA DISCONNECTED AND ANTENNA TERMINALS
SHORTED TOGETHER.
ON- SIGNAL VOLTAGES AND WAVE SHAPES TAKEN WITH
NOISE FREE SIGNAL.
R808 (located near the center of the signal board)
should be adjusted with a one millivolt signal applied to
the antenna terminals. The proper setting will produce
+3.9V,-O.1V at TPI with a test pattern signal. An alternate
method of setting the AGC control is to tune the receiver to
a strong local channel and adjust the AGC control until sync
instability can be detected in the picture. Reduce the AGC
control approximately 1/8 turn and check on all other chan-nels to be sure AGC circuit functions properly.
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
K-1,000 M-1,000.000
CAPACITORS MORE THAN 1- 1.0
CAPACITORS LESS THAN 1.0
VERTICAL BIAS
R606
I.8 K
TRI7 = TOO[
VERT OSC
3.3V
Iu03
25V
603
K
- 2.2V
-6V
0602
.047
T.0 601
047
+11.5V
R509 0701
K OI D8
0504
39p1
ch
TR20
SYNC
SPLITTER +11.5V
22
2.3V
07;
.6
C6054
IOuf -
6V
+Ir.5V
/0.4V
9.8V
.510 0702
6B0 ,01
8707
IOK
HORIZ
HOLDa
D9
8706
15K
0703
.047
Proper adjustment of the vertical bias control (R615)
is necessary to limit the current through TR19 to a safe
level.'The proper procedure for adjusting R615 is to discon-nect the yellow lead from L601, insert a milliampere meter
in series with 1,601, and adjust R615 for a reading of 165ma.
A second way to check this setting is to use a DC voltmeter
across L601 and adjust R615 for an indication of 2.1V. This
procedure is required after any...vertical circuit repair.
40
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis T-5 Schematic Diagram, Continued
50-200
,)44 MHZ
F TR6
-
3RD IF
10.4V
L205 IO
.Spf L206
DI
T. P.IE
L301h 1
--
2lu
R303 9,5✓
L207 L208 1.21K 9.4V
R214 L216
4.71K 20Df
3¢f I. IV
0225- 'C216 R80
.005 '�` T.005 11
R805
I8K
TRI4
3V AGC
8 7V
TC801
113803
I1
' ,1
-
2.2K
T14,f,
T_ D} � SpfC223
y.0 221
I0Df 150uh
= I 7/
L�J L I
R302
0219 F_ - - 4.7K
- 005
f R215 C302- R802
56 .047 £ 270
9.OV
+J-G301
5V
500
TR16
SYNC SEP
1.2V +.11.2V
I
2.OV
8507 �O. 4V -,
IOK 1}0.2V�(
•
.
111111=
I
C502 03
JR�
3.04
IDV�
Zs�_6K
6 R50S p505 1
15K IM
TO AUDIO
IF INPUT
2.OV
2.3V
TR7
VID AMP
9.7V
9.6V 5
C}OS R3->-' OS G3o5>
47 Vf IB 30uf
( 15V
G 304
SR 301
j4 'P
i 2T0 l L303
W 4.5
- MHZ
R304
220
N
D4
TO ALL
t 11,2V PNTS.
'NC ON THIS BRD
3
TO TERMINAL 12
ON POWER BOARD
R414 -L L
5GK = -
VOLUME
R604
5K
+11.5V
R424
6.8
0415+ R41
18
I5V 1
1
it ';C
7 �qIB
of
25V
+ C417
-� 200.1
_ 15V
R426
3.9 K
6.5V
1.4V
G
10- +11.5V
22K5
VERT T
MOLD RI8
VERT DRIVER
R416
3.3K
.8V
TRII
AUDIO AMP
6604
20uf
IOV .
0607
300 R610
+It- .2TK
R608 R609
VERT VERT •7V "
N
'
SIZE LIN'
{R611
+ C606 i5.6K
-�` 4.7uf
c
16V - R613
3.3
R419
270
C"
4
022
R417
10
R418
150
+11.5V
C608
DOW
15V
5.3V
JR
47700
��
R
s
71
�
0 C708
K
1
22
�.07
(
26
01
11.4V
6.7V
R420
820
R421
20
11
�A
TR13
ADD R330
28
OUT
6.6V
R422
3.3
TH402 R423
+C 413
T-1000
6V
TH601
R 614
150
R616
1.5K
TR12
AUD OUT
KA
r
3.3
6.6V
0416
+ 100uf
IOV
P
TR19
VERT OUT
R615
500
VERT C2`
BIAS
10.5V
IIV
P
2.3V
TO 11.2V
SOURCE
R425
J401
>
T-5 CHASSIS
L311 C313
TR8 3001 n
VID OUT va4�- I'D
M
R 316 R316 2
56V IOK IK
4.2V
32-
500uf
OV
IRS 'a 3.3 Y
+11.5
R619
6.BK
D13
I50 I
sov L:--__j
1
IL601
R620 C613
3.9N )F-
56601
R 311
2.TK
NR 312
S6K
L312
J 410.0
3.8V
16301
R 3171 1
5.6K R319
270K
C311
270pf
R t4
56
R31S
9]0
fR313
6.BK
D14
N
G 312
2 0 uI
Sv-
>
221
8
BRIGHT
R320
IOOK
R321
CONTRAST
6
-L 314
1 2uf
= 150V
R621
04
D5
RT09
OK
T. P.$
DID
.2V
TR21
HOR OSC T701
8.7V
8.8V
R703
5.6 K
R705
R708
159 560
0703
+
T 5V
_ ''Uf
+11.5V
R704
5K
NOR
= FREO
-DII 0 47
C]07
6
704 7=� I 47oov+
33300
tR
3
R 712
5.6 K
ti _11000
5V
- 15V
R71
1 C709
I
R716
68
TR22
HOR DRIVER
1 = 1724 *D12
004T
�IIL]02
+11.5V
I.2V
TR23
HOR OUT
11.2V
T702
R117
220
0711
T022R
12.8V
o �9
11.2V 1C712
=DIS 1.068
+J C72,
1500uf
15V
D3
C 714
6.5 ufm
D >
D1>
F7>
FI>
VERTICAL SIZE AND LINEARITY
Properly tune the receiver to one of the local televi-sion channels. To obtain the best linearity, use a test
pattern, if one is available.
Adjust vertical size (R608) and vertical linearity
(R609)simultaneously for proper vertical size and linearity.
The picture should over-fill the screen 1/811 at top and bot-tom..
- - __.
04
VI
9AGP4
85V
8.OKV
T703
DI7
N
C722 -
500P
7.3'NV
GT23
7,5K
T
D
I
I
> L____J
B+ ADJUST CONTROL
The B+ adjust control(R906)(located on the rear section
of sweep board)should be adjusted to produce 1l.SV, to.3V at
the collector of TR24 (mounted on the large vertical heat
sink). NOTE: Setting the B+ voltage to a value higher than
11.5 volts will cause poor performance on AC power and re-duced battery life when operated on a storage battery.
41
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis T-5, Waveform Information, Continued
'; VERT. RATE
1 VPP
O
', VERT. RATE
45 VPP
TPII
CRT
PIN 5
', HORIZ. RATE TR20
10 VPP n BASE
', HORIZ. RATE )CT. R701
0.3 VPP 3
1
R702
k�t
', HORIZ. RATE_
4.5 VPP
!; VERT. RATE
5 VPP
TR21
BASE
TR17
BASE
VERT. RATE TR19
2 VPP (9-
�) BASE
'; VERT. RATE TRIO
8 VPP � COL.
wrl
', VERT. RATE TR14
.9 VPP rll
\ BASE
', HORIZ. RATE
5 VPP
'z VERT. RATE
3 VPP
JCT. R710
D8-D9
400 HZ GEN TOP OF
SIGNAL 3U VOL. CONTROL
0.1 VPP
WAVEFORMS FOR POINTS INDICATED
' VERT. RATE CRT % HORIZ. RATE CRT
40 VPP n CATHODE 4.5 VPP n PIN 6
'-z HORIZ. RATE
10 "VPP
'; 1tORIZ. RATE
7 'WP
!, -0RIZ. RATE
12: VPP
1; VERT. RATE
2.5 VPP
400 HZ
9 VPP
TR20
COL.
TR22
BASE
TR17
EMITTER
TR12
BASE
:; VERT. RATE TR16
10 VPP /-1 COL.
HORIZ. RATE TR20
6 VPP n EMITTER
3� HORIZ. RATE
13 VPP
'i VERT. RATE
1 VPP
TR23
EMITTER
TR18
BASE
VERT. RATE JCT.
0.2 VPP 28 R306 - T401
42
GENERAL X ELECTRIC
CHASSIS D1
MODELS
AM40OWD-D1
M401 EWD
M401WD-D1
WM401WD-D1
XSM401WD-D1
M403EVY
M403EWD
M403VY-D1
M403WD-Dl
WM403WD-D 1
R403EWD
R403WD-D1
M407 EWD
M407WD - D 1
WM420BR -D1
WM426BG-D1
WM432WD-D 1
WM432BG-D1
WM433WD-D1
M434WD—D1
WM434WD—Dl
M435WD—D1
WM435WD—Dl
M452EWD
M452WD -D 1
M454EWD
M454WD -D 1
CBM601 EVY
CBM601VY-D1
MODELS
CAM603EVY
CAM603VY -D1
CBM603EVY
CBM603VY-D1
CHR621EVY
CHR621VY-D1
CNR621 EVY
CNR621VY-D1
Dissassembly Instructions for Some Models
CABINET BACK; Disconnect any external antenna wire. Remove the hex head screws securing the cabinet back Swing
the left side of the back away from the receiver just far enough to reach the 300 ohm VHF b UHF antenna input leads
that are located inside of the cabinet back. Unplug the VHF antenna lead from the VHF tuner input terminals and the
UHF leads are unplugged from the terminals on the cabinet back.
CHASSIS; Remove the cabinet back as previously described. Remove the VHF 6 UHF tuner knobs. Unplug the picture
tube socket and high voltage anode lead. On model R403 remove the power tuning and Remote Receiver assembly by tak-
ing out the bracket on which these units are mounted as follows:
a. Take out 4 screws, 2 from the top 6 2 from the bottom.
b. Take out 2 screws that retain the 2 ground leads.
c. Unplug the remote plug and the transducer cable.
d. Slide the complete assembly back away from the VHF tuner.
Chassis disassembly for all listed models as follows:
I. Remove 4 hex head screws from the tuner plastic bracket assembly.
2. Remove 2 hex head screws from the seconda ry con trol bracke t and the rocker switc h bracke t.
S. Take out the hex head screw from the left front corner of the chassis that retains the ground strap.
4. Take out 2 hex head chassis retaining screws from the bottom corners of chassis.
5. Unsolder the speaker leads from the speaker.
The chassis is now slid back from the cabinet front and the yoke is then removed. Reassem ble in the reverse order of
disassembly. Notice that the front of the chassis is retained by two plastic bosses molded into the cabinet front. These
bosses mate with two slots in the front apron of the chassis.
PICTURE TUBE;Place the receiver face down on a soft cloth covered surface and either remove the tube sling screw
and spread the sling to remove the tube, or remove all four sling straps by taking out the two hex head screws from
each strap.
ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS
PICTURE TUBE ADJUSTMENTS
HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY: Adjust R214 and PICTURE TILT: To correct picture tilt. loosen the YOKE
R207 simultaneously for proper vertical-size and linearity. CLAMP . Adjust the yoke to correct the tilt. Secure the
Picture should extend 1/8-inch beyond top and bottom ed- clamp.
ges of mask.
HORIZONTAL HOLD: With controls set for normal opera-tion, adjust L251 to the point where the picture "locks in".
NOTES 0-112 AND L-138 NOT USED ON
PRE-SET TUNERS.
VHF ANTENNA
INPUT
RCIC
RC102
LIOB
PICTURE CENTERING: Rotate the two centering rings
located at the rear of the yoke assembly until picture is
properly centered.
l UMF
INPUT
�R103
1000
R 104
47K
C107 CIO8 Clio CI11
W47
111000
*
111000
1
5
(oeooao.---_—�
COUPLING
L C
L106 10'00"
0
V2A
6LJ8
1/2 5LJ8
CONV
VI
3GK5
6GK5
RF AMP
L135
UHF
11111 POSITION INPUT
IF
INJECTION
ooaaoy—_a CHANNELS 2-13
FINE
TUNING
R106
22K 2 2
R 108
'1000
M
I
C 112
36 1000
I
a V2B
C 1221 6LJ8
5LJ8
2.2 OSC.
C121
82
10
J IS
R107t
4700}
R108
33K
CI16 0117
I loo.'Doo
O 0 O 0 O O
RF PLATE AG IF I.F. OUT. RF T. P. 6+
B+ INJECTION
0118
UHF
B+
UHF
B+
VHF INPUT
AGC
RF B+
HTR(SERIES)
-F-OUT
L 135
RF T.P
140V 8+
VI V2
3GK5 5LJ8
(
4
lc
5
000
��
Y
ET86X260, ET86X277, ET86X279, ET86X307
VHF TUNER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
43
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis
RECEIVER ALIGNMENT
VIDEO I-F SYSTEM
GENERAL: Allow receiver and test equipment at least
20 minutes warm-up. Power the receiver from an isolation
transformer.
1. Turn volume control and tine tuning counterclockw ise,
and contrast control fully clockwise. Set channel
selector to Channel 11. Short antenna terminals 'together.
2. Connect oscilloscope to Test Point III thru 22,000
ohms resistor not more than 2.5 inches away from Test
Point III. Connect a variable bias supply (0-20V) be-tween Test Point II and chassis.
3. Inject signals from a properly terminated AM signal
generator or sweep generator, through the I-F INJECTION
NETWORK shown, to the I-F injection point. This
point is accessible at the base of the Converter (V2)
on the top deck of the VHF tuner,
4. Align the receiver to produce the response curve illus-
trated.
5. Position all cores at ends of coils away from circuit
board,
VIDEO I-F ALIGNMENT
E1, Alignment Information
AM PRE-PEAKING & TRAP FREQUENCIES
L150.... Min. 47.25 MC T151 Max. 42.8 MC
L160 • .. . Min. 41.25 MC L151 . Max. 42.50 MCL135 • . • • Max. 45.00 MC L154, L153 . Max. 44.15 MC
41.25 47.25 MC
2-5% (TRAP)
42.5 MC 45.75 MC
55 a/o + 5 50 ado +5%
45.0MC 1000/0
- -
K ICI zFo -
115% NOM.
44.15MC 125a/o MAX,
105 % M I N.
I-F RESPONSE CURVE
CHART
STEP
SIGNAL
FREQUENCY
ADJUST
REMARKS
1
47.25 MC AM (Bias OV)
Adjust L150 for minimum scope deflec-
tion
Use maximum scope sensitivity and smallest
possible signal for the 47.25 MC AM and
41.25 MC AM adjustments.
2
41.25 MC AM (Bias OV)
Adjust L160 for min. deflection
3
42.8 MC AM (Bias OV)
Adjust T151 for max. deflection
Position L153 core barely in the top of the
coil, then peak L154. Next peak L153.
Do not retouch these adjustments.
4
44.15 MC AM (Bias -3.5V)
Adjust L154, then L153 for max.
5
(Bias -3.5V)
38-48 MC sweep generator,
with scope calibrated 3 volts
peak to peak for 2 inch de-flection; markers at 41,25,
42.5, 44.15, 45.0 MC 6
45.75 MC
L135 for max. at 45 MC and place-
ment of 45.75 MC marker
6
T151 for placement of 42.5 MC marker.
Symmetry of the nose is important. No portion
of the nose should be out of symmetry by more
than 3%.
Repeat last four steps if necessary.
7
L151 for max. at 42.5 MC and
shaping of nose around 44.15 MC
8
Knife the coil of L152 if the 42.5 MC
marker is above 55% on the curve.
1. Connect
bias
2. Detune
3. Turn
4. Connect
Point
5. Apply
Point
6. Adjust
Test
minimum
end
NOTE:
I r -
1
1 RI CI I
3611 1000 1
II, with the positive
the top of the coil.
volume to minimum.
shown to Test
AC VTVM.
a capacitor at Test
minimum reading on
will give an apparent
is nearer the top
may be necessary
-off.
TO TEST
POINT
47{lUt IR66
60K 100K
TO CHASSIS
TO AC
2000 VTVM
VV
(
16R Ion I
1-F INJECTION NETWORK
4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT
a -15V bias to Test Point
lead grounded to chassis.
L302 by placing the core at
contrast control to maximum,
the DETECTOR NETWORK
IV and feed its output to an
a 4.5 MC AM signal through
III.
the top core of T154 for
Point IV. Two'core positions
indication, the correct one
of the coil form.
Retouching of the trap adjustment
after alignment of the audio take
Of RECEIVER K-117.1"2
DETECTOR NETWORK
AUDIO ALIGNMENT WITH ON-THE-AIR SIGNALS
I. Tune in a strong local signal and set receiver volume
to a low audible level.
2. Adjust L302 for maximum undistorted, buzz-free audio
output. Start with the core at the outermost position
away from the printed board and tune for the second
"peak" encountered on the way into the coil form.
3. Connect a variable bias supply (3 to 15V) to the AGC
test point with the positive lead to the chassis. Adjust
bias until audio signal distorts on peaks slightly, then
adjust core of L301 to curb distortion. Repeat this pro cedure several times at increased bias levels until
maximum clarity of audio is obtained.
4. Adjust the bottom core of T154, repeating the bias ad vances in step 3, to achieve the optimum setting for
noise-free performance at low signal levels.
44
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis DI, Printed Board Information
COMPONENT
VIEW
OF
CIRCUIT
BOARD
CAPACITORS
�aaM>ia i aa
UUU UUUUUUUVU()(, U
O
QwwAamm03NmwQ�aaax
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1
N WQ�O.rNMV'� tOF W Of O .-� NM er
N v1N WW t0 t0 tO �D W tD tD t0 FO 000
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M M M
UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU
xc�a�u.-•xQoc�wu. m aooUw
W FFF0000 00 00 O +'+ ✓> W
--�NNNNNNNN N NN NN
U U U U U U U U U U U U () UUU U
ti O
x x x x~ rl a M:E z o o 1 z~" O
]fill 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t l
N hN N Nh�/'1� tp tp tO �O tp W W lD lD
U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U
COMPONENT
LOCATION
O
ov)�40>AU>
Ha.
H
I I I
o �o
Li. �4»»»
TEST
POINTS
o..
x241+ k
111 ..
ti »
COIL
S
..w>3Nza
aaaaaa HFH
O
o�x�oaa�oz
l I I 1 1 1 I 1 1 1
N VS N N Vl VI h N V1 to
.�aaaaaaaaa
RESISTORS
3[Ccaw (yCyorF.]>1>;xI-xxzx
I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1[ 1 11 I
N NNN MMMMMMMMMM MV'C
aaaac xxxwwzzcaaxa,aa
'WG xx..'w IUM<1:)WwUCQ
xaxccxxx�axaVcXccXaa
O O O .+ o
W
W
Q O� W F.� .-� •-� F W O� tD .--�
X"xxcoo= 7aaala.UUwr,
I l l l l f l l l l l l l l l l l
W T.tiNM�NM V� t0 F W OHO.-yNM
N N N N N N N N N N N N
xaaaaocaaxaxxccxxaac
xxx��tiaxou,��zapap
I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1
O.-�NM��tOFW Of O.+N M V'N �O
aaaaaaaaaa.aaacacaaa
45
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis DI, Service Information, Continued
CIRC
UIT
BOARD COMPONENT
VIEW
Im ;
I
U•I
Y
J
Q]
Z
3
O
K
d 0608
�� v91L
�fO
LD NF
U - O
O�
3
L_J
INTERCONNECTING
WIRING
Op
e—h/v1�
II.
MN 000
IO 000
as >>>
w aLLL3oxLL
1-LLLLpW(�LL
tM O_JF ZO
8600006000DQbD01
O
00
N
N �QffiA.
J w N
STEP
PING
RELAY
N O
Q �
�I
F P
U O
U O— N
0 N mc a
n 0 of
oa
N •M
N �
2
Q
K
O
p
0
VYr 1
N Y
1
M
p
n �Nf
M'
hl
2R10
0 REMOTE RECEIVER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
TO PINS 1 6 2
OF P401
46
BRN/YL.
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis Dl, Service In'ormation, Continued
UHF
TUNER
(VOLUME LIMITER
ADJUSTABLE
FROM FRONT OF
RECEIVER AFTER
VOL. CONTROL
IS REMOVED.
MUTING B MOTOR
FIELD SWITCH ASSEMBL
POWER TUNING
MOTOR 8 GEAR BOX
A SSE.
120V AC
BLK.
CONTROL PANEL-SIDE VIEW
24VAC
6.2V AC FIELD
SW
N.O. �-N.0,
\ 1
J402-5
P1•6
RED/YL. V41C
J101
If OUTPUT JACK
UNF CABLE
PROGRAM
WHEEL
R403
760n
IBW
ET2K332
BUTTON-RASTER
BLANKING
ET2K329
PROGRAM
WHEEL
ET2%33O
BUTTON-PROGRAM
ET2Y331
BUTTON FOR
ON-OFF POSITION
(ALSO PROGRAMSy
CONTROL PANEL
SPEAKER SW
REMOTE SET
CHANNEL LIGHT
1/2 12AEIO
1112• 2•
10 If
L" PAD
*SPECIAL FOR 120V POWER LINE
DO NOT SUBSTITUTE
3 \•�
J405
8407
ON-OFF SWITCH
5409
PROGRAM SWITCH
5402
RASTER
BLANKING
SWITCH
J408
POWER TUNE
5404 MODELS
72— 300n
VNF VHF
ANT ANT.
INPUT INPUT
CONTROL PANEL - REAR VIEW
3,2 f HOTEL-MOTEL WIRED REMOTE
SPEAKERI
TO REMOTE
SPEAKER AMPH 1
BLK 71-65
°L" PAD
��
4
HI TV SFKR
5 A3
1
3.2.a
SLIDE SW 2 1
t'
w RED 1
v
PUSH BUTTON
10 CH.SELECTOR j
3.2tL L J
AMPH.71-6S
J405
SLIDE SW
SW404
r PILLOW SPEAKER WIRED REMOTE
AMPH
71-6S
SLIDE SW i
0111%HB
RED
3.2n PUSH BUTTON I
SPEAKER CH SELECTOR
------ -I
NOTE FOR USE WITH IOOxL SPEAKER CONNECT DARK
GREEN LEAD FROM VOLUME CONTROL TO TERMINAL
* 2 ON 71-6S
POWER TUNING SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM VARIATION
47
VF TUNER
ANH
T TERM.
30011
UHF ANT.
TERMS.
300n
F -3M
I130Pf
IVHF TUNER
UHF TUNER
TO T154
AUDIO.
TAKE OFF
�(
47
a7
R301
TOOK
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis DI, Schematic Diagram
INPUTBALUN
I-F G
130yf INJECTION/I
RF B+
I/3 148LI I
4.5 MC AMP
AGC I
To © i
UHF
ITCH
+140V
_, CI49
5000
UHF (SOME
B+ MODELS)
1
_J
R302 C302
680 'x`5000
�Ik +140V
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
K • 1000 M•I,000,000
CAPACITORS MORE THAN 1 • yyf
CAPAC TORS LESS THAN 1 • U
RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT
WIRE COLOR CODE
(USED W MOST INSTANCES)
REDWH B+ABOOST
ORANGE B+
WHITE AGC
JUMPERS USED IN NON -INSTA-VIEW SWITCH MODELS
R401 F401 Y401 r 5402
3.6n 2A INSTA VIEW
5401
ON
R 307
R150 1—
' CI50
_ 6.8 BOO
�V
C1
L136 2441
L150
4725 MC
TRAP
r-//C153 C157
5000 T SOV
1
L1511
N
V3A
I/2 11 I
8011
IST _F
i
R152
220K
R3
♦
TO VH WIRE HANDLE BRACKET SOME
ANT TERMINALS ORHANDLE METAL CABINET } MODELS
BRACKET
135V
B 130V
�7
TEST
POINT II
VHF MONOPOLE C3
ANTENNA 330
470
11
SOME \ 1400V
(
\
MOODE
\
BOOST
21 AEIO
AUDIO DEL
L301
15aV
5W FAST
AC TING
*OFF R40
C401
1000 II
27K
-+-►�--. NEI01(
L402
goo
.20 L LC410 C4041. C407l 1.C40B
3ooVZ =800 Boo T SOOT T
SOD
E2H)
680K
3
R5
"" I
7
0309 R312
5000 6�
175V
I IOV C308
-1000
16
B
90V
0307
50
00
Cmi' , 1.
(
5000 IIOK
60 �
+140V
L401
.3H
I6
1L
R402
1.5K
=C.402B■
300y1
160V
*C4031 S4o2
.022 IT ^ NE101
D2
1
11404 27KK
V8 V5
3BHK7 12AEIO
12 12
120V AC
60-
"407
22K
PILOT LIGHTS FOR
M 435 SERIES
1
402A•
�` 250yf
y 165V
NE102
CHANNEL IND. LIGHTS
= SOME MODELS
V6 V4 V3
2329 14BLII II B011
L401
TEST
POINT
R307
2M VOLUME
120V
402CA
I
C u1
I SOV
VIO
PIX TUBE
�.C402A r
V2 - VI 8LT8
1 4_/� 5
VHF TUNER J
*SPECIAL FOR 120V POWER LINE
DO NOT SUBSTITUTE
T151
C156
750
RI57
IM
V38
/2N2 11
I-FD I-F
220
CI68
T 800
EARPHONE JACK
J 301
V58 USED ON SOME
1212AEIO MODELS
AUDIO OUT
300n
R311 11 MpX.
loao�
10
9
6V
09
,
V /
RED TO
T251 (8)
3V
ORANGE TO
♦28 (140V)
R310
2
KK 2`
T301 LSI
150V
dll��dllVblM�
V7A
1/2 8LT8
HOR.PHASE DET.
16V
8V
T
25V
WHITE TO
T251 (5)
TEST yo— POINT
AGC KEYER
1000 R267
IS
YELLOW
TO AIS
800
HORIZ
HOLD
1/3 23Z9
CLIPPER
3300 7.5V
1. ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS MADE WITH A VTVM WITH
RESPECT TO CHASSIS GROUN D . RECEIVER CONTROLS
SETFOR NORMAL OPERATION. MEASUREMENTS MAY
DEV ATE ± 10% AT 120V AC LINE VOLTAGE,
2.WHEI
RE ON-SIGNAL AND OFF-SIGNAL MEASUREMENTS
VARY TWO VOLTAGES ARE SHOWN. ON-SIGNAL
VOLTA GE APPEARS IN ITALICS OVER OFF-SIGNAL
VOLTAGE
SIGNAL VOLTAGES AVESHAPES rAKEIV WITH
A NOISE FREE SIGNAL PRODUCING -2.5 70 -3.5
VOLTS AGC A7 VHF' TUNER
OFF-SIGNAL VOLTAGES TAKEN WITH ANTENNA
DISCONNECTED 8 ANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED
TQGETH ER ON UNUSED CHANNEL
ALL OTHE R CONTROLS ARE ADJUSTED FOR NORMAL
ET76X39 YOKE WIRING
48
F
v
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis D1, Schematic Diagram, Continued
TEST
POINT ffi
r"
8161
3.9K
V4A
314 BLit
VIDEO AMR
BSV
T154
AUDIO TAKEOFF
84.5 MC TRAP
2 30V 314
330/___ IO
II /0v
-2V -2V IDOV
L155 F'173 R163
390uh x'039 10
HDO
10.5n�
.On
m�
3.0n
50
-
5OV
RI64
4700
RI67
25K
1 CONTRAST
.1156
390uh
0.51E
R165
3900
5W
R166
330
TEST
PC:r'T
TO PIN 5 OF V4C
R166
IOK
13.3-
CI6`6 _ L157 +
300Ph
200V
5V
VERT OUT OF
SYNC BLANKING
BAP IN CENTER OF
RASTER
2 N65 V
3 ,
Qo v
95V o 7 0
** IKV
�20
4TK
42
V6A
1/3 23Z9
VERT. OSC.
(4700
'3 (
C20yT -
I 027 „j_C206
{ 200V 015
?+204 200V
3 3300
5V
�R205
1.5 M
VERT. HOLD
+ 140V
R218 R219
22M 22M
Iq�d�lQ
III
V10
T PICTURE TUBE
19ECP4
21GBP4
I485V V 20AHP4
30V�
130V
aiT6
TK
R169
150K
BRIGHT
R 170
30OK
R210
TOOK
v 9
I
VERT. OUTPUT
1 C209
4. R211
R209 �]IOK
135V
-l7V 5
4700SR212-15Ve _ 12K B
P208
6BOK AGO
ZZ 100
�R2D7
2 NI
VERT LIN.
R21
1.51
R214OoK
1
HEIGHT
R 216
+140V
400V
8L. T201
C210IK
B00 a
1 2KV f
ORG
a
YEL
0211
f(
470
1
I I 1
I I I
6
sG
w�\I
PINT MODELS.
I
251
R**
23V
5.4-
L
201A L2018
-- 5
II HER
"8
47
2KV
#R217
IM
\I79
221
if 3E
�r9
60V ON
21° MODELS
x
R221
5601
ON 21'
= MODELS
�C-
3
L254--/000 -
2548�
•6 22n
_C213
039
400V
4
L
2
_ _ J
B
3LT8
OSC.
C262
5000
261
263
200
V8A
1/2 38HK7
HOR OUTPUT
350
WHITE
T251
7-
V9
IK3
H. V. RECT.
KZ)
5
V8B
1/2 38HK7
DAMPER
L252
884
IOyh
7n C265
280
4 4KV
6.Sn
6803 }
'J L255
2W 3n e = WIDTH
FILM -f
7
R* SCOPE SYNCED AT 1/2
VERT FREQUENCY
C264
IKV
2
L252
IODN
.7-
23E250o07 RcV.3
,0(* SCOPE SYNCED AT I/2 TO RI76
HORIZ FREQUENCY` (ON CRT PIN 6)
•INDICATES VARIATION WITH CONTROL SETTING. TO ♦26
#INDICATES PROOI:CTION CHANGE
To L255
To ♦ 7
TO GROUND
TO V9
HEATERS
INSTMVIEW SKITCi(SdODKIfl ING
17KV
400V BOOST
►+ 140V
TO YOKE (2)
T251 WIRING
To ♦ 16
TO CRT PIN 6
TO YOKE (4)
To ♦ 12
TRIANGLE (A-0) NUMBERS
REPRESENT INTERCONNECTING WIRES ON COMPONENT
BOARD FOR CONNECTION TO POINTS INDICATED.
AI. 1-F INPUT LEAD
A2. t-F•SHIELD
A3 TO TUNER AGC
A4. TO RI67 (CONTRAST)
A5 TO RI67 ARM
A6. TO VIC, PIN 7
A7. TO T251, PIN 2
♦8, TO R170 (BRIGHT) ARM
A9. TO R205 (V HOLD) ARM
♦10. TO V10, PIN
♦ 11. TO R 205 ('V HOLD)
Al2. TO T251,TERM.8 &YOKE TERM.4 (BOOST)
A13. TO T201, (BLUE)
A 14. TO T201 (ORANGE) 8 L401
♦ 15. TO YOKE TERM.5 & T201 (YELLOW)
♦ 16. TO YOKE TERM.2 (WHITE) & T251 TERM.5
A17 T07 R307 (VOLUME I
♦ 18. TO R307 ARM
♦ 19. AUDIO CABLE GROUND
♦ 20. TO SPEAKER
♦ 21. TO SPEAKER
♦ 22. TO V 10 PIN 8
♦ 23. TO V 10 PIN 1
♦ 24. TO TUNER FIL.
♦ 25. TO 5401
A26. TO T251 TERM.4
A 2 YELLOW LEAD TO L401
♦ 2& ORANGE (+140V)TO VHF TUNE R, R 167 (CONTRAST)
& YOKE TERM.1
♦ 29. To V10, pin 4 (21" Modals only)
♦ 30. TO LUG 5 of S402
♦ 31. TO LUG 6ofS402
♦ 32. TO LUG 4 of S402
N NCZUNT
HOLD
V7
OLT$ U!I
Hon¢ -- OET -NO41Z05C
V6 I
2nios
.Tour
CLEARER
.2.T
VERT LIN
F40I
T)01
ROTATE i0 Ei
O CENT
T CENT
n,Ci.nE
vB
8HK
NonIZ oIT
O-Z.
I IaEK) 1
.11..10 DE T.
A o oufnlr
TUBE AND ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS
49
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis D1, Schematic Diagram Variations
J10 P101
F403
31 A
TO T154
AUDIO
TAKE OFF
UHF TUNER
L
FIL.
V2
AGC 140V
V4C
/3 1481-11
4.5 MC AMP
% 5
I/
C301
47
R301
IOOK
6
I
1-135 = I I
U
MIXER
TEST
POINT
INPUT TO
VHF TUNER
I
IR150
1 22
r-
145
21
20
I ( I
1 72n 300- 1
VHF ANT. VHF ANT. 1
INPUT INPUT J R305
BOOST
C 303 V5A
1/2 12AE 10
AUDIO OET.
L 301
I
i1
V3A
CI
G50
eoo usl I 135V
I 8 130V 1 0
I /
C151 R151 I —
_ ` 7
24 ISK 1
y
9
1-150
ewe
2`1-160
10
1\`!'
JR153 6
47.25 MC L152 �41.25MC CI541.
220
56
TRAP iRA 2200^ 71
50
z}
R156
RI55
33 C155
800 J +140V
C153
-LTC
J57
2200T 50V
R302 0302
680 5000
+140V
800
C305
T
120 r
—
C304
2.2
R303
47K
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
K=1000 M=1,000,000
CAPACITORS MORE THAN 1=uuf=pf
CAPACITORS LESS THAN I=uf
RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT
WIRE COLOR CODE
(USED INMOST INSTANCES)
BROWN FILAMENT
RED B+ BOOST
ORANGE_ Bt
WHITE AGC
T401
S401
ON
R 307
F401
2A
ooa
C415
01 C402A- C402B■ _C402C1
C401 250.f 200uf
1
100
1000 T 175V T. 160V T 150V
6.3V AC <R401 IKV
REMOTE < 3.6
ONLY 5W
V5 V6 V4 V3. VIO
I2A E10 23Z9 148 LII I1801I PIX TUBE
2 1 12 1 12 I2 8
13 022 =
eo°o Z 800 Z Z 800
�I 300V
680K
C309
5000
3
1
I 2
3V
I
J R304
660
7
175V
I IOV C308
^ 1000
1/2 11 BOIL
IST 1-F
90V I
—C307
^5000 L —
C306 R306�
C311
TOGO5000 IOK , 047
_1
0
V
60—
V \�
1
L401 t 140V
\ .75H / R402
Y401 \\ 28n
1 1 W
120V
JR152
220 K
T151
SR154
TEST 4.7M
POINT IL
VOL. LIM (— —
RZp7A 1 r
-
�•
I = I r
91
5T 11
J40I
R 312
VOLUME
S R20M
L
6 P401 7-
,Do
/
— 91
—
r
TEST
POINT
� I
I
C310 eL3021
18 a4.9n1
I
— 1
R308
470K
I I -
r VI V2 I VHF
10001q 3 000 4 5
i TUNER
7-
I
12
?
I I
-1 BRN,
4
4 I �
I �C403
6 1 I `
6
�.01
I IJ 1
J402 P402
120V AC
60—
Y -�
REMOTE
ONLY
V7
8LT8
4�5
P401
��000a�
© ©O O
O ®® 0
VIEWED FROM
TERM. END
*SPECIAL FOR 120V POWER LINE
DO NOT SUBSTITUTE
**C414 used in Power Tuning Models
see power supply variation schematic.
R158
820K
6 1-
I REMOTE ONLY
L..-7
R311
1000
P102
V5B
1/2 12AE10 6V
AUDIO
OUTPUT
03 OZ 01
VIEWED FROM
TERM.ENO
V3B
1/2 IIBOII
2ND I-F
135 V
2 130V
\4
R
II
M7 R 159
OOK
C 167 C168
T 800
T200V —
R310
212K
IW
R309
120
P402
01
V EWED FROM
TERM END
LS I
10 12
% % 1
J
10
1
T3011
1
R160
220
+ 140V
4
+140V
VIII IIII� IV
Some variations in Models M603/R621 as shown in partial schematic above.
3EfE tt
24
Ij
0V
l�
V4 B
1/3 14BLI1
AGC KEYER
8
50
Mp9navox
GENERAL
The T941 :series television chassis uses solid state circuitry
throughout. The chassis is designed for use in portable
instruments and may be powered from either a 120 VAC
line or a 12 volt DC electrical system. The AC jumper plug
must be ccnnected at the rear of the chassis during AC
operation. Either Battery Pack & Charger 1A9175 or
Cigarette Lighter Power Cord 1A9185 may be used to
provide 12 VDC to the chassis. Most components are
mounted on one of four circuit boards. Component loca-tions are indicated on the three primary circuit boards.
Chassis Identification
These chassis are identified by a label located on the
chassis. The first three numbers (941) indicate the basic
chassis series. The next two numbers (01) indicate the
chassis vers;on within the series. The last two letters (AA)
are used to indicate production changes. When ordering
parts or requesting technical assistance or information, the
complete chassis designation must be supplied, e.g. T941-01-AA.
DISASSEMBLY & CRT REMOVAL INSTRUCTIONS
Disassembly Instructions
1. Remove 311 knobs.
2. Remove the sunshield (see instructions on bottom of
cabinet).
3. Place instrument with front (CRT) down on a protective
surface.
4. Remove the four cabinet back retaining screws.
5. Liftoff the cabinet back and disconnect the VHF antenna
switch ground lead at the chassis.
6. Disconnect the UHF & VHF tuner antenna leads at the
cabinet back.
7. Remove the three cabinet retaining screws from the
bottom of the instrument.
8. Lift the cabinet off of the chassis-CRT-mask assembly.
CRT Removal Instructions
1. Complete all steps under "Disassembly Instructions".
2. Discharge the CRT anode lead.
3. Remove the CRT base connector.
4. Loosen the Deflection Yoke clamp.
5. Remove the four chassis-mask retaining screws located
top and bottom at the forward corners of the chassis.
6. Slide the CRT-mask assembly away from the chassis and
disconnect the CRT anode lead.
T941 SERIES TELEVISION CHASSIS
ADJUSTMENTS
B+ Voltage
Adjust R813 (on Power Supply & Audio Circuit Board) to
provide 12 VDC, t0.5 volts at F8 (terminal 8 on Horizontal
Output Transformer T105).
Focus
The white lead at Pin 7 of the CRT supplies focus voltage
from terminal 2, 5, or 7 of Horizontal Output Transformer
T105. Connect this lead to the terminal which provides
the most sharply focused picture.
VHF Oscillator
If rotation of the VHF Fine Tuning Control does not pro-vide adequate fine tuning on a given channel, the oscillator
for that channel may require adjustment. Set the VHF
Fine Tuning control to its mechanical center. Remove the
VHF Channel Selector and Fine Tuning knobs to gain
access to the oscillator slug. Adjust the slug (using a non-metallic alignment tool) to properly fine tune the channel.
Vertical Oscillator
Set the V-Hold Control to its mechanical center. Adjust
V-Frequency Control (R809 on the Deflection gircuit
Board) as required to stabilize the picture vertically. The
picture should still go out of vertical sync as the V-Hold
Control approaches either end of its travel.
Vertical Linearity and Sub-Linearity
Adjust these controls (accessible through the cabinet back)
to obtain a picture of uniform vertical linearity which
slightly overfills the screen at top and bottom. Adjustment
of either of these controls may necessitate readjustment of
the V-Hold control.
Horizontal Oscillator
Set the H-Hold Control fully CCW and set the H-Frequency
Control (R810 on the Deflection Circuit Board) to its
mechanical center. View the screen and adjust the Horiz-ontal Stability Coil (L110 on the Deflection Circuit Board)
until the oscillator is out of sync by a count of approxi-mately 12-14 bars. Rotate the H-Hold Control fully CW
and adjust the Horizontal Frequency Control to obtain
approximately the same number of bars as noted before.
Set the H-Hold Control to its mechanical center (the
picture should now be in horizontal sync).
Centering
To center the picture properly, adjust the two centering
rings on the rear of the deflection yoke.
Width
Remove or add jumpers as required between terminals 4-5
or between terminals 9-10 on Horizontal Output Trans-former T105 to produce a picture of desired width.
51
MAGNAVOX Chassis T941, Alignment Information
Sub-Brightness
The Sub-Brightness Control (R814) is mounted on a term-inal strip just above the Horizontal Output Transformer
and should not normally require adjustment. If a touch-up
of the control is required, e.g. when the CRT has been re-placed, proceed by tuning to an unused channel. Set the
Brightness control fully CW. Connect jumpers between
terminals 4-5 and between terminals 9-10 on Horizontal
Output Transformer T105. Adjust R814 to obtain 80
microamps, ±2 microamps of CRT cathode current as
measured at terminal S17.
AGC
Tune to an unused channel. Set the AGC Level Control
(R811) fully CW. NOTE: This control is vertically mounted
on the IF, AGC, Video, & Sync Circuit Board and is access-ible through a hole in the cabinet back which is labelled
AGC. Adjust the AGC Control R812 to obtain 0.3-0.35
VDCat TP-B. NOTE: R812 is horizontally mounted on the
IF, AGC, Video & Sync Circuit Board. Tune to a local
station and adjust AGC Level Control R811 to produce a
noise-'free picture that is also free of bending or tearing.
Turn R811 CCW to decrease sensitivity or CW to increase
sensitivity.
SOUND ALIGNMENT
1. Tune a strong local station and adjust Fine Tuning and Contrast controls for the best picture with maximum contrast.
2. Adjust L107 (4.5 MHz Trap) for minimum sound interference in the picture.
3. Loosely couple an unmodulated 4.5 MHz signal to TP-C (Base of Q104).
4. Connect VTVM between TP-F and ground.
5. Adjust SIF-1, SIF-2, & L106 for maximum DC reading on VTVM.
6. Connect common side of VTVM to TP-E and adjust SIF-3 for a meter reading of zero (0 VDC).
VIDEO ALIGNMENT
1. Connect oscilloscope to TP-C (Base of Q104) through 10K resistor.
2. Use an isolation transformer and allow approximately 20 minutes of warm-up time for the chassis and test equipment.
3. Set AGC Level Control (11811) fully CW.
4. Adjust AGC Control (11812) to obtain approximately 0.85V DC at TP-B (Emitter of Q101).
5. Adjust generato signal to obtain a 1.5V P/P response curve.
SWEEP
GENERATOR
CONNECTION
MARKER
FREQUENCIES
GENERATOR
FREQUENCY
ADJUSTMENTS
AND REMARKS
S15 (on IF,AGC,
Video, & Sync
Circuit Board.
41.25 MHz
42.75 MHz
44.00 MHz
45.75 MHz
47.25 MHz
44 MHz
10 MHz Sweep
Adjust L102 (47.25 MHz) & L103 (41.25 MHz) to center
markers in trap suckout (see Figure 1). Adjust PIF-1,PIF-2,
PIF-3, & PIF-4 for maximum gain at 44 MHz while
maintaining the 42.75 MHz & 45.75 MHz markers within
the limits specified in Figure 1. Repeat all steps to obtain
curve similar to Figure 1.
VHF.Antenna
Terminals
41.25 MHz
42.75 MHz
44.00 MHz
45.75 MHz
High
Unused
VHF Channel
Set VHF Fine Tuning to place 45.75 MHz (Picture) marker
at 30%. Adjust T2 (VHF Tuner Mixer Collector Coil) &
PIF-1 to obtain curve similar to Figure 2.
Make AGC adjustments as described in "Adjustments" section and check operation on all channels.
41.25 MHz
42.75 MHz (70%)
Figure 1
47.25 MHz
45.75 MHz (30%)
41.25 MHz
42.75 MHz (85%)
Figure 2
45.75 MHz (30%)
44.00 MHz
52
44.00 MHz
BASE EMITTER T
OR FLAT MARKINGS
COLLECTOR
OPTIONAL
MAGNAVOX Chassis T941, Service Information, Continued
POWER SUPPLY & AUDIO CIRCUIT BOARD LAYOUT
(VIEWED FROM COPPER SIDE)
H
D
O
aW
J �
O rn
Qw
mCL
CL
O
t— U
L) 0
CC cc
V LL
} W
ccLU
Q w
X�
Q
sum
TRANSISTOR BASING DIAGRAMS
(BOTTOM VIEW)
RIE LD COLLECTOR
EMITTER
S BASE
01, 101, 1D2, 105
COLLECTOR BASE
6
EMITTER
0103
BASE
NEAT EMITTER
SHIELD
0115, 119.123.
D10I 1:
CarMEe,
Collecwr: Anotlel
oZ, 3, 104, 108
10],110,111 116,11]
BASE
COLLECTOR
COLOR DOT
01M 109, 112,113
14.118,120.121,112
COLLECTOR(CASE)
EMITTER
L
UHF TUNER SCHEMATIC
UHF
ANTENNA UHF IF UHF B+
TERMINAL OUTPUT SOCKET INPUT
C52
1000
R54 3300
2¢
L X51
R51
3600K
VC17
L52 0
R53
C51
33 L53 ' I R52
1 1800
D51
VC2
7
0 i 7�--
TUNING
330
053
1 Omfd
E
'A
P5
P6
P7
P8
P9
P10
P11
P12
R55 1200
054
800
051
MIX.
D51IS750
or SD82A
TC-1
1-5
C55
3.3
OSC.
Q 5 1 2SC684 f
or SE3002 f V03
t
/o
ROD
ANT. 1
30051
M 1
U�
�MN
I
C37
100
IF IN IUE4 IB
Vi
L19
VHF TUNER SCHEMATIC
TO UHF IF
TO UHF 0+ RF AMP.
01 2SC927
FROM S2 —FROM S4
AG' C41
1000
R13
820
C3
15
C2
20
MIX, OSC.
02 2SC674 03 2SC544
FROM S2 —TO S15
R3 150 R5
1K
1 K �--I R 10
C6� 10K
1000 C5 - C14 -L
1000 7 1
C4'
— 1.5
C8 C7
-- °��--I x,
10
C23
4
R4
2200
1000
01010
1
I R6
09=2200
5
I 1 000
R8
�I1200 R9
++ 800
T2
IFT
0
t`
1 019 =
013 200 R7
�1K o
I N
- U
I
• • L2 O L3 0 O L4
III RF Q, RF _U MIX
c1
30
TP-0
I
J
R11
3300
L9
C21
120
MAGNAVOX Chassis T941 Schematic Diagram
NOTES:UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED,
I. ALL RESISTORS ARE 1/4 WATT, 10%.
2. CAPACITANCE VALUES GREATER THAN I ARE IN PICOFARADS AND
VALUES LESS THAN I ARE IN MICROFARADS.
3. ALL CAPACITORS ARE 10% TOLERANCE AND 50V MINIMUM
RATING. EXCEPTIONS ARE NOTED IN REPLACEMENT PARTS
LIST.
4. VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH VTVM FROM POINT INDICATED
TO GROUND WHILE USING A 120 VAC POWER SOURCE.
5. VOLTAGE 8 CURRENT MEASUREMENTS MADE UNDER NO
SIGNAL CONDITIONS WITH VOLUME CONTROL SET TO
MINIMUM. CONTRAST AND BRIGHTNESS CONTROLS ARE
SET TO PRODUCE A NORMAL PICTURE.
6. FI,F2; -ETC. INDICATE NUMBERED TERMINALS ON
H.O.T.(FLYBACK TRANSFORMER)TIO5.
FROM 'IF OUTPUT' TERMINAL
ON VHF TUNER
140
C123
TO PIO
52
LI01
PIF-I R 101
150
51000
Z
I 1.15V
R135
6600
L102
47.25MHz
__JL103
41.25 M Hz
IST PIF AMP.
QI01 250927
SIF AMP.
0106 2SC544
V
- I
03302
2
91V
C304'
120
4.3V
C303 _
R303
560_
J.04
TP-E
JC318
R304 T .04
SIF-2 #220 I
SIF-3
SOUND DET.
DI,D2 IS188x2
R305
1200 R307
3300
C307
330 TP-F
VOL
R308
3300 R8011
IOKI
C309 L115 S14
.002 I 15PH
C320
1
P5
2ND PIF AMP.
Q102 2SC927
3RD PIF AMP.
Q103 2SC705
VIDEO DET.
Do ISI88
or IN60
C121
5000,
I
7.5V
0.35V
TP B® CIO3
5000
j R131 1
R104 � -
5600 00 T
R106
R105
IOK
R 107
5600
PIF-2
----, LfiV 'IV
r�
L 104
51H
C 120
- 5000
C 117
04
CHI
R 130
2700
CJ04T C IDST
50001
1 50001
1
AGC AMP.
QIII 2SC536
L 113
15p H
R108
I
RHO
j
33K,
R132 L105
100 f 5PH
`RIII
2200
PIF-3
a l ! 3.+ �e7
I T
I.IV `------�
-_jC106
5000
R 109* T
390 1
1
AGC KEYER
Q 110 2SC536
R133 R115
00 3900
10.OV
R114
33K
2.4Y
1-
" R 112 '--1
1 f IK E
1 0109
C 107 RI15' 5000
5000_ _ 270v I
CII
I50
`
PIF-4 P-DET -
Da =
I�
_j I I
R116
5600
CI10 �-- Imfd
NOISE CANCELLER SYNC. SEP.r
0112 2SA 201 0113 2SA20I I
TO 'AGC' TERMINAL
ON VHF TUNER
S
1.25V
R128
AGC AGC LEVEL
68K j 042V R812 R811 ^C R12
+ C126
I IO mfd
R129
12K
N
D4
SV 31
R127
IOU
CIRCUIT BOARD 0-9061-31671
SWI PART OF RBOO- (1F,AGC,VIDEC 8 SYNC)
[� CRT HEATER I
� CURRENT DRAIN:940MA
��
4
0 3
C REGULATOR
llt
0120 2SD30
R709
330
2W
C 701
(I
.
2200mfd
R712 T106
2.2MEG
1/2W
AC 120V 60Hz
1 40
p3�
AC
JUMPER
PLUG
D15
Ph 9- 22/1
%1.5A
20
3
P7
B-ADJ
R 813
3K
R701
47
8+02V SOURCE)
VA
R 703
-6.4V 560
.3V
K I K 47 K
I.OV
VK
R 126
3300
C 115
30mfd
S6
C 124
0 mfd O
10.4 V
9.3V
01251+ DI22
220mfdr T
5000
R406
IOK
4
R 125 I,
O
D 5 0404 -t }R407
188
15K C114 - 18
1 13
5mfd -
ImfdT -
18K R408
- 22K
REGULATOR
01212SB187K2
0122
P9
R704 =C705
2200 -
.04
-a3V R710
100
P8 K
D
- L117
R702 . „ . 3300H
20 w�
L---WS
SW REGULATOR
CIRCUIT BOARD
(AUXILIARY)
0123 2SB407
-6.6V
W4
12V
9.7Y
6 4V
S3
T 105 TERM. F12 TI05 TERM, F13
PIO 11.4V
To
$2.'s'
(.ON VHF
TUNER)
CIRCUIT BOARD 0-9061-30872
(POWER SUPPLY 8 AUDIO)
T-U22035
1
R401
390
C401
I mfd ^t .402
.02
4.3V '--I
11.4V
YA
0.07V R402
lI
.
I
R404
mfd 820K
R403
27K
II.6V
2.7V
R 405
4700
S5
PHASE INVERTER
Q116 2SC536
R602
680
601 11.9V
5mfd
-i
OV
R 601
8,00
0.25V
C602 D7
.01 ISI88
H-FREQ
C612
309
R606 R610
C627 1.7V 1500 IOK
330
C603 DB
R603 .01 ISI88
680
D2
R 607
560
C604
I
0605
Imfd
R611
100
R810 D9
OK SI88
ACQ 91
12 0608
680 .02
5%
R609
22K
LIIO
R608 0606 0607
6800 T .05 1
CIRCUIT BOARD YA
R 26
(AUX.) T-U22035 L2700 i
I2V \ W9
7 H-HOLD
M 1 R804
3K
11. 0116-E 7V P/P
H
12. Jct. D7 & D8 IOV P/P H
54
MAGNAVOX Chassis T941 Schematic Diagram, Continued
AUDIO AMP.
0107 2SC536
C 313
5Dmfd
R315
560
R313
100
L
P4 R"0
12K
70311
RP
.3V
b mm
R321
IK �E
R 311
3300
R 314 2
C312
220
0.6V
1.23V
6.OV
AUDIO OUTPUT
0108 0108 2SD72
0109 2SB405
20 11.9V , R319
R1.2
_T 5.6,1, 2W
1.2 _
I1
31
W1VW .5
B+-
6.5V
1
R312 0314
82 7100 mfd CIRCUIT BOARD
0-9061-30872
(POWER SUPPLY 8 AUDIO)
C316
R318 200mfd
1.2
I/2W
WW
6
J
VIDEO AMP.
0104 2SC715
R117£ R121
22K' 330
R118
K
0,
TP-C��
g;12 16
SIF-1 {
R301
}2700 R201
1800
b
Q I 8302
6.3V
G
2200
8.4V'
o
C301 S
0201
S'R122 5000I - IOmfd
6600 f }
0 0128
TP-0
1 IC118 27�
82 150
1
L 106 II
4.5MHZ L
EARPHONE 1. TP-C 1.7V P/P
R320
220
I/2W
16 R
VIDEO OUTPUT
0105 2SC 65Y
-IC129
162
J
V-HOLD
R805
-R'IZ. OSC.
17 2SC536
4
13
h
13
00
eW
L108 R210
270y Hi 22K
�� �•�D, I IW
I
R206 .2
C2Z
5
L_---__
IC68V 1107
8200 1209
4.5MHZ 120K
5.7V D31 •R207
SD-IAUF 6800,VZW,
C 207 C206
005 Omfd
t A-
1504
00
C204
20mfd
R205
22
912 CONT
R802 500 =
AST
Wl
R208
100
3. V1-2 45V P/P
20V BRIGHT
R803
500K
V
V
VI PICTURE TUBE
240084
C626 R630
.2 180K FOCUS
1/2W
VERT.OUTPUT
VERT. OSC. -, 0115 2SB407
0114 2SB187
R503
6800
V-FRED
R502
1_5 K
C501
OI
C 504
0503 3Omfd
3 30mfd 9.5V
1
0
D6 1
9188 0
R505 i
220 _mfd
R509
18,5•i6
0506
300mfd
R506
C5021 1500
01 T
1-
} T 01
R007
5K
V-LIN
R808
IK
R510 8512 + 014 L10912V
220 3 ;
1/2A59• 0DU
TH-3
SDT20 11.3V
HORIZ. DRIVE IHORIZ.OUTPUT CIRCUIT
0118 2SB405 0119 2SB375A BOARD(AUX.)
T-U22035
D9
12V ®
- FIO 1104 D8 II BV
COOS 14
C6SOo ! �
001
=
DID 1
C620 C$ •A22 g - F4 .01
2.14V R614 I45V
R618�R
G II.BV
D7� C6
1
3 F'+`
330 ),(. V2019IF t4C611 33 022
0610T It 032 W U 09
.051 I 00`-
$ D.Y
W6
T105
H V
LI 12 F8 ;I
c7o2 -* C614
TH-4
SDT06
1 12 V 2000mfd 470mfd
7 WIDTH
S6
L1141
S3
CIRCUIT BOARD 0-9061-30272
(DEFLECTION)
13, Q117-B 10V P/P H
F12
FIB
1H
H.V RECT.
18 US-15/ IS
R634
1 F6 47,1/2W
• • VV
1
•
811 F7
SO - IAH F
F5
I�F3
R631
IOK
C625
I mfd
R625
470K'
I/ZW -
CIRCUIT BOARD
T- U 22035(AUX.)
I C623
µti 022
SUB BRIGHT
R814
IM
0617 R621
- .02 :5K,1/2
W
•M
F2
14
= DIG `M
SD-IAHF R629
ISK,I/2W
CIRCUIT BOARD
0-9061-30872
(POWER SUPPLY 8
AUDIO)
T941 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
H V.
90 AT ZERO BEAM
CURRENT
D12
SD-IBHF
R623
470
I/2W
14. 0118-B 3.5V P/P H 15. 0118-C 22V P/P H
WAVEFORMS & PEAK TO PEAK VOLTAGES
Waveforms measured with sign81, controls set for normal operation and 45V P/P signal at CRT cathode.
0105-B 1.6V P/P V
Q11 O-C 20V P/P H
Q110-8 1.8V P/P H
6. (1113-B 1 V P/P H
1
7. Q1 13-C 12V P/P H
4
8. 0114-8 4.5V P/P V
9. Jct.R506&R507
1.8V P/P
10. 0115-C 45V P/P
V
v
ik. 0119-E 85V P/P
H
55
MAGNAVOX Chassis T941, Circuit Boards Information
IF,AGC,VIDEO, & SYNC CIRCUIT BOARD LAYOUT
(VIEWED FROM COPPER SIDE)
� I Ire
-T I�
I
4��
R612
TIN
R50'r
R507
DEFLECTION CIRCUIT BOARD LAYOUT
(VIEWED FROM COPPER SIDE)
--.41
01
D2
D
D4
0
D6
D7
D12
D13
D14
56
Mcxgnc®voc-xc
T949 SERIES TELEVISION CHASSIS
VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT
1. Use an isolation transformer and allow 20-30 minutes of warm-up time for TV and test equipment.
2. Use a low impedance bias supply and apply -4V DC to TP1.
3. Connect scope through a 10K isolation resistor to TP3 and use only enough generator signal to obtain a 3V P/P
curve.
SWEEP
GENERATOR
CONNECTION
MARKER
FREQUENCIES
GENERATOR
FREQUENCY
ADJUSTMENTS
AND
REMARKS
TP2
42.75MC
44MC
T103 Top & Bottom. Adjust bottom slug to shift marker
45MC
1 OM Sweep
positions and then adjust top slug to shape curve to match
45.75MC
Figure 1. Proper setting is obtained with slugs farthest
apart.
Tuner Mixer
47.25MC
44MC
Set tuner to an unused channel. Adjust L101 to position
Grlid Test
45.75MC
10MC
curve at 47.25 marker or use a modulated 47.25 signal
Point
45.00MC
44.00MC
Sweep
and adjust for minimum output. Peak T102, T101, and
the mixer plate coil at 44MC. Then alternately adjust
42.67MC
T101 and T102 until curve is shaped as shown in Figure
39.75MC
2. Retouch Mixer Plate Coil as necessary. T101 has the
greatest affect above 44MC, T102 below 44MC, and the
Mixer Plate Coil between 43 and 45MC.
SOUND ALIGNMENT
1. Turn the Quadrature Coil (L201) to minimum inductance (core out).
2. Tune the receiver to a strong local station (preferably a tone signal or music). Adjust the Quadrature Coil (L201) just
past the point of maximum sound with minimum distortion.
3. Reduce the signal level by removing an antenna lead (or placing an adjustable pad across the antenna terminals) so
that with the Volume Control at near maximum, the sound level is low. Tune the Fine Tuning Control through un-distorted sound, leaving it set on the verge of distortion.
4. Adjust T201, T151 (Top) and T151 (Bottom) for minimum distortion.
5. Readjust Fine Tuning as necessary to maintain the conditions described in Step 3 while adjusting T201 and T151.
CIRCUIT BOARD TOP LAYOUT
L201
TI01
O
.,/
LI01
V3
4EH7
T201
TiO2
L502
' V5
IODX8
V4
4EJ
/ C154-
0503-
r50 j
T151
r .-\\
T103 \\��
V7
IIBM8
i
L_- � V8
I 1 MS8
HEIGHT
I
VERT —
HOLD VERT
LIN
I
R301
T301
T401
V9
6LX8
W3 W2
WI p
WIDTHO
1 F10RIZ HOLD JUMPEUMPE R
57
MAGNAVOX Chassis T949 Schematic Diagram
MI
UHF LOOP ANTENNA
-co
r
R4
MEG
UHF ANT
TERMINAL
Co
I
M3
UHF TUNER
-2 VCI i VC2
Mfr �
TCI TC2
L
L3
VC3
UHF OSC
TR5
2SC288A
L5
C2
30
RI
680
L7: C4
C3
15
1000
C5
1000
UHF IF OUTPUT
R2
47K
R3
ISK
R502
15K
RF AMP
VI 3HM5/3HA5
M4 MIXER VHF OSC.
VHF TUNER V2 5GJ7
r C30 ----__------
1 I
I I'S UHF CH STRIP I
I
LI3�
♦7
L12
M2
VHF ROD
ANTENNA
L601
BALUN
1
L
R503
470
I
_J
L=-=
r— a
l45 1-6 �. VHF CH STRIP
L7 I
C2 �- C7
30 1.0 R3
11
C3
27
C6 )
30 _
14r
0
4.7K
C9
S 1" 1
5 2.5 4.5 T5O = _
O
RI R2
1.2K 3 4.71(
6
TP
21i
" = CIO
2
0.5 �220K `
3.0 =
R21
561(
1-3
L9
A
CI4 R6
.5 6.8K
Cl2- CI3
8.2 1.8
w )F
R5
IK
R8
12K
�I
1 27 LI
27 L3
L—-7 J I
I
E
C. RI - I
-
C
-
6
' 130 'I I' 130 �I
2.2 2.2
MEG
C16
1000
M EG
_J L
Z501
I
L______J
R7
47K
CII
)H 11000 )I
C
10000 H 1000
RF C17
Tp 68PF
9
C23
70.5
5
1-3
C19)
I 1
1000 =
O UHF
B+
IF
W
SOUND IF
V5
IODX8
C203
1000 1
IOOV
C202 -,65V 2
47 111
-)I ) T5
I� T2
S R2 C204 I A
4
T201,4
01
TOOK 3 OV
CR202
22K
IST VIDEO IFAMP
V3
4EH7
C102
10
1% 2 r T101 1
i - I
RI01 t I
3300, I
OV
3
20
C1031 • tL101
50 T
140V
Z
9-6 44V
2\/
1-3 .55V
R102£ 1C104
39 -
39
47.25MC TRAP
4'
303 MEG
10001R K
4
2 2 C302
111111_ GMV =
VI V2
3HM5/3HA5 5GJ7
4/L LII
4(\5
C21 I
1000
1
1~
000
C
X54
0
HI
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
1. ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS MADE WITH VTVM,
NO SIGNAL APPLIED CONTRAST AT MAXIMUM AND
ALLOTHER CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL OPERATION.
2.CAPACITANCE VALUES GREATER THAN I ARE IN
PICOFARADS --VALUES LESS THAN I IN MICROFARADS.
3.ALL RESISTORS ARE I/2WATT 10%.
4.ALL CAPACITORS ARE 50OV, 10%.
J
42.75 45
Y5.757
Fir'. 1
44
42,67 45
80%
t _
47.15
R501 51
2OW
X501 I 3 f
FUSE I
2-OA I 37�
Sw--_J
D502Z ON o
VOLUME
CONTROL
VHF
B+
C502
2200
GMV
)I
52
50
R306
12 MEG
150V
C3041
50V
R 05
220K
O TPI
R104
22K
C106
2200
A 1
GMV =
R302tt AGC KEYER
IMEGS V9
6LX8
.56V I
3
135V
145V
C301-
820
82 145V
9
8
RK I
I1(
AGC
D501 L501 _ L502 _
250 +T 20004
38HE7 IIBM8 IODX8 4DI6A 4EH7 4EJ7 6LX8
VIO V7 V5 V6 V3 V4 V9
12 1 4 5 5 4 3 4 4 5 4 5 4 5
-4C750'00 -0511 C512 C513- C514- - C515 -0516
4700 '4700 2200 2200 2200 2200
=1.4KV=GMV -GMV GMV= GMV = = GMV a GMV
GMV
INTERLOCK
AC 120V.
60HZ ONLY
53
IIMS8
V8
Sn4
VII V2 VI
CRT i
5GJ7 3HM53HA5
HI
c517 L---
J
z2ooT
GMV =
58
MAGNAVOX Chassis T949 Schematic Diagram, Continued
SOUND IF Z203
VIS r-----4DT6/A
i .0047
2
190V TP4 R204
5 IK
�7 -,7V
J6 85V
2.5V R205£ 1C208r
— _
15K 147001
-----1
—GMVI 18
L
560 2200
—_J
2201
L_
4
C210
.047 T
L201
I
�680K
R207
560K
r
1 470 �
2701<
C212
3
500V = Be
VOLUME
R209
IMEG
20
L
90 0
21
OV
C213 — 680
R210
33K
AUDIO OUTPUT
V7
I I SM8
140V
6
3145V
� 7
21 9.OV
R212 R213
IOK 10K
R211
180
.+n
AUDIO
OUTPUT
TRANS
P2 rT202
C2I4I I
OIOV .
23
81
M6
EARPHONE
JACK
M5
SPEAKER
2ND VIDEO IF AMP
V4
4EJ7
TP2
0 7
�r T102 7
5 OV96143V
o _ 2 8
R105 CI09
P103
820 I
¢dI!I
I 3.3K £ r �'3 I.5V
__�
'1'680
I— ' -j =
i 82 S T2200 i
2120
VIDEO AMP
V5
IODXS
TP3
r T103 5 (-- ---�
1
-- 1CI13
Z102 22200
GMV
DI01 I C1 1102 1
102 C112 1 L103 1
5
I 15
I 5.6 I
I I
L151
560
C201
39
�l-6 C153
PF
8
F)09 119205"/R1515V
V+�CI54
27K IOMFD
91
T151 CONTRAST
2 I
C 152�
4PF II
4 _ 3 C 155
3
44V 820
40OV12 S R154
)1— �2
20K
R153
4.7K
�RI52
5.61
3W
L153
220
R155
2200
15
I
34V 2
I
RI56
ISOK
1
1
4
6
2 .f t
R157
O 200K
R307
12K
SYNC SEP
V7
I 18 M8
Z301
^.0047
28V
M
Z302
r- — — — — —�
R351
39^K
i
27K 3900
"1000
C353
270
�I
NOV
I
470K �R3
4~
I M
09
EG OV
�-- 47� _j R310
27K
-vc
1C354
0039
R354
1.2
MEG
VERTICAL
HOLD
O
I OV
R35T
ZZOK
i
J
VERTICAL OSC a OUTPUT
V8
IIMS8
C355
.022
400V
R3551
3.3
MEG O
0 J.. 0
;356
2 MEG
V LIN
R363
47K
R358
1.8
MEG
�BB
R3:61
12K
R362
lox
-358'
IOAO
IKV
C35T
aoav
-20
1C356
R359 022 O 15
1400V A
MEG
R360
500K
o %A, 0
HEIGHT
—y
C360— #R367
2200 220
GMV
22002
GMV
T30C 1,4
4
1.
VERT OUT.
0.
BRIGHT
N
047
400V
C401
150
C402
82
R405-5.6
MEG
HORIZ OSC
V9
6LX8
25V 2
D401
C405 R404
3900
R401 400VV 270K
470K =
C403_ # 27K3
47 I
£R402
270K
C424
2
400V
L401
—C406
470
C407
4700
500V
HORIZ OUTPUT
R40T VIO
180K 38HE7/P
131V
1 C408 R406#
— — 6800 2.2K
HORIZ HOLD
145V
8.OV
Z402
I 1000
I
Be
44V
T401
HORIZ OUT.
b
5
R
f 33K 409 I IMEG
_1000
j
L---j
8
II 115V
C411
1270
R410
2W
R411
— 2.2K
0 <
WI W2
WIDTH
R412
IK
> 1
W3 =
32
145V
R368
DEF YOKE
T40ZA
H.V. RECT
D402
N
I
L402
2 8
I
I
C7,
^ 141
20
5KV
DAMPER
V10
38HE7
R413
560
I
I
I
— — 450V
J
10
3
C413
022
IKV
2 145V
R414
47K
L403
e
3
40 4
-J
Be
1-1
350V
DEF YOKE
T402B
i
59
MAGNAVOX Chassis T949, Service Information, Continued
3
WAVEFORMS
Waveforms measured with signal, controls set for normal
operation, and 5.5 VDC at TP1.
V=Vertical Sweep Rate H=Horizontal Sweep Rate
TP3 2V PIP
V
Pin 9/V9 23V PIP H
Pin 9/V7 47V PIP H
7 Pin 1/V8 70V PIP
Pin 6/V8 1000V PIP
3 t.-C401 & C402 24V PIP
13 Pin 6/V9 150V PIP
V
V
H
2
4
Pin 2N11 80V PIP
Pin 1/V7 80V PIP
12 Pin 2/V9 32V PIP
V
H 14 Pin 11 N70 70V PIP
V
H
H
0
N
N
N� a
U O
N
�
U10
O_
T
zO
U
0
�V 0
N�u K)
4
1 O
N. N
'00
V = _
0T
I
or
N
CIRCUIT BOARD LAYOUT
(VIEWED FROM COPPER SIDE)
;:0 0'
u
_ o
'X0 M
U
N-L o L --I (- O
UT cT
OT;
U
a
O
B
N
J
n
F
�1— O
U
O
N F
N
L
T T
0
M
N
O
J
0
V N
0
0
=0
I
N
O y
T o_
V O
a
Vf
01
N
V) U]
M to
CL M
GE
17 MT an
u
//pp
� 0 —
000
O
v
J
O
a
t a a
Z � OM7'y u
zT"U
M
a 0 TOOJ
o a
� v v
O
N
N
00 V.7a— o M o
m
0
0
30
5
Pin 1lT402 1900V P/P
H 16 Pin 48401 390V P?
60
MODELS GCI-14829B, GHJ-14829A, GCI-14849B, GHJ -14849A, B,
GCI-14859C, and GHJ-14859A, B
CHASSIS REMOVAL
1. Detach cabinet back. Pull off front panel control knobs.
2. Disconnect external antenna lead-in wires from an-tenna board. Detach antenna terminal board.
3. Disconnect yoke plug from receptacle located on side
of high voltage compartment. Observe orientation of
yoke plug with respect to chassis for proper reinsertion
of plug.
4. Disconnect high voltage lead from picture tube. Dis-
charge circuit by grounding lead to chassis. Similarly,
discharge anode well connection on picture tube by
using insulated wire lead or screwdriver shorted to
chassis.
5. Disconnect picture tube socket, audio output clip
leads from Left Speaker, and ground lead from picture
tube mounting frame.
6. Remove six 5/16 inch hex head screws securing chassis
to cabinet bottom.
7. Remove tuner assembly from front panel by removing
the spanner nuts from the Vertical Hold and Volume
shafts (Figure 2) and the hex nut from the top of tuner
mounting bracket. (To remove spanner nuts use
Standard Equipment Item No. 21547 or equivalent.)
8. Remove tuner and chassis from rear of cabinet.
CBRIGHTNESS
\
i 11
R28B
ERT. HOLD
LV
R28A
ri
M
R26A
R268
SWI
CONTRAST
VOLUME
OFF-ON SWITCH
L265
IF INPUT 8
SOUND TRAP
SPANNER
NUT
CONTROL
PANEL
SPANN
NER
Figure 2.—Spanner Nut Removal
PRINTED CIRCUIT 1
IF INTERSTAGE BOARD ASSEMBLY i
OIL `/
V116
4EH7
TOP SLUG
41.25 MHz INTERSTAGE
SLUG I.F.,
!INPUT
1,,�L266
0
4EH7
1_208
4EJ 7
O
TP,4
VT9
OGK6
AUDIO INPUT
'TP2
TUNER
A.C.
AUDIO
SOUND
QUADRATURE COIL
L206A / B+.6OV
AUDIO
TRANS OUTPUT OUTPUT . K
SOUND •
INTERSTAGE TP3
•
VT7
6BL8'
VT8
4DT6
0
V. HOLD
BRT. 8FQ 0 GT
IOGK I 0 L203
TPI CONTRAST _F \
L204 BOTTOM SLUG 4.5MHzSOUND TAKEOFF
TOP SLUG 4.5MHzSOUND TRAP
T
R69, V. LIN. CONTROL
(AT BOTTOM)
R71, HEIGHT CONTROL
(AT TOP),
I. F. OUTPU
L I
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
VTI I
IOCW
SR201
BOOST
• •
•H.HOLD
I�HORIZ. FREQ
R123
23GJP4 , HORIZ.
rLIX TUBE I HOLD
J
21GY5
ELECTRO
-LYTIC
EC-200
ii
HORIZ.OUTPUT
RIII TRANS
H DJUST
EQ. TR94
MONTGOMERY WARD Chassis GCI-1482.913, etc., Service Information, Continued
CIRCUIT BREAKER
This receiver is equipped with a re-setable type circuit
breaker. If any abnormal condition causes the receiver to
be inoperative, it will be necessary to re-set the circuit
breaker. The reset button is located on the lower rear of
the receiver. To re-set, momentarily depress the red but-ton. Frequent resetting indicates an overload condition in
the receiver which must be corrected to prevent circuitry
damage.
C.R.T. REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
Following the removal of the chassis, tilt the instrument
forward and carefully set it face down on a rolled pad or
suitable cushion.
1. Remove chassis following; procedure outlines under
"Chassis Removal."
2. Remo..ve yoke retainer clamp, deflection yoke and width.
device from neck. of tube.
3. Rexrrove six hex head screws securing picture tube
mounting pan to cabinet. (2 inside, 4 underside.)
4. Carefully lift picture tube and mounting pan oyt of
cabinet.
5. Remove tube harness and sponge rubber insulating
material.
6. Reassemble new tube in harness and pan.
CAUTION: A high voltage shock hazard exists if all
insulating material is not placed in the original
position. Check with an ohmmeter to insure
that no short exists between chassis ground
and picture tube frame.
7. Replace the tube in cabinet and remount deflection
yoke, yoke retainer clamp and width device and make
all necessary connections to insure proper operation
of receiver.
ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
SOUND ALIGNMENT
1. Connect Sweep Generator set at 4.5 MHz center
frequency ±7.5 KHz deviation to TP1 shown on
schematic.
2. Connect Oscilloscope across voice coil of speaker.
3. Connect VTVM to TP3. Set meter to read at least
-5 V.D.C.
4. Adjust Sweep Generator for approximately 200 milli-volts output and set Volume control of receiver for an
audible level.
5. Adjust L206A, quadrature coil, for maximum audio
output on the Oscilloscope. During this adjustment two
peaks may occur. It is important to select the peak
which gives the maximum voltage. The VTVM will
normally measure approximately -2.5 V.D.C.
6. Reduce the 4.5 MHz signal level from 200 millivolts
to a point where the audio output pattern on the Os-
cilloscope starts to break up.
7. Adjust L203 (bottom core), sound take-off coil, and
L302 (top and bottom core), interstage transformer,
for cleanest maximum audio output on the Oscillo-scope.
8. Further reduce the 4.5 MHz signal level until the audio
output pattern breaks up again and reset L203 (bottom
core) and L302 (top and bottom core) for cleanest
maximum output. Final adjustment of these two coils
should be made at a minimum signal level at which
undistorted audio output is just obtainable.
ALTERNATE SOUND ALIGNMENT
1. Tune in a strong local station.
2. Connect Output Meter across voice coil of speaker.
3. Connect VTVM to TP3 shown on schematic.
4. Adjust L206A, quadrature coil, for maximum audio
output. During this adjustment two peaks may occur.
It is important to select the peak which gives the
maximum voltage. The VTVM will normally measure
approximately -2.5 V.D.C.
5. Reduce the signal strength by disconnecting antenna
and/or detuning Fine Tuning control. until audio,
distortion: occurs.
6. Adjust_ L203 (bottom. core)%,. sound. take-off coils, and
L-302 (top and bottom core), interstage transformer,
for maximum undistorted audio output.
7. Further reduce the signal strength and reset L203
(bottom core) and L302 (top and bottom core) for
maximum undistorted audio output. Final adjustment
of these two coils should be made at minimum signal
strength or when undistorted audio output is just
obtainable.
8. It may be advisable in some cases to repeat above
procedure to make certain that the alignment is
accurate.
4.5 MHz SOUND TRAP ALIGNMENT
1. Connect a Signal Generator, (4.5 MHz, unmodulated)
to TP 1. Connect ground lead of generator cable to
chassis.
2. Connect VTVM RE probe to TP2.
Note: A diode detector, shown in Figure 6, may be
used with the VTVM in place of a commercial
RF probe.
3. Adjust L203 (top core), 4.5 MHz sound trap coil,
for minimum reading.
VIDEO I.F. SWEEP ALIGNMENT
1. Connect the sweep voltage from the Sweep Generator
to the horizontal input of the Oscilloscope.
2. Connect vertical input of Oscilloscope in series with
a 47,000 ohm isolation resistor to TP1; connect
ground lead to chassis.
L265 (TOP SLUG)
ADJUST TO41.25MHz
50'
tl 42.75MHz
ADJUST L204 I.F. OUTPUT
TRANS TO LOW SIDE OF CURVE
ADJUST L265 (BOTTOM SLUG)
LF INPUT COIL 8 L208 (TOP
SLUG) I.F. INTERSTAGE TRANS
TO REMOVE VALLEY B TILT.
47.25 MHz
45.75MHz
ADJUST L7 I.F MIXER OUTPUT
COIL,L208 BOTTOM SLUG
I.F INTERSTAGE TRANS AND
L266 LF. INTERSTAGE COIL
TO HIGH SIDE OF CURVE
Figure 3.-Video I.F. Phase Pattern
62
MONTGOMERY WARD Chassis GCI-
3. Connect R.F. sweep signal (and marker if built into
Sweep Generator) in series with a terminating net-work (See Figure 5) to the R.F. Test Point on the
VHF tuner (See Figure 9).
4. Loosely couple Marker Generator to Sweep Genera-tor cable for markers.
5. Connect the negative side of a 3.0 volt bias supply
to TP4; connect positive side to chassis.
6. Connect VTVM to TP4, to check bias voltage.
7. Set the VHF Channel Selector to any unassigned
channel and set the output of the Sweep Generator
to 40-50 MHz, I.F.
8. Set Marker Generator to 41.25 MHz and adjust
L265 (top core) for minimum gain of 41.25 MHz
marker. (See Figure 3). MATCHING PADS
SOLDER
300 OHM
TRANSMISSION LINE
TO COMBINATION
UHF/VHFANTENNA
Figure 4.—UHF/VHF Antenna
PAD FOR 50n COAX.
180n
56j,�
I80.n
v�nnn,
4.7 PF
14829B, etc., Service Information, Continued
9. Set Marker Generator to 42.75 MHz and adjust
L204; 44.00 MHz and adjust L208 (top core) and
L265 (bottom core); 45.75 MHz and adjust L7,
L208 (bottom core) and L266; for maximum gain
and symmetry of response curve with markers as
shown in Figure 3.
10. Disconnect R.F. sweep signal from the R.F. Test
Point on tuner and connect to the V H F tuner antenna
terminals.
11. Check I.F./R.F. response within limits shown in
Figure 8A.
12. Reset L7 I.F. output coil and L265 (bottom core)
I.F. input coil to center response curve at approxi-mately 44.50 MHz.
AND TEST BLOCKS
TO o- TO SWEEP
MIXER GENERATOR
GRID
SOLDER
R= Zo
Figure 5.—Terminating Network
0 -_-_-_
300n
BALANCED
OUTPUT
0
PAD FOR 72n COAX.
CHAN. I
INPUT
L6
CHAN.I
ADJUST
C-8
NEi iTRAL1Z I Nis
TRIMMER
( INSIDE )
Figure
130'L 300,-%-82 -r- BALANCED
130 OUTPUT
Vw%n, 0
7.—Sweep Attenuator Matching Pads
TO .001 100 K
-�—� �---f +- TO VTVM
TEST
POINT D.0 PROBE
TO
CHASSIS
IN60
Figure 6.—Diode Detector
COMMON
PAD FOR 300 BALANCED INPUT
0
300-s
BALANC£0
OUTPUT
0
C-16
C-9 GRID TRIMMER C-23
PLATE TRIMMER / U.H.F. OSCILATOR
8+ TRIMMER
A.G.C.
H+
I.F. OUTPUT
L7. I.F COIL ADJUST
HEATER
47j-%-
390n
47j%-
Figure 9.—VHF Tuner Adjustments
63
CAPACITORS
C 1 470PF, 50OV, 10%, disc ceramic
C2,18 820PF, 50OV, 20%, disc ceramic
C3,4,22 IOOOPF, 50OV, 10%, disc
ceramic
C5 .47mf, 10OV, 20%, molded
tubular
C6 560PF, 50OV, 10%, disc ceramic
C7 470PF, 50OV, 10%, disc ceramic
C8 Amf, 40OV, 20%, molded
tubular
C9 150OPF, 50OV, 209o, disc
ceramic
.Olmf, 50OV. 10%, disc ceramic
.lmf, 20OV, 20%, molded tubular
220PF, 50OV, 10%,. disc ceramic
150PF, 50OV, 20%, disc ceramic
40mf (A), 200mf (B), 250mf (C),
lOmf(D),250 V.D.C.
C51 68PF, 50OV, 10%, disc ceramic
C52 150OPF, 50OV, 20%, disc
ceramic
C53 390OPF, 500V, 10%, disc
ceramic
C54 Olmf, 1.4KV, 20%, disc
ceramic
C55 .047mf, 40OV, 10%, molded
tubular
C56 3900PF, 40OV, 10%, disc
ceramic
C57 1000PF, 50OV, 10%, disc
ceramic
.047mf, 20OV, 10%, disc ceramic
82PF, 50OV, 10%, disc ceramic
C58
C101
C 102,104,
108
Schematic
Symbol
MONTGOMERY WARD
Description
CIO
C11
C12
C19
C20A,B,
C,D
1000PF, 50OV, 1001o, disc
ceramic
C103 Amf, 200V, 20%, disc ceramic
C105 5600PF, 40OV 10%, disc
ceramic
C106 330PF, 50OV, 5%, mica
C107 2000PF, 50OV, 10%, disc
ceramic
C109 .01mf, 50OV, 20%, disc ceramic
C111 .15mf, 60OV, 20%, disc ceramic
C113 .033mf, 60OV, 10%, ceramic
Cl 14 Imf, 60OV, 20%, molded tubular
Cl 15 15 PF, 4KV, 10%, disc ceramic
C116 68PF, 2KV, 10%, disc ceramic
C117 47PF, 4KV, 10%, disc ceramic
C118 .Imf, 20OV, 20%, disc ceramic
C151 47PF, 50OV, 10%, disc ceramic
C152 1500PF, 50OV, 10%, disc
ceramic
C154,165 150OPF, 50OV, 20%, disc
ceramic
C155 4700PF, 50OV, 20%, disc
ceramic
C156 .047mf, 20OV, 10%, disc
ceramic
C157 i.00PF, 50OV, 10%, disc
ceramic
C158 .Olmf, 50OV, 20%, disc ceramic
C159 .01mf, 1.4KV, 20%, disc
ceramic
C160 .001mf, IKV, 20%, disc ceramic
C161,162 1000PF, 50OV, 10%, disc
ceramic
C163,164 Amf, 60OV, 20%, UL tubular
0171 .Olmf, 1.4KV, disc ceramic
C173,174 1000PF, 50OV, 10%, disc
ceramic
Chassis
TO "C"
IF INPUT
(FROM VHF TUNER)
TO "B"
AGC OUTPUT
(TO VHF TUNER)
TO "D"
B+ OUTPUT
(TO VHF TUNER)
AC TR89
INTERLOCK AUTO
FORMER
41.25 MHz
I I
GCI-14829B, etc., Schematic Diagram
L265
IF INPUT
SOUND TRAP
1
TOP 127 PF1
I
I
L_-J
R30
2.2K
R29
1.2K
VTI6
4EH7
I ST IF AMP
/00V
832
l/5V 47K
691@ z 8
4V 3V 1,3CI8 CIO
BPO .01
831
82
CI
470
PF
VMA
1/2 6131_8
SOUND I F AMP
v
C151
47
PF
95V
R152
TOOK
L266
C22 1 F
IF INCEOR(STAGE
F-7
33
L
AGC
■
CII
1T
820K 390K
�25v
,(WF-8)
(WF-7)
110-120V.A C.
60 CYCLES
(POLARIZED) SWI
ON-OFF
SWITCH
(ON VOL.)
PI C.TG
BE
ICI71 BRKT.
01
�T
TO "A"
VHF TUNER
FIL.
c-
RI67
470K
L388a
R164 I
12 20W
CI64
T.I
F19
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
-n
i
I
I
I
_J
C160
.001, IKV
B+ 145V
i
I
I
TP4
C152
.0015 T
L302
SOUND INTERSTAGE
TRANS
r
101
PF1
2 I
4EH7 IF INTERSTAGE
2ND'IF AMP TRANS
142V
9
RI
3.3K
C5,.47
-4v 2
C9
C4,.001 .0015
•
R22 817,
2.2MEG 15K
R23 C7 R20
I•MEG 470PF 47K 330K
270 PE..-F-.*
.01--
25 PF�
IMEG 3
21__ f�_J
VT7B
5v 1/2 6BL8
KEYED AGC
7
0
1,3
R6
K 3.9
8 I
142V 1
I
v
.4
22
1
I
L
R4 820 R3
56 PF T 470
-I
CC206
SYNC.
TAKE-OFF
COUPLATE
R51
TOOK, AV 50V
2
33v
R161
FC23A 4W
N 1000,
SR 150 ,T, 200
8 ' 250
C
250V 250V
8+
1 C20A
240
50V
R160 WF-�
47012W
'
-20
145Y
CD
}
157V IO
F VT14 VT13 VT12 VTI I VTIO VT6
17BE3 21GY5 8FQ7 IOCW5 8FQ7 IOGK6 4EJ7
1 12 1 '12 4 5 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4
HTR.
VTI6 VT3� VT8 VT7 VT9 VT4
4EH7 PIX.TUBEIHTR
4DT6 68LB IOGK6 4EH7
(tPLID AL 4 5 8 I }/�4 4-
LIGHT C165
i 010
3
0015
T T.
Schematic
Symbol
C163
Description
RESISTORS
R1 3300 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R2 22 ohm, 1/2W, 10% .
R3,8 470 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R4 56 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R5 180 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R6 3900 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R9 12,000 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R12 10 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R13 3.6K ohm, JW, 10%
R14 180,000 ohm. 1/2W, 10%
VT5
R106
220K
SR20
AFC
DET.
RIO
1
390K
4R102
{4.7K
CI CI62-I
OOIT .001TJ
R15 08,000 ohm, 1W, 10%
R16 39,000 ohm, 1 W, 10%
R17,33 15,000 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R18 2700 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R19 220 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R20,32 47,000 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R21 390,000 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R22 2.2 megohm, 1/2W, 10%
R23 I megohm, 1/2W, 10%
R24 820,000 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R28 100 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R29 1200 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R30 2200 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R31 82 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R51 100,000 ohm, 1W, 10%
R52 82,000 ohm, 1W, 10%
853,54 68,000 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
L202
HORIZ
FRED
COIL
(WF-IC
I
I
_J
R103
390K
CIO[
-4 -
i
MONTGOMERY WARD Chassis GCI-14829B, etc., Schematic Diagram, Continued
VT8
40T6
SOUND DET.
` 2351, 5
ov
L206 A
QUAD. COIL 0158,.01
3.5V
4 RI55
680
015
.004
IOOV ------�
•TP3
C156 R157
.047 560K
5 R156
7 8.2K
145 V
AUDIO
OUT.
R158"� ; C157
560K :'J.0001
VOLUME
VT9 AT 83
I0130 AUDIO OUTPUT
AUDIO OUTPUT TRANS
1451,
3.9
IAUDIO OV 2
IN. 351,
R159
100
SPEAKERS
I
6.4
6.4b
GIMP. IMP
1
L203, SOUND TAKE-OFF
8 4.5MHzTRAP
VT5
4EJ7
SRD IF AMP
142V
3
L204
IF OUTPUT TRANS
VIDEO DETECTOR
I l IN295
.. —�
31 L1
..
1 4.7PF
/.61, 12�f � P,F
^ 3PF^ L128A
R5 12
180
6 1 -
560--- R8
PFT 470
VT10
8FQ7
SYNC. AMP a VERTICAL OSC.,
4721 VT6
PFTi IOGK6
�J VIDEO AMP
=135V RIB
2.7 K
WF-I .BV
W2, 10
C19
150
PF
L127Aa
R13
3.6K
5W
145Y
6.4 t
IMP.7
C
C8
L116A I
'DOD --i�
R14
IBOK
NOTES:
I. ALL RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2. CAPACITOR VALUES ARE IN MFO, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3. VOLTAGE TOLERANCE MAY VARY f 20 %.
4. VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS GROUND
WITH 'VTVM', AT NORMAL SIGNAL.
5. WAVEFORMS TAKEN WITH NORMAL SIGNAL INPUT.
6. DOTS ON SPEAKERS INDICATE PHASE.
TP 2
PIK.K
WF-2)
7
VT3
23GJP4
PICTURE TUBE
9RT.
L�R28B,5MEG
BRIGHTNESS
R15
68K,IW
R26A,IK
CONTRAST CONTRAST
R 71, 5 MEG
HGT HEIGHT
R53 0039
R54 WF-4) R59
68K 68K 220K
T0015 3ov 6 ,0039 T00))
1 •
--- 7 -451, +
—051
T68PF
VTI I
IOCW5
VERTICAL OUTPUT
C54,.01
1.4 KV 00 NOT
iyEASURE
wwe
►/57v R56
47K
VMA
1
i
2
31 4
FOR BEST FOCUS RESULTS
CONNECT ORG LEAD T0— TERMINALS I, 2 OR 3
R16
39K,IW
R57
6.8K
2
157V
C114 R119
I I
68K
OUT
8
WF-5
IC105 R109 C106
.0056 18K 1051, 330 PF
WF-I I
C104— R105
.001
R64
470K
270K
157Y 9
R58
130
IW, 5%
3
-12Y
C55
:047
R61
1.5MEG
C58
T.047
R63
6.8
R65 MEG
220
R69_5 MEG
VERT. LIN.
V.
LIN.1
V R28A,1.5 MEG
HOLD VERT. HOLD
157V
I 1
I �
RHO
1.2K
4'- 5 %
C 107—
.®02T
8FQ7
=2 f HORIZ.OSC.
82K
c1o3,.1 VT 12
001 R107 I5K
150V
7
%RI12
f56K
0174,.001
RI II 50K L-HOkiZ. R116
FREQ. ADJ. 12K IW
F
I
I
I
I
C108-1
.0017T I
L
HOLD
-
R
CI11,.15
90 NOT
/MEASURE
-91,1 /35Y .1
j VTI3
39K 21GY5
HORIZONTAL
OUTPUT
R114
330K
BOOST 470V BOOST
_J
L267
59
-25V
4,10
r 4
R122
56K
WF- I
5V P
60'u
WF-8
42V P-P
7875'L
R120
I M,
E,
,IW
R123, 75K
r HORIZ. HOLD
C109,.01 V.
LIN.2
R124
390K
R115 C118
470K .I
K
C117
- 47PF
4KV VT14
17BE3
DAMPER
L267
C1151�-4
15 PF,4KV
WF-2
80V P-P
3 60%
O
WF-9
3.21, P-P
7875%
WF-3
55V P-P
60'11
WF-10
10.5V P-p
7875'u
o
TR78B
VERTICAL
OUTPUT
TRANS
C113
.033
R
L262, DEFLECTION YOKE
HORIZ. COILS
SOCKET PLUG
BLK
DEFLECTION YOKE
CONNECTOR STRIP
(PIN VIEW)
R117,3.3
VT15
TR94 IK3
HORIZONTAL OUTPUT HIGH VOLTAGE
D I TRANS RECTIFIER
W'F-4
58V P-P
60'L
O
WF-11
16.5V P-P
7875U
WF-5
1501, P-P
60 ti
WF-12
42V P-P
7875'1,
WF-6
28V P-P
0 60%
WF-13
IOV P-P
7875 ti
WF-7
450V P-P
7875'L
65
MONTGOMERY WARD Chassis GCI-1482913, etc., Service Information, Continued
R56
R57
R58
R59
R60
R61
R63
R64
R65
R72,73
R74
R101,103
R 102
8104
R105
R 106
R 107
R108
R109
R110
R112
R114
R115
R116
R117
8119
R120
R122
R124
R152
8154,159
R155
R156
R157,158
R160
R161
R164
47,000 ohm, '/2W. 10%
6800 ohm, '/2W, ',10%r,
130 ohm, I W, 5 %
220,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
270,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
1.5 megohm, '/2W. 10%
6.8 megohm, '/2W, 10%
470,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
220,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
560 ohm, '/2W, 10%
9.6 ohm, Thermister
390,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
4700 ohm, '/2W, 10%
I megohm, 1/2W, 10%
82,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
220,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
15,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
12,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
18,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
1200 ohm, 1/2W, 5%
56,000 oHm, '/2W, 10%
330,000 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
470,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
1200 ohm, I W, 10%
3.3 ohm, '/2W, 10%
68,000 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
I megohm, 1W, 10%
56,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
390,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
100,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
100 ohm, '/2W, 10%
680 ohm, '/2W, 10%
8200 ohm, '/2W, 10%
560,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
470 ohm, 2W, 10%
125 ohm, 4W, 10%
12 ohm, 20W, 10%
>
ITT
I � r-LL
��"G'I Jaav
I i
I I
I
�j
�8.
0
zo
> O N
� U
+>o
o�
0
u
TTu�F
m 1=
• O
� JI
d I
a I
h $
M- U
>O
J
m
O
z
JI
J-
rc '
n
0
�0_
.y u
u\
�m
> ti
Printed
Circuit
Board
(Wiring
Side)
N
co
NOTE:
WIRING
DIAGRAM
AS
VIEWED
FROM
CIRCUIT
SIDE.
Model XT628FW
MO r'OROLA
MODEL BREAKDOWN CHART
MODEL
CHASSIS
VHF
TUNER
UHF
TUNER
CRT
XP517FW
XT627FN
XT628FW
C19TS-599
C21 TS-599
D21TS-59.9
CPTT-413
OPTT-413
+
KTT-622
or
KTT-626
I
+
20WP4
22fP4
CHASSIS
C 19TS-599
C,D21 TS-599
MODELS
XP517FW
X T 627FN
XT628FW
See last page of this Motorola section for differences applicable to Chassis
22TS-599B used in Models XT767GN, XT768GW, and XU772GK,
SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS
FINE TUNING
ADJUSTMENT
Rotate the fine tuning knob in either
direction for best picture and sound
on all available channels. Turning the
fine tuning shaft to the right or left
engages the pre-set gears. The gears, in
turn, change the position of the core
in the oscillator coil. Individual coils
are used for each channel. Therefore,
channel pre-set adjustments can be
made iin any sequence.
FOCUSING
ADJUSTMENT
To provide for differences in the
picture tube gun structure, a focus
adjustment is provided by three (3)
lugs located on the chassis. They
provide a ground potential point, a
B+++ voltage point and a bootstrap
voltage point. Connect the blue lead
from the picture tube socket to the lug
which provides the best over-all focus,
center to edge of screen. See top
chassis view for lug location.
"VIDEO BIAS
ADJUSTMENT
1. Set VHF channel selector to the
highest unused channel.
2. Disconnect antenna, short at tuner
if necessary (no video must be
present).
3. Set contrast to maximum and
brightness to normal level.
4. Adjust video bias control to
maximum in direction which causes
white limiting (absence of snow).
5. Adjust video bias control in reverse
direction until normal snow appears
on screen (no evidence of white
limiting).
RF AGC DELAY
ADJUSTMENT
VISUAL METHOD CONDI-TIONS: Select a channel with
medium signal strength. To determine
if the signal strength is proper, rotate
RF AGC delay control from one
extreme to the other. One setting of
the control should produce some
visible snow in picture. The other
setting should produce a snow free
picture. Adjust or disconnect antenna
as required to provide these
conditions.
NOTE: If the above conditions are
not attainable and only a very weak
signal (with snow) is available, adjust
RF AGC delay control for minimum
snow. If such is the case, disregard
Steps 1 thru 3.
1. Adjust set for normal picture.
2. Adjust RF AGC delay control to
maximum in direction which produces
snow in picture.
3. Adjust control in reverse direction.
Stop when the snow just disappears or
is minimized.
OPTIMIZER CONTROL
The purpose of the optimizer control
is to reduce the effects of high
frequency noise in the picture. If a
strong noise-free signal is being
received, the optimizer should be set
in the clockwise or "SHARP" position
to obtain maximum picture detain.
However, under noisy signal
conditions, the control should be
turned toward the "SOFT" position to
reduce the effect of noise peaks.
HORIZONTAL
FREQ ADJUSTMENT
To center the horizontal frequency
range, place a jumper from T.P. "E" to
chassis ground. Adjust horizontal
oscillator coil (L500) until the
horizontal lines become straight.
Remove jumper and rock tuner off
and on channel to check for stable
horizontal sync.
PICTURE TUBE
REPLACEMENT
Use extreme care in handling the
picture tube as rough handling may
cause it to implode due to atmospheric
pressure. Do not nick or scratch glass
or subject it to any undue pressure in
removal or installation. Use goggles
and heavy gloves for protection.
CRT is removed from rear of cabinet.
To remove picture tube, remove
chassis then remove corner screws "C"°
securing picture tube to cabinet.
67
MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Service Instructions
CAUTION: This
receiver is pow-ered by an auto VHF
transformer with TUNER
center tap con-
nected to the UHFB+AND
PILOT LIGHT SW
chassis. The
chassis is al-
ways at approx-
imately 55V AC UHF
TUNER
above earth ground
regardless of the
line cord polarity.
To avoid damage L801
to set or test
equipment, use an T800
isolation trans-019
former when VERT
OUTPUT
servicing set
PANEL GROUNDING
SCREWS
13 PER PANEL)
SIGNAL PROCESSING
PANEL"GB"
CROSS SECTION OF
CONNECTOR
CAP DISCONNECT WHEN
470PF REMOVING
CHASSIS
R128A
OPTIMIZER
R128B
VERT
SIZE
CONTACT
EXTRACTOR
BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST
Panel Connector Contact Removal
19" CHASSIS
REMOVAL
Loosen 3 screws "A"on bottom of
chassis.
Remove 3 screws "B" from tuner
bracket and upper corners of chassis.
Disconnect yoke leads (note color),
2nd anode, CRT socket, and earphone
jack.
E200
HIGH VOLTAGE
RECTIFIER
02Y
R 128C
VERT
LIN
VERTICAL
HOLD
E800
LINE
FUSE
NOTE: Remove carrying handle with cabinet back. Release handle
from top bracket thru "T" slot in bracket.
CRT G2 FOCUS
TAP TAPS
L500
HORIZ
HOLD
DEFLECTION
PANEL"FB"
RES CAP
(470 PF 1 Kv
1 MEG MIN IN
PARALLEL)
DISCONNECT
WHEN REMOVING
CHASSIS
19" Receiver
Rear View
L504
HORIZ SIZE
E200
HIGH
VOLTAGE RECT
D2Y
Q
024
HORIZ
OUTPUT
e804 E803
11 UHF PILOT LIGHT A VHF PILOT LIGHT
VHFTUNER
UHFTUNER
L801
FILTER
CHOKE
CHASSIS MTG SCREWS
DIAL STRING
PULLEY
VHF CHANNEL
SELECTOR
VHF FINE TUNING
ON-OFF VOLUME
R805
C805
R804
T800
POWER
TRANS
19" Chassis - Front View
68
MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Service Instructions, Continued
RESCAP
470 PF 1 Kv
1 MEG MIN IN
PARALLEL
DISCONNECT
WHEN
REMOVING
CHASSIS
VHF
TUNER
UHF
TUNER
(CHASSIS
MTG
SCREWS)
,805
R805
R804
T800
POWER
TRANSFORMER
VERTICAL
HOLD
t
BRIGHTNESS * ,L_`
CONTRAST
5 CHASSIS MTG
SCREWS
(UNDER CHASSIS)
21 " Receiver - Rear View
21 " Chassis - Parts Location
BEZEL
MTG SCREWS
(14)
NOTE: Use caution when tightening
transistor mounting screws. If the
screw threads are stripped by excessive
pressure, a poor electrical and
mechanical connection can result.
21" CHASSIS REMOVAL
Remove 5 screws "A" on bottom of
chassis.
Remove 6 screws "B" from tuner
bracket and H.V. rectifier support
bracket.
Disconnect yoke leads (note color),
2nd anode, CRT socket, and earphone
jack.
BEZEL REMOVAL
1. Remove knobs.
2. Remove chassis as described above.
3. Remove 14 screws "E".
CRT REMOVAL
CAUTION: USE CARE IN
HANDLING CRT.
1. Remove chassis as described above.
2. Remove 4 screws "C" and remove
CRT from rear of cabinet.
69
MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Alignment Information
CHASSIS ALIGNMENT
PRE-ALIGNMENT
INSTRUCTIONS
Before alignment of the video IF
section is attempted, it is advisable to
thoroughly check the system. If
alignment is attempted on an IF
section in which a faulty component
exists, successful alignment will
probably be impossible and the entire
procedure will have to be repeated
when the real cause of the trouble is
corrected. Preliminary tests of the
system should include voltage and
resistance measurements, routine
checks for bad soldering connections
and visual inspection of the circuits for
over heated components as well as for
obvious wiring defects.
VIDEO IF & MIXER ALIGNMENT
Preliminary Steps
1. Maintain line voltage at 120 with
variac.
2. Disable horizontal sweep by
unplugging yoke leads.
3. Disable local oscillator by setting
tuner between channels.
4. Apply the positive lead of a 6.2
volt bias supply to IF AGC (T.P. "A")
buss and negative lead to chassis
ground.
5. Check for correct 1st video
amplifier bias by measuring 2nd video
amplifier collector voltage. Voltage
should read 20V with no signal input.
If necessary, adjust bias by bypassing
the 3rd IF collector to ground thru a
.001 mf capacitor and adjusting the
video bias control for 20V on the 2nd
video amplifier collector.
6. Set the contrast and brightness
control at maximum (extreme
clockwise position). Set optimizer
control maximum clockwise.
7. Short across tuner input terminals.
8. Maintain 1 volt peak to peak at the
base of video amplifier except when
specific values are given in the
procedure chart
9. Refer to "Video IF and Sound
Alignment" detail for component and
test point locations.
NOTE: To reduce the possiblity of
inter-action between the two tuning
cores in a transformer or coil, each
core should be adjusted for optimum
response in the tuning position nearest
its respective end of the coil form.
SOUND ALIGNMENT
(Station Signal Method)
Reduce signal input into receiver by
disconnecting one side or both
antenna leads from receiver. Signal
should be reduced considerably until
some background noise is present.
1. Adjust both cores of 4.5MHz trap
and A.T.O. transformer T300 for
maximum audio.
2. Adjust primary (top core) of FM
detector transformer T301 for
maximum audio.
3. Adjust secondary (bottom core) of
T301 for best sound with least noise.
4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 until no
further inprovement is noted in the
sound.
VIDEO IF AND MIXER ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
STEP
SWEEPGENERATOR
AND MARKER
INDICATOR
ADJUST
ADJUST FOR AND/OR REMARKS
1.
To 1st IF base thru 120
Scope to base
Both cores of
Adjust for maximum response at 44MHz
ohm resistor in series
of 1 st video
3rd IF trans-
(see curve No. 1).
with .001 mf capaci-
amplifier thru
former (L107
tor.
47K ohm
resistor
& L108)
NOTE: The 3rd IF transformer consists of
two individual coils inductively coupled.
Set sweep to 44MHz,
markers as required.
Short junction of
L103&C106to
ground.
2.
To mixer T.P. M
Same as Step
41.25MHz
Minimum response at proper trap frequency.
thru 120 ohm
resistor .001 mf
No. 1
trap L101
47.25MHz
See curve No. 2.
capacitor. Re-
move short from
junction of L103
and C106 to
ground
trap L102
NOTE: Temporary reduction of bias and
increase of generator output maybe required
to see trap clearly.
3.
Same as Step No. 2
Same as Step
Adjust for symmetrical response. See curve N
No. 1
Mixer out-
put coil L26
on tuner
3.
o.
70
MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Alignment Information
41.25MHz
42.25MHz
60%
TO
45%
STEP 3
CURVE 3
REMOVE DIAL SCALE BACKGROUND. TURN
UHF DIAL PULLEY FULLY CLOCKWISE. REFER
TO DETAIL FOR START AND F I N I W LOCATION.
ATTACH DIAL POINTER TO LEFT OF DIAL
SCALE AT THE EDGE OF CUT-OUT.
SCALE BACKGROUND
SET POINTER AT EDGE
OF CUT-OUT IN BRACKET
Dial Stringing Detail - Model XP517F
ADJUST FOR SYMMETRICAL RESPONSE
47.25MHz
ADJUST BOTH CORES FOR MAX
RESPONSE AT 44MHz ANP PROPER
MARKER PLACEMENT
42.25MHz
4,_
30% 30%
STEP 1
CURVE 1
1
R113 VIDEO BIAS
ADJUST FOR 20V
AT VIDEO OUTPUT
COLLECTOR
VHFTUNER
TT-413
T.P.
.001 M F
w 6.2V
�- BIAS
r SUPPLY
VHF/
SELECTOR
UHF DIAL
PULLEY
'
'
FINISH
START .
SWEEP & MARKER
GENERATOR
Ji I'll
RF
OUTPUT GND SCOPE
TERMINATION
SCOPE
H
ADJUST TRAPS FOR
MARKER PLACEMENT
41.25
MHz 47.25MHz
STEP 2
CURVE 2
Video IF And Sound Alignment Points And Response Curves
71
MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Deflection Panel FB
r
I
I
1)24
(MOUNTED
ON HEAT
SINK)
Q24
(ON HEAT
SINK)
HORIZ
OUTPUT
Q21
HORIZ OSC
Q22
HORIZ PULSE
SHAPER
Oil
AGC DELAY
rF
TO YOKE TO R519
M L504
100 C517 .001
FOCUSI
170V 0
B+++
02 0 _L47
+500V Ts12
TO CRT-----O R51
QTY,
PIN3 �1J�
-3
0
J E502
T=�
U
N2
C5111 I�001
C505 X082
C504 01
R508 390
AC
LINE/ `
0
E800
L800
412
�L. +
C40-3 bMF
C800L)5
T
C40LL
.0oT
1� m
C5091 .Ol 1
6 5
T500
3 1
R509 IK
C Q222
R51,2!K
C 1w
TO HV RECT
R503 68K
---1MM—
IMF
--MNr— R505 100K
C40211.0015
�F4 i
R40-
5 47K
R519 47K
--�WNr—
05071
Q23 10MF
c E y�
C51i� 1,001
o R51
1
i 4J��
E5UU1
M C5011/i.0027
4 10 R5 100K R501 180K
R502 SOK
R400 39K��
Q13
C R4
R40— 1AIVW-
Vr— R408 12K
C8011 `.001
110 �71
��0.5 a �8a1
4
02
R800 12K
---'VNh— C902� b0l
TO YOKE TO YOKE
}
TO YOKE
C804
100MF
Q12
AGC
GATE
TO
L504
Q20
SPOT
KILLER
Q23
HORIZ
DRIVER
15 B+++- 170V TO VIDEO OUT (GB121
14 VERTICAL BLANKING TO GB26
13 SYNC INPUT FROM GB23
12 B++ 70V TO VERT OUT (GB24)
11 GND
10 HORIZ BLANKING TO GB17
9 VERT YOKE RETURN LEAD
8 RF AGC TO TUNER
7 IF AGC TO GB3
6 B+ 30V FROM FLT CHOKE
5 AC LINE TO PWR TRANS
4 AC LINE TO PWR TRANS
3 UNFLT B+ 30V TO ON-OFF SW.
2 B+ 30V TO GB15
1 V I DEO IN TO AGC GATE FROM GB30
Q13
ACC
AMP
Deflection Panel FB - Circuit ,fide
72
MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Signal Panel GB
Q19
VERT
OUTPUT
ON HEAT
SINK
V. LIN
V. SIZE
OPTIMIZER
Q10
VIDEO
OUTPUT
C126`1 001
R129 56
%vvr
R118 27
R121 1.8K'
- NVV_ Q9 C124 180
ISTVIDE0-��
AMP
NV1M
RI17 270
l
—MNr-
R112 120
E100 VIDEO
I DET
C122 L10
C 120 L108
SEC
3RD IF
Q18
VERT DRIVER
T600
VERT
OUTPUT
SEC
BOT
8
r, � I
y
_-_
v 13N01 G
�� 9�
�� C300 0033
C125 0022 BOT 4 6
.,VAIV_ SEC(000)-R120 820 ■ ■ ,r, T00
E300
Q17
VERT OSC 2
� 9 P1
R415 27K
R
C3054 00
U
VIDEO
BIASI
Y
i
R110 1.8K
TOP
PRI
G Al
1 QQ Q — PR I `—_
C117 39 R106 1.5K I C;
C11101.001 -. - R108 1.8K ^/VVr'
o L106 S� C
B �� fZflSif�- �-
E�
s a
�j. 2ND IF y�3
B �TF
R107 68 CI1�'100 R10
v� vtiti�ti
C404y1.02
R409 4 7K f
Q8
3RD IF AMP
g� CI10 � oT
Q7
2ND IF AMP
E
Q16
VERT OSC 1
30
29
28
L 27
T u 26
25
24
23
22
21
-
20
,411 4.7K 19 N.C.
R4112`
3 K / 18
17 HORIZ BLANKING FROM FB10
16 TO ARM OF BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
VIDEO OUT TO AGC GATE (FBI,
TO TOP OF VERT HOLD CONTROL
N.C.
TO ARM OF VERT HOLD CONTROL
SPOT KILLER LEAD FROM FB14
SPOT KILLER TO CRT G1
B++- 70V TO VERT OUT FROM FB12
SYNC SEP OUT TO HOR AFC IFB13i
N.C.
VERT YOKE, HIGH SIDE, GRN
Q15
SYNC
SEP
Q14
N O I SE
GATE
15 B+30V FROM FB2
14
13
12 B+++170V TO CID FROM FB15
1I GN D
10 TO TOP OF CONTRAST CONTROL
9 UNFLT B + TO AUDIO OUTPUT
8 TOP OF BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
GND LEAD TO VOL CONTROL
TO ARM OF VOL CONTROL
TO TOP OF VOL CONTROL
B + 30V TO VHF TUNER
IF AGC FROM FB7
IF INPUT COAX
IF INPUT COAX GND
7
6
5
4
3
2-
1
L100
�Q.00r
SHELF
A11550
L
C103 5.6
C102)110
R100 6.8
1pJT
IST IF BASF
Q6
1 ST IF AMP
�0
AUDIO OUTPUT TO SPKR
Q5
AUDIO
OUTPUT
M
Signal Processing Panel 6B - Circuit Side
73
MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Service Information, Continued
PICTURE TUBE
201NP4, 22ZP4
IRpHe wily rmr IYW M agrwlh in WI
A5R B + P2S DiC A5F
AGC AGC POWER AGC HORIZ AFC HORIZ
GATE GATE RECT AMP DIODES DRIVER
VERT YOKE
YOKE IYELI
UILKI 19
BEL FUSE 1000.1
MOT NO
68C619BSA03
VHF
TUNER
THAN
SISTORS
INSIDE
UNE
TUNE.
TRAN
SISTOR
INSIDE
P2S
AGC
DELAY
E500
A/B
E
RF AGC
DELAY
IA CI Fw
Min Snowl
CRT G2
IREDI 4aaV 17w GND
A Ae 10
FOCUS HORIZ
TAPS HOLD
IBLUI
DEFLECTION PANEL FB
HORIZ
DRIVER
T500
P2S
HORIZ
PULSE
SHAPER
A5R
SPOT BOOST
KILLER RECT
IIORIZ
OUTPUT
E502 E11
ASK A3H or ASA D1D
HORIZ HORIZ DAMPER
OSC OUTPUT
DIAL LIGHTS: VHF E UHF NO, 1841 IC, 021T55991
UHF NO, 1900 VHF NO. 1841 IC19TS5991
TEST POINT & COMPONENT LOCATION GUIDE
E200
D2Y
SOLID
STATE
NV
RECT
TO HORIZ
YOKE
(RED)
K
G2
G2 SUPPLY
RECT
LSOE
NONIZ
SIZE
COIL
AIR.,
A.T.O. ISECI AA ASM A5M PiJ A5N A3K
4.— AUDIO RATIO NOISE SYNC VERT VERT VERT
TRAP IPRII OUTPUT DET GATE SEP OSC 1 OSC 2 DRIVE
VIDEO
EXPANDER
DIODE
��E\\101
010E
I 3C*
}e
VIDEO [AS Al TiH AST OPT1 VERT
IAEI-Min 1ST VIDEO 4.5MHZ AMP VIDEO MIZER S1ZE
Whin Liminrg AMP SOUND GET N OUTPUT REPLACE WlTlf A1$
A, Maa C.11 AUDIO DRIVER
CRT
CATHODE l
IYELI
T600
VERT OUTPUT
VEHT
LIN
SIGNAL PROCESSING PANEL GB
Transistor Location Detail
A1C
VERT
OUTPUT
POWER TRANSISTOR
REPLACEMENT
When, replacing any "plug-in"
transistor, i.e., the horizontal output
and vertical output, please observe the
following precautions:
1. The transistor sockets are not
"Captive," that is, the transistor
mounting screws also secure the
socket. When installing the transistor,
the socket must be held in its proper
location. This location is indicated by
flanges on the socket which fit into
the heat sink.
2. When replacing the output
transistors, silicon grease (Motorola
Part No. IIM490487) should be applied
evenly to both sides of the mica
insulator.
The following detail gives relative
position of test points and component
location on chassis.
Q20
I A _ Q21
0.24
HORIZ OUTPUT Q23
ON HEAT
SINK E AFC
E500
022
RF AGC DELAY R403
011
L
Q19
VERT OUTPUT
ON HEAT E101
SINK i 4w
Q10
Q13
1112
Q18
10-01
C
E Q17
B v Q16
AUDIO IC
Q9
VIDEO BIAS R113
C
8126
CRT
C128 cathode
C
a 14
7 1
C
E301
D
T300
Chassis Bottom View
E
Q15
Q14
05
74
VERTICAL LIN,'
VERTICAL SIZE -
OPTIMIZER_
DEFLECTION PANEL FB
Chassis Bottom View - Service Position
COMPONENT REMOVAL
It is recommended that a solder
extracting gun be used to aid in
component removal. An iron with a
temperature controlled heating
element would be desirable since it
would reduce the possibility of
damaging the board due to
over-heating.
MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599
Service Information, Continued
ETCHED BOARD
CHASSIS SERVICING CIRCUIT TRACING
The bottom of the 19TS-599 chassis is
exposed for servicing when cabinet
back cover is removed. The bottom of
the 21TS-599 chassis can be exposed
..D., for servicing by removing the
fibre-board cover from the bottom of
the receiver.
PANEL REMOVAL
1. Remove grounding screws at rear of
panel. See rear view of ireceivers.
2. To unplug panel -grasp panel at
rear corners and pull toward rear. If
panel is tight, exert pressure from side
to side to work panel out of multipin
connector.
3. In stubborn cases, insert
screw-driver at slots "D" and pry off
panel.
SIGNAL PROCESSING PANEL GB
The top (component side) of the
chassis board contains a complete
legend of the chassis circuit that
appears on the bottom and
identification of all components by
reference numbers that are related to
the reference numbers on the
schematic diagram. The circuit may be
traced from the top of the chassis
board and all components can be
identified eliminating the need of
making any reference to the bottom of
the chassis board.
The circuit side (bottom) of the
chassis board also contains a complete
legend which includes component
reference numbers, transistor
identification, and the wiring (jumper
wires) is traced in to provide easy
circuit tracing of the wiring that
appears on the top side of the chassis
board. Each wire trace begins and ends
with an arrow.
The transistors are identified by their
function as well as the reference
number. The transistor elements are
identified as follows: E-emitter,
B-base and C-collector.
VHF PILOT LIGHT
VHF FINE
TUNING
ON-OFF
VOLUME
UHF PILOT LIGHT
21- Chassis Front View -Parts Location
DEFLECTION PANEL "I'll"
VERTICAL
SIGNAL PROCESSING HOLD
PANEL"GB"
I
CONTRAST
BRIGHTNESS
75
MOTOROLA Chassis TS-599 Schematic Diagram
NOTES:
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS
I. TAKEN FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS WITH A VTVM. + 207
2. LINE VOLTAGE MAINTAINED AT 120V AC.
3. TAKEN WITH CONTRAST CONTROL AT MINIMUM AND
ALL OTHER CONTROLS IN NORMAL OPERATING POSITION.
4. WHERE TWO VOLTAGES ARE SHOWN:
VOLTAGE ABOVE BOX - WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT, TUNER ON CHANNEL
WITH LEAST NOISE AND ANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED.
VOLTAGE IN BOX- WITH TUNER ON STRONG STATION AND OUTSIDE ANTENNA.
WAVEFORM MEASUREMENTS
1. TAKEN FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS WITH A
WIDE - BAND OSC ILL SCOPE.
2. O
SC ILLOSCOPE SYNCED "EAR SWEEP RATE INDICATED.
3. TAKEN WITH STRONG SIGNAL, CONTRAST CONTROL. AT
MAXIMUM: ALL OTHER CONTROLS IN NORMAL ..
OPERATING POSITION.
,iYDICATES VOLTAGE VARIES WITH CONTROL SETTINGS.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: CAPACITOR VALUES LESS THAN ONE
IN MF, ALL OTHERS, IN PF: CAPACITANCE VALUES ONLY ARE
SHOWN ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM, REFER TO PARTS LIST.
RESISTORS ARE 10', 1'2W.
COIL RESISTANCES LESS THAN I OHM NOT SHOWN
1�
I
�l Co
�T�
IF INPUT •
FROM TUNER
TO VHF 4
TUNER B��(
AND
UHF B+ SW
B
C
CBE
Q10 (A5T)
& Q23
B E C
IBOT VIEWI
Q6, Q7 & Q8
\O
METAL
05 (AhU
E B C
IBOT VIEWI
ALL
OTHERS
4
T301
HOT V:E
T300
HOT VIEW
141 1 1 1 1 1
I
1111111
2
5
GO
Q10 (AIS)
18
17
E
ASE
T501
�. BOT VIEW
CC �L 0 19, Q24,
Br`�\C & Q5 (AlN1
IBOT VIEWI
E300
TOP VIE
SIGNAL
L
.AUDIO TAXI'-OFF
�T3000 C312
IS j io1 410
C300 01.00331
L
U
TO
TUNER
RF AGC
/T
ON
TUNER
120V —
60Hz-
0806
390
L800
1.1
LIE
0807
800 E80o
R100 6.8
41.25
MHz
I
'17.251
MHz J
S
�R402 18K
Y
RF AGC
DELAY v
4.5V PP H
Q6
A2Y
2. D ;1ST IF AMP
14.5v
L103 C106 110
I
I
i �I.3VI
-j 3.8V
0
Qll
P2S
AGC
DELAY
E401
5.8V
12.4V1
TOP AT
3K
Q12
A5R
AGC GATE
aev A�
4Dv PP x R404
470
C401=001
131! TOTAL
E801
OiINEB05
FF
TO IMPROVEL PART OF /
RELIABILITY OF R3U2 .�
ON'-OFF SW, REMOVEI
C805 AND REPLACE /
WITH DIODE E806 /
PT NO. 48S191AO7
802 .001
ON VHF
TUNER
UHF
PILOT LIGHT
SW
Q7
AlU
2ND IF AMP.
D. w
C110' 33
Q13
P2S
AGC AMP
31V
[28V[
C402 x.0015 n
Pl.UG'
ON
YOKE
2.2V
13-yi
Q8
H.av AlU
9.2V 3RD IF AMP
U.7' 12 5V
C113 10 1 �� C117
R803 270
W+1804
TOOMF
R80. 22
W +
Q2o
A5R
SPOT KILLER
-85v M R809 22K
R808
470
I
= E100 LiOV I
I
34 F 70V
3.5V P➢ V
Q15
A5M
SYNC SEP
C405 /.047
23
X
3
T
15V PP H
R504 100K
Z
2V PP
V
R412 33K
PERT
SUPPLY
HORIZ
SUPPLY
C
y
0
E
B
B C
IBOI VIEWI
E500
76
I
MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Schematic Diagram, Continued
PROCESSING PANEL IIGB
2
-2.zV1
M
E300
AUDIO IC
il3T1H T301
1/\
r
T1H C II
.22 I 113T1H
11 C303 t—
J C311 ` t '- av
2I5i
=414.8v9.. 13
O1 r
sv 330
•1
�1 R30[
6 I.3VIAUD 0�
C306i FM DET �> w CE-I- \>
39
i 1 VOLUME SDK
C307 7 �DRIV�R
�
n.�
X14 Z` 22 I, '14
R301 33K
11
I I IF AMP (>
C305
J?I _�l'T 11t 100
Q9
ALT
1ST VIDEO AMP
� 7
z. V ;2
C1241 180 r R118 27
OPTI
MIZER
C123I/180
25V PP
0.4V
/
416 22K
Q10
A5T OR A1S
VIDEO
OUTPUT
140V PP V
Q5
E301 A3L OR AIN
AUDIO
OUTPUT
1.4V
T302
70V
68K
2
R35010(
R30
_1 f—f
�_ s
:3 >�► TO "C"
C3O8� a N
I
(POWER SEY;
TS�E
�`'� 11 SUPPL
.221 > 1
R123 1M YEI.RZOO 1K
R122 120
C127 .0022
V HOLD
C128 .22
R127
16 >
15K R20, 1_ _ _100K
R
BRIGHTNESS
R124
1K B+++ S
_ 1 0V x
tTO F815) B4+70V
CONTRAST
V SIZE
jR601 3K R602 3K1 R604 22K R609 39K
29 59 R128B 30K
27 `
— Q17 , 516 Y
A5N Pli C603 + Q18
VERT VERT � OSC 2 OSC 1 5M
A3KT
C61 (.033 _ VERT
t 4V R603 68 ?V DRIVER
13.6V
0.9V
m
C600 047 —� r
5V PP V 3.5V PP V
18V
25V PP H
Q21
A6K
HOR OSC
PP
H 4V PP
Q22
HOP PULSE
SHAPER
25 R509 1K 9V R512 1K
R507 6.8K
C502
IMF
it
+__
0
0
U
5 � C504
j .01 C505
I
L _
4z::o5 o
21,' �rRS� 08390_ 1
_ L
L500
HOP
H OL D
0. 1v
1
28V 28.5V
0
U
m
8V PP H 130V PP H
0
N
M
28V PP H
Q23
A5F
HOR DRIVER
0.75V 37V
TF
p
8 3
O u�• q
c Y
it
B++-70V
TO
TO
(YOKE
JUMPER)
3V PP V
Q19
A1C
VERT
OUT
1..4V
V LIN
— R128C 10K
s R611 4.7K
+ C604
I'M
T500
0606 .68
R610 8.2K
FOCUS
B+++
170V
9V PP N
L50Z
IC507
"H'
Q24
A3H OR A6A
HOR OUTPUT
0. IV
C511
001
7
2
E200
DZY
H. V. RECT
ALL CRT SOCKET
TERMINALS HAVE
INTERNAL SPARK
GAP TO GROUND
_cPIN 5 PIN s)
SPARK GAP
ORD
200V PP V
0
N
•
C609
80 1
1 T600
V1
2OWP4
22Z P4
CRT
>
"B
"
C51� 9j TO
OO1�L504
�� ce12)
z x 15
Y
<+ C803D +
80MT
440V PP H
60V / ono,
E502
DAMPER
"G
"
G2 SUPPLY
RECT 1505
8 C513
10',6
B+++
IOMF 170V
E503
U
H"� • _ o
400V < 3a
(VIDEO SUP.)
DI:AG 63D66164A31-A
BOOST
n
RECT
�^ E501 5
14
0 + E
C518
— .01
C51
5MF
70V
B-1+
60V
T501
AGC
_AGC
0
Y
g
C 19, C21 & D21 TS-599 Schematic Diagram
77
MOTOROLA Chassis 22TS-599B used in Models XT767GN, XT768GW, XU772GK
MAIN DIFFERENCES FROM D21TS-599 ("A" version)
The 22TS-599 11B" Chassis used in models listed at top of the page, employ
a power line isolation type transformer as opposed to the auto type power trans-former used in the original TS-599 Chassis covered in the preceding section.
Deflection Panel FB has been redesigned for these later sets. Terminals
and jumper wires have been provided to allow panel to be used in either chassis.
CHASSIS & PANEL CODING CHANGES
CHASSIS
CODE
DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE
TS-599A-01
TS-59913-00
RELIABILITY CHANGE - C805 removed and replaced by Diode
E806 to prevent current surge thru on-off switch. Insulating tape
added to vertical member adjacent to dial light bulbs to prevent
possibility of shock hazard.
TO IMPROVE SPOT KILLER - R127 changed from 47K to 22K.
R204 added from junction of R127 and board terminal 8 to B++
70V.
RELIABI LITY CHANGE - Video output Q10 changed from A5T
to A1S.
DESIGN CHANGE - FB Panel circuit revised and jumper wires
added to accomodate "B-00" Chassis equipped with isolation
type power transformer. C513 (.015) changed to .012 and C519
(.003 uf) added in parallel with C513 for 21" chassis and smaller
only. See FB Panel detail. I'
MOTOROLA
T8
POWER TRANS N
CHASSIS CODED
TS-599'B" 8 LATER
ORG
R803
WyJ �
R802
L
0806
390
fLVPEIA
ED NOT
L USED
tt
LL��►f
• — + 803A
O
C8011 .001 OOMF
O ,—I {— 0 _
E802 /
.J(I f.R,No,r LsF:UI !
J
a
i ir'o E801
C807 g 1 RG
Boo 4 W\ T800
J �- NBC
00 RED` UL'LIYYLI.L'G
__.
p E805
�ON-OFF
Pi XT OF ON L'XY
� X:102 Tl�Nk:A
UHF L
E803
R804 5 %
5
. ,
/ D,
J
PILOT LIGHT
SW
--c>r o
1
8
V1
CRT
MODEL BREAKDOWN CHART
MODEL
CHASSIS
VHF
TUNER
UHF
TUNER
CRT
XT767GN
XT768GW
XU772GK
22TS-5996
OPTT-413
or
OPTT-436
KTT-622
or
KTT-626
23JEP4
1 2 3 4 5
N/C
DUMMY LUG
AC POWER INPUT
CHASSIS TS-599"B" & LATER:
CONNECT AS SHOWN BY SOLID LINES. CHASSIS TS-599'A": CONNECT
AS SHOWN BY DOTTED LINES.
NIC
DUMMY LUG
Deflection Panel FB-01
DEFLECTION PANEL FB-01
DEFLECTION PANEL FB-01 - EXCEPT FOR CHANGES SHOWN TO ACCOMODATE
ISOLATION TYPE POWER TRANSFORMER AND CAPACITOR 105191
ADDITION,THIS PANEL IS IDENTICAL TO FB PANEL SHOWN IN
ORIGINAL TV6 SERVICE MANUAL
C519(.003MF)
IS PARALLEL W ITH
C513(.012MF) IN
21" OR SMALLER CHASSIS
2Z'CHASSIS
OR LARGER
78
Olympic.
LEAR SIEGLER, INC. /
OLYMPIC RADIO & TELEVISION DIVISION
CHASSIS
CHASSIS REMOVAL
1. Remove push-on type knobs from front of cabinet.
2. Remove black head screws holding upper chassis and remove.
3. Remove black head screws holding lower chassis.
4. Remove yoke plug, high voltage lead, speaker lead, picture
tube socket and picture tube ground lead (also earphone jack
when applicable).
5. Remove chassis from rear of cabinet.
PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL
1. Remove high voltage lead, deflection yoke plug and picture
tube socket.
2. Remove nut holding picture tube band.
3. Remove picture tube fixing brackets.
4. Pull picture tube and safety window straight out rear of cabinet.
FOCUS
The focus may be varied by changing the connection at the focus
terminal. The orange lead from terminal D may be connected to
terminals A, B or C to obtain best focus. To protect the picture
tube, the set should be turned off before making a change.
HORIZONTAL HOLD CONTROL
If there is difficulty in maintaining horizontal sync within the
range of the Horizontal Hold Control VR105, check the adjustment
of the Horizontal Frequency Control, L208.
VHF CHANNEL SELECTOR
FINE TUNING
OFF-ON VOLUME
UHF TUNFR
VHF TUNER
BRIGHTNESS \
MOLUICAL
�S
HORIZONTAL
HOLD /
VHF CHANNEL SELECTOR
a FINE TUNING
PICTURE
SPEAKER
AUDIO
OUTPUT
TRANS.
r
9P90 - 9P91
HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS
Adjust Height Control VR201A and Vertical :Linearity Control
VR201B until the picture or test pattern is symmetrical from top
to bottom. Make the final adjustment to overscan the mask ap-proximately 1/4 inch at both top and bottom,
CENTERING ADJUSTMENTS
The centering adjustment is made by positioningthe two magnetic
rings located at the rear of the deflection yoke on the neck of the
picture tube. Shifting of 'these rings moves the picture both hori-zontally and vertically so that correct centering is obtained.
Television Chassis
4BZ6'(V3) 1st Picture IF Amplifier
4BZ6 (V4) 2nd Picture IF Amplifier
4DK6 (V5) 3rd Picture. IF Amplifier.
IOJY8 (V6) Video Amplifier and Sync Separator
6GH8A (V7) Sound IF Amplifier and Audio Amplifier
12FX5 (V8) Audio Output
17JZ8 (V9) Vertical Oscillator and Vertical Output
8FQ7 (V10) Horizontal Oscillator
21JX6(Vll) Horizontal Output
17BE3 (V12) Damper
IAD2 (V13) High Voltage Rectifier
500YB4 .,. Picture.Tube
Silicon Diode (S101) .Power Supply Rectifier
Dual Selenium (520.1)
1N60 (D201)
11460 (D202)
1N60 (D203)
TUBE LAYOUT
V 14
500YB4
PICYURE TUBE
HORIZONTAL PHASE
RATIO DE1 DETECTOR
TRANS. SOUND IF
TOP 2RY TOP TAKE OFF y.TAL
yg BO HF,RTTOM IRY_ BOTTOM TRAP
4.5NIHz
\
6.
or o. l J AUDIO O
OUTPUT
IFT
0
TOP TRAP
45MH
SOUND IF a
AUDIO AMP,
VIDEO AMP.
a SYNC. SEP.
. BOTTOM IFT 2NDIF AMP.
AC INTERLOCK
IST IF AMP. \ 3RD IF AMP
TOP TRA\
BOTTOM IFT \
IFT
0
TOP IRY
BOTTOM 2RY
u
VERTICAL HEIGHT
7
\VERTICAL LINEARITY
FILTER CHOKE
Horizontal Phase Detector
Video Detector
Audio Detector
Audio Detector
FILTER
CAPACITOR
V13 IAD2
HIGH VOLTAGE
RECTIFIER
HIGH VOLTAGE
TRANS.
VERTICAL OUTPUT
TRANS.
Tube and Chassis Layout
79
i
NOT£:
1. ALL CARBON f/LM RESISTOR(RD) VALUES /N ONMS*l0%
TOLERANCE l/2 WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
2. ALL CARBON COMPOS/TroN RESISTOR (RC) VALUES IN OHMS !20%
TOLERANCE l/2 WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3. ALL MICA AND PAPER CONDENSERS_' ?0% TOLERANCE UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED.
4. ALL CERAMIC CONDENSERS(*MARKDISC TYPE) VALUES /N MICRO-MICRO
FARADS +_/b % TOLERANCE UNLESS OTHER WISE NOTED.
OLYMPIC Chassis 9P90, 9P91
(Continued)
3
v
E
G
a
I
R
4.
Q�
v �
7
1
U
S.
U
U TO VHF TUNER
ANT.
UHF TUNER
VHF TUNER
/00r, /307
�fRLOCK ccc ON-Off SW/7CN
!e-4L
LINE
CORD
PL UD • ON
CNASS/S
L /0/
C/o/
CPW
0 "I
450VAC
5 /0/
F/0/ R/01
/.VA RW/0T
5
SNAFT
I
IM2
I
OB
307
I RUh
/80.P-10)f
I
I
:
C
#4;
:A77
75!
1 09
L /02
/OR
+ C/03A
�MCEL
2S0µ
2007
t (/038
;MCEL
200A,
2007
U +
/6 �
CPTL 7n 03C C/
O.A047A( TO CEL
�) S0µ
KINESCOPE 2007
RIM BANO
1 49
A,18
8
� R(V247M
7201 _
R c7,,T 44.5MH1
/OP*ASP (BOTTOM,
070
leis
48X
I
*C70J
/OpOP
4725MA22
R775 RDYlL
/OK R 103
RCV7
/R
�c 0
0000 R
L 2o,in
R 737 1
RCV7
f.IN� R238 #
U RCl/2 T
1 470K S
AC3/1 f CR0
5.6M 0.0047
1Io%• -357 24
R 240
RL M
, C21
2.2M T rC 0
259 V68 1/210,
13,750#1 SEPARATOR
R C %2
151 K
s2ol m
.T.
0,97
R25
R01/
210A
4.75
C?7?
CPT
0.0/µ
R256
RDIL
82K
H
80
SM
70.'La;
-337
f 5
0.67
�CPS8
R72 58 Car
RCV2 p0033�
ZZ IM
OLYMPIC Chassis 9P90, 9P91 Schematic Diagram, Continued
£ARAMONE
JACK
iGHBA p 7706 0701 x -179---- CET V78 1/2 6GH8A
� C233
IF AMP, S17 I' 4.5 MH
2301
(TOP) 1140 RDV4PS /or 1147At S0/ 357
AUDIO AMP.
0V
i
57vI1
CCD
:O5P o
(
I )1
�/C229'� _
Z+7 C�D470
- 114. I CPT
L2V -20 ;� iB01Q.y)== [232 �J 0.0lµ
RCS
R 727 CK04761P
C227� C22B R? 16 717 #RCV2
-CKD *R225 =1111 RD/L RC V2
4 70W RC Y2 47�/
/0K RCV2 CPT
/OOK
,!701.1 330 /sK T 0.0047,,/
717 771 m 711
0.00
C 236 VRI0/ SOOK
1CKD VOLUME
"00P
CONTROL
717 D
0-(23
r
CPT
22,µ
V8 12FX5
AUDIO OUTPUT
R 234
RC'/2
;K 07
2-S
R116
RWST
150
V4 4BZ6
P. 2nd IF AMP. 43MHz
R it
2041
KD
1000P
t 20,4
rw
iv
8205
RCV2
220
I
I of
_J
/SMNz
2 0.57
'C 701 R208CKD
8709
100oP RCV2#
RCV2
�20T 4721°x
22o
�X
77//I17 • 711 s•
F R707 C27i
RCV2 CKD l.,.X
/K T20F
72_03_
1307 e 07
loT I
Id1
�l
1309 R2/0 w' 1/27P
• 122K # ►2'37 R7/3
T 470 it [210
R
ICKOROR L€
C70970
# I C
717i°a7do0 >n 0000P 71f±20%
270,4 ! IOY.
V5 4DK6 87P-v
3rd IF AMP, CONE
dd_SMNE T204 _ - _
R 217 C211 D7oi 2zo/ $1
RD 1/14 (TO NCCD /144 CU (•fwN 'I
1157 3K TSptazy
�� al2 W-141'1
IP 4.7P SCl +ov
L Se1TOMJ re.ESP SaSP 20.6P
ill,
C 224 CCD
T205. 30P 210}4 607P-P
V6A I/2 IOJYB TOP
�--j' CONE
45MNz
VIDEO AMP. C D
I
•
000
L 303 3.3P-
5
I 1.206
6µH ?0.25' 1 t t� 1 g5NNE270µH
• 4%
R2/d R115
1(1,6 R012 RCM
1000P _80Y. #220K
-20%
• 92/6
C217 1[716tz RDyiL;
(14 CKD 31K
071 T1000
ISOV7 S1o,Y, 7,
I
C21S p •
;
i0 20.5P LC 22�JJ 4N • 0121 9722
RCh
Rz/7 9
JOP I00% RO%41. aPµ #270K
RC'/7 (80T70M) 15K
33 7�
--- 307 • l
C2f 2.57 --- 8
j GKD X 307.
RCOI7 R2/B 6
I
.i700PQ •uH
A�RCl/1 5.77 2 1024 l r
75
�LI05 ! M
I'MAY C220
Zt;
CETN
100µi3►
-12KoV9A
1/217JZ8 R146 0745 V981/2 17JZ8
/000P VERTICAL OSC. RC V2 CPr VERTICAL OUTPUT
C", �j 220•/, /OOK
#Q0012µT
CKD 1
100oP R242 R244 [243 -
�I ,146
'2pY
17'2 47K2 O.AOISR [
C
'pT/
R(�/1 CPT
•I( N� tIE D.0047� 47K 0.01
1
Z1
+737
Lailµ
R243
04 p � 21
^ / � 317P
P
�Q 017 /OK
2
,uT
757P- P 60Nz ill 4
iM
R747
RD3/4 1.
47K
/407
C251
CCT
220P
/o%
-477
2307 P-P
60Nr
I 1 C118�1
8149 C74 CPT R150
RD .0 TTO.01µ RC V2
314Ll0.012�
2,20
IM
T 101
7ERT/CA4 7R/62 500
OUTPUT TRANS. PICTURE
Pa, CONTROL
ci G
I300�C
CONE
1457 ®o
r
-n0 *RI
O?
CPT 560
• 0.lµ
R
C7
I'
R214
A01
/OK
R 221
RD 1144
1 5 K
R223
HR02L
4.7K
z5%
E
T/0/
S1., OUTPUT
TRANS.
S
R107 [108
47M1
iOOOP SPEAKER
C1o9 AC /SOY
CET
22A,
2007
4s V
I4 SO
KI NESCOPE 71r
1
2
7R103 OOK xt1
BRIGHTNESS
CONTROL pp
C///
CPT
0 O22µ
R7/0
RC Y?
100K
3
4
r -
R108 H.V
RC VI
100 K
FOCUS
D
A d
_1B
CAC
2057
4357
8248 VR201A SOOK R251
RC 112 VERT. HFIOHT RDV2L
41K CONTR L �47M
8252
RD 1/2L
330K
P
VRI04 1M
VERTICAL HOLD
CONTR 04
7R20/8 SOOK
R 153
* RC //2 •-2.2 M
VIO 8F07 [261
HORIZ.OSC. CMF
//57 470P SS y.
267P-P 1C 159 It
r5, 750Nz
7'CO% 22
1
\7
103 7
- 747
8263
3 9.07 B�ec M
YL?
;1
012s7 R26o
RCYI 7,7 RC V2
/OOK 22M
• C257 # R26/
Car RD3/4 L
9O47µ I
OK
n "Co 1 • T
CSr L 208
C 279 3900PT HOR/d.
p0072µ 1s0V FRE R.
R
R 57
82
82
R261
15K
5K
Z
R214
RD V21-130K
15%
R244
iT RC'/2
33M
>tl VR105 /M R/17
RCYI
HOR77. HOLD 12M
CONTROL
7ERT.L/NFARITY M7
CONTROL
Y
C269 857P-P
CPr /5, 7501E
C242 O.0047,µ
CMF^
470P
±Sy
# R268
RD1/2 L
>n /8K
YR267
RD3/4 L
6BK
VII 21JZ6
HORIZ.
OUTPUT
� -1)•SP
r R270
R C V2
OR269 47 /57
♦ RD Y2L 1 CI64
I M �` R273 1.209
7� R ERC 1/2
#
ROva /04tH
71� 54K±/0% 680
4-10
R271
RCV2 2
15K ._
4K7 PULSE
OONOT MEASURE
VI2 17BE3
DAMPER
7
T103
HOR12. our
B N. V. TRANS.
'I
5; F
L
R
C26S
CCD
10%
4- /0OCLKY
1327
VI3 IAD2
H.V.
RECT-
O
PL V
KV�
0 VA 0/ VA 10 J
4 Rot S RC
2
/z 0
16K
c 104 1 p0
6.5µ N II b
II K=>
K
II
I I
b
II b4
•
II p
S. ALL VOLTAGESMEASURED BETWEEN POINTS INDICATED AND CHASSIS.
USING AN ELECTRONIC VOLTMETER. ALL VOLTAGE READINGS ± IS v.
WITH INCOMING SIGNAL AND WITH PICTURE CONTROL SET TO
PRODUCE 60 VOLTS PEAK TO PEAK AT KINESCOPE.
6. t * MARK TEMP. COEFF/C/ENr.
K h
I
4 3 1 /2 / 12 /2 1
1 tl b
b A a a P
210 L211
r 3� 43 45
CKD1•.L TCX'B TC761 C770T
PPP�����,��� GGdG44"""���""" s1CKD 7bCK0 CRD77rr77
1000 CK /OOOP IMP IOOOP
2704 tv%
t20•1 220)4 120,4
8
N
RED
0
RI13 II w
RC42 II
4 7K
CI12
wN/T E.
R+14
RC Y7
330K
Ig w
0
IIY
x
~
o
II v II v
II II
I „ C/ I I
CFM _�+
r2& i
BLUE YELLOW
;z CPT .n
a 1A,
"3
I-
C
47µ
C 114
CPT
0.04746
FOCUS ADJUSTMENT
CONNECT ORANGE LEAD
FROM TERMINAL D. TO
A, B OR C. WHICHEVER.
GIVES BEST FOCUS,
VHF TUNER
F1
.
V w
^1
_ o
CIOP �CII a
/000. Aw z 3
4 3
C21
/OOOP
PANASONI
MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC CORP. OF AMERICA
MODELS AN-169, AN-179
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS.
REAR COVER REMOVAL
1) Remove the seven rear cover screws
2) Disconnect leads from th@ UHF & VHF antenna.
3) Remove the back cover by pulling it straight away from
cabinet.
CHASSIS REMOVAL
1) Disconnect the CRT anode © CRT socket © and deflection
coil(0)
2► Remove the six chassis holder screws(E)
3) The chassis assembly can be removed from the cabinet
TUNER AND CONTROL ASSEMBLY REMOVAL
1) Remove the four tuner bracket holder screws©
2) Remove the four control Volume bracket holder screws
(AN- 179)
3) Remove- the two control Volume bracket holder screws
(AN-169)(0)
SPEAKER REMOVAL
1) Remove the four speaker holder screws()
PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL
1) Remove the picture tube mounting screws (j)
2) Remove the picture tube carefully.
111,1111M I
Iill�lVlttlllll�Il ��rr '
111 11111 11111 11111 11111-11 11111 [fill Mft fill:
82
PANASONIC Models AN-169, AN-179 Service Information, Continued
SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS
LOCATION OF ADJUSTMENTS
(AN-169)
UODi to
UHF TUNER
i"
VHF TUNER
0
3HA5 5G
RF AMP OSC
J7
& MIX
4EH7
1st VIF
(f)ON-OFF SWITCH & SOUND VOLUME
CON-OFF SWITCH
OSOUND VOLUME
®VHF CHANNEL SELECTOR
®VHF FINE TUNING
©UHF CHANNEL SELECTOR
07 BRIGHTNESS
® CONTRAST
BLOCK DIAGRAM
11MS8/T
SIF AMP
V6
4DT6A
SIF DET
V7
11BM8/P
AUDIO AMP
V8
11BM8/T
AGC KEYER
V8
4EH7
2nd VIF
(AN-189D)
,
V5
`
,
OA70
4EJ7 DET
3rd VIF
0
11MS8/P
VIDEO AMP
(O )VERTICAL HOLD
(RHORIZONTAL HOLD
I1 VERTICAL LINEARITY
O HEIGHT
(R BUILT-IN VHF ANTENNA
(R ATTACHABLE UHF ANTENNA
EARPHONE JACK
OANTENNA TERMINAL
6LX8/T
SYNC. SEP.
V10
11MS8/T
VERT. OSC.
V10
6LX8/P
HORIZ. OSC
11MS8/P
VERT. OUT.
Vll
V9
SPEAKER
3-Y2"ROUND
38HE7/P
HORIZ. OUT
V11
38HE7/T
DAMPER
s
1BK2
H.V RECT
V13
PICTURE
TUBE
500JB4
83
PANASONIC Models AN-169, AN-179 Service Information, Continued
LOCATION OF PARTS
CHASSIS (TNP-2165)
V11
1BK2
V10
38HE7
C415
C408
D401 f
�'
V9. 6LX8 �tlt - oi
R412
R419 I7
2203
C404
V6. 4DT6A
D101
L201 TLS1176
T201 TLS1158
V5 11MS8
Z301
T151
TLS-2153
R152
R301 AG
11
;b
4
2T
C
C5
\ C50
-303DS
T301
TLV237
C414
C515
C514
C359
R410
L401
H.HOLD
D301
V8 11MS8
C357
C358
2302
R360. V. LIN.
T104. TLI-5157
V4. 4EJ7
R354 V. HOLD
Z105
T103. TLI-1156
R356
HEIGHT
Z103
C501
V3
4EH7
T102
TLI-1155
FUSE 125V 2A
L101
TLI-9154
L501
TLP113
R501
84
PANASONIC Models AN-169, AN-179 Alignment Information
GENERAL ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
VIDEO I-F ALIGNMENT
1. Apply a —4.5V bias voltage to the AGC circuit (T1) of the VIF as the earth (ground).
2. Connect the vertical terminal of the oscilloscope with G1 (T4) of V5 11MS8.
3. Connect the output terminal of the VIF sweep with G1(T3) of V4 4EJ7, and adjust the Detector Transformer
(T104)
4. Next, connect the output terminal of the VIF sweep with the Test Point of the tuner and adjust each
step of the transformer.
5. Adjust the 47.25M trap after adjustment of the VIF's overall wave shape.
6. After adjustment, be sure that abnormal oscillation is not present after the bias is removed.
7. Prior to the adjustments noted above, make the sound volume minimum, and make both the contrast
and the brightness maximum.
V3 4 V5
4EH7 4E11 11 MS8
T 102
]
T103
] I
T104
8
2 8
2 _ 8
_
9
1 3
R102 C102
2104
L 101 3V
� Too
TI -4,5V777
VIF MARKER
GENERATOR ! ��
O
O
OSCILLOSCOPE
p
�
q O
O
VIF SWEEP
GENERATOR
oV HO
of E:
/S
I
O (0 O
ORE
:/
"
j
VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT CHART
STEP
INJECTION
POINT
OSCILLOSCOPE T4
SWEEP GENERATOR T3
OSCILLOSCOPE 4
SWEEP GENERATOR .. TUNER T.P.
ALIGNMENT'
T104
T102, T103 & VHF
TUNER CONVERTER
L101
RESPONSE
CORVE
-
M"
NOTE
TLI-5157
Top &Bottom Cores
TLI-1155(45M)
TLI-1156(44.5M)
V.Tuner Converter(43M)
TLI-9154(47.25M)
VIF(BBias ..OV
85
PANASONIC Models AN-169, AN-179 Alignment Information, Continued
SOUND I-F ALIGNMENT
1. Connect the output terminal of the SIF sweep to G1 (T4) of V5 (N919B: V6) 11MS8.
2. Earth G1 (T3) of V4 (N919B: V5) 4EJ7.
3. Connect the input terminal of the oscilloscope with the plate (T5) of V6 (N919B: V7) 4DT6A.
4. Earth G3 of V6 (N919B: V7) 4DT6A.
5. Adjust T151 and T201. Make the response curve maximum.
6. When the adjustment of the SIF AMP is finished, remove the earth of G3 of V6 (N919B: V7) 4DT6A.
7. After adjusting coil L201, make the 4.5M marker come to the center of the inclined part of the S curve.
2
T3o
V4 V5
4EJ7 11MS8/P
7
1.3
I 04I
VIF MARKER
GENERATOR
n
VIF SWEEP
GENERATOR
O
QRFo
O
T104
T
6
T151
SCILLOSCOPE
T5
SOUND I-F ALIGNMENT
STEP
INJECTION
POINT
OSCILLOSCOPE T5
SWEEP GENERATOR T4
OSCILLOSCOPE T5
SWEEP GENERATOR T4
RESPONSE
CORVE
's".
'.V
NOTE
V4 4ET7 G 1(T3) ... Ground
V6 4DT6 (T5) Ground
V4 4EJ7 G 1(T3) .... Ground
V6 4DT6 (T5) Disconnect Ground
86
87
IF
L23
P9
• iY • •
(00 o r
• 2402
• u 9
TNP-2 1 65
1R9� SlJ
L_
PANASONIC Models AN-169, AN-179 Printed Board Information
T202 L9
A
D • z/3
•
•� 02/4
L2 csoz�
ILs
—•J7
L30 • .L4 ■
- ¢306
• w s nv •
C3a2
L6■ • II_— f T I
6303
E
•Pat
TLI-1 155
L7 L8■ ®P2
N-9 19A
• ��'�• L 1 5
J 1 7 L 14
jj�ll 6P
• ra • E2
Z30 T,; l
y t J15�Q
- I TLS- 11761 150 tCo)—^`
O TLS- ■L 1 3
x J 140 0
\ g� • 2 153 N ••
JI31kt} 5 4DT6A To y�E
to to-) �f ,�1�•
• y
O ®
v ;TLS-I
158 •
';T J9'0
3/0
+ •
2202 = •
J3
.P 1 SOP O
VT.l� ©©
J4 Z2' I \\ L I
J12'00
-i7 �— • T
56
:j-
360 8354
CONDUCTOR VIEW (TNP-2165: N919A)
L I 0 L 14 L 1 5
. •—�I�
R�sS P I •�� J I6
J 1 7, ■
✓L/53 4
TLS- 1 176 E2
Le
J8
■'
F—
i• v vN
Q aT T4
}p tI J I I•
JIO J2 •
Z 1 03 � a•
°(°x (0,0 o 1 •) •
■
cs/a
�f
J7
GII /
�� �TTLS-1 158
TLS-
2153 c/sz �� \
J80 '�
J� �� 1� / (01005
Z201
Tin
L 2V I I Iv15t$ %F4--V"
•BOO ►J 12
•�/ a 00
D101
0-J5
1
TLI- 1 156
J4
591Zd
TNP-2 1 65
L
D501
L5 ■ EL3
• - w •L4
d J10 •
17
T1 •-11-x'
caa8
i t N4
�� Rxe6 CxvS
1J 1 4
ZN • •-�I-�
�I � •y
C--7��0
. .
a C �,— •
s
O0 J 15. •3 T n R40z
x
NO
N
0,0J14 p. •
PI J 1 3
cq 1
0 0)11.
2202
1 J3 a(•R`� T� J30
J4 • P12 1
O
r
•Rre"r � _-
(0 1 O 00)
2402
J 1 2 • — 11-- �'
L 16
j
®
38HE7 I
0
'00
1
el
■L 1 7
L18 P12 v •
ft36c G¢o3 \ GS/S /
J
L20 -
j"
c<(z
*c)
J9
P3 `•
(• C617 L. 11 9
J 13/ GiSA . 3f9 ~ G358
• +w'—= O-p-J Q,O,O 0-0.0 • w - -•
R356 R354 R360 Rah/
COMPONENT VIEW (TNP-2165: N919A)
J60
r
1
D301
LL401
• AY •
R36i
L23
P
P8
PIO• II •
•I
c4/a P9
05 L22
T cast' P I I
P4� IF -• NL21
G3L(
R/Sy
88
R704
22K
D72
FRIP
•
MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC CORP. OF AMERICA
CABINET MOUNTING SCREWO
Fig. 3-1
,ORANGE)
TO TNP 1209
(TO TNP 1209-(0
(BLACK)
TO GROUND
R707
R708
5.6K
•
D71 MA26 A
1M
T
R701 56K
•
R'03 390
•--rm •
MODEL TR-41 5B AND TR-415BC
CABINET MOUNTING SCREW
BATTERY COVER MOUNTING SCREW
701
25VI
Fig 3-3
(VIOLET)
TO TNP.120912,
C
TR72
''2SA564
(LIGHT BLUE)
TO TNP-1209
18 _
-�P-N7 f
TNP- [ 508
ADDP CIRCUIT BOARD (TNP-1508)
CONDUCTOR VIEW
CABINET MOUNTING SCREWS®
Fig. 3-2
ESCUTCHEON MOUNTING SCREWS
P.C.B. MOUNTING SCREWSO
Fig 3.4
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
CABINET (Fig. 3-1 , Fig. 3-2, F ig. 3-3)
(1) Remove two screws ® from the cabinet and four screws ©at the
bottom and one screw oat the back of the cabinet.
(2) The cabinet may now be easily removed.
ESCUTCHEON (Fig. 3-4)
(1) Remove four screwsCcl under front section of the cabinet and on
both side of the cabinet.
(2) The escutcheon may now be easily removed by pulling it upward.
PICTURE TUBE
(1) Remove the cabinet and escutcheon.
(2) Disconnect the picture tube socket, anode cap, green wire and
yellow wire.
(3) Unsolder the black wire. Pull the picture tube forward and
remove the picture tube mounting screws.
INSPECTION OR REMOVAL OF CIRCUIT BOARD
(A) VIDEO AND SOUND IF SECTION (TNP-1114-12) (Fig.3-4)
To inspect conductor side, remove the cabinet
To inspect component side, remove three red screwsQD .
To remove entire board, pull it out of its 8P multiple connector.
Unplug two connecting wires and one shielded cable.
DEFLECTION SECTION (TNP-1318S)
To inspect conductor side, remove the cabinet.
To inspect component side, remove three red screws.
To remove entire board, unplug two wires on component side
and carefully pull it out of its 16P multiple connector.
; (C) SOUND OUTPUT AND AOCP SECTION (TNP-1209)
To inspect conductor side, remove the cabinet.
To inspect component side, remove three red screws.
To remove entire board, unplug two wires and unsolder wires
and one shielded cable.
(D) FBT SECTION (TNP-1915)
To inspect conductor side, remove the cabinet.
To inspect component side, remove three red screws.
To remove entire board, unsolder wires and unplug one wire.
(B)
89
r 74Os
1142
OA70
VR31 1
2KR
L_ /
PANASONIC Models TR-41513, BC, Service Information, Continued
ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS
BRIGHTNESS VOLUME
SELECTOR SWITCH CONTRAST
VERTICAL
HOLD
VHF CHANNEL HORIZONTAL
SELECTOR HOLD
VHF FINE
TUNING
UHF CHANNEL
SELECTOR
FOCUS
AVR
FUSE-
IF AGC
VERTICAL LINEARITY
VERTICAL HEIGHT
—TR34 2SH126M -(6
_TNR-1 ) 14 12-W
R 303 820
2311 4'K�w •
sa1,r� t NVl'
-2 � �• .l �- _ y R3c 62C
TR 3 1 / C 'I*-- A -----� ^' � T `
o ►
ZSC828i 'C4�_ 001 R3
+
l�♦
27K b d
C302 ♦. -
VVY� R3/1,3�/4 d 1
C402 001 C3 0t IUK
3 5 3$1�3 TRz
C316
. s� zse l s
R 316 33K 'T � I
1404 1 :1133- C376 1 5K R317 39 GK
E 10�2S6172Aio�lavlDo � ,�
0314 01
a;
315
�D4I 4,
OA70
R408
6K
R3251
82 L401 R406
TLH 320: j 1221
V 6
1
16Y47
7407 68K •-{}•
T U405
�l 1 _01047
t 1
I I
I
I j
V R41 �C4071
Klf L_J1 6V 10'A
•
R402 1K
1
D43 OA70
' r
TR4 �\��,
2SC5381 ", r L �•
•
—��/n1/,�`�--• 0414 1 TR42
39 Rt' !
Rh09 1.8�('•' � j C4;2 C1$ CS 1255H C411 1
H T411.
R41 �K C4" 1 i! !—.._,.AAA ♦ 1
l E B, C608
• 00022..
UA1 L
L402 R415 82 � •�. '�( )
TLH 3109 �Gn1
pP
n
DEFLECTION CIRUCUIT BOARD (TNP-1318S)
CONDUCTOR VIEW
R32?�0
TR34 2SD1261V
AOCP
RF AGC
HORIZONTAL FREQUENCY
DEFLECTION YOKE�y'
TLY 3201-D
425K8 9 VR33 SKE '
1j
1
1324 470
R320 10
C319 I
6, 470
0320 . TC32
7
0 o_z
zz1
aac
�R329 - D32
1.5K TCO 02P/;;
0.2E • R330 -
TR34
2SB 1 26,\r — ;E1
D31 VM.402
90
(RED)
TO TLV-33130
(ORANGE)
TO TNP1209 11,
(LIGHT BLUE)
TO TNP12090 (YELLOW)
TO TNP120904
(BROWN)
TO TNP1209@)
(BRAWN) (RED)
TO TJB3902® TO TNP 12090
(GREEY)
TO TNP1209 99
(LIGHT BLUE)
TO TNP1209 DO
(PURPLE)
TO 2P SOCKET
TJS29160C
R651
(PURPLE)
TO TNP12090
(PINK)
TO TNP1209C55,
SW32
(GREY)
TO TNP1209(7`
(BLUE)
TO TNP1209CIII
SELECTOR SWITCH (TOP VIEW)
�RI4) CS1303_\
i
i
2 ..
E
R'
4
0.95 F-� 5640 N �� £ ; 2SA L
M'u)
I
132
6%4 7 ` F 172 L75
�,OK {�
G972
6v,n�
I
R173 2
"2r
% 1 � 270P
134
—
R
.2K
oF-�►
�11��'-I"Vsr♦
]K
I
a-55
(TR 1 5 •1
25C58A
' lfa
omr
I L�i)1
12SC645
(TR2�
I ' "
1
1-_
� Z
21
1. 2SC645
5.6/
lCR,81 '
( TR12 _) i
`2SC563
135 INOVS
7 6 5 4 3 2
IF AGC
R,I
RF AGC
8162 etc
1�
..'l! E' fy'OZ
SG R„
c13
OA70
65
11 2 �i
.13(517 33K
�•►�3 3K
\
�a9.75MC _ •���.
fi
1;101 15
l �Q
�1 ills �N
I T :,,05 SOPS
:: 03 5P
TL I•�
I •I
50f
47. 25Mc
1
\fL1 330`,•
6V:t3r' `
I
1
VIDEO AND SOUND IF CIRCUIT BOARD (TNP-1114-12)
CONDUCTOR VIEW
91
PANASONIC Models TR-415B, BC, Schematic Diagrams
U
m
LO
m
LO
0
F
W
00
LL
0
Q
V
Q
U
a
O�
Za
N 4,
N
N
x
a
a
O
W
0
>
o
La
1
kv
-- V
w
�8 0
LL OO i-
Q D
LL OF
Z
j0
Q
ro
Q
N
+
A
HORI
Z.
OUTPUT
mmr-�mmm
oamoamr��
mmmmmmrm
UUUUUUUU
N mmUm(l1 Vl U1
N NNNNNNN
mT
O
f
W
J
J
W
U
Z
a
U
O
W
a
a
U
D
a
mQ
n �Nn
t W �c
HJ
F-
Um
N
ou
IV N
OF2-
U
Q�
IJ 0
§o
i
PANASONIC Models TR-41513, BC, Schematic Diagram, Continued
TNP-1209
IST AUDIO AMP. THERMISTOR AUDIO OUTPUT
TR51 2SC828
>I —11 1
r(R---©
© ��^
R512�y R509_
4)0 Sfi0
8501 C504
33K "IOV100
C505
0003
D51 ERT-132131-11-801j
R511
R508 4 )
470
C509
001
-77
8510
4)
C 508
0 OD
16V4)0
—1
1fiV1000
TR71-. 2SA564 (P)
TNP-1508
TR72. 2SA564t)
ml ■"
56K 25VI
22K
25V1
22K IOOK
(SW2)
TR64 2SC828Q
053 ERT-
D2BHL8011
2SE1324
0502
20V1000
TRS 5 2SB 126 Gam,'
OR 2SB126
2SB449
2SB449'V
A (SW7)
O 0—
(SW12)
TR78 2SC828'Q.
CHG AVR
D84 FR2P
1• 8523
K fi80
D86 OA9
(O� (S W4)
O DFf
ON Qct,c rKRwls*oR
D95 ERT-DZBGL251
OA9OX3
(SW3)
(&SW7)
TOP VIEW OF SELECT SW
TJ& 29]60
T-602
TLP-3231-2A
AC 60 H.
120V
D67 PT6d
AC ADAPTOR TY- 1 94P
13 8V P-P
STOPPER
6.6V P-P
FRONT
93
WAVE FORMS
11 0.8V P-P (2 0.8VP-P
10V P-P (H)
07
6VP-P(H)
43V P-P(H)
60V P-P (V)
© 10VP-P(V)
O 6V P-P(V)
'' 1.2V P-P 10 1.2VP-P
111 30V P-P 3V P-P
he-
al 14V P-P 16 22V P-P
PANASONIC Models TR-41513, BC, Service Information, Continued
C415 1
6.5 T
C604 0.05
D63
FTIN
C606 390P
FBT 5 FBT 6 .FBT 7
SELECTOR SW 4
TNP-1114.1 2 I
SPEAKER
SPEAKER
i]
R615
200
C605 150V5
D62
SD-IB
R601 1.5K
FBT 3 FBT 2 FBT 4
SELECTOR SWB:CHG
TR65I088
D89
FR2P
DC
2A FUSE
R614
0.5
FOCUS
VR64 2MB
C601
D65
FRIP
I
1 .
U
D61
DGINR
0.082
D96 OA91
!I `
R 6��03n
1M
R652 100K
GROUND
TUNER -B
C607
(FEED-THROUGH
CAPACITOR
-- - TNP 1114 12 6
L
FBT CIRCUIT BOARD (TNP-1915)
CONDUCTOR VIEW
SELECTOR SW 5 ON
—SELECTOR SW 8
- TR55
2581 26 F - B
VRSI 20KE
1
__A/," R520 18K
OA90-40-. R2
217 K1
221(
R518
D94
FRIP
R525
IOK
D86 �.l
a C
E,
j j
-
TR78 2SC828 D7A
D$$ tt •
noon 1 • �/
84 FR2P j
TR65;C e
t6v1000T
A519 2SB324
22K
R507 470
R508 470
Y
j� TR54.* VVq D5-�
R 52
TR 52 -.,C507 ERT-D2 560 6 - �,p
p�
56 E C SHL80.1
E C508
; 110V1001
258171-� �
C503 R502 *-A" CS4255HF
0.01 I 12K R503 7K
•___{�
------ R511 47 R512 IC519
•-H 470 0.01
I 8505 56K C510 6V33
E;
TNP 13185"4
TNP 1114124'
SELECTOR SW 4 CHG
—TR55 258126_r� E
-SELECTOR SW 7
D53
ERT D2BHL
C 502
`�R515 20V—
IO0
_
0
_
a,1T560
R64 ~ IJ
C 12SC828
E1�R117
IOK
8524 < R5203 `
M
.1
4.1K is 6807$
1_ `
ERT-D2BHL251
r--
* C506 '
V 33Z, R506
Y•
100'
T �
�C505 0 0033
R504 6 C
TR51 2SC828 •'-_qVV_
~ jj-I
C501 6110 R513
27
R501S C504�
33K 10V100
T
B
--
R504 i C%
18 75VP-P
19 77V P-P
' E;' TR53
R510 CS1256HG
4.7
SELECTOR
SW 6
SELECTOR
SW 4 —ON
SELECTOR
SW 6 —ON
C520 161470
'GROUND
SOUND OUTPUT CIRCUIT BOARD (TNP-1209) CONDUCTOR VIEW
94
f8
AMP
AGC
PHILCO
AAS" LINE
Chassis 19L21 used in Models S 1240TN, S 1260BR, S 1262BK„WH, S 1264WD,
S1265WA, has applicable service maternal on pages 95 through 98.
Chassis 19P22 used in Models S2732WH, S2734WH, see pages 99 through 102.
Chassis 19S32 used in Model S3804WA, material on pages 103 through 106.
n
V
�r
i
cI.1
6* RII 390K
N ■M6
i+ C
_f
M
� J
M13 C
NS�M1
■
6 �•�:
0:W • ■MI5
t
R14 58K
Y R15 2.2K,
V 1 • -'IW -�
7■ y
2 3 M14 ? g2S �_21K
T __ SIF a
4 = h�v�N ; �; •'S
\YNC.SFR
N 1 GI�6F,
0— rc 1
5
M23 ■ �i3 1
_ C 4
-
�;
6 •
8
i �~
C13
R3� 2J\3�3K•
e 7 „_-- R3I 1.8M N 2 -z"
gtn
3 - C17 t �� o CIS S M22
• 2
� ♦ + 0015' R
--,7 IGOaOrpu O2�
JO
OT
M26 I' YP) 1-■M24
Y
330 - M 6,.T.
M
■M27 @-
R35%
Y v SOK
N
1 Vrwy
n MI2 �t 02
C9 620 V4
y 6GHBA
R39 1500
C2
M3 ■ 31
C21 .015 , \�
06
i 8
■ m
�C
2 1�T Vii �1.
1
4
1
8
IY
_ M32■ Ii M308
IN 1 I.
7
'Y
\
Cj
C 1 A
ILt7 a OJA 942 IK
`� ♦ vNi
0.
5f `4 3 • u� m i
O 1 R43 330
■ \ 560 ii )*
R45 00
G3�N
1 8
�.. �I 2
L
•
E
--
0
�L18 7 1�
\`
\� /�M34 �
1 �I fyC34.0015
441
.c�
.
cis
00 537
0��
C E ° .0045
O
U
P.27 IBK
� W.—_
033 G�OI
R29 B.2K M21�
M35
DI ui
M39 R
■A" ■
■ 2.7 K ♦
M38
M40 ITI
R55
2.2 K
VRIC
60K
HOR
HOLD
t
C33 LL00�47
■M37 R53 680K
■ M 3 6
C20 01 0
1
•
11 -
Tj--T tllff
VIS VRIB
8FQ7 2M
HOR VERT
OSC LIN
VRIA
500K
VERT
SIZE
V8
4EJ7
2ND I.F.
U
N
— a
C�Bu00\5
an
1
\ \ ISM 3
V5
I7JZ8
VERT
OSC
V7
1
4EH7
1 ST I.F.
2
C26
-0015
R47
220
■
M 33
V1
4CS6
D ET.
V3
12FK5
AUDIO OUT
Bottom View Perma Circuit Panel-191-21 Chassis
95
PHILCO Chassis 19L21 Service Information, Continued
RESISTANCE CHART
SYM-BOL
TUBE
FUNCTION
PIN NUMBERS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
VI
4CS5
S.—d oa, c—
S.sn
5001
FIL.
FIL
2—
1zrc
2 s
V2
IOJY8
Video Amp. B Gated AGC
4.5K
25K
I,-
FIL
FIL
OR
3.3K
14K
IOK
V3
12FX5
A„d,. 0.,
Bea
oft
FIL
FIL
OR
16K
—
V4
6GH8A
Snd. IF 8 5,n Sap.
15K
3a
13K
FIL
FIL
13K
a
OIL
1.9M
V5
17JZ8
V.,, 0—
FIL
3 S
INF.
14K
INF.
1.3M
1.3M
14K
OR
I,
011
FIL
V6
8F07
Ho. 0:
23K
2.1M
82011
FIL
FIL
40K
12UK 8201
o1L
V7
4EH7
i:, video IF
aoR
eoorc
zoA
FIL
FIL
oIL
o
V8
V9
4EJ7
2�d Vidao IF
IOOa
OIL
100
FIL
FIL
IL
�IKII
K
K
OIL
38EH7
Ho, �.. OU, d Damper
FIL
13K
NC
OM
9M
NCa
330K
NC
18K
FIL
— ELEVATION —0-
1111111111111111 t
5
I.F. MODULE "A"
(TRAP)
FROM
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
M11
M12
M 1 3
M14
M15
M16
M17
M18
M19
ELEVATION —•
I.F. MODULE "B"
(DETECTOR)
TP68-367
IF Trap & Detector Modules
191_21 PANEL LUG CONNECTIONS
TO
C1 1T TT-1649, TT-164C
C6T TT-170
V R4-# 1
VR3-#i
VR2-93 (AUDIO T.P.)
V R4-#2
VR3-#2
I.F. TEST POINT
C 17 TT-164B, TT 164C
C8T TT-170
V R 5-# 2
CRT-#6
L4-1 (SND T.P.)
CRT-#3
CRT-#7
V9-#12
YOKE-#11
M37 & C41-A
VR4-#3
N/C
VR2-#2
FROM
TO
M20 A.O.T. (BLUE)
M21 YOKE-#4
M22 VR5-#1
M23 SYNC T.P.
M24 FOCUS+225V
M25 R57
M26 C41-C, FOCUS +100V
M27 H.O.T.-4 1
M28 V9-#9
M29 V.O.T. (BLUE) & R57
M30 V.O.T. (RED)
M31 HORIZ. OSC. T.P.
M32 2ND DET. TEST
M33 J1T
M34 V8-#2
M35 CRT-#1
M36 C41-B
M37 M16
M38 WIDTH ADJ. LINK
M39 V9-#2
M40 V9-#11
PANEL INTERCONNECTING
LEADS
ATO A
BTOB
CTOC
DTOD
ETOF
POINTS ARE INDICATED BY BALLOONS (D, QB ETC.
OSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORMS
These waveforms were taken with the receiver adjusted for
an approximate output of 2.5V p/p at the video detector.
Voltage readings taken with raster just filling screen and all
controls set for normal picture viewing except for photos 1, 2
and 3 where contrast was at maximum. The voltages given are
approximate peak-to-peak values. The frequencies shown are
those of the waveforms... not the sweep rate of the oscilloscope.
All readings taken with Model 1450 B&K Oscilloscope.
4
4 Volts p/p,
015,750 Hz
(max contrast)
w Mi ;I
080 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
050 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
045 Volts p/p,
60 Hz
08 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
0 11 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
0 86 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
4 Volts p/p,
060 Hz (max
contrast)
0 80 Volts p/p,
60 Hz
0 48 Volts p/p,
60 Hz
0 1000 Volts p/p
total, 180 Volts
p/p, sawtooth,
60 Hz
90 Volts p/p,
0 15,750 Hz
(max contrast)
050 Volts p/p,
60 Hz
060 Volts p/p,
60 Hz
0 55 Volts p/p,
60 Hz
0 11 Volts p/p, 0 14 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
15,750 Hz
V
V
0 45 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
i
N
0 45 Volts p/p;
15,750 Hz
m 400 Volts p/p, ® 50 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz
96
ar=
e ke
U(HU
U f—
el I
�'VYYY• o
-lu
•--IHiI
�8
= V >«�
I
mr
moo„
S
4511 4p VS'1^
� 7 ILLS I
i
� SWULD
J
W
z
z
¢
2
U
w
W
O
w o
z
F- O
O
Z C7
Q In
W
> ¢
O 2
::E U
W 0
Q �
z w
z F-wQ
F- U
z — Q0
Z F-O z
F- 0
Z
V_
0�UF-V 0
�_ Q
J W V w
C�
z
u
U
j J
N Z
O ~ OU O
z >
w Q -
=
0
z 2 3
F-o�
� 3 ¢
z p w
Y N w
�Q 0 W
9z
< F-w w
aOF-c9 :E F- w
QN NNu�
F- w n ZJ
J 0 w 00
0¢w0w
> F- JF
J J J J z
J O O Q O
Q > U m U
ICATE WAVEFORM
TEST
POINTS.
1 N M V 7
w
F-0
Z
Cn
PHILCO
Chassis
w
W
C7 Q
z�
��o
Z
� v w
wQz
O F 0
J Z — O O CL
> U m
Fila
ment
Connection-191-21
Chassis
97
V4
6GH8A
SND.
I.F.
SYNC
. SEP.
w
—
jr-'t't
>
O
>
(D
>
M
>
*
I
c
CL
—
M
(D
f-
0)
D
N
>
>
M
>
Lo
ti
>
O
(0
d
N
to
(D
V2
10JY8
VID. AM
P.
AGC
w0W)
MNOO
>
i
I'
t--
(D
N
M
1-
do
0)
5
N
>
>
>
>
M
c
a
(D
V6
SFQ7
H OR.
OSC.
N
j
>
O
0
>
10
N
>
1()
N
>
1-
O
>
a)
IL
—
N
(D
f�
V5
17JZ8
VERT.O
T
SC.
VER
OUT.
r >
1OV
>
>
Moto
>
>
>
Z
N
Z
j:
t
l
N
M
V'
to
(D
W
O
98
V8
4EJ7
N
o
>
M
>
if)
M
>
tn
M
d
M
ti
OD
IL
ti S ~
W N
N
>
>
LC)
M
>
to
M
>
to
CD
PHILCO Chassis 19P22 Service Information
Top View—Perma Circuit Panel-19P22 Chassis (Later Production)
ul
J
O
>
Z
a
f`
>
O
>
2
J rr>
p� In ODD > LO �}
O O rN (0 (0 HY
> I
Z N M (0 CO OT
CL
H
J
O
>
>
00
LO
>
O
O
>
OD
0
>
>
rn
I
Z
a
M
O)
N
0)'
N
J
0
— a
w
>
10
t1
>
O
OD
>
LO
Z
a
N
JD
0
N coin z �-i
> c, o u..l
voa
F > > > > > >
J O NM rr)ODOD LO
O 1 N a
Z — N tn(O c0 0)
FL
a
Z '-
N r:
j�o
;-- �
CD O
,- z
N
J
O
>
>
O
N
>
Q
N
I
Z
a
M
La
>
O
O
>
N
IM
>
O
N
z
N
.8„ 3inaow 'n
.V. 3inm 3I
U)
r
N
F-J
O
>
O
>
O
>
Z
a
z
a
r-00
w
c o
N
>
to
>
O
>
O
Lo
r`
m
PHILCO Chassis 19P22 Service Information, Continued
VOLTAGE AND RESISTANCE CHART
TUBE
USE
PIN NUMBERS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Vl
Aud. Out.
150V .
83V
—3V
2.8V
OV
148V
145VV�
10JY8
& Gate
12K52
36KO
1.3M52
FIL
FIL
10051
2600
12KO
12KS2
V2
Sound
0y
3.5
80V
75V
OV
4C S6
Detector
651
50052
FIL
FIL
200KO
12KO
3.552
V3
Video Out.
OS�/
—7.5V
68V
5�/
OV
65V
54V
IOKR8
& N.I.
30011
900KD
35K5)
FIL
FIL
ISS2
3000
25KO
12KO
V4
Damper
150V
HV
150�[[
17BE3
FIL
INF
INF
12 K5)
INF
INF
9Nt52
INF
INF
12KS7
INF
FIL
VS
Ind. IF & Sync.
58V
0y
60V
58V
1V
1.3yy
6GH8
12K51
257
12KO
FIL
FIL
12K52
27052
GND
1.9M5!
V6
}
Sep.
Vert. Osc.
21V —
145V
—17V
—17V
145V
—21V
171Z8
& output
FIL
3.8M5)
INF
12KD
INF
1.8M52
1.8M52
12K.C1
GND
200KQ
GNO
FIL
V7
Ho iz.
1201�
OV
—20V
120V
120V
120��[[
—20V
OV
120
21GY5
Output
FIL
INF
124 GND
300KS2
12K5)
12K52
12K51
300KO
GND
1M
FIL
V8
Hmiz.
100�1L�
.1V
3.2V
120[
—9.4y
3.2�L
8FQ7
Osc.
25KS2
2.2M5)
75052 FIL
FIL
45K
95K
75057
GND
V9
1st Vid.
5V
OV
SV
150V
50V
4EH7 IF
2452
420KO
24V
O FIL
FIL
GND
12452
20KQ
GND
V10
2nd Vid.
1.6V
OV
T
'
].6V
150V
145V
4EJ7
IF
10051
OS)
10052 IFIL
FIL
GND
12052
12KS2
I GND
(TRAP)
I.F. MODULE "A"
C47
L13
L15
14'
III
JJJJJ C
'1'11'1�1'11�11
L16
FROM
M1
M2
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
Mll
M12
M12A
M13
M14
M15
M15A
M16
M 1 7
M18
M18A
M19
M20
M21
M21 A
M22
ELEVATION --IN-
( DETECTOR)„ „
I.F. MODULE B
V.
L17
L-18
L19
-*—ELEVATION
IF & Detector Panel-19P22 Chassis
19P22 PANEL LUG CONNECTIONS
TO
A.O.T. & C48 A
V R7-#2
V R7-#3
CRT #2, #6
M24 & YOKE 94
YOKE 97 & H.O.T. #4
CRT #5
V R4-4
VR6-42 & V.O.T.
V R4-6
AGC T.P.
TO GND
V R4-5
A.O.T.
M22A & C48A
E (GND) SND T.P.
C117' TUNER Bt
V R4-#2
B1-4
C17T TUNER AGC
CRT-#3
YOKE #11 (C49)
VR4-1
C48C & FOCUS
VR6-1
FROM
M22A
M23
M24
M26
M27
M28
M29
M30
M31
M32
M33
M35
M35A
TP68-336
OSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORMS
These waveforms were taken with the receiver adjusted
for an approximate output of 2.5V p/p at the video detector.
Voltage readings taken with raster just filling screen and all
controls set for normal picture viewing except for photos 1, 2
and 3 where contrast was at maximum. The voltages given
are approximate peak-to peak values. The frequencies shown
are those of the waveforms... not the sweep rate of the os-
cilloscope. All readings taken with Model 1450 B&K Osc-
illoscope.
TO
M15&M29
H.O.T. #7
M6 & V.O.T.
C488 & YOKE 46
FOCUS
2ND DETECTOR T.P.
M22A & C48A
V.O.T. & R40A
CRT-41
HOR. OSC. T.P.
J1T (TUNER IF)
CHASSIS GND
IF T.P.
PANEL INTERCONNECTING
A TO A
B TO B
C TO C
D TO D
F TO F
G TO G
POINTS ARE INDICATED BY
BALLOONS A, B ETC.
F
w
2.5 Volts p/p,
0 15,750 Hz
(max contrast)
70 Volts p/p,
0 15,750 Hz
0 50 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
0 40 Volts p/p,
60 Hz
® 8 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
0 9 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
rl
2.5 Volts p/p,
0 60 Hz (max
contrast)
110 Volts p/p,
© 15,750 Hz
(max contrast)
7
70 Volts p/p, 0 50 Volts p/p,
0 60 Hz 60 Hz
O 40 Volts p/p, O
80 60 V
olts p/p,
60 Hz
0 1300 Volts p/p, ® 60 Volts p/p,
60 Hz 60 Hz
A
® 11 Volts p/p, ® .15 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz
® 34 Volts p/p, 0 29 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz
J L
0 100 Volts p/p, 0 400 Volts p/p, ® 70 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz
100
I
—
L
J
N
s
Q
68o
0
mo
m'o
O
O
t-1n
f —;_
J
�Zm3Zm
T wT
N 1-
I
�Nn
I _-
PHILCO Chassis 19P22 Schematic Diagram
r w
T
20
rc
I
I
II a
m
.�oin>
f U O HWU
a
!�
n;jm
Of U�t
a
O
H> � yY
iN
II „I
rll
_JL__J
mo�
Holm
({ I
n>
'53.00
Ho
HI,
N
m
J
j LSD(;
n I soH¢
bdW3L1
Lao
a�o> LOdO
❑ �N$
+ HII Lr3b
lmo>o
d OON
Um_
LH3
azu
ekro
d
a
i
NOTES: 1. ALL VOLTAGES TAKEN UNDER NO SIGNAL CONDITIONS. ANTENNA REMOVED AND TUNER OFF CHANNEL.
2. VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A V.T.V.M. FROM POINT INDICATED TO CWASSIS GROUND.
3. COIL RESISTANCES READ WITH COIL IN CIRCUIT.
4. BALLOONS 10 11 ETC. SHOWN ON SCHEMATIC INDICATE WAVEFORM TEST POINTS.
5. CONTROL SETTINGS: CONTRAST -MID-RANGE, BRIGHTNESS-MID-RANGE,
VOLUME - MINIMUM* ALL OTHER CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL OPERATION.
P yO
jYN
V N
�t5
atnan
0 in
4
HII
U
N
U
N
N
0_
cll
CT
E
5`p
O
v .
Lv
E
a.�
101
PHILCO Chassis 191`22 Service Information, Continued
VHF
TUNER
OFF-ON
VOL.
JIT(
'6. LIST
u 6 ° p
° b 31
T
T® O
Q
O
oO
J2T
�n
JT
11 5
V1T
5CJ7
Wlk DEC.
V2T
3HOS
AF AMP
PERMA CIRCUIT PANEL
8
4A
19
X31
C.A 1. CABLE
16T
5
PP
L J
T
Top View—Controls & Chassis Components
—19P22 Chassis
PIN
VOLTS
4
7
150V
HV
V7 V4
21GY5/21JZ6 17BE3/17BZ3
HOR.OUT. DAMPER
PIN
VOLTS
3
120V
5
-20V
V8
8F07
HOR.
OSC.
V3
IOKR8
VID, OUT. 8
NOISE INV.
AP
e
A- C4 B 0
C�D6
�
6 6eH.0 14
b� 4 3 o
/I ' t ,
J 5
'os
V17
D
RATED
AE C. nV
TH TOP CUTAWAT
VRI rl
VERT VVEEA 0
SIZE LIN. HOLD
PIN
2
3
6
8
9
VOLTS
.05V
-75V
68V
.5V
65V
54V
m �
V3
WIDTH _
VRb
IT.
HOLD
M7 "n L
M$ RR T
O N Mi RAP `pO GSA O
■
FI,
■ R5 1.5 C3A 0 r MQ N
M�1 R6 R:' ovIOK
a ■M9.- �n M�0 RU
■ �( 3 a 71�
m
a
sK g
Y
g
am. -.
✓Lvm■ c`�E' M�3 06
\ 12A
2
RI• Nw-• gL
T
7'�A
MjS * R 22 R14 5.6
-0
�7r �F' M12A�p1 m
MI8 1 M,1 Ca p1 2.2 1
,5 .
b l�
■
"241
' 1 - �� R
`ti R20 47 �• _ _ _ _ "� rr' f `� 40 7
Ja 2,
�Ilo 120'% 4A ozz r� p M19 ►2
�� M18A m 1 0
� ■ 3
5G J7
OSC
MIXER
17EMP4
CRT
3H05 4CS6
R.F. AMP, SND. DISC, FIL. RES:
IK3
HV RECT71f
F
I SILICON
RECT.
I
17J ZR 6GHBA IOKRS
IOJYS VERT. SIF. VI D. OUT
AUD.OLIT. OSC. 0UT. 9YNC.SEF. NOISE INV.
AGO GATE
4EN7 4E J7 IST LF. 2ND
I.F.
SF07 r DUAL SEL. 171Z3
HOR.OSC. PHASE COMP. OR
DIODES 178E3
21GY5 OR 21JZ6 DAMPER
HOR.OUT.
REAR VIEW OF CHASSIS
Fila
ment
Co
nnec
tion
-19P
22
Chassis
Dotted lines indicate filament string
" This Tube in high voltage cage
Note: Arrows at. socket circles indicate large spacing
an iatare tubes, or key position on other
tubes n
V2
4CS6
SN D. DET.
PIN
VOLTS
2
3.5V
5
80V
010 �--"nn��
/ 9 1� 10
gGO
18 21 I 1 m N� 1
07 '!0'/Z
o. 'd / `3
.7�0� 403 M�I ■
37d 4.e�
a�� `//o4g"
�
M21A 1 0
m 7 SC17 ■
�, 6rl 3
t
°� M �I 1 q36
%
-----3 o
68 K, S
M24 e
N t
VR4
BRICHi-CONT.
UHF
TUNER
R34 330
vw i o M22A �26
1iT
♦ _ _ y
��
�; 1
`
♦
"'
O���JJJ
rc 1...81 �
1
,9 , 'Pp 1
�� A 1 1�1
A S ' 3, N3
2M .06 _ 5. 470
T ■ . M28 ?yam
O� C26 .015 4
c2 M27A N
�3
Q2 ,� •
°O B
39 R4y �
M
'�' y ,Q3
I
,
(041/ I
o
¢��
;0 06_0 04_ 2_o io; M35 i�
o
`.f �L12 CA'
D
N5
O R56 1 5M
A
VERT.
SIZE J
D1
PHASE
COMP.
C..
HOR,HOLD
AUX.
PIN
2
3
6
7
IB
V ERT.
LIN,
'V
VR1
6
75V
M2
RB 1K Cl
r�vv.-� '.0082
■M10
M�6
IQT' r T1, ■ LI M16A
h
� ' ^ 03n�0 5 ro�
M20 -
OI a ■Mt.
6/ 0 3.A ■ 560
Ry6 °
0 m cts
R3` „Lo .0082 � z
C20s-
M 27�
3
-L4-Z2J �� fo ,
j
M22Elk
` 0.
w�- ILN R3�
3
� OY
a l'•t
'6
.g C22�1
- /
p 10
680 38 15 W9-\
024
3_oyy .- °
M26
T\0
M29
A'
■
iW
UHF OSC.
UHF ONLY)
S-1019
INTERLOCK
OFF-ON
SWITCH
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
Rb .330 .1EK
r �gy,`}
;
�
- -1
' �2
rWWW
�,
o
SC38'
1
,
�'
s
�(ii/�\a'�
17 IrrfC 2t1
T680 '7 ✓✓✓//0, ■ , I
V /
`III 05
0 4 •\ r s
05 O4
E7"i
2 4 C4yh`
TC43 oois °p?2 cao o zz
.0015
1� 1
CD
f
,
L7
V1
IOJY8
AUD. OUT.
& GATE
PIN
VOLTS
150V
2
63V
-3 V
6
2.8V
8
48V
9
45V
■
a"I M25
R40
560V
IOMA
.0
°
N
.0015
Lo
■
•
PIN
VOLTS
58V
3
60V
6
58V
7
IV
V5
6GH8
SND. I.F 8
PIN
VOLTS
1.6
7
140V
8
145V
V0
4EJ7
2 ND. V.I.F.
PIN
VOLTS
.5V
7
150V
8
50V
V9
4EH7
1 ST V.I.F
V6
17JZ8
VERT. OSC. B
VERT OUT.
PIN
VOLTS
2
21V
4
145V
6
-17V
8
145V
10
-21V
Bottom View—Perma Circuit Panel-19P22 Chassis (Later Production)
VOLTS
JOOV
1V
32V
120V
-9.4V
9
-1.3V
102
PHILCO Chassis 19532 Service Information
J
O
>
0
tL?
>
x
z
a
f`
J
0
>7
O
>
to
r
>
OD
tD
>
to
v
>
(DD
r
>
S
N
suit
Panel-19S3
Top
View
—Per
ma
C
F-J
O
>
>
OD
to
M
>
O
ID
(D
>
00
10
OD
>
z
a
M
N
H
J
O
>
O
>
M
M
r-
>
O
tb
m
>
M
I
>
to
r
z
d
N
M
O
0
CNJ
v o 0
N
In
J
>
O
to
>
M
W
>
M
I
>
m
N
>
tD
V
a
N
M
tD
tX!
>
LO
9- 0 � a F* I a «1
s{ L a I *
tla �-o
t O O
=E M O
g
#=E n m�
19b2
U)
J
O
>
>
O
N
>
O
N
I
z
a
M
LO
x
U)
J
>
N
M
>
O
N
>
It
O1
I
z
CL
N
M
tD
O
OM
V. 11OHN TI
ri.
N
F-J
O
>
tD
n_
U
>
O
V
Cr
>
to
z
a
J
O
>
>
LO
ti
>
O
n
co
>
O
In
z
n.
r
m
co
cC�o cD
w "-t
>
N
O
103
PHILCO Chassis 19532 Service Information, Continued
SWITCH ON
REAR OF
VHF
TUNER
UHF PILOT LITEI
(BUILT IN) ASK NE2H
TO + 150V
ON VHF TUNER
33K
(BUILT IN) 141311NE2H
L_ VHF PILOT LITE]
*LATER PRODUCTION ONLY
C43 WILL BE WIRED AS SHOWN
C41A WILL BE ADDED
C3A, C4A, RICA 8 RHA WILL REPLACE NI
PART OF VR7
S1
20V
AC S L
60�L 400V I ON-OFF CIRCUIT
SW BREAKER
L----
R60
C51
D3 I � C48D 160 "
;2
OC48A
760µF 7240µF
200V = 200V
SWITCH ON
REAR OF
VHF TUNER
TO +150V CLOSED ON CH .1
ON VHF TUNER ~0
I Y N S
l7 V
IN
V4 V7 V3 Y5
V2 V1 V6 V9
7no
.00337
♦.0022 =
PIN
VOLTS
4
7
150V
HV
V7 V4
21 GY5/21JZ6 17BE3/17BZ3
HOR.OUT. DAMPER
PIN
VOLTS
3
QOV
5
-20V
V3
IOKR8
VID. OUT. 8
NOISE INV.
M8 ReKe is
Mi al, p0 GSA O
R3 ■ ■M9 R. 5tiw=5� MIG ceaa{�
r M4
,111K 09
J
'
q
21C
■ R19K
C
�'1C-3 rn •
e "I
M
cs 20o M�3 e6 o M�2 ?
Rt• ^ �� 8
■M12A
A7 2�1
14 5.6
!
N M12A
Nit c8 oP �.2 ■
■ C2 RZ
r
e
+145V
+150V
R64
15K
1W
0
1 g n I
I n n I
I
V2T V1T
LT-164E VHF,
TUNERS
A0 VB CRT
C43 — C43 — C26
Z.0015Z.0075 ZGIA
= GMV -
I
I — I
LT-152 UHFj
PIN
2
3
6
8
9
VOLTS
.05V
-7.5V
68V
.5V
65V
54V
M33
IF
LINK G5A
VHF TUNER
77764E
UHFTUNER
TT152
To
CIIT M1
TUNER
8+
To
C17T M18A
TUNER
AGC
-2V W/NO SIGNAL
+.2V N//SIGNAL
C30
.0015
GMV T
M12 l
AGC
TP
OV W/NO SIGNAL
22V W/SIGNAL
MODULE 'A' (IF TRAP)
I 42.75MC LI5
Schematic Diagram-19S32 Chassis
V2
4CS6
SIN D. DET.
PIN
VOLTS
2
3.5V
5
BOV
6
75V
M2
96 IK
Ir
BTU
M 5pv��. b >,i ■
m 7
r Mrs..
O• Q- ■
r M18A
'! 14 r I ■ m O 6 MI6A
�'s ! r
5
10
I
N3 4
•� ;' c2e1
470 T
■M27 �;�'--- CO
I
• M
��.
CD - czs ors 4s 13 M27A
i
TYy
CA(" 3 9 .
492 750 dq
t
N
'e8 of- e5eno$
-'tgN4 �� - i'� 1
��
�
rr
•99
O
'° a e4�_° 10' • Suri �'�\. /�7
B • C
N5 M35
CD
8
BF07. PHASE
HOR. COMP.
OSC.
uC
,I „B
n uA
„
HOR.HOLD VERT. VERT.
`AUX. LIN. SIZE
V
ti
VR1
PIN
2
3
6
7
r M
M
e� ■ M1
m
54 2� T° I�
V G3A■ 560
f x.04 050
oM2 C15 r�0__33
�8 C16
�C� 3\
1
I 42 7' 3K 600 P
r .0092 H
��Z MZCi7 M2 Qn�h
27 "r Z3I/;
O 0015 __
- - t i
0 L7
ysyj
680.38
M26
O ■
429
■ _p5
PIN VOLTS
58V
3
60V
6
58V
7
IV
■
M30 v
C35 (.00tS 9 h
N
O°
m RS6 RSS 33
f8K A
�Qq21,
i7�', �Jp3�Git�f"►"��w
��s, 3i r
` '
TC43 .0015 2 2 O
C40 O 22
.0015_ ...., _. _....
'.'P 001,
(� �yN
1
v) oc
6 GH8
SND. I.F. 8
PIN
VOLTS
I
1.6V
7
!40V
8
145V
R40
560Vj
IOMA
■
■
r
V
4EJ7
2 ND. V.I.F
PIN
VOLTS
.5V
7
150V
8
50V
V9
4EH7
1STVLF
1/2-6GHBA
SYNC SEP.
IOJY8
AUD. OUT.
e GATE
PIN
1
VOLTS
150V
2
83V
3
_3V
6
2.6V
8
,46V
9
45V
V6
17JZB
VERT. OSC. 8
VERT OUT.
PIN
VOLTS
2
21V
4
145V
6
17V
8
145V
10
-21V
Bottom View—Perma Circuit Panel-19S32 Chassis (Later Production)
VOLTS
100V
PHILCO Chassis 19532 Schematic Diagram, Continued
Lit
2.2M
R23
M35A
4011 S
2NOIF
8 1
2
j RS
0015 f 0'
C38
I
L3 C38
C41
0033
•.0022
�A
C22
680
R38
%OK 8
1
90
1.5%
3
M20
1/2M&
3v GATE
2
R2
ISOK C36 0
33K
L8M GM82 INN 31
9K
R44
5
MODULE "8' (DETECTOR)
i 1N60C L17
U9 [LIB :15
�C
'45
L — "LS
R48
560
4.5MC1 ill
TRAP T63
-M29
11
+ISOV
R15
1.2M
1/2 iOKRe
N.I. 2
R45
12M
To HORIZ.
OUTPUT GRID
R30
I-5K
5%.
r
-N3
12 ION .005 90K 3I
N5
14 150K
200
.047
I
+145V+ 11) 1 N4
C27
.0039 L12I IOK
OOV 1
C29 1
R4 1
r68 13K,S% 11 .0015 22K
- 10% C33 32 107.
390 4 5
100111 5% TI 120V
2 HOR.OSr =
2 98A
SIF
2
+150V-
R33g1„0082
270^ GMV
R28 R15A
13K 6.8K
3W
VR4
CONT.
33C
yy3
1/210K 8
05V VIDEO OUT. e
+145V
C26
.015
200V
K <330KI
7 N i 18 J -p_ q
_C34A
8 VR6 330 _
3.211 40K
VRIC HOR. HOLD = To N.I.
60K Nyr- BIAS
1/ORIZ.HOLD AUK. R45 M27 R41
M35 - FOC
O
US 2.2K
-i
111 8F87
HOR OSC.
- C34
0039
R49
= 750
5%
R57
68K
j
VRIB
2.5M
VERT.
LI N.
R53
.BM
C32
+150V
V2 RIB
47C-S-6 '
M
DET 3.3K
5 8011
Y
IF 75V
2
R31
M
IBK
RIO
150K
C4 1 C3
1.0015 '-'.0033
M4
VR8 R4
IM
VOL
F
To
G A
9
2.8 v
AD
N MODELS
014 WITH PRIVATE
. GONB�T I
LISTENING
JACK
M2'A R25 M19
vV
3.3M C6
RS '''''77777'' 22RI9
I.SK M12A 2� Y LI e.2M
80
M9 _
M13 C5 t' 1R3 M8 R65 7
I
II IOK 69V IK
1
A
390K t
y 270K
RIA
TOOK
R2K
_
22K
-M17
15 1
15 -
To
1 OUTPUT
VR5 SCREEN
C15 M24
-I1-
033
2 2111047
400V
TOOK
BRIGHT.
6 148V
R7
00
RED
M1
+150V
G4A
I
89V
4
O.T.
GRN
SI
M21A M27
+100V +300V
FOCUS
20RP4
I
H V,
Wl 1"6 ---
'9 I -LO"' 1 To
M
S
' 1 3.25M
L--_ p 3 J L—_—J
HOR
R32
8.2K
0047 g
200V VR7
-
150K
C17 VERT.
GMV HOLD
MV =
C39
O5
VMA�50
VERT.
JR58
SM
SIZE.
L
R50
2 7M
1W
1 7
1 120 V
4,10
VR3
3K
WIDTH
R34
330
1W To
BRIGHT CONT.
B"
+f50V
M5
M14
I
145V BLU
yyJ1�8
1/2 I�JYB
AUD.
OUT. Cl
0082
_ 8 R8
I-C3A,,.02
C49
- 120
T5%
To
GATE
TUBE
A"
M20
ROT.
M30
V.OT.
IC23 R40A
J
T047 3.9M C
(
600V
R40
560V
IONIA
R35�
680K
HV RECTIFIER
IG3-IK3
81 M23 L5
3 R59 2
.2D. 5.6K C53
1 C.220
R13 TO M12A a
2.2M
C52
047
400V
M�6 t1A
VERT
YOKE)
R62
M i ► H.V. TO
47K CRT
17BZ3
DAMPER
410
C2
L3
.022
I
+150V
TP68-325
NOTES: 1. ALL VOLTAGES TAKEN UNDER NO SIGNAL CONDITIONS. ANTENNA REMOVED AND TUNER OFF CHANNEL.
2. VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A V.T.V,M. FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS GROUND.
3. COIL RESISTANCES READ WITH COIL IN CIRCUIT.
4. BALLOONS 10 71 ETC. SHOWN ON SCHEMATIC INDICATE WAVEFORM TEST POINTS.
5. CONTROL SETTINGS:
VOLUME - MINIMUM
CONTRAST - MID-RANGE
BRIGHTNESS - MID-RANGE
ALL OTHER CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL OPERATION.
105
PHILCO Chassis 19532 Service. Information, Continued
VOLTAGE & RESISTANCE CHART
OSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORMS
These waveforms were taken with the receiver adjusted
for an approximate output of 2.5V p/p at the video detector.
Voltage readings taken with raster just filling screen and all
controls set for normal picture viewing except for photos 1, 2
and 3 where contrast was at maximum. The voltages given
are approximate peak-to-peak values. The frequencies shown
are those of the waveforms... not the sweep rate of the os-cilloscope. All readings taken with Model 1450 B&K Osc-illoscope.
A 2.5 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
(max contrast)
O 70 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
0 50 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
40 Volts p/p,
60 Hz
® 8 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
_�_L
401 9 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
rl
© 2.5 Volts p/p, 110 Volts p/p,
60 Hz (max © 15,750 Hz
contrast) (max contrast)
© 70 Volts p/p, 0 50 Volts p/p,
60 Hz 60 Hz
O 40 Volts p/p, 0 80 Volts p/p,
60 Hz 60 Hz
1300 Volts p/p
m total, 120 Volts
p/p, sawtooth,
60 Hz
® 11 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
034 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
60 Volts p/p,
®60 Hz
® 15 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
29 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
100 Volts p/p, 440 Volts p/p, ® itlVollsp/p, 15,750cps
15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz
SYM-
BOL
TUBE
USE
Audio 0u & A.G.C.
___
1
4
_ PIN
5
NUMBERS
�6
7
8
9
10
2
3
11
12
V1
10JY8
12K
36K
1.31A
FIL
FIL
100
260
12K
12K
V2
4CS6
Spend Detect.,
6
50G
FIL
FIL
160K
12K
3.5
V3
10KR8
Video Opt. & Noise 1n
'300
900K
35K
FIL
FIL
15
'300
25K
12K
V4
17SE3/17BZ3
Damper
FIL
IMF
IMF
12K
IMF
IMF
9M
IMF
IMF
12K
IMF
FIL
V5
6GH8
Speed IF & Sync Sap.
12K
2
12K
FIL
FIL
12K
270
0
1.9M
V6
'}
171 Z8
Van. 0z & 0.".,
FIL
3.8M
IMF
12K
IMF
1.8M
1.8M
12K
0
200K
0
FIL
V7
21GY5/21JZ6
H.H.. Optpet
FIL
0
12K
0
300K
12K
12K
12K
300K
0
12K
FIL
V8
BF07
Mori:. 0.,
25K
2.2M
750
FIL
FIL
45K
95K
750
0
V9
4EH7
Ise Video IF
24
420K
24
T
FIL
FIL
0
12K
20K
0
V10
4EJ7
2nd Video IF
100
0
100
FIL
FIL
0
12K
12K
0
ALL RESISTANCES ARE MEASURED IN OHMS
'DEPENDS ON POLARITY OF METER USED
(TRAP)
I.F. MODULE °°A�°
L13
1111111111111111
11111
C47
111111111111111'
L 16=
FROM
M5 N8 FOCUS NIB M31 C16T (VHF TUNER)
P1
C.R.T. CABLE
( DETECTOR)„ „
I.F.MODULE B
ELEVATION—am. -*—ELEVATION
IF Trap & Detector Panel-19S32 Chassis
19S32 PANEL LUG CONNECTIONS
TO FROM TO
M1
M2
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
M11
M12
M 12
M 1 3
M14
M 1 5
M15A
M16
M17
M18
M18A
M19
M20
M21
M21
M22
M22A
A.O.T. & C48A
VR7 #2
V R7 91
CRT #2, #6
M24 & YOKE 94
YOKE 1,t7 & H.O.T, #4
CRT #5
VR5 #1
VR6 92 & V,O,T.
VR5 #3
AGC T.P.
H.O.T. #2
VR5 #2
A.O.T.
M22A & VR3 #2
E (GND)
C11 (TUNER B+)
V R4 #2
B 1-4
C17T ( TUNER AGC)
CRT #3
YOKE n 1 1 (C49)
VR3 #1 & VR4 41
C48C & FOCUS
VR6#1
M 15 & M29
M23
M24
M26
M27
M28
M29
M30
M31
M32
M33
M35
M35A
H. 0. T. #7
M6 & V.O.T.
C48B & YOKE #6
FOCUS
2ND DETECTOR T.P.
M22A
V.O.T. & R40A
CRT #1
HOR. OSC. T.P.
J1T (TUNER IF)
CHASSIS GND
IF T. P.
PANEL INTERCONNECTING
LEADS
A TO A
B TO B
CTOC
D TO D
ETOM15A
FTO F
V TO V
POINTS ARE INDICATED BY
LETTERS (A), (B) ETC.
106
I� k�,11 ��II�III,,III� III
Chassis
KCS 178 Series
The "Gladwin"
Model and Chassis Cross Reference
MODEL
NAME CHASSIS
TMA
TUNER
PICTURE
TUBE
ANTENNAS
VHF/UHF
AM 162W "GLADWIN" KCS 178A
158A KRK 148A/152A 17EWP4 Dipole/Ring
Instrument Disassembly
1. Remove seven back cover screws: two at the top, one at
the antenna terminal board, one at the AC interlock, one
under the right cord arm, and two underneath the cabinet.
Disconnect the UHF and VHF antennas and remove the
back cover. All chassis components and test points are
accessible upon removal of the back cover.
2. If further disassembly is required, remove five front control
knobs and the UHF channel indicator. Remove three hex-head screws securing the TMA front plate to cabinet. Dis-connect the picture tube socket, the high voltage lead, the
speaker cable at the speaker, and the yoke socket. Remove
two chassis mounting screws underneath the chassis. Move
the chassis to the rear and remove the screw from the
bottom of the TMA rear support bracket. Rotate the TMA
1801 and mount it in the test position (two screws and a
slot in the bracket above the AC interlock).
3. Place the cabinet face down on a soft protective surface.
Loosen the picture tube retaining ring bolt sufficiently to
permit slipping the ring out of the four corner retainers.
Carefully remove the picture tube.
CL113
I
SOUND IF
8& SYNC
SOUND DET.
9
AUDIO
OUT
13Vt0
,V202
2nd PIX IF
AGC 9
VIDEO OUT. VERT OSC.
d OUTPUT
AC
INTERLOCK
I
LIN.
SIZE
CONTRAST VERT
HOLD
HORIZ
HOLD
SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS
WIDTH AND HORIZONTAL CENTERING
The width adjustment of the KCS 178 Chassis is a jumper wire-terrvinal board arrangement mounted on top of the high
voltage cage.
With the AC line set at 108 volts, adjust contrast and bright-ness controls to maximum. Adjust the horizontal hold control
to the middle of the horizontal oscillator pull-in range. Place
the insulated clip on one of the spade terminals which allows
a small portion of black to be visible on the edge of the
raster. With the centering tabs located on the rear of the yoke
cover, center the raster in the mask by making the amount of
black on the left and right sides equal. Now choose the first
width terminal progressing from the rear of the chassis which
allows the raster to just fill the mask.
NOTE: Centering and width must be properly adjusted to main-tain proper horizontal linearity, AGC, and high voltage require-ments.
---� YOK
DAMPER V103 TB101,
17CT3
KCS 178 CHASSIS LAYOUT
UG
107
RCA Chassis KCS-178 Alignment Information
PICTURE I F ALIGNMENT—KCS 171 & 178 CHASSIS
OSCILLOSCOPE
SWEEP GENERATOR MARKER ADDER
IF 6-8MHz
45MHz--- '
MAX
• 00
PW 200
COPPER SIDE
-5V BIA
STEPS 2 3
5V--
SOUND
25!2%
L
ADJUST AS NEEDED
2& TT—
� T2
I
L4_ TJ
y V903 I
` 120 .% GIs
♦r
D Fs / TP
V2041
--100%
PIX 45.75 MHz
80%
DOUBLE TUNED CIRCUIT
STEP QI
STEPS QI Q
• ^% •
IOK ISOLATION
RESISTOR
SOUND
41.25 M Hz
84'- 14%
MARKER GENERATOR
FREQ AS NEEDED
1
ii
1 OOlµt I STEPS
I
1
I 10012 j
LINE SWEEP
MIXER PLATE
COIL
MIXER
GRID TP,CI7
KRK 148
VHF TUNER
STEPD ALIGN DOUBLE TUNED CIRCUIT
CONNECT EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN IN ILLUSTRATION FOR STEPD
IF/VF SWEEP OUT CABLE TO TP-2 OF PW200(V204-2).
DEMOD SIGNAL IN CABLE TOTP-3 OF PW200(2nd DETECTOR).
SET SCOPE FOR 5V P-P AND ADJUST T208 FOR MAXIMUM GAIN WITH CURVE
SHAPE "A". USE SWEEP ATTENUATION OF MARKER ADDER TO MAINTAIN
5V P-P DEFLECTION OF TRACE.
STEPD ALIGN MIXER PLATE CIRCUIT
SET CHANNEL SELECTOR TO CHANNEL 3.
CONNECT EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN IN ILLUSTRATION FOR STEPD
IF/VF SWEEP OUT CABLE THROUGH MATCHING PAD TO MIXER GRID T-P.
CONNECT BB106 (I80n DETECTOR) CABLE ASSEMBLY FROM DEMOD
SIGNAL IN TERMINAL OF MARKER ADDER TO TP-1 OF PW200.
CONNECT -5 BIAS FROM TERMINAL "D" OF PW200 TO GROUND.
ADJUST SWEEP ATTENUATION OF MARKER ADDER FOR .3V
P-P OUTPUT.
ADJUST T204 FOR MINIMUM OUTPUT AT 47.25 MHz. SEE WAVE-FORM "B" BELOW.
ADJUST MIXER PLATE COIL AND T205 FOR MAXIMUM GAIN AND
RESPONSE SHAPE "B".
STEP D OVERALL IF ALIGNMENT.
CONNECT EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN IN ILLUSTRATION FOR STEP D
IF/VF SWEEP OUT CABLE THROUGH MATCHING PAD TO KRK-I48 MIXER GRID T-P.
REMOVE 88106 CABLE ASSEMBLY (180 n DET.) AND CONNECT
DEMOD SIGNAL IN CABLE THROUGH IOK TO TP-3 OF PW200.
RETAIN -5V BIAS AT PW200-D.
ADJUST SWEEP ATTENUATION OF MARKER ADDER FOR 5V P-P
DEFLECTION OF OSCILLOSCOPE TRACE.
ADJUST T207 IF NECESSARY TO GIVE RESPONSE SIMILAR TO
"C" BELOW.
---_.3V 100%
PIX 45.75MHz Ak 100'
821 12%
47.25 MHz
MIXER PLATE CIRCUIT
45MHz
8818
PIX 45.75MHz
48'-8%
425 MHz
40' 15%
SOUND 41.25MHz
101 4%1F
8'- 4% RF
RF/IF OVERALL RESPONSE
MSC 3023]
108
RCA Chassis KCS-178 Alignment Information, Continued
SOUND ALIGNMENT—KCS 171, 173, 174, & 178 CHASSIS
STEP 10 APPLY-10 VOLTS TO THE IFAGC-TERMINAL. °D° ON PW200.
CONNECT OSCILLOSCOPE THROUGH DIODE DETECTOR TEST BLOCK AS SHOWN
TO PW200 TERMINALS °T° AND "Q". CONNECT MARKER GENERATOR THROUGH
.001 TO TP-3 ON PW200. SET GENERATOR 4.5 MHz / 60OHz MODULATION.
TURN OFF GENERATOR RF. ADJUST CONTRAST CONTROL TO MAXIMUM ( FULLY CW )
AND DISCONNECT YOKE PLUG. ADJUST T-201B (BOTTOM CORE) FOR MINIMUM
60OHz INDICATION ON SCOPE. RECONNECT YOKE PLUG.
STEP (
-10 V BIAS
STEP �®
WG-3070
STEPS (DaZ
MARKER GENERATOR
SWITCH SWEEP GENERATOR TO
4.5 MHz UNMODULATED. MOVE THE T2
TERMINAL CONNECTION OF DIODE
DETECTOR TO PIN 5 OF V202.
DISCONNECT OUTPUT OF DETECTOR
FROM SCOPE AND CONNECT TO VTVM
AS SHOWN.
SOUND DIODE DETECTOR-STEPS iQ B 2Q
IN60
560K +
I
I
OSCILLOSCOPE
STEP
i
I
VTVM
STEP Q2
F �.9
ADJUST DRIVER COIL, T202 (BOTTOM CORE) AND SOUND TAKE-OFF COIL, T201A
(TOP CORE), FOR MAXIMUM NEGATIVE DC. ON VTVM. USE ONLY ENOUGH GENERATOR
OUTPUT TO PRODUCE ABOUT 0.5 VOLT ON METER WHEN FINALLY PEAKING EACH
CIRCUIT. NOW ADJUST T202 TOP CORE FOR MAXIMUM D.C. ON METER. T202
BOTTOM CORE SHOULD PENETRATE THE COIL FROM THE BOARD END AND THE TOP CORE
FROM THE TOP OF THE COIL FROM WHEN FINALLY PEAKED.
STEP DISCONNECT TEST EQUIPMENT AND TURN OFF SIGNAL GENERATOR.
TUNE IN STRONG LOCAL STATION AND ADJUST VOLUME CONTROL TO NORMAL.
TURN CORE OF QUADRATURE COIL (T203) FLUSH WITH TOP OF COIL FORM.
DISCONNECT ANTENNA OR REDUCE SIGNAL INPUT WITH TUNING UNTIL A HISS IS HEARD
IN SOUND. TURN CORE OF T203 CLOCKWISE TO SECOND PEAK FOR MAXIMUM
RECOVERED AUDIO.
109
FbR
MONOPOLE
MODELS
ONLY
RCA Chassis KCS-178 Schematic Diagram
ANT
ANT
r V201
'SOUND IF
1/2 6GH8A
I
f
'
C201
.01
w 101 '
A
TO C109
TO MONOPOLE
i :CPR104
L_
TUNER
•
AGC
B
CPR103 '
--J RA LADLE
'
BRACKET
RESISTORS—speciaf
R112 124272 39 ohm 5%, 10w., wirewound
R210 228605 56 ohm 5%,1/2w., film
R212 239935 2700 ohm 5%,112w., film
R220 227097 3000 ohm 5%,1/2w., film
R223 104180 5600 ohm 10%, 3w., film
R226 121222 control, contrast,vert./
horiz. hold
R228 124273 240,000 ohm 5%, 1/2w., film
R257 121223 control, vert. size
R260 121944 control, vert. linearity
8271 224254 1000 ohm 5%, 1/2w., film
R275 233094 62,000 ohm 5%, 1/2fv., film
RF101 124263 Thermistor—fuse, 0.35 ohm,
1.1 amp.
S102 100029 Connector—AC interlock
SR201 109474 Diode—selenium
TRANSFORMERS
T102 124462 horiz. output
T103 127812 vertical output
T104 124275 audio output
T201 114489 4.5mc
T202 118411 sound, I.F.
T203 118410 quadrature
T204 113097 47.25mc trap
T205 113097 video I.F. grid
T207 124276 video I.F.
T208 121779 2nd detector
121216 Shield—quadrature
118698 Cap—hi voltage tube socket
127767 Connector-2nd anode
121215 Shield—pix detector
121217 Shield—sound I.F.
LPW 200
1.2V
2
7
I ff
6 35V R205
IC2051D
620K I 12 A
R201 C202
82K 2 ,001;
R202
820
C 206
56
R238 t
t2M1EG
V202A
SOUND DE T
1/2 13V10
215V
82V 6
C 207 3
0022= 2
R204 R203
18K 560
T P-1
IST PIX IF
R212 4KT6
2700 100V
L210 T205
C 57
l
C '22
�I
T 204ry f
C 221
.15
R239 OV N.S.
820K
*R210
1 40
R234 V
330
8 100V
T1
0223
1-3 I.4V .*. T 680
10218
56 T 33
V205A
AGC
1/2 8JV8
2 108V
S R230
} 27K
T207
S R214
1500
Iw
2.3V
C208
.001
TP-2
V2018
SYNC
1/2 6GH8A
64V
17K 0246
f .0047
R248
6a OK
-21V"A
C235
470
C234
Iv 1-207
f IC257
�R
272 v
68 R268 C 250 .0039 tOK
I (—• 790K 4700 V207
R 6 C (C2 2 TR • , R274 HORiZ OSC C 255
ISOK 251
.001= 8276 33K 8F07/8CG7 .0033
• (( R269 15
K1 75V 137V •
i 560K 6 1C256 'IE
3.OV2 7 390
LSR201
.0033_ R
68K 91I 11,8V —
62K
r
I
i
I
L
O
T202
4.8V
R271
IC6b
'
R265
_
8200
0258
118o
2 R
C
60K
HORIZ HOLD
V 203 V204
H8 . 1-201
4 5
1 C 259
.001
V207
H9 . HIO
00
4
V201
H6A HS
4
y C260
r- �
I
V105
'
A _
.001
V202
H4 A H3
12 1
C244
.01
V205
H12 AH11
v206
142 A H1
5 4
J
8
LPW 200 4
R208
470
T203
C209
10
L—_
R 207
470K
V204
2ND PIX IF
4JC6A t32V
2
1_3 1.51,
C 211
.047
a 132V
R 215
120
R211
4.7 M
Tc224
.00, 2
C237
0039
R247
9
E6
R246
18K
V1o1
4 J
S^
4
' .001
RCA Chassis KCS-178 Schematic Diagram, Continued
TO R114
W
R206
390K
C 212
.O1
C 210
330 T
1-0 o
RMEG VOLUME
3 1
W102 YEL.
-- GRN. =2
3
V202 �9
AUDIO OUTPUT R213
1/2 13VIO 150
1321,
R 27104 4
10215 1
.1430V, T.022
Eli
R217 • T 3
5.6V 2200+140Y
C242= .001
i C225
T 680
I w
+i o
I o 0
v
R219
470
Gz_=o TP3
L204 +
L205
7208 CR201
36UH 2.7 UH
C
2
z
6 C 239 T
3 1I
•b
203
470 UH
,g';,
8220 S 45MC
3000
C
R225
820
R223
5600
3W ,
C203
66 7
TRAP V205B 6
VIDEO OUTPUT —
1/2 8JV8
CONTRAST
R2264
1 25K 3
C 216
75V 15
J102 PHONE JACK
2 (NOT INCLUDED ON
SOME MODELS)
261
K 3
3
33K
C 229 L 206
_ _ 8 120V
C230_1
I 270UH
R280
3900
A
■
O
TO Viol-1, 7
2I
2
i C 113
.001 3
1
R120
1500
5101-B
R104
100 K
BRIGHT
R 218
470K
R227 1k R228
33K 240K
R229
5.6 K
(14OV)
:RT LIN
R261
560K
R 260
SOOK
3 R251
150K
2
1
40V
C 240
3 2R253
— 4 (M
V 206 B
VERT OSC
1/2 21LR8
9
�4V
R262 C2381
LBMEG .018 =
3 2 1
R257
350K
VERT HOLD R226e
3 2 1 750K
R258
1OO K
A
1 C231
1.0,5
i C232 R236
033 19K
R232
22K
t LcloiD
=IOUF
— 150V
75V
7
/ v105
I I 17EWP4
12130KINESCOP
I I
AO
Pit
47K
VERT
SIZE
R255
IK
14V
Ir'• 1 i
L T T PC202_I
2
1
2
U
R282
22MEG
�M.
132V
6
3
252
{ 900
R109
56K
39000
'
+ 140Y
ACO
K, ' BLU T103J V10
V206A
VERT OUTPUT
1/2 21LR8
C245
.0027
1
t 8283
27X
AE
O
YEL
Viol
HORIZ OUTPUT
22JR6 9
40V 610"
.M
R105
47
23V
2
E
1A7/10V
TO 510+ B-2
R115
390
C 104 1 R110
.01 T 390
R102
1800
1W
R106
22K 1W
i
I
c
$R0>}1
? 1W
1000
• » �J
40 WIDTH
140V
7,2
L102
�i 8.2 U H
L 103 0109 CIF
6.2 UH T f50
V103
DAMPER
17CT3 1cito
1910
C108
.02
—Cill
=.O,
140
C101B —+ C101A
650.UF I 125OUF T
175V — 20-
0 -
0+03 R108
T I 220K
TO PW
200 2
o T102
0
I
0 4
.2
1g
C 106
680
RF101 RT 102
.35R 16RCOLD
S,OI-A
Rl12
39
IoW
C R 101
R114 C
330K
V102
1B3GT/iG3GT
6
7 R107
1K
0
1BLK
R116
1000 +
C101C i
} •-`
140 V
50UFT
175Y _
RED
�J
C107
.01
5102
INTERLOCK
2 11C 105
T .22
HORIZONTAL SINE WAVE ADJUSTMENT
Remove the sync by placing a clip lead between PW200-H and
chassis ground. Short out the sine wave coil, L207, by placing
another clip lead between PW200-E and TP-4. Adjust the hori-zontal hold control so that the free running frequency of the
oscillator is 15.75 kHz (picture sides vertical).
Remove the shorting jumper from the sine wave coil (PW200-E
to TP-4). Adjust the core of L207 until the picture sides are
again vertical (15.75 kHz). Remove the short from PW200-H.
F 101
4A
3AWG
To PW 200 W
120V
6OHz
130 WATTS
YOKE
NOTES:
K-1000
ALL RESISTANCE VALUES ARE IN OHMS.
ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN 1.0
ARE IN UF1 LOAND ABOVE ARE IN UUFI EXCEPT AS
INDICATED.
ALL RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT, EXCEPT AS INDICATED.
4IN DICATES 5%
VERTICAL LINEARITY, SIZE, AND CENTERING
The width must be correct before making vertical adjustments.
With the AC line set at 108 volts, adjust the contrast control
to minimum and the brightness control so that the raster is
just visible. Adjust the size (R257) and linearity (R260) con-
trols for a linear raster which just fills the mask at top and
bottom. Check the raster at 120V AC line for a slight overscan
and proper linearity.
NOTE: Care should be taken when centering the raster verti-
cally that the previously adjusted horizontal centering is
maintained.
111
RCA Chassis KCS-178 Printed Board Information
PW200 CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY
The waveform identification numbers shown below correspond to those shown on the schematic diagram,
11 PW200-TP4
HORIZ. CONTROL PLATE
20V PH' HORIZ. RATE
( SR201
CATHODE JUNCTION
13V P-P HORIZ. RATE
1
2
3
4
B
nC
/ T205• \
SA
\ • � IN1
I C206�7
I
GL
�i�i
0222
C234 10 i •
N T204_. •
LR267�'-• I I•i1
1 -
_- `R268�• I-f�`\� / t(•
II• �� • C245
L.
I T
- I 1tiL202 ► r
I orl-
• SR2011 �•
\iL _�IN1�1 •'' R211 T•
-
L J --- I I
8O V206-2
VERT, OUTPUT GRID
26V P-P VERT. RATE
D
E
t� I -0W
1i11N 1
is 1c'I
6. T�TP21_11
• 7
1
71 / \•�
V203
9•�
�• Is • T207•
i I • I
I • C254 • 1
1• •1C251 �' ' / IC221 I� r
- 1�1
I- -sue
L L207 ' i I 1 p 1 1
IN
r
I
�
,�Iy,
I -I \O
E • Ll C232
10-
5
13 PW200-G
HORIZ. OUTPUT GRID
120V. P-P HORIZ. RATE
10 SR201
ANODE JUNCTION
16V P-P HORIZ. RATE
1 "H8
i
_//•3 4 5•
2 4KT6
I •1
•
3J PW200-Z
AGC KEYING PULSE
450V. P-P HORIZ. RATE
G
C226 1
1• i 1 t I
- FJ rI\ I i
ABMt
C227(1. I�Ij
I �,I 1 l
1XI
`LUJ
i i
o
I / i - \ \I 1 '\L
'i\\�1 4JC6A 8 / 1 I\
0/
1T208 C239 I•I
/ ANN
a 9 •�
; �� i/ •-LL205 J-•
I-I
•G2
CP2 \ `i : �2� - l 204, .•
r-R214 TP31•
L__--J /ml
AE
„p\ " I / •5 6• \ P?, \ It X213
iN1
0260
•\ 1
.� ■H7 1
:4-* \ I
/• 5
/ 3 V204 8•\
(•2 I,.I 7i I
I
r
N 1 L
1-j 1 �S
Q7 ice/ 0\ 1
1 1
y --- I •- R269 • --- s ■
• \d
9\`
j % • 7•
L •/�r,-R_264 �• \'l
o' 11fl1 _ �---' I_J{�I / • •H1�_ \
H2 •
I� •i•3
I.
`/ • I A
/
� t H•
5
INI ItQ i IUD I \ i • • \ +jQ1M1 / / / •4 • NI \ 2 1 \N\ I , •�
Ivl I ,I �•�'•1 / 1 �I I l /• 3 5 1w Z' V205 9 \yl I �i
•/ :21 �: IN` / V207 2 i •1v1
I I I_f V206
6•\ �J
\ BJV8 /
V
j'I '' •I INI 3 \ I•I
1 "n • 1 y �f �\ Si 6�
i v�
TP4 _\��L'g2 ;•l \
•g
8F07/8CG4i
/ •H9
)
•��II\•2 `�
K
: I
•
f8tG4�
�I
•
i
��C258•I
i • �
C255• , l\•8
e7
6
5/
/
•AC • \•1 /
/21LR8 $
/j I i�
1 Iaj� �? -
�T C215
1i
—T
, = r -_ _ \ / • ;T1
I I �� CR23 _ 2 9�
I •C257.1 I �- ��s> AN Ij •�R282�'• j
t'TI �
9 / / / �11�1 r r
- f 0• - -- -- ? 1
N
II
il_ rR218
C238 - ��
1jc0 C240 / / � I •� C229
I��
_ • Q� • I • C2,\� •� \ I I
I ��2
'L • - J,
1
L IPC•2 •0 .2, i LI j 1 1 �e.
\ L-L---__-
i
API
AF■ L
M _t-�"� �.
•�+1 R236 �- I "'• i
14CC231 • I ---
ii _ _I R252 I
14 PW200-M
VERT. BLANKING PULSE
60V P-P VERT RATE
R2i 26C 4 IR22611 I IR226A
—T'71
--- — T`-j-
— — — r: r--'
+' g` • I •-' IR251 •
R?5 _+ -1 C
L • R257• j L ;R260• j
HORIZ.
HOLD
12 V207-7
HORIZ. OSC. GRID
34V. P-P HORIZ RATE
I
CONTRAST
C242/
•7 R223 l
L__ J
•-rR225 ,-• o L206
• R228 -• r: R227 L
•0---j
O7 V206-9
VERT. OSC, GRID
145V. P-P VERT. RATE
i �) U1
' ""'
" C210
4O V205-2
AGC GRID
40V P-P HORIZ. RATE
•C212 !
C
V
8
112
RCA Chassis KCS-178 Printed Board Information, Continued
O-TP3
?ND DETECTOR
`ERT. RATE
5O V201-1
HORIZ. SYNC PULSE
50V, P-P HORIZ. RATE
Ji,... 1 > J
N ` N
I f�I
S �
` 4* T203 1
R20_4 �+ ioilt
Ur
I
06 w
5-9
3TPUT PLATE
VERT RATE
I
6O R249-R246 JUNCTION
VERT SYNC PULSE
22V P-P VERT RATE
PW200 Component Location Guide
C201 3H R201 2G R281 1H
C202 31 R202 3H R282 ...... 4C
C203 2F R203 4H R283 ...... 3D
C204 2G R204 5H
C205 31 R205 2J SR201 3A
C206 1B R206 5H
C207 51 R207 4J T201 2G
C208 4J R208 5H T202 31
C209 51 R210 2C T203 51
C210 5G R211 3C T204 2B
C211 4J R212 1B T205 1B
C212 5G R213 5G T207 2D
0213 3G R214 2D T208 2F
C214 W R215 1D
C215 4G R216 1D TEST POINTS
C216 4E R217 413
C217 2B R218 4F A ......... to
C218 1B R219 2E AB 1G
C220 2A R220 ...... 1G AC 4B
C221 20 R223 5F AE 2D
C222 28 R224 4F AF 5A
C223 2C R225 5E AN 4B
C224 2D R226A 5D AP 5B
C225 2F R226B 5C AQ 5B
C226 1F R2260 5C B 4E
C227 1F R227 5F C to
0229 4F R228 5E D 3D
C230 4F R229 4G E 5A
C231 5A R230 4F F 2A
C232 5B R231 4E G 4A
C233 2A R232 5B G2........ 2G
C234 2A R234 4E G4 ........ 4E
C235 3G R236 5A H 3G
C237 2E R238 2E _ H1 3D
C238 4C R239 3E H2 3D
C239 2F R240 3E H3 4H
C240 4D R241 4E H4 ....... 4G
C242 SG R242 3G H5 ....... 2H
0244 2J R246 3G H6 2H
C245 3C R247 3F H7 1E
C246 4F R248 3G H8 1C
C250 3A R249 3F H9 ......... 4C
C251 2A R251 5D H10 3B
C252 4A R252 513 H11 3E
C253 3C R253 4C H12 3E
C254 2C R255 4C J 4E
C255 4A R257 5C K 4D
C256 3A R258 5C L 5B
C257 4A R260 5D M 5A
C258 4A R261 4D N 4G
C259 1C R262 4C P 5E
C260 1E R264 3G Q 5F
C261 3A R265 4A R 4G
C262 5H R266 5A S 1H
CR201 1F R267 2A T 5G
R268 3A TP1 1C
L202 38 R269 38 TP2 1D
L203 1G R270 3C TP3 2F
L204 1F R271 3B TP4 4A
L205 2F R272 56 U 5G
L206 5F R274 48 W 5H
L207 5A R275 48 X 5G
L210 213 R276 3A Z 3E
R277 56
PC202 5C R280 1G
CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
KCS 178A
SYMBOL STOCK
NO. NO.
DESCRIPTION
CAPACITORS
C101 129099 4 section electrolytic
C101A 129099 250 uf, 200v.
C1016 129099 650 uf, 175v.
C101C 129099 50 uf, 175v.
C11010 129099 10 uf, 150v.
C102 116010 51 pf 5%, 2500v., N1500, cer.
C103 242290 0.1 u120 %, 400v., paper
C104 73960 0.01 of 500v., GMV, cer.
C105 0.22 of 20%, 600v., paper
C106 113165 680 pf 20%, 1000v., cer.
C107 73960 0.01 of 500v., GMV, cer.
C108 127040 0.02 of 10%, 600v., paper
Cl.9 124269 150 pf 5%, 4000v., N1500, cer.
C110 126440 910 pf 5%, 500v., plastic
C111 73960 0.01 of 500v., GMV, car.
C114 112660 0.001 of 20%, 500v., cer.
C201 73960 0.01 of 500v., GMV, cer.
C202 104890 0.0015 ut 20%, 500v., cer.
C203 104224 68 pf 20%, 500v., N750, cer.
C204 103847 10 pf 20% , 500v., NPO, cer.
C205 112042 12 pf 10%, 500v., N330, cer.
C206 107745 56 pf 5%, 500v., N750,
C207 104899 0.0022 of 20%, 500v., cer.
C208 112660 0.001 u120%, 500v., cer.
C209 109572 10 pf 10%, 500v., N470, cer.
C210 105301 330 pf 20%, 500v., cer.
C211 0.047 of 20%, 100v., cer.
C212 73960 0.01 of 500v., GMV, cer..
C213 109931 39 pf 10 %, 500v., N150, cer.
C214 112042 12 pf 10%, 500v., N330, cer.
C215 0.022 of 20%. 400v., paper
C216 15 pf 20%, 500v., N750, cer.
C217 116026 5 pf L0.5 pf 500v., N150, cer.
C218 33 pf 5%, 500v., N750, cer.
C220 112660 0.001 of 20%, 500v., cer.
C221 120056 0.15 of 20%, 75v., mylar
C222 116026 5 pf -L 0.5 pf 500v., N150, cer.
C223 104135 680 pf 10%, 500v., cer.
C224 104384 0.0012 ut 10%, 500v., cer.
C225 104135 680 pf 10%, 500v.. cer.
C226 121225 6 pf +'0.5 pf 500v., NPO, cer.
C227 116028 18 pf 5%, 500v., N150, car.
C229 230449 0.1 of 20%, 200v., paper
C230 112660 0.001 of 20%, 500v., cer.
C231 0.015 of 20%, 200v., paper
C232 0.033 of 20%, 200v., paper
C233 104214 82 pf 20%, 500v., N750, cer.
C234 104224 68 pf 20%, 500v., N750, cer.
C235 102230 470 pf 20%, 5OOv., cer.
C237 114485 0.0039 uf 10%, 500v., N5600, cer.
C238 0.018 of 10%, 200v., paper
C239 128414 3 pf 't 0.5 of 500v., cer.
C240 0.033 of 10%, 200v., paper
C242 112660 0.001 of 20%, 5OOv., cer.
C244 73960 0.01 of 500v., GMV, cer.
C245 124472 0.0027 of 10%, 600v., paper
C246 106547 4700 pf 20%, 5OOv., cer.
C250 106547 4700 pf 20%, 500v,, cer.
C251 102230 470 pf 10%, 500v., cer.
C252 112660 0.001 of 10%, 500v., cer.
C253 104205 0.0033 of 20%, 500v., cer.
C254 0.056 u120%, 100v., mylar
C255 104205 0.0033 of 20%, 500v., cer.
C256 121227 390 of 5%, 500v., N750, cer.
C257 126821 0.0039 u110%, 100v., mylar
C258 102562 180 pf 10%, 500v., cer.
C259 112660 0.001 of 20%, 5OOv., cer.
C260 112660 0.001 of 20%, 500v., Car.
C261 109232 68 pf 20%, 5OOv.. NPO, cer.
C262 104224 68 pf 20%, 500v., cer.
J701 102787 Connector-yoke
COILS
LI02 107385 8.2 uh
L103 107385 8.2 uh
L202 114315 AGC
L203 124271 470 uh
L204 116056 36 uh
L205 107463 2.7 uh
L206 115427 270 uh
L207 114486 stabilizer
L210 114314 R. F.
PC202 114916 Circuit-printed
PW200 127849 Circuit-printed sound, video
113
RCA Chassis KCS-178 Tuner Schematic
KRK 148A/152A VHF/UHF TUNER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
RC1
VHF
ANT
RC2
2-4 MEG
- - /V -
130 ANT XFMR 27
A
C7
_o 0-- `
�27
2-4 MEG ��l-V
�+ V
a L1
11130
--O 0-
lC5
100
CIS27
CB
ANT.
C7
27
L-_
LA13
FRONT
3
10 0
•9 140
p8 0 7 60
50 REAR
VHF
+135V B+
O 0
0 12 t3
1 O
H 2
0 10 30
09 4 0
p8 50
7 06
ON REAR
R93
27K
L=
TO C7 ON UHF TUNER
3HA5
Vt
1
6
C10
1000
L5
UHF
INPUT,
03
27
712V
C20
►IF OUTPUT
110 10�
II 0
T l ► T °�°
27 L11
100D
,
q IF TRANS
C26 a
82 0
J
LP13
REAR 1oK
C12
2'S
C13 100
2
30
40
p8 5 0
07 60
C14 FRONT
20
R1
47K
L12
120V
VZA
5GS71�
2.61/1
MIXER 13
R8
1K
0
11
0 10
09
08
07 60
11G23 018
1-4 1 1009
Z
R4
4.7K
9W
REAR
C19
j 0�000 — --
ioo� 0
/1000
J1
C11 C16
AGC 81 32
+1351/
1. ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS. K-1000.
2. ALL RESISTORS ARE I/2 WATT EXCEPT AS INDICATED.
3. ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE IN PF EXCEPT
AS INDICATED.
4. SWITCHES SHOWN IN CHANNEL 13 POSITION.
5. • DENOTES THROUGH CONNECTION OF ROTOR BLADE.
6.� DENOTES CONTACT CONNECTED TO CONTACT
ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF SWITCH.
7. -0. DENOTES CONTACT INSULATED TO CONTACT
ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF SWITCH.
B. VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH ELECTRONIC VOLTMETER
AND WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT.
UHF
ANT 300J1
INPUT
F
R3
2700K
Gil
R6
220K
} _ ^ J1 —
L10 `�/ L5
C2 1I I G4 Glo i8
I
I 1
18
Cl?
I. F.
ALIGN
CB
92
45V
R9 C24
OSC. FRONT
0
i1 2
0 10 30
09 4 0
K 08 50
07 6 0
REAR
RIO
15K
2W
1/1 LID V2
3 4 4 5
N750
LB
04
GANG TUNING CAPACITORS
--__—
L8
C27 C29
10001 11000
FINE
TUNEI
L9
C28
450 MA
FIL
TO R93
r APPROX 11.51/
C7 I `Q14.5 MA
000]
/•(— --
R2
KIRK 152
R5
47K
470
114
Model
"
and
Chassis
p
I��h
"Illllllli
p
IIIllllll ,jd��
Cross
Reference
Chassis
KCS 176 Series
ANTENNAS
MODEL CHASSIS TMA TUNER KINESCOPE VHF/UHF
AP-100L KCS 176E 156B KRK 157A/150A 10ATP4 Monopole/Ring
AP-101S KCS 176E 156B KRK 157A/150A 10ATP4 Monopole/Ring
AP-094W KCS 176D 156A KRK 157A/150A 10ATP4 Monopole/Ring
The earlier sets also using KCS-176 are practically identical electrically
to sets covered, but use 9AEP4 picture tube.
Model and Chassis Cross Reference
ANTENNAS
MODEL NAME CHASSIS TMA TUNER KINESCOPE VHF/UHF
AM-093B, M, Y "ELFIN" KCS 176A 156A KRK 157A/150A 9AEP4 Monopole/Ring
AM-097E "GAMIN" KCS 176A 156A KRK 157A/150A 9AEP4 Monopole/Ring
AM-100L "CABOT" KCS 176B 156B KRK 157A/150A 9AEP4 Monopole/Ring
AM-101S "ALAMADA" KCS 176B 156B KRK 157A/150A 9AEP4 Monopole/Ring
The letter following the third numeral in the model number designates the cabinet finish as follows: B—LIGHT BLUE/TARNISHED
SILVER METALLIC; E—BLACK AND WHITE OPTILE ROLLER GRAIN VINYL/FOG WHITE; L—ANTIQUED COLONIAL MAPLE/
BLACK JAVA; M—FAWN BROWN/TARNISHED SILVER METALLIC; S—ANTIQUED SIERRA PECAN/BLACK JAVA; Y—FOG
WHITE/DESERT BEIGE METALLIC.
Models using Chassis KCS-177 are electrically very similar to KCS-176.
PICTURE ANTENNAS
MODEL CHASSIS TMA TUNER TUBE VHF/UHF
AP-133B, N, Y KCS 177C 157A KRK 157A/150A 12DSP4 Dipole/Ring
AP-136Y KCS 177C 157A KRK 157A/150A 12DSP4 Dipole/Ring
AM-133B, G, Y KCS 177A 157A KRK 157A/150A 12DFP4 Dipole/Ring
AM-139YK KCS 177A 157A KRK 157A/150A 12DFP4 Dipole/Ring
INSTRUMENT DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove five 1/4" hex-head back cover screws: two in
handle recess, one at antenna board and two underneath.
Remove back cover.
2. The parent board assembly may now be moved to the rear
far enough to permit access to most components. However,
when the parent board is moved to the rear, the kinescope
grounding provision is disabled. If the set is to be operated
in this position, connect a clip lead between the kinescope
retaining ring and a convenient ground on the parent board.
3. Should further disassembly be required, disconnect the
anode lead, the picture tube socket and the speaker cable
at the speaker. Loosen the yoke retaining ring screw and
move the yoke to the test mounting position (a slot in
the bracket above the horizontal hold control.)
4. Remove five control knobs and the UHF dial from the
cabinet front. Remove three 1/4" hex-head screws from the
Tuner Mounting Assembly front bracket. Remove the TMA
and the parent board assembly.
5. Loosen the kinescope retaining ring bolt sufficiently to
permit slipping the ring out of the four corner retainers.
Remove the kinescope. In replacing the kinescope, be cer-train that the kinescope grounding strap is replaced and
the retaining ring is replaced in its original position (bolt
at the top with the vinyl insulator adjacent to the ultor
anode well).
115
RCA Chassis KCS-176 Alignment Information
PICTURE I F ALIGNMENT—KCS 176 & 177 CHASSIS
OSCILLOSCOPE
45 MHz
MAX.
•
LO 0 O
l
MARKER ADDER
SET FOR 2V P-P
6-BMHz
S�
DC POWER SUPPY
WP-702A
+12 V D.C.
MARKER GENERATOR
FRED. AS NEEDED
5V. P-P
RANGE
+4VD.C.
t'
O
STEP 1�
DO NOT APPLY AC POWER TO THE CHASSIS. REMOVE PW500
MODULE FROM THE PARENT BOARD SOCKET. APPLY+I2V.D.C.
TO PW400-5(BOTTOM END OF L408 AS SHOWN) AND +4 V.D.C.
TO PW400-8(RIGHT SIDE OF R425 AS SHOWN). THE RCA
WP-702A POWER SUPPLY IS A CONVENIENT SOURCE FOR BOTH
AGC AND B+ VOLTAGES. DISCONNECT THE LINK CABLE FROM
PW400 AND CONNECT THE IF/VF SWEEP OUTPUT CABLE
THROUGH THE MATCHING PAD SHOWN TO J401. CONNECT THE
DEMOD SIGNAL IN CABLE OF THE MARKER ADDER TO PW400-12
RIGHT SIDE OF 8416 AS SHOWN). NOTE AND MARK THE SETTING
OF THE VIDEO BIAS CONTROL, R224; THEN DETUNE THE
CONTROL FULLY CLOCKWISE. ADJUST IF/VF SWEEP ATTENUATION
CONTROL OF MARKER ADDER FOR 2.0 V P-P DEFLECTION OF
OSCILLOSCOPE TRACE.
ADJUS
STEP
47.25 z
TRAP
ADJUS
STEP
4L25MHz
TRIP
PW 400 PIX MODULE
L401
L402
STEP 20
ADJUST L401 FOR MINIMUM OUTPUT AT 47.25 MHz. ADJUST L402
FOR MINIMUM OUTPUT AT 41.25 MHz. INCREASE SCOPE SENSITIVITY
IF NECESSARY TO FACILITATE ALIGNMENT OF THESE TRAPS.
STEP 3j)
ADJUST T402 FOR MAXNKIM OUTPUT AT 44.25 MHz. ADJUST
T401 TO MAXIMUM OUTPUT AT44.25 MHz. ALIGN THE FOUR COILS
IN THE ORDER GIVEN. REFER TO THE WAVE SHAPES BELOW FOR
RESPONSE LIMITS. RETURN THE VIDEO BIAS CONTROL, R224,
TO ITS ORIGINAL POSITION.
IF RESPONSE
277,
2VDC --
100%
45MHz
87%=7%
J401
]446
t
U
,I
0404
b'Q'c.
T401
ri 0402 c
y • QQ407
e b
L408 0405
0406 L L
e e R41`
RRr ��
0403
c
e
T402
•8
•9 V202
•10
•11 X12
REMOVE FROM
SOCKET
V201
15-
by
jDETUNE FULLY
CLOCKWISE
i I Tl
1111111
OV D.C.
RF/IF RESPONSE
47.25
MHz
Q4404
b
e
0 ]Do
1718
I
9
In2
ADJUST
FOR MAX.
44.25MHz
STEP Q3
224
i111111_j
4125 MH z
7%+-4%
4575MHz 42.5MHz
50%+-20% 50%+-20%
45 MHz
87%=7%
2VDC
---100%
R210
LINE
SWEEP
Al 1B
C
PW 200
116
RCA Chassis KCS-176 Alignment Information, Continued
SOUND ALIGNMENT—KCS 176 & 177 CHASSIS
STEP 10
Connect PW500 Module to parent board through extension cables (Stock Nos. 10J1.25 and
1OJ126). Disconnect picture tube socket to disable high voltage. Connect 12V. D.C. source
(WP-702A) to PW500-6 (KCS176 chassis only). Connect Marker Generator through .001
capacitor to PW500-5. Adjust generator frequency to 4.5 MHz/600Hz modulation.
Turn RF switch to OFF. (Connect Oscilloscope through Video Detector probe shown
to PW500-12 ( Right side of C506). Adjust 4.5 MHz trap (1-501) for minimum 600 Hz
OSCILLOSCOPE Aw.
STEPO'®
r------- -- —1
r .001 1N542 560K
indication on scope.
MARKER GENERATOR
ADJUST FOR
MIN. 600 Hz
STEP 1
OFF
PW200
COMPONENT
SIDE
8
.001
4.5 MHz
/ 600 Hz
MOD.
10J125
05 * i
0A
I l
1-501 OK
PW500 -
MODULE
10J126
001 +
T� a
VIDEO DETECTOR
V204
(
V203
10J125
10J126
STEP 02
Disconnect test equipment used in Stepl and return PW500
Module to parent board socket. Connect PW300 Sound
Module through extension cables to parent board. Reconnect
picture tube socket and tune in a strong local channel.
Connect an Electronic Voltmeter between IC301-11 (Positive probe)
and PW300-7 (Negative probe). Adjust top core of T301 for 0
±.1 V.D.C. Adjust bottom core of T301 for maximum recovered
audio.
STEP (j
Reduce the signal strength with fine tuning until hiss is heard
in sound. Adjust T302 for maximum recovered audio.
WP-T02A
12V.
STEPO KCS 176
CHASSIS ONLY
PW300
MODULE
ADJUST ADJUST
STEP 3 STEP 2
IC+01
4
T
O
117
RCA Chassis KCS-176 Printed Board Information
PW400 PIX MODULE CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY
PW400 Location
Guide
C401 3C
C402 2C
C403 iC
C404 1C
C405 1C
C406 1 C
C407 28
C408 1 B
C409 1B
C410 3C
C411 1B
C412 1A
C413 2A
C414 2A
C415 2A
C416 38
C417 3A
C418 2C
C419 1A
C420 3B
C421 313
CR401 .... 2A
J401 3C
L401 1C
L402 2C
L403 2A
L404 2A
L405 28
L406 2B
L407 2B
L408 3C
0401 1B
0402 2C
Q403 1 B
Q404 3A
Q407 2B
R401 3C
R402 3C
R403 3C
R406 1 C
R407 1B
R408 1 C
R409 2B
8410 26
R411 1 B
R412 1A
R413 1A
R415 2B
R416 3A
R417 2A
R418 2B
R419 2B
R420 3C
R421 3B
R422 3B
R423 28
R424 38
R425 3B
R426 313
R427 38
R428 3B
T401 1 B
T402 1A
1
2
3
J SQL _'.•��i1Qtx•401/
ICR401)^
`.�ivp
'�jJ •-LR409 • ;c
r
p
`
i-1-t
Of
L C403c 7
I r i- i -JL406 �•Jvi I �alQi
A
B
C
ar �
�g•s 'v®�ei' Rgt2 1 e 0403
{ 0
®�-�� I w` — C405 �I
yy I A♦ I
I �Q�3 U. �1 d r t q
tr �/` •\ ` 'CL) •E eU O' O 1 i �l I
-'•`
\ y-t.�o• �sY!��g��®�_°�; 10°110 �jl
���`L/
/1
3 �i 1� L • Iv/• R405 •
r T I ' •J 1•ii�
i I r _. • J iI i•
I0 I • 'R419-• i ; j =d I - I
L I• R423 •� st /= 0402 * i •-`R404J-�
J 0407 • • a .,•
C� yR424�
• �,(• r 1,� f Rg02,
ri-. IN il�l /lJ401
• �R425 •JI° •1 1 ! == st C410
•-rR426 R427i-•
L404 � 1 il� I
� •• w
Q4044t •-,
c R428�-• r. A22
1 �ou0ir^
r
•'\ / •
C417�,�'
12 11 10 9 8 7
Q405--0406 `C420
6 5 4 3 2 1
PW300 SOUND MODULE CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY
1
2
3
A
B
C
_ • I_C301 Y C309 C304
R301 14;ij »� \ �
ID 14 2 1 f.10 (;IC303
.T301 . 1 12;_ 3.it{ 1 I i i i X302
C�1 110Ii� 54�r It•
I i�� �I.^.1
I • . 18.,1 7;{K 1
6 5C
� ; C302if I
(• _•1
C305 I-- — — — C301/
,3
- -;C306
12 11 10 9 8 7
6 5 4 3 2 1
PW500 VIDEO MODULE CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY
0506
►_-�st3 �--. •T �
\; iQ504�M
.1 R514TI rC \1-502 /1-t-i/t �•
1
J
O O� • C502 • -7CR 1
'0 // 43'
h
L ,t
•
� 1 � ll "t,
:.
t 1 t�;. T��:
1-\ 1 m 1 , •
`508 _� \E
Q503
aCl
r. c5ol •�i \SI"�> ;i
`'•��`` •-_ 8506 i-'•rl,
rl-IC507
' r,-i
�--LR504;-• 10i Iii •--�R501 -•0501
ULM L+1`1
--H as
12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
PW200 Component
Location Guide
C204 2B
C205 2C
C206 3D
C208 3B
C209 313
C210 2D
C212 2A
C213 2A
C214 3A
C215 3A
C216 3A
C217 2B
C220 3C
C221 36
C222 4C
C223 4C
C224 4C
C225 4B
C226 4C
C227 4D
C228 4C
C229 4C
C230 4D
C231 4D
C232 5D
C233 5C
C234 4A
C235 48
C236 1A
C237 1C
C239 3D
0240 1D
R206 20
R208 2C
R209 3D
R210 2D
R211 2D
R212 2D
R214 2C
R215 2D
R216 2C
R217 3D
R218 3D
R219 3B
R220 2C
R221 2D
R223 2C
R224 1C
R227 3A
R228 3A
R235 3B
R236 4B
R237 413
R238 46
R239 4C
R240 4D
R241 4C
R242 4C
R243 4C
R244 4D
R245 4D
R246 50
R247 5C
R248 5D
R249 5D
CR201 .... 1C R253 5C
F201 3D
RF201 .... 1C
S201 3D
L201 5C
L202 51) SR201 .... 4B
L203 4D SR202 .... 4B
PC201
PW300
PW400
PW500
R106 2D
R108 2D
R201 3A
R202 2B
R203 3A
R205 2D
T201 2A
T202 3C
T203 5A
V201 to
V202 3B
V203 5C
V204 4C
VR201
1B
118
RCA Chassis KCS-176 Printed Board and Waveform Information
PW200 PARENT BOARD ASSEMBLY AND CHASSIS SIGNAL WAVEFORMS
P W 500- 8
VERT. SYNC PULSE
19V, P-P VERT. RATE
C
I
RE2�237
l
PW 400-12
VIDEO DRIVER EMITTER
I.OV. P-P VERT. RATE
PW500-4
AGC KEYING PULSE
18V. P-P HORIZ. RATE
V201 J
.6 ,
e5
V202-10
VERT. OSC. GRID
170V. P-P VERT RATE
W500'.
R21. i
\r,R206 v-- -
Jr-R217 C206
'•1/ RIOn 1=ye
R21112 i
.,
�,,,tE C239
R2 5
—Ti%/ +. der. iiiil
^221 •: . R210..
1111
20
•X- j208
R
V202-6,7
VERT. OUTPUT GRID
30V P-P VERT. RATE
• R23
� 20
19
,._ C22j
SR202
ANODE
12 V. P-P HORIZ.RATE
\ �f ' a �za: +
V20 '
czz9 I
� 4 5e •
,
• 4 e e
z 10 V203
2
2
C2 1i e. s�3 -246
a___..0
CONTRAST
VERT.
SIZE
P W 500-12
KINESCOPE CATHODE
70 V. P-P VERT RATE
PW500-i1
+ 130V RIPPLE
1.3V P-P VERT. RATE
VERT.
LIN
VERT.
HOLD
PW500-10
HORIZ. SYNC PULSE
32V. P-P HORIZ. RATE,
MSC 30250
SR201-SR202
CATHODE JUNCTION
IOV. P-P HORIZ.RATE
KINESCOPE PIN 1
VERT BLANKING PULSE
50V. P-P VERT RATE
v2Da-7
HORIZ OSC. GRID
30V. P-P HORIZ.RATE
12
MORi2.
WIDTH
M.V. RECT.
SR la
V203-9 10
HORIZ. OUTPUT GRID
90V P-P HORIZ.RATE
V204-1
HORIZ. CONTROL PLATE
35V. P-P HORIZ. RATE
119
NOTES
I.K=1000
2 ALL RESISTANCE VALUES ARE 1N OHMS.
KALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN
1.0 ARE IN OF. LO A NO ABOVE ARE IN PF
EXCEPT AS OF.
4.# INDICATES 5%.
5. ALL RESISTORS ARE 12WATT.EXCEPT
AS INDICATED.
6.)K *INDICATES 2V .
RCA Chassis KCS-176 Schematic Diagram
VHF ANT TERM. ■
TO MONOPOLE
TO VHF ANT
OAILN ASSX
AND 1
MONO-POLE ON
1 INSMUMENT
HACK
J F-
i
I
JI R256
CPR 91 300
ON - ■ TO T203-6
TUNER ■■
r
M
' /2V 12
i14
RS.bK -
217 R301
4 WJ
01 22
I (-/6
2UF
J
V e 50Y
TO' 1 \
\ON OFF/ 1
PART OF R 105)
WIDTH AND HORIZONTAL CENTERING
'
52°1
/IyTERIACK
'
\ C239
- 600V
'
5AMP
All adjustments should be made at 108 volts AC line.
Adjust the horizontal hold control to the middle of the horizon-tal oscillator pull-in range. Vertical height and linearity should
be approximately correct. Set the brightness and contrast
controls to maximum (fully clockwise).
The width control is an insulated jumper arrangement located
in the right'rear corner of the parent board assembly. Choose
one of the three taps provided which allows a small portion
of black to be visible on the edge of the raster. Center the
raster with the centering tabs located on the yoke housing
by leaving equal amounts of black at the left and right sides
of the mask.
Now choose the first width tap, progressing from left to right
(looking at the rear of the instrument) that allows the raster
to just fill the mask. The width adjustment varies the screen
voltage of the horizontal output tube. It must be set properly
to insure proper high voltage operation and should be adjusted
before performing the following adjustments.
RF201
2.5
35V
-4
390
I
S UN U 1�_
PW300
C212
s
/3V
T302 I
--J C306
00471
AID
7-
3,4,9,10,11
1 f 410
x.001
3568
Q402 1O ,
Q405
3572 R 427
AG.C.P
6.8K
AM
R428
IK L5K*
/207V
C237
6680
C307 54V
T
R201
330 K
L406
R409 0412
3568 115V
.N, 7401 .001
R419
05V - 3399K
`
Q407 1
31Fb9 C420
A R421 IOUF
560 15V
Nk
s_ 23 23V R424
3.9K y
CR201 C240A
80UF
=1
= 175
(--►+12V
C241
.1UF
V205
HORZDUTPUT
50GY7
V202
VERT.OUTPUT
VERT.OSC.
25JZ8
L 407
3568
if
C�
I
0047 OV
R 202
470K
8228
1.2 K
+ C2400
300LJF
C240C +
SO
UF?-
_
VZO1 V204
AUD101DUTPUT
HORZ.OA
19 FX5 12FQ7 t
KINESCOPE '
140V
TO VIDEO-I I
V202-e
12 1 12 4 3 4
r— ■
5'
3 4
'
I
1
L
— —
VERTICAL LINEARITY, HEIGHT, AND CENTERING
With 108 VAC line, set the contrast control to minimum and
the brightness control to low brightness. Use station signal
or test pattern generator. Adjust the height and linearity con-trols for the proper height and Optimum overall linearity. The
height and centering should be such that the raster overscans
the mask by 1/8" at the top and bottom.
120
RCA Chassis KCS-176 Schematic Diagram, Continued
,535
820
180
J101
PHONE JACK
NOT INCLUDED ON
T201 SOME MODELS)
19FXp5p
OUTPUT
TO+140J
6
L203
37 C223
158201 SR202
r
RI I
II M� E_61
VA03 _ I
VOLUME
IR
MEG '
3
r i ...
�ARENT BD.�
PW 200_1
R235
�C .•239
68K
.75fiI
T044"
HORIZ. HOLD
58V
0744
3613
VM
1 OUTPUT
MODULE' I"0
PW5OO�
0204
.0022
05 70
0AC.
7
` 3577
/ SYNC.
DR
4
IV
43
ER
250
L741�
.7106
ICI
w..
Le
R 7
8,678
10 Wal
4702
3SYNC.
Y Y
34V Z22 T
C210 680K
2 365V 2 _
2
R210C
200K
VERT.
LIN.
1,2 25JZ8
v2mk
IiOR
50(T
Y 7 7
11
9-
_85V
2 R247
47
55V
4.
D6Z
RZA4■
9fC
-74V
X04
�sK
IIORI
* - Z 2+ I
I
�C 36
12FQ7 4uF Isvl TO IV
Z_i70
/3
C240C
V2038
HORI Z
DAMPER
n 50GY7
F'
11f2--32
y )
8249
+ y3K
R246 I
�)
4701(
WIDTH ADJ.
1+C 22035
I 15 VUF
KCS 176 SERIES CHASSIS CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
{
.027
TO 140V
I HORIZONTAL HOLD
P205 8206
>-TO T203-1
r — � zTv
16
r--
E
1
IOAT P4
KINESCOPE
TOC240C
HV RECT.
SR 101
Turning the hold control CCW toward dropout, the picture
t should fall out of sync when the picture is interrupted and
should not lose raster when turning the control a maximum
of three turns in the CCW direction after dropout.
Turning the hold control CW toward dropout, the picture
should fall out of sync when the signal is interrupted and
should not go into spurious oscillation when turning the con-
trol a maximum of three turns in the CW direction after
dropout. Turning the control CW toward pull-in from the high
frequency side, the picture should pull into sync from a mini-
mum of one bar and a maximum of five bars. Turning the
control toward pull-in from the low frequency side, the picture
should pull in from one to four bars.
121
RCA Chassis KCS-176 Tuner Schematic Diagram
KRK 157A/150A VHF/UHF TUNER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
INPUT CHANNEL 1
L9
VHF +8
SWITCH
LB
L7
IL6
I
L5
L�
L— CPR=1_
L
1.75-3.25M,F-
J
L_ 130 J
3001L
VHF _
ANT. = 1
F 30 �1
1 11
L 1.75-3.25J L--J
CPR-2
UHF
ANT INPUT
R4 2.7 MEG
V2 WATT
ORC TYPE L2).4- M -w
RCA#867578)
LII
L12
7`ddd g
LIO
CH 13
C7
47
C5
9'1 C4
�2
RI
1000
CB
1000
1.65V
CI
IF
OUTPUT
JI
CRf
TC5 SD82A I TC6
r • �� 1
RF
Ql
SE 5020
CII
47
R3
1800
CIO
2.4
0.95V
C9
1250
C91
.22( Lf
AGC+1.7V
FORWARD -
FOR ALIGNMENT
C3
27
L4
C3
LIB
LA
L13
�C 13
5.6
MIXER
Q2
SE 5025� Q87
/0.0 T
R6 2.03V��
2200
C15
3.0
6-1
I
820
RB
/
1.41V
1C
I` �_
R7
560
L27
L26-
L25
L24�
L23
C20
1000
CI
SNPO fv L22
tBL28
I( • 6
I •N330
220 ;9NP,o
0SC. Q
l t3
----•
SE 1010
//`'� I•
C27
8
C28
82
C25 I. F.OUT PUT
O o L1000
V 7511
1 0
— — VVVV-�
-
6� C14 p
20 �
R5
IOK
LEAD CONNECTIONS
(.EMITTER
2 BASE
3.COLLECTOR
4.CASE
LEAD END VIEW
OF TRANSISTOR
Q1
2SC288A IOoo
CIO
0
1 23o
• 111, e+
2 V.
C92
T O.Iuf
LEAD END VIEW
OF TRANSISTOR
p2
/. 5-5
I
LB
1051/
X82 9.91/
TN220
C23
5.6
TNO30
RIO
1800
RII
10
C24
1250
NOTES:
I. ALL SWITCHES SHOWN IN CH-13 POSITION
2. ALL ROTOR BLADES ARE SHORTING TYPE
3. ALL CAPACITORS IN PICOFARADS
4. ALL RESISTORS IN OHMS K=1,000M=1,000,000
5. ALL SWITCH SECTIONS ARE VIEWED FROM
FRONT OF TUNER F=FRONT R=REAR
6. SWITCH SYMBOLS:
SHORT CONTACT CLIP M
LONG CONTACT CLIP �►
X LONG CONTACT CLIP- M
DUMMY LUG •
NO CLIP THIS SIDE O
7 INDICATED VOLTAGES ARE TYPICAL AS
MEASURED ON CH.13 WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT,
AND AT ALIGNMENT SUPPLY VOLTAGES.
VIDEO BIAS ADJUSTMENT
With the receiver at 120 VAC line and the high voltage operat-ing, bias off the video I F by grounding the AGC input to the
tuner (C8 on KRK 157). Adjust the contrast control for maxi-mum contrast.
Adjust the video bias control, R224, for 20 volts D.C. �4V at
the collector (heatsink) of the video output transistor, Q504.
122
Illllllll��,jdl
111
11
Chassis
KCS 183 Series
Model and Chassis Cross Reference
CP-357
MODEL
CHASSIS T147A TUNERS
PICTURE
TUBE
CP-357W KCS 183A 171E KRK 149C/152A
CP-363L KCS 183A 171E KRK 149C/152A
22VABP4
22VABP4
CP-369S KCS 183A 171 E KRK 149C/152A
22VABP4
CP-371 W KCS 183A 171 E KRK 149C/152A
22VABP4
The letter following the third numeral in the model number designates the cabinet finish as follows: W—WALNUT GRAIN;
L—COLONIAL MAPLE GRAIN; S—ANTIQUED MISION PECAN GRAIN.
SERVICING PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Since the chassis of some receivers are connected to one side of the AC supply during operation, service
should not be attempted by anyone not familiar with the precautions necessary when working on this type of
equipment. The following precautions should be observed.
1. An isolation transformer should be inserted in the power line between the receiver and the AC supply before
any service is performed on the receiver.
2. When the receiver must be operated directly from the AC supply, the .power plug should always be inserted in
the proper direction to connect the chassis to the ground side of the AC line. Check with an AC voltmeter to
see if a potential exists between the chassis and the power source ground. OV reading should be obtained. If
a reading is obtained, reverse the power plug and recheck for zero meter reading.
3. When replacing a chassis in the cabinet, always be certain that all the protective devices are put back in place,
such as: non-metallic control knobs, insulating "fishpapers," adjustment and compartment covers or shields,
isolation resistor—capacitor networks, etc. Before replacing the back cover of the instrument, thoroughly inspect
inside the cabinet to see that no stray parts or tools have been heft inside.
4. Before returning any instrument to the customer, the Service Technician must be sure that no shock hazard
exists. Plug the AC line cord directly into a 120V AC outlet (do not use an isolation transformer for this check).
Using two clip leads of sufficient length, place a 1500 ohm/10 watt resistor in series with an exposed metal
cabinet part and a known earth ground (water pipe, conduit, etc.). Measure the potential across the resistor with
an AC voltmeter of 1000 ohms/volt or more resistance. Move the resistor connection to each exposed metal part
(antennas, handle bracket, metal cabinet, screwheads, metal overlays control shafts, etc.) and measure the
potential across the resistor at each new connection. Now reverse the plug in the AC outlet and repeat each
measurement. Any reading of 3.0 volts or more is excessive and; inducative of a potential shock hazard which
must be corrected before returning the instrument to the owner.
TO
INSTRUMENT'S
EXPOSED
METAL PARTS
1500n, low
0 O
:/`
AC VOLTMETER
WATER PIPE
(EARTH GROUND)
123
� R243 1 1 � r •, r
L J
r i In cc\,1
B LL��/ ` <R2p'� C26.5�� H4
—� �� / rR2 �•� L ~4
cr
+
•� ■R256• �� ^ .l ..x•23
X1,7 • .
1 V202
�H3 ^�• rl- Ij• s
,f "• i ' / _
1
l 9
i1' (SC212
_l •--X208;-•12 �•
A :�1 C2090 hchit •- - o --
II 19 %!1) s 46 •7
•8\
U
j- .iii �/,-5
T203 1/ 04
ts1 t°���
1
Ipf i\ � �,8-
2
RCA Chassis KCS-183 Printed Board and Waveform Information
V105 PIN 2
KINESCOPE GRID
VERTICAL RATE 80V P-P
t
i�
R224 ✓;< C246 JUNCTION (ZONE 4A PW200 BOARD)
VERTICAL RATE 110V P-P
V205B PIN 9 3
VIDEO AMPLIFIER PLATE O
HORIZONTAL RATE 110V P-P
i < T
5
V205B PIN 9 4
VIDEO AMPLIFIER PLATE O
VERTICAL RATE 110V P-P
3
Cl p
O►LR227 j-•` •-�R2281�
T —> L___J
0 i rR225
•���_i �4
r---
• { R223
•—
•--LR2188.i = 1 e \t\
V205A PIN 2
AGC GRID
HORIZONTAL RATE 80V
4 3
AK
• L= °'•J/
r-- --1 �R�6O
O.L 251 J♦
C
D
V201B PIN 1
SYNC PLATE
VERTICAL RATE 60V P-P
__1i1-202 1
*-R205�
e'C214arO
1
Ir'-1
�>
i. � r w v R217
�I ■ v
lir / ..
N g
�y2/ / RlC215 I r®22
R248`'�� 1 1 IIC246r��\C230
I`_Ilol II
0235 ■ i 4�a249
el
4/
R242t 1 8246
eB
• AM
r-
SAD
I �)C240 It
I V / • mI ter-
L_ R�61 —
I
l�ti
I N I•
J L: :11-
8P
77
I l
i
Lam-"" n
R257i-
N AH
zr� � r
j IR240 5. 1
• R264� / / \7
t t
54
C244sjH!`'
I
vtiR 7H11
C 2131 � ,) C203�o > CC 248/'
R20t �R2242/,^'' :''
--
ej 2 T 3rr
{r
' `Ca1�
C204C22 J
r) • n R254 ?H6602 1•
x,/201 r � `� •-�
. �.\ ��
•H12
\ � a
•
1 I• I \ �4
,:r Hl Y 11
\�R 9
�t1
1 •p 20!5 •- R211
�� • ri
R283 I rC245
1 • I
C237'r� LJ
i I I AE �
/ ----� 11•C254• II
I
•-t R214 r• �s
F�238 J L___���
11�
SS R .
-�— ly
�'
II�r 1Ift \ _0/
(I 1 6
I
L_ / T207
g ��C24 1 \R2e0
j 111
lI N I11' `. T208 I� 0 ti3 ! 1 •
R22 L 4 I I c227
S !-LR281 ,�-* 'AB (I l� (• •1 .• R2151 1 1 L20 �r
r-�r
V201B PIN 1 O9
SYNC PLATE
HORIZONTAL RATE 60V P-P
III -� I I = `� •� It ` �°5 4 / f
1 ('1 TP2 TP1
Iii T %�LJ�` I(1 V2 1 .1 1 �R216
I H7 �•+� � �
TP-3 10
SECOND DETECTOR
VERTICAL RATE 2V P-P
n
C260 Li Ly C11,
V205A PIN 3 II
AGC PLATE
HORIZONTAL RATE 420V P-P
PW200 CIRCUIT BOARD AND CHASSIS SIGNAL WAVEFORMS
V207-7 I
,
HORIZ. OSC. GRID
30V. P-P HORIZ.RATE
RCA Chassis KCS-183 Printed Board Information, Continued
V206B PIN 9
VERTICAL OSCILLATOR GRID
VERTICAL RATE 180V P-P
V206A PIN 2 7
VERTICAL OUTPUT GRID O
VERTICAL RATE 28V P-P
2 / 1
r'•C231 d i •AG
�L•.�. I • R236-icy
258 < \I•-= C==�� M
V R232 \I*
! AFB
AAv C232! °
a �,! � �
_J I(DI
!02 API IIIE
02031 ?A04in wadi •�. 1�
7 I.+J
TiA *,
ICI ,`L207.� 0
IR279A ��{ tact 1041
rl -�
!� .IIT- N-I Kry',�1� tl '� • C257 • I
(19. 5 16
�y t C255 • .
• T
C-- �
J
81 ri\ C252 L•C2513•
1 W) I •j
TP4
f ■
IN) --� /`) 1_%
P11
\•I • ,- �✓ ICI �J "NI
.•; r-1 V20Y6 �R269y
• jvl �R276%o
�27 SR20
0I t',� `-1
-
• '1 I \! ��\ X202
IIC21 46 R268 -0
T
•1C251
77
" T204
9, 0 �C21)-A ;-- I
C222-I
�r3 ��
� 4 /L
. ; I
` �J/T205r
\ \
c�
T- 1
SR201 CATHODE JUNCTION
HORIZONTAL PHASE DETECTOR
HORIZONTAL RATE 12V P-P
TERMINALS
A 1D
AA 2A
AB 6D
AC 2B
AD 3A
AE 3C
AF 1A
AG 1A
AH 3A
AK 4A
AM 4A
AP 2A
B 4B
C 1D
D 3C
E 1A
F 1C
G 1A
G1 4C
G2 6C
G3 5A
G4 4B
H 6B
H1 3C
H2 4C
H3 6B
H4 6B
H5 7C
H6 7D
H7 4D
HS 2D
H9 2B
H10 2B
H11 4C
H12 4C
J 48
K 3B
L 2A
M 1A
N 68
P 4A
Q 5A
R 68
S 7D
T 6A
U 6A
w 7A
X 6A
Z 48
TP1 3D
TP2 3D
TP3 5C
TP4 1B
SR201 ANODE
HORIZONTAL PHASE DETECTOR
HORIZONTAL RATE 15V P-P
PW200 COMPONENT
LOCATION GUIDE
0201 7B
C202 7C
C203 5C
C204 5C
C205 7C
C207 7A
C208 7B
C209 7A
C210 6A
C211 78
C212 6A
C213 5C
0214 78
C215 6B
C217 2C
C218 2D
C220 1 c
C221 2C
C222 ID
C223 3C
C224 3D
C225 5C
C226 5D
C227 5D
C229 5B
C231 1A
C232 2A
C233 ID
C234 1 C
C235 6B
C237 4C
C238 2B
C240 36
C241 7D
C244 7C
C245 3C
C246 5B
C248 4C
C250 1B
C251 1C
C252 1B
C253 28
C254 3C
C255 1 B
C256 113
C257 1B
C258 18
C259 2D
C260 4D
C261 1B
C262 7A
CR201 5D
CR202 6D
L201 3D
L202 2C
L203 6D
L204 5D
L205 5D
L206 5A
L207 1A
L210 2D
PC202 2A
Q201 7D
R201 6C
8202 713
R203 78
8204 6A
R205 7C
8206 6A
R207 7B
18208 6A
:R210 2C
5211 3C
R212 2D
R213 6A
R214 3C
R215 3D
R216 3D
R217 6B
R218 5A
R219 40
R220 6D
R221 2C
R222 68
R223 5A
R224 5B
R225 4A
R227 5A
R228 4A
R229 5B
R230 5B
R231 4B
R232 2A
R233 7D
R234 5B
R235 1A
R236 1A
R237 7D
R238 4C
R239 4C
R240 48 T201 5C
R241 4B T202 7B
R242 6C T203 7A
R243 5B T204 2C
R246 5C T205 2D
R247 5C T207 3D
R248 6B T208 5D
R249 5B
R251 4A
R252 2A
R253 3B
R254 6D
R255 3B
R256 6B
R257 3A
R258 2A
R260 3A
R261 3B
R262 3B
R264 6C
R265 1A
R266
R267
R268
R269
R270
R271
R272
R274
R275
R276
R277
R279
R280
R281
R282
R283
1A
1C
1C
2C
2C
2C
1A
213
2B
113
2A
2B
6D
6D
2B
3C
SR201 1C
SR202 1C
SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS
(continued)
HORIZONTAL SINE WAVE ADJUSTMENT
Remove the sync by placing a clip lead between PW200-H
(Zone 6B) and chassis ground. Short out the sine wave coil,
L207, by placing another clip lead between PW200-E (Zone 1A)
and TP-4 (Zone 16).
Adjust the horizontal hold control so that the free-running fre-quency of the oscillator is 15.750kc (picture sides vertical). Re-move the shorting jumper from the sine wave coil (PW200-E
to TP-4).
Adjust L207 (Zone 1A) until the picture sides are again vertical
(15.750kc).. Remove the short from the sync (PW200-H) to
ground.
SERVICE CONTROL LOCATION
The VHF/UHF Tuning, Brightness Control and the combined
Volume Control and the On/Off Switch are located on the
front of the receiver cabinet. The Contrast, Horizontal and
Vertical Controls are mounted behind a pull down door lo-cated at the lower front edge of cabinet below the VHF/UHF
Tuning. The Vertical Height and Vertical Linearity Controls
are screw driver adjustable, accessible through holes provided
in the cabinet back.
FOCUS
The focus adjustment is a Terminal Board and Jumper as-
sembly mounted on rear of high voltage cage, provides from
zero to "B" boost voltage at the kinescope focus anode.
Place the jumper on terminal which provides best focus.
125
y
RCA Chassis KCS-183 Schematic Diagram
TO-390V
ANT
W104
ANT,
SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS
VERTICAL SIZE AND LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS
With the AC line set at 120 volts, set the contrast control to
minimum (maximum counter clockwise) and reduce the bright-ness control until the raster is just visible. Set the vertical size
(R257) and the vertical linearity (11260) controls so that they
coact to produce a linear raster with a slight overscan. The
overscan should be such that at 108 volts AC line, the picture
fills the mask to -F'/4", —0" at the top and/or bottom.
A cross hatch pattern should be used to check vertical lin-earity. If one is not available, rotate the vertical hold control
to roll the picture slowly downward. Check to see that the
blanking bar does not vary in thickness as it moves down the
screen.
CENTERING
If the picture is not positioned correctly on the screen, it may
be necessary to center the picture with the two disc magnets
mounted behind the yoke cover. Both horizontal and vertical
centering are accomplished at once by rotating the discs to-gether or separately. Perform this adjustment along with ver-tical height, vertical linearity, and width, as they are all inter-dependent.
AGC AND. NOISE CANCELLATION
No controls are provided for AGC or noise cancellation adjust-ment. The AGC circuit is designed for optimum performance
under varying signal conditions and noise immunity is ob-tained by Q201 noise gate.
WIDTH ADJUSTMENT
The width adjustment of the KCS183 is a jumper wire with an
attached insulated speed clip which fits onto one of five spade
terminals. This terminal board assembly is mounted on top of
the high voltage cage.
Turn the contrast and brightness controls to maximum (fully
clockwise). Set the A.C. line voltage at 108 volts. Starting with
the first terminal on the left (as viewed from the rear),
move the width adjustment from one terminal to the next until
the raster just fills the mask. NOTE: Vertical height and linearity
should be adjusted before adjusting the width.
1126—
7
150K 390K
L20
C250
4700
T3900
—SR201
TO
C109
TUNER • HO
AGC
W101
V201A
SOUND IF
1/2 6G 8A q� T202 ,T8
34YIR205� i�s
-489f— 1C
214
T
a n
3 34V --s A �� --= 31
0201
T'0
C206*
168
T204BC
• C
L202
C 220
10001
1 -
D
/ O
Z
1 0
G4
.B
I.
R239
?MEG
R212
2700
1_210
C 217
3.9
R211
1000
Hov -
9 )� 6 //OV
R210* 1C218* 11214
33 T 51 1500
2W
0
G82_1
I
1 0234
_ 56
I
I
I
I
I PW 200
L
8 2MEG.
-22V V 205A
11240 3 A.G.0
MEG 2 1/2 11 LQ 8
A25V
1WV R234
330
-T P-4
C252-
8201 R276
C422511 R269 = 12K
�(--• 5
�ny�K 80V
C253
SR202
3300
-235V
R270 2
68K 3
ossl
I' 5.6V
040V
C66
�50V- }
V202A C209
SO D I
to
1213V 101
C208 P207
560 1-1 1000 470K
— W
R208
R206
390K
i
C, 1
.047
7 135V ( T206
R216* 9 10_k Il�a
8 135V
C225
1680
C224 R215
1200 120
V204
2ND PIX IF
4JC6A
R219
470
R242 V 201B 11224 11256
47K 60 SYNC *�
BK 56K
C246 2
11248 T4700 O
9-6/
_FiQOK j
C235
470
* 6V
L 2450
NOISE CANC
V207
R27, HORIZ OSC
��K 8FQ7/8CG7
0256* 1
390
IC63
-i27V
R275*
56K
27 *} 1
AA
R265
6200
0258
=
■ - -
3
11264
22K
R126 HORIZ HOLD
6oK
1_110
SIOIA
R246
22K
R233
1,2MEI
R247
IOOK
—
R105
47
CIO
01
V 01
HORIZ'
OUTPU
22JRE
RT102 RF101
16-COLD .35^
DEFLECTION YOKE
If the picture is tilted, loosen the yoke clamp screw and rotate
the yoke to level the picture. Retighten the yoke clamp.
126
RCA Chassis KCS-183 Schematic Diagram, Continued
Q
�63
OV
/36V
V2028
D 3TP©T
54V
1 VI
ORI
""I
134V .015 '
8217 0T
2200*
R213
150
2_ T104 4
Q
a
I.O
�TOt145V
R225
8 0
GOO
------1 5 �2 0TP3 10
D
5M
201 - 4
roev
L
36UH - 27UH bg 3
/'
:227I
.IC226 I L203
.5MH
8 T 2222
27 2700
6 C239- 470UH TRAP 11 /9V A^M-
-
-1 220* V2056 R221 6
1330
z2oo VIDEO OUTPUT
10
I/2 I ILQ8
(t 145V)
C117
47
CONTRAST --tt-
Iy
3
I
•2
0 P1 A❑M A I AJ
0229
.1
1nAMP
L206 R243
3 100,
R 2.37 R254
-� 14 G 1(
C 24"CR202
�1 � FDH 600
R261
270K
2
R260
350K
VERT 3
LIN
R 251
150K
8
C 240
068
R253
22K
56V
V 2068
VERT OSC
- 9 1/2 21LR8
R262
6BOK
R257
350K
VERT
'441/ (6) SIZE
AHO
-"P� 2—' 11
�C245
T .Z T 2700
I
CAD
-17V
R218 R227
470K 47K
R228
330K
RK
OI
JR2801
3900
S❑
R229 *
12K
;�--yI1
015 . 232
1
0033
0238
.033
R258 R2 2
TOOK - 2700
/34V
i t V206A
VERT 21R8
T
9 1
P
O
N-8
AF
R236
39K
1
' T
T lS2.5
R 120
1500
NOTES!
I. K= 1000
2. ALL RESISTANCE VALUES ARE IN OHMS
3,ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN
LOARE IN UF, 1.0 AND ABOVE ARE IN UUF
EXCEPT AS INDICATED
4, ALL RESISTORS ARE Ill WATT, EXCEPT AS
INDICATED
5, *INDICATES 5o/o
t1C IOID
S5UF
50V
L
AC
R232 47K5
1500
15K R282
10 MEG AC'
2
-V
�
R283
27K
AE 1
//O
•TO 510182
>>-R 11 ,
390
>>- 1
R I10
390
1800
IW
>>—
R 101 iF
1000
IW _.
,WIDTH
R
� V
23
1
R 123
750K
VERT HOLD
rl
;106
680
L 104
CHOK&
1. 4j45V
9 6�
-20
UH TC 109 1101
V 103 }-►TO Pw 200-Z
�2 DAMT3
R
clloe
/45V I1I00
C 101
3
e� H
(t 145V)
R 108
= 000 220K
.02
1
5 TO PW 200-AF
6 I I TO V105- 3
T102
O
3 KD
1
V102
HV RECT
183GT/1G3GT
TO V 101-1,7
2�
SIOIB
R104
► IOOK
BRIGHT
7
V105
KIf
\
22
SCC
—
PE
34
V
TO •
T102-6 �R109
K ■ T103 VIO r
❑ ' BLU
w TOt145V
YEL 0
O
RED LK
t 1�
CIOIC
50UF
175V
CHOOSE FOR
BEST FOCUS
TRI17
C116 -I,
047 T =
1
T
TO TO
t145V t390V
1.0
4
0
BOOST 650V
C107
.01
R114
330K
>
c
CR 101
♦ ^IOIA ♦ CIOIB
250UF 400UF
Ili T 17511
■
VI01
J101
WIRE
VIEW
3
C102 I
T 51
t39OV
VIO3 rV2o6
H IAH2
YOKE
V202
H4
H3
4 5 4 5 4 5 12 1 _
.44
0,
I KRK 149 I_ —
3HA5 5GS71
3 4 4 51
1= I
v 201
H5
I
HG
V204
H7
5 4 1 5 4
C260
1000=
V 105,
L_
KCS 183 SERIES CHASSIS CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC
V207
L201 V 203
000' AH8
5 4
C259 1
1000 I
H9AH 10
VZ05
HII/
8 1 1
L
H12
5 4 C248i 5 4
10001 PW 200-j
127
13
O
ANT.
RCA Chassis KCS-183 Tuner Schematic Diagram
KRK 149C/152A TUNER SCHEMATIC
VHF RC1
ME& a, Cl C4
27 27
2- 4 MEG
30
C2 C3
27
27
RC 2
KRK 149
FROM
C16
UHF
B`
12
0
,10
i
°2
O 03
10
90 04
So 7 05
7 06
2-4 MEG
R93
27K
TO C7 ON
UHF TUNER
130
6
CIO
100 0
L__
UHF
INPUT
FRONT
C7
27
Y
J1
Pi
8
° 0 0
REAR
L5
C30
82
FM
TRAP
L11
J
L�3 3HA5
�:
vi 19
2
30
4 0
O
I. F.
OUTPUT
I000
C2
0_
1
c .
1000
V2A
5GS7
9
LP13 LGI3
C12 REAR C4
�2 5
O 0100
04
G5
08
9 06
FRONT
C13
T
RI
�4.7K
C11
AGC
no
V1 V2
3 4 LIO 4 5 LB
C27 C29
1000 T T1000
KRK 149 FILAMENT WIRING
C28
1000
T
OH
1. ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS. K=1000
2. ALL RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT EXCEPT
AS INDICATED.
3. ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE IN PF
EXCEPT AS INDICATED.
4. SWITCHES SHOWN IN CHANNEL 13
POSITION.
5. • DENOTES THROUGH CONNECTION OF
ROTOR BLADE.
6,- DENOTES CONTACT CONNECTED TO
CONTACT ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF SWITCH.
7,40-DENOTES CONTACT INSULATED TO
CONTACT ON OPPOSITE OF SWITCH.
UHF
ANT. 30011
INPUT
r
R3
27
MEG
1
J1
110
100
90
80
O O 5
REAR
112 117
2K 220K
0-
op
L12
O
0 1
6
I F--•
24
C25 =10
2.5
r
C20
1-3
12
11
IN
10q II ® 4S
3
Ak
8p -01
o 5
7
S ;
ON
REAR
R11
18K
C16 C17 C26 C28
1000 33 0(22-0 p 1000 J
R91 I330 n
+135V
TO R93
15
C5
J. 27
19
I �
I
IC4
\ _ 12ANGED TUNING CAPACITORS
C10
.18
L8
C14
I.F. B 2
ALIGN
450 MA
FIL
TO R93
I— APPROX. 11.5V
C7 I (d 4.5MA
_ 1002�-�-
—
R2
1K
KRK 152
R5
4.7K
C6
411
1
T-
I
I
I
c 2 214 J
128
CHASSIS N0. 528.70580
SEARS, ROEBUCK and CO.
USED IN TELEVISION MODEL
5005
MECHANICAL DISASSEMBLIES
C A B I N E T
Refer to Figure 1:
1. Place TV set face down on a soft surface.
2. Disconnect UHF and VHF antennas from antenna terminal board.
3. Remove Phillips screws as indicated in Figure 1.
4. Lift cabinet back up and away from TV set.
5. When replacing the cabinet back, be sure the line cord receptacle
fits firmly into the AC interlock plug. Reverse the previous steps
to replace the cabinet back.
B A C K
R E M O V A L
C H A S S I S R E M O V A L
• Remove control knobs and nut which secures earphone jack (Figure 2, Item 6) from the front of the set.
• Place set face down on a soft surface and remove cabinet back.
• Remove chassis mounting screws (as indicated by the unnumbered arrows in Figure 2).
• Remove the width device and yoke assembly from the neck of the CRT (refer to Figure 2, Item 2).
• Remove screw (as indicated in Figure 2, Item 3) and remove ground wire, then replace screw.
. Unsolder ground strap from bracket as shown in Figure 2, Item 4. (DO NOT REMOVE SCREW!)
• Loosen screw (refer to Figure 2, Item 5) and remove chassis brace.
CAUTION: When servicing chassis, support tuner bracket to prevent damage to the circuit board.
F U S E R E P L A C E M E N T
For protection against current surge,this set is equipped with a special
chemical fuse (Bel Fuse type 1200-1, Sears part number 43-41-0). To
replace the fuse, perform the following steps (refer to Figure 5):
1. Remove the cabinet back (as indicated in Figure 1).
2. Remove the fuse from its socket. Socket is located below the
antenna terminals at left of chassis, as viewed from rear of set.
3. Install a known, good fuse of same type and number as indicated
above.
ANTENNA REMOVAL
1. Unsolder antenna lead from
antenna bracket.
2. Extend bottom portion or an-tenna rod until the base of
the rod is directly behind the
lip of the antenna bracket.
3. Using the antanna rod as a
lever, pry upward and outward
on the antenna bracket until
it springs loose.
4„ Withdraw the antenna rod
downward through the hole in
the cabinet.
BASE OF
ANTENNA ROD
LIP OF
ANTENNA
BRACKET
FIGURE 4
BEL FUSE
TYPE 1200-1
(PART NO.
43-41-0)
TUBE SOCKET
HIGH VOLTAGE RECTIFIER TUBE REMOVAL
If it becomes necessary to remove V60, the 1AD2, High voltage Recti-
fier tube, use the following procedure (refer to Figure 6):
1. Remove the cabinet back as indicated in Figure 1.
2. Gently, remove the tube socket from the 1AD2 High voltage
rectifier.
3. Remove the 1AD2, tube from the tube holding clamp.
4. To replace the 1AD2 tube, place tube in socket, then place in
tube holding clamp.
FIGURE 2
FIGURE 5
TUBE HOLDER
FIGURE 6
129
SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.70580 Alignment Information
PRELIMINARY TELEVISION ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Alignment is an exacting procedure and should be undertaken only when necessary. The following equipment is required for alignment work.
1. Hickok 610, 610A Signal Generator or equivalent where a 4.5 MHz Crystal controlled frequency (CW) is available. The following I.F. carriers
are necessary: _
4.50 MHz Intercarrier Sound IF 44.15 MHz Video IF Center Frequency
41.25 MHz Video IF Sound Carrier Frequency 45.75 MHz Video IF Picture Carrier Frequency
42.55 MHz Video IF Bandwidth Marker 47.25 MHz Marker
2. Electronic voltmeter (VTVM).
3. RF Sweep generator with a frequency range of 40 to 50 MHz,-with a sweep width of at least 10 MHz, having an adjustable output of at least
0.1 volts.
4. Cathode ray oscilloscope, preferably with a wide band vertical amplifier and an input calibrating source.
5. Isolation transformer.
6. I.F. load - Video Detector probe (see Figure 8).
PRELIMINARY ALIGNMENT NOTES
a. It is recommended that the receiver be connected to an isolation transformer during alignment. Allow at least 5 minutes for set to warm up be-fore any alignment is attempted.
b. Connect sweep generator as shown in chart below.
c. Connect I:F. load (Fig. 8) from V20 plate (Pin 7) and ground.
d. Connect a jumper between J601 and J252 (Point B). Apply -3v. DC bias between Point B and ground.
e. Connect sweep generator as shown in chart below.
f. Clip hot lead of marker generator to the insulation of the R.F. sweep generator hot lead. Connect ground lead to chassis.
g. Connect scope probe through 10K ohm resistor to J251 Video detector output Point (C).
NOTE: Before hooking up to Point C, I.F. inj, point on tuner, rotate tuner to channel 13 and mechanically center fine tuning.
VIDEO I.F. ALIGNMENT
Step
Sweep Generator
C Conne ct to MHz)
Connect
Marker Generator
See Note Above
Output
Waveform
Adjust
Remarks
1.
Pin 2 of 4EJ7
(V25) thru .001
Cap.
44.25 MHz
Figure A
T250 (Top
and Bottom)
Adjust T250 (Top) for symmetry with marker at center.
Adj. bottom for flat curve.
2.
Mixer Grid
Point "E"
on tuner
44.25 MHz
Figure B
L905 on
tuner T200
(bottom)
Move scope to I.F. load and adj. Scope for .2v. pp. Sens,
adj. Sweep gen. to maintain .2v. PP. Adj. Mixer
plate coil L905 and I.F. input transformer T200
(bottom) for gain and symmetry.
3.
Some
41.25 MHz
Figure B
7200 (Top
Adj. T200 top core for minimum response.
4.
Same
47.25 MHz
Figure B
L200
Adj, L200 for minimum response.
5.
If necessary repeat Steps 1 & 2 fo proper response curve.
6.
If necessary, readjust traps as.in Steps 3 & 4.
7.
Move scope input to point "C" (J251 ) and adjust sens for 2v. PP. Disconnect I.F. load. Reset sweep gen. for 2v. PP. on scope.
8.
Mixer Grid
Point "E"
on tuner
45.75 MHz
. z
4255 MHz
Figure C
T201
Adj. T201 top & bottom core for symm etrical re-
sponse, position bandw idth loop on side o f coil for
proper bandwidth. (See below)
9.
If necessary, repeat Steps 1, 2, 7 & 8 to obtain curve of Figure A.
SOUND ALIGNMENT
PRELIMINARY
Connect -6 volts bias 'o Point "B". This will disable the Video I.F. circuits.
STEP
SIGNAL GENERATOR
METER CONNECTION
VTVM
ADJUST
FREQUENCY
CONNECT TO
1'
4.5 MHz. Xtal
controlled
Pin 8 o f 11AF9
(V30A)
Pin 3 of V30B thru a
diode detector probe.
T350 (top & bottom) and T300 (top & bottom) for
max. output on VTVM.
2.
Same -outpu
greater than t t should be
Same
Point "A"
L350 for maximum. NOTE: Two peaks may be o6-
served, tune to the highest peak. This is a sharp
peak and must be adjusted carefully.
3.
Remove all equipment
4.
Set fine tuning for a normal picture and if necessary touch up quadrature coil (L350) for best sound.
5.
Touch up the 4.5 MHz trap (T301), Top core only, for minimum sound beat in picture.
4425MHz
44.25 MHz
m
a
42.75MHz
J3.
2MHz:+-t.2MHz
44.25 MHz 4725 MHz
41.50MHz
5.5 IMHzI
� co
30 %
41.25MHz
MHz
42.75 MHz ±2
MHz2
45.75MHz
6DB
75MHz , I APPRox.5o%
+5IMHz 47.00MHz
3D8 APPROX.
-�PROX.V%
FIGURE A
a
FIGURE C
FIGURE B
130
U. H. F.
TUNING
SHAFT
R350 V.H.F.
ON—OFF TUNING
VOLUME SHAFT
niml;l
R300
CONTRAST
R550
BRIGHTNESS
r=zz� V15
5OR8
LJ8
l �) O
5GS7
OSC.
O
MIXER
VIO
3HA5
R.F. AMP.
O
ANTENNA
TERMINAL
L905
I.F. OUTPUT
COIL
11F
�1
I. F. OUTPUT
nx
o
FIL.
BI1
B+ INPUT
(R.F.)
LA
..
AGC INPUT
TO
PIN NO.7 f�
OF V20
TO
TO CENTER PIN
OF V20
.001
INPUT TO GRID OF
AUDIO DET. TUBE
560K
CLIPS
GROUND
TO CHASSIS
FUSE
SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.70580 Alignment Information
T300 V25 V35A a B
T200 L200 4.5MHz 4EJ7 T250 L350 17BFII
I.F. INPUT 47.25MHz SOUND TAKEOFF 2ND I.F. 2ND I.F. QUAD. AUDIO DET.
TRANS.
TRAP TRAP
AMR TRANS. COIL B AMP.
V20
4EH7
L940 IST I.F. AMP.
I. F. OUTPUT
COIL
If D
ll
B+ INPUT
(MIX.-OSC.)
Is
Ell
R.F. TEST
POINT
VHF
ANTENNA
TERMINALS
I.F. LOAD—VIDEO DETECTOR
FIGURE 8
5 PF
IN60 OR
EQUIV. +
15K
.0015
4
TA-
470K
FIGURE 9
5pF
O
0
y
T201
IST I.F.
TRANS.
C105A
C1058
C105C
CI05D
O
0
lei
T350
4.5 MHz
AUDIO DET.
TRANS.
'T40
OUTPUT
TRANS.
A.C.
INTERLOCK
V40A,B a C
23Z9
VERT. OSC.
VERT. OUTPUT
SYNC. SEIP.
V30A a B
I IAF9
VIDEO AMP'
AUDIO I.F. AMP..
IsG
u
UHF B+
OUTPUT
V15
5LJ8
(MIX.-OSC.)
nC
n
I.F. INJ.
V10
3HA5
R.F. AMP.
5901
UHF I.F.
INPUT
SOCKET
VERT. INPUT
TO
SCOPE
GROUND
VTVM
,/ R420
R4OO VERT R410
VEIRT. HOLD VERT.
HT. LIN. L450
HORIZ.
HOLD
R450 R600
HORIZ. AGC
FREQ.
J555
J
FOCUS
TAPS
J55 7
V60
IAD2
H.V. RECT.
T500
HORIZ. OUTPUT
TRANS.
V50A a B
33GY7A
HORIZ. OUTPUT
8 DAMPER
V45
8CG7
8FQ7
HORIZ. OSC.
UHF
ANTENNA
TERMINALS
0 1 UHF I.F.
O� OUTPUT
SOCKET
c
0
CO-0-- UHF B+
OUTPUT
MOVE WIRE
OUT TO
DECREASE I.F.
BANDWIDTH
MOVE
I N TO
INCREASE I . F.
BANDWIDTH
FIGURE 10
TOP WINDING
(PRIMARY)
BOTTOM WINDING
(SECONDARY)
�o
mo�I,
U
-
O Y
0
mN
dN
O
m e
Ji
rz
i
�► � �� m�I
l-I° IN
S-- ►
I�o�LLT�o mT
o"
r_
0
VO
p o • �(
b
0 .4l
r0
1
I
_J L_ 0
F--- _7---- o
a---
o f o N
444 0
m
z
j Q mwa� m
v7 �vxx��j
az
m mr a
U
J.vn
�N
NY
mr o0
mo
2 V U
�r
a
UW J
NOTES: 120V AC
60 HERTZ
I. RESISTANCE IS SHOWN IN OHMS K=1,000 MEG=1,000,000, 115 WATTS
2.ALL RESISTORS 1/2WATT,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. POLARIZED
3.CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE mfd,UNLESS OTHERWISE PLUG
NOTED.
4. VOLTAGES READ WITH VTVM" POINT INDICATED TO
CHASSIS GROUND,TUNER ON UNUSED CHANNEL, V
POLARIZED]
CONTRAST & BRIGHTNESS AT MINIMUM,-R600 AC L
ADJUSTED TO PROVIDE
.5 AT TEST POINT B OTHER INTERLOCK
CONTROLS AT NORMAL LINE VOLTAGE 120 VOLTS,
ANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED TOGETHER BUT NOT
TO GROUND.
5. ALL WAVE FORMS MEASURED WITH STRONG SIGNAL
INPUT AND WITH CONTRAST SET TO GIVE NORMAL PIX. TUBE
PICTURE, AGC LINE OPERATING NORMALLY. I V45 V55
6.JI, J2, ETC. INDICATE CONNECTION TERMINALS ON X J457
8F07TO
J456
— CIRCUIT BOARD. TUNER 5n4 3
— 7. VOLTAGE TOLERANCE MAY VARY ±20%.
(FIL.
BqN
REFER TO CABINET PARTS LIST FOR EXACT
PICTURE TUBE TYPE_
�N
m
U
Z
0�'W
SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.70580
r
IU r=te
+O
EXTERNAL JU
MPER
r r
I
N �
O
of > J
J J I
2 ;
ecr,� J200
i a IF INPUT
Z N (SHIELDED) J201
o r I= o
� a
w >
z
TUNER
AGC
RII
o W 15 '
r MEG
m
�z TO 8t/40vJ104
-
(TUNER f RE0/6gN
I
C106
_02
I
C2.1
T
OIN J601
C602T
SW 101
OFF/ON
SWITCH FIOO
j1
ON VOL. CHE HE J107
FUSE ■
IC100 101
I I I
IOOK
IL100
J
J105
WF-I
75V P-P
6001
WF-2
9V P-P
1 X75001
WF-3
IOV P-P
15,75001
RI00
SDI01
C308 —
47pF
V3 0B T350
1/2 IIAF9 AUDIO DET
SOUND I.F. TRANSFORMER
+80V 2TB6TT TOP 5 //6V
I° R310 I -LC352
C�10K I "8.2pF
Dull( F--is J359
I
-- --O
—'
C3131 80v
560 =
PF
jI
R312
-
O OK
C205
12pF
140V
R309 C 353
12K IW 0
3
V35A
1/2 17BFII
AUDIO DET.
R351
IK
3
560
T200
I.F. INPUT TRANS
�— rop147 F
`r I P
V20
4EH7
IST I.F. AMP.
\ 4V R204
R20o I J202 -s'\e, 22K
3.3K •
5% I1-1eOT 5,� .sv
R202�
f15
204 4 3 KL2005 /o4725MHz1 i0 oTRAP L- J
0013
RK 5 R601
220K
3
R604,47OK
R104
,�
220
155v 8105 e+
R401
120K
� � C202
O�� .0015
C107
.001
R402
2.2
MEG.
/40V RI07
5/5W CI04 ' C105A60/7W
Z.001 -300/175
V40 V50
R102 23Z9 33GY7 17BFII
12 t 12 1 12^1
9/3W CI08 CIII
W/µr z .001 X.001
C401
220pF
V40C
i/3 23Z9
SYNC SEP
60V
R403
56K
r C105B1.5K
Y400/150
V20
4EH7
4
Jn03 _ 4^5
&K CI011 CI10
001 = .001=
WF4
24V-P P
15,75001
LI01
RFC
V25
4EJ7
J�
C102 1 C 103
.001 T.001
WF 5
V30
IIAF9
6^5
V35
WF-6
105V P-P 300V P-P
15,75001
6001
132
+j CI09
10
50
SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.70580 Schematic Diagram, Continued
'A
L350
QUAD.
116V COIL
R354
560K
C359
18 pF
T 4p
56 0
F
C3355 J351
.01
470K
G35 I O
01 VOLUME 11358 AUDIO OUTPUT
( R350I1/2
17BFII TRANS.
133 5 6 11511
AUDIO OUTPUT I
3.2
1 J353 ,it ez,r
J352 80fl
II C350
D
j
1C358 r io 01 ae0�
8 -
220K T .01 R357
1
d 02(
IW — 330 511
150
R103
30
SPEAKER
EARPHONE T300
JACK SOUND TAKEOFF
84.5 MHz TRAP
(WF-10
155 ✓
0/15011 — — — _BOYT. TO _ 270U H
T201
IST If TRANS
ANDWITH ADJ.
Sogy I
j& �eoTT
c
203
I
C201
0015
WF-3 , R451 R452-180K 150K
J4❑
51� C450,68pF
V25 T250 D250
4EJ7 2ND I.F TRANS. VIDEO DET.
2ND IF AMP. r76p �_ — — L251,12UH L252,6OUH
aov 7`a0�2 i
s 0252
2.2 pF
v
L
C251
0015
3
C253 ,1
6.8pF 1
R256
220
C 2 5 4
F— 4.7p F
60
^0022 86-407-2
13253 KEYED AGC
IK
140 v
R405
R404
E
C
0
v
C601
I�
_ 1.5MEG. R400 2.2MEG. V40
3MEG.VERT 2/3 2329
SIGH
VERT. OSC.
HEIGHT
C403 C405
VERT. OUTPUT
R407 .0047 01 R411,47K
C404
0047 .L 13413 C407
C451 i C406Z 27K 1
'3-/25v 001
R255
3.3K
J251
8 7251/
;5V
6607
680K
IOOK
27pF
L
--
F—
D451 DET.
H
_ = J
408 a8V
135VT
l C455
V45 T 0039
8FQ7 R456 C456
HORIZ.OSC. 15K 820pF
WF 4 1/0v 15%
R453 J452
IMEG. 7N
R4568K T_ A022
C453 13455
r C�45� I
1.5K
.001
cn
C457
.001 T
R420
1.2 MEG.
VERTHOLD
..._ ±74
408
CWF-7.
R412
IOK
I
16V8� ---
�C306
IC307 33rIF
L2.7pF�
C301
150,IW
140V
—Mh• R410
R416 500K
I MEG., VERT LIN.
L450
HORIZ,
9
STABILIZER
J454 A COIL
HORIZ. HOLD
R458 C459
56K .005
107Y '(
IC458
T 200pF
15K9
WF-7
30V P-P
60'U
R450/
50K
HORIZ.
FREQ.
WF-8
900V P-P
60'11
R600
R461 20K AGC 47K
3.3K CONTROL 1 J602 68K
R603
I MEG.
WF-9
3V P-P
60'U
WF-10
70V P-P
60'u
R301
330
WF-9
/v
B
/
15K
C305 V 30A
47pFjl 11211AF9
120V VIDEO AMP
C304 C105C♦
93811 .001
/4/150V
R313 R30�, _
560K 4.211
IMEG
8311 R303
R300 JI'
D • 8.2K
314
CONTTRAST • C
O3
J302 = C302
470PF
R556
560K
J402
R304
5.6K
C550 J550
.047
L301
U HO
R558
4.7 M EG.
R305
15K
C303
.005
r
I
R551
150K
J360
I
�IJ551
BRIGHT.
R550 _
J554 1.5MEG.
V65
PICTURE TUBE
1
6
J55531
R555
(IK
7
13554
T IMEG. C551
�I Ky r_DEFLECTION YOKE
BL11 r R553
T400 Q I 1 SI
27K
II 13552
VERT. OUTPUT — C410 I 2.72
TRANS.
�
I I I
40011 I
L C507
( 39pF
C552
.003
t
� -
1
FOCUS
I
TAPS
_7 5
I
J556413
�V
J557
V60
IAD2
HIGH VOLT. I
RECT.
V50A
1/2 33GY7 T50CII
HORIZ. OUTPUT
DO NOT MEASURE
9 10
27Y
8*140v
!u
R502
1.2K
2W
R602SD600 C603 R606
56pF 12OK
I
C501
02
_ 600V
WF-1 I
R£0 2KV
❑J557
iz
/3KV
500Y
140v
L500
450Y
150V P-P
60'U
J502
T506
200pF
=5011
I
1-550
BNNr?
R504
4.7 K
I
11508
I
1/2 33GY7
DAMPER
I
I
133
SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.70580 Printed Board Information, Continued
N
C'i- -1-LLLL �Xm
O z
N aaa auan.aa
IL) z
N a a a a a a a a a
� o
n
O ryon
cy m --
[l,
� LL�I-O I ^
�Xrt01-'I-'I-LL
p�0_N
IP Z
>
mm
1
s
o
�
I-�1_MNv�-�
l---M/VN�♦
v 95Z•
`��'
Z09� M
�i�
L} 0 9Q9000 -
o � �f _ �S„ �� 06686v
O
TO
V55
PIN
7
O O
H �
m
p- FI
00
(FUS
E)
* LO
CATE
D UNDER
CIRC
UIT
BOARD
r 1
3
� �mryl
O z b0 h b
N LL�vna�n�r mm_-_
O z
V aaaaaaaaauaa
�>00� NOmry
Q I XXLLLLkY-'F'F
O z
tinv�n �onmm_
� aaaaau.aaaa
1 1 1
�aaaaaaaaa
U
L
c
0
o`o
N
a
0
N
off$
LL
h
Z
W
x
F-N
Q
J
O
cc
z
O
U
HORIZONTAL
STABILIZER
134
1.
SEARS, ROEBUCK and CO. CHASSIS NO. 528.71330
CABINET BACK REMOVAL
Remove power plug from wall outlet.
2. Remove the two Phi IIips head screws from the top
of the cabinet back.
3. Remove the two Phillips head screws from the
bottom lip of the cabinet back.
4. Disconnect antennas.
5. Remove the three side friction held knobs.
6. Reverse procedure to replace cabinet back. NOTE:
When cabinet back is set into place make sure the
circuit reset button extension and the Horizontal
Hold Rod are positioned in their proper openings at
rear of cabinet back.
CHASSIS REMOVAL
1. Remove the Channel Selector Knobs and the OFF/
ON Volume Knob from the front of the set.
2. Lay set face down between two firm supports so that
no NOW :
is placed on the face of the picture tube.
NOTE: These supports should be covered with a soft
cloth to prevent marring the the finish.
3. Remove the picture tube socket, deflection yoke plug,
anode lead at picture tube and speaker terminals.
4. Loosen chassis mounting screws on bottom of cabinet.
(See Figure 5.)
5. Remove chassis and tuner mounting screws.
Figure 5 - Chassis Removal
10° LENGTH
USED IN TELEVISION MODELS:
5117 5118 5119
TUNER
BRACKET
HULL
LIGHT SOCKET
OUT
REAR VIEW
OF
STRING DRIVE
PULLEY
SPRING, COMPRESSION
(70-914-0)
TAB
STRING DRIVE
PULLEY
(39-200-1)
EYELETS
EYELET, PIVOT
STRINGING DIAGRAM
DIAL STRING REPLACEMENT
DIAL CORD
AND
SPRING
(84-21783)
SPRING
(70-822-0)
1. Place the UHF tuner gang fully open.
2. Measure 10 inches of dial cord and hook this measured length on to the tab located on t�e rear of the tuning
drum. See Figure 8. Pull both lengths forward through slot in drum. NOTE: Do not cross dial cord.
3. Take the shorter of the two strings and make 13/4 turns around drum in a clockwise direction.
4. Using the 10 inch length make a T/2 turn around the drum in a counter-clockwise direction.
5. Bring the 10 inch length up and around both eyelets on the dial scale and let the cord hang over the right eyelet.
6. Take the opposite string down and around the eyelet beneath the drum in a counter-clockwise direction.
See Figure 8.
7. Attach spring to the two eyelets on the dial cord. NOTE: The sprung should be located near the bottom pivot
point approximately 1 inch from eyelet.
8. Attach pointer to dial scale and string, so that it is centered over channel 83. CAUTION: Make sure the dial
string is resting on all pivot point eyelets.
9. Rotate UHF knob through its tuning range to position the cord on the tuning drum.
135
SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.71330 Alignment Information
PRELIMINARY TELEVISION ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
Alignment is an exacting procedure and should be undertaken only when necessary. The following equipment is required for alignment work.
1. Hickok 610, 610A Signal Generator or equivalent where a 4,5MHzCrystal controlled frequency (CW) is available.
The following I.F. Carriers are necessary. Diode Detector Probe (See Figure 3)
4.5 MHz Intercarrier Sound IF 44.15 MHz Video IF Center Frequency
41.25 MHz Video IF Sound Carrier Frequency 45.75 MHz Video IF Picture Carrier Frequency
42.55 MHz Video IF Bandwidth Marker 47.25 MHz Marker
2. Electronic voltmeter (VTVM)
3. RF Sweep generator with a frequency range of 40 to-50 MHz with a sweep width of at least 10 MHz, having an adjustable output of at
Least 0.1 volts.
4. Cathode ray oscilloscope, preferably with a wide band vertical amplifier and an input calibrating source.
5. Isolation transformer.
6. Diode Detector Probe (See Figure 3)
PRELIMINARY ALIGNMENT NOTES
a. It is recommended that the receiver be connected to an isolation transformer during alignment. Allow at least 5 minutes for set to
warm up before any alignment is attempted.
b. Connect oscilloscope hot lead through 10K ohm isolation resistor to Point © Connect ground lead of oscilloscope directly to main
chassis. (Adjust signal input to maintain 2 volts peak to peak).
c. Apply -6 volts bias to AGC IF line, -side to Point 0 +side to chassis.
d. Connect correct signal generator as shown in chart below.
e. Clip hot lead of marker generator to the insulation of RF sweep generator hot lead. Connect ground lead to chassis.
NOTE: Before hooking up to Point "C" I.F. INJ. Rotate Tuner To Channel 13.
VIDEO I.F. ALIGNMENT
Step
Sweep Generator
(40-50 MHz)
Connect To
Marker Generator
See Note Above
Output
Waveform
Ad just
Remarks
1
Pin 2 of 4EH7 (0)
thru .001 mfd. Cap.
44.15 MHz
Figure 1
T4
Adjust T4 for maximum response at 44.15 MHz
2
Same
Same
Same
T3
(Top)
Turn bottom core of T3 to bottom of coil form before adjusting
T3 top. Adjust T3 top for maximum response at 44.15 MHz.
3
Same
45.75 MHz
42.55 MHz
Same
T3
Adjust T3 (Bottom) for symmetry of response shown in
Figure 1.
4
Same
45.75 MHz
Same
T3
(Top)
Readjust T3 top to position the 45.75 MHz Marker at the 3 db
point of the response curve
5
If necessary, repeat steps 1 through 4 to obtain proper response. NOTE: If proper 3.0 MHz bandwidth is not obtained.
(3.OMHz±.2 MHz, refer to Bandwidth Loop Adjustment.)
6
Point "C" IF INJ.
See FiR. 3
41.25 MHz
Figure 2
L6
Adjust L6 top for minimum response at 41.25 MHz.
7
Same
47.25 MHz
Same
L7
Adjust 47.25 trap for minimum response at 47.25 MHz.
8
Same
45.75 MHz
Same
L207
Tuner �
Output oil
Adjust L207 to position the 45.75 MHz marker at the 6 db point
of response curve.
p
9
Same
42.55 MHz
45.75 MHz
Same
L6
(Bottom)
Adjust L6 (bottom) for symmetry of response in Figure 2.
10
If necessary, repeat steps 6 through 8 to obtain response curve of Figure 2.
PRELIMINARY SOUND ALIGNMENT
Connect -10 volts bias to point C. This will disable the Video I.F. circuits.
Step
SIGNAL GENERATOR
METER CONNECTION
FREQUENCY
CONNECT TO
VTVM
ADJUST
1
4.5 MHz
Xtal Controlled
Pin 7 of 11KV8
(V2B)
Pin .3 of V1A thru a diode
detector probe. See Fig. 3.
Tl (single core) T2 (top & bottom) for maximum output on
VTVM.
2
Same- Output should
be greater than 10MV.
Same
Point "D"
Ll (single core) for maximum. NOTE: Two peaks may be
observed, tune to the highest peak. This is a sharp peak
and must be adjusted carefully.
3
Remove all equipment.
4
Set fine tuning for a normal picture and if necessary touch up quadrature coil (Li) for best sound.
5
Touch up the 4.5 MHz trap (top of T2) Top Core only for minimum sound beat in picture.
136
SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.71330 Alignment Information, Continued
BANDWIDTH LOOP ADJUSTMENT
The first I.F. transformer has a vertical hairpin loop in the secondary winding. This loop must not be touched unless the bandwidth specifica-tions (3 MHz ..2 MHz) are incorrect. Adjust as follows:
1. To narrow the I.F. response curve, pull the loop away from the primary of T3 (top). Repeat steps 2 through 5 of the Video I.F. Alignment.
See Figure 4.
2. To broaden the I.F. response curve, press the loop toward the primary of T3 (top). Repeat steps 2 through 5 of the Video I.F. Alignment.
See Figure 4.
41.50 MHz
L905
I.F. OUTPUT
COIL
it C
11
I. F OUTPUT
11 X
11
FIL.
Bif
B+ INPUT
(R.F.)
11 A
ll
AGC INPUT
INPUT TO GRID OF
AUDIO DIET. TUBE
GROUND
TO CHASSIS
4425MHz
I
I
I
I
1
+5 1 MHz 47.00MHz
_.5 MHz
3DB APPROX. 30 %
FIGURE 1
11 D
1 11 c
B+ INPUT R.F. TEST
(MIX.—OSC.) I POINT
VHF
ANTENNA
TERMINALS
SOUND DETECTOR
FIGURE 3 - Diode Detector Probe
ifG
11
UHF B+
OUTPUT
V902
5LJ8
(MIX.-OSC.)
11C
11
I.F. INJ.
V901
3HA5
R.F. AMP.
S901
UHF I.F.
INPUT
SOCKET
44.25 MHz 47.25 MHz
4 2.75 MHz �I i ;;Z;" 45.75MHz
UHIF
ANTENNA
TERMINALS
R976 1.2K
R977 22K
MOVE WIRE
OUT TO
DECREASE I.F.
BANDWIDTH
MOVE
IN TO
INCREASE I.F.
BANDWIDTH
FIGURE 2
APPROX. 50%
UHF I.F.
04— OUTPUT
SOCKET
11 1 11
B+ INPUT
FROM VHF
TUNER
TOP WINDING
(PRIMARY)
BOTTOM WINDING
(SECONDARY)
WIRE MOUNTED TO P.C. BOARD
FIGURE 4 - Bandwidth Adjustment
137
L905
I OUTPUT
COIL
V901
3HA5
R.F AMP
u
V90Z LF L6
725R101 �� 4725 MHz T3 V4
5LJ8 COIL OFF-ON ��
TRAPIL
IS71.F. 4EJ7
IXEP-OSC. VOLUME q_ /COIL TRANS.
r2N0 IF AMP
T 102
VENT OUTPUT
TRANS.
A c.
INTEPLOCK
RI05
VENT HEIGHT
LID4
HORIZ. STABILIZER
(HORZ
. H OOLD)
VI TI
17BFII AUDIO DIET
AUDKI GET TRANA43MHe
V
IIKV8
VIDEO AMP
SOUND T
TAKE-OFF
B 4.5 MHi TRAP
TRANS.
T4
2ND F
.
RAN
S.
4HS8
KEYED AGC
SYNC SEP.
V51 DEfLEC S"'
kI YOKE
8F07m8CG7 SOCKET
HORIZ.OSC.
FOWs
R107
VEITT LIN.
CIRCUIT BREAKER
WOUND CHANNEL STICKS
Color Code on Forward Edge of Stick
Channel UHF 46-10802 Brown
Channe12 46-10804 Red
Channe13 46-10805 Orange
Channel 46-10806 Yellow
Channel 46-10807 Green
Channel 46-10808 Blue
Channel? 46-10809 Violet
Channe18 46-10810 Yellow
Channel 9 46-10811 White (none)
Channel 10 46-10812 Black
Channel 11 46-10813 Brown
Channel 12 46-10814 Red
Channel 13 46-10815 Orange
RI
870
15W
120 V A.C.
60 CYCLES
155 WATTS
(POLARIZED
PLUG)
VERTICAL
►-- CHASSIS
SECTION
Lloz
FILTER
CHOKE
nII
AUDIO OUTPUT
TRANS
C103A
CIO�TG
SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.71330
CA11T/ON
IT IS GOOD SOUND SERVICE PRACTICE
WHEN REPLACING TRANSISTORS
COMPONENTS STO REMOVE
H
ALL POWER
FROM THE UNIT UNDER TEST OR
REPAIR.
T103
HORQ OUTPUT
V105
IK3/GT
IG3/GT
H.V. RECT
103
IT6TSA
MORIZ
OUTPUT
S102
(MOULTED ON REAR OF VHF TUNER)
NO.1445
CHANNEL
INDICATOR
LIGHT
I,F. INPUT
(ILK SHIELDED)
�B+ OUTPUT /55V
O NO. 1445 TO TUNER
4 ° ° 0
13 CHANN ( I )
EL (R D/B U)
INDICATOR
50 012 LIGHT A.G.C. OUTPUT
60 G oll
CIII
22/600V
ISPECIAL-REPLACE WITH SW 10
EXACT PART NO 20-518-OPUS 1
H OFF- ON
SWITCH ON
VOLUME
TRANSFORMERS AND COILS
L1 10-74-5 Coil Quadrature
L2 10-170-1 Coil, Peaking, 270,uh wound on 8.2K
ohm resistor
L3 10-254-1 Coil Peaking, 775 uh
L4 10-156-1 Coil, Filament Choke
L5 10-253-1 Coil, Peaking, 330 uh L6 10-62-3 Coil, I.F. Input & 41.25MHz Trap F
V511— 1
L7 10-86-3 Coil, 47.25 MHz Trap 8Fo7OR8CG7
L8 10-325-1 Coil, Tweet, 12 uh To TUNER J6z Js3
L9 10-256-1 Coil, Peaking, 90 uh FIL
(BIN)--J
L101 80-72-4 Deflection Yoke & Plug
L102 10-242-1 Choke; Horizontal Suppression (1.9 uh)
L103 10-124-1 Coil, Choke RF, (10 uh)
L104 10-75-5 Coil, Horizontal Hold
L105 80-20-6 Choke Filter
L106 10-264-1 Choke line Radiation
T1 10-53-3 Transformer, 4.5 MHz Sound, I. F.
T2 10-209-1 Transformer, 4.5 MHz Trap & sound
Take Off
1.3 10-58-3 Transformer, 1st, I. F.
T4 10-59-3 Transformer, I. F. Output
T101 80=253-1 Transformer, Audio Output
T102 80-20-2 Transformer, Vertical Output
T103 80-86-3 Transformer, Horizontal Output
POLAR ZED
A.C. INTERLOCK
I ,
L 106
220
WF- I
35V P-P
60 L
C118
.001
I
1/2 121KV8 AUDIO DET 1/2 178F
AUDIO I.F. AMP. TRANS.(4_SMHz) AUDIO DI
2
,�VI 1 i. R 1, I'1 C3
V
C7
— 47
pF
C23
J18 12pF - Ai 51-v.ov
5% 01/9
r—
-4.5V2
l _ C24 R23
47TRAP
' 1 I
�I
5%F
5%
TRAP L — J R26
COIL C26
T--6 IK 1.2 MEG
41
t
0
C6
K
3.9
pF
R7
IOK
/55V
1 =200
= pF
TOP
C28
26 -001=
R
2 K, IOW
5%
R113
(WHT/GRN)
C104TI
B+ OUTPUT R^
1
TO TUNER(RF) 5.6K,5W
(RED/8LK) 5%
2.7MEG.
22 MEG
33K1
5% I
SDI03
R126 CWF
"PrA.�p CII2_ SDI01
R124
4.5,10W
(PIV400V)
R125
R151 C114
I MEG.
V104
17AY3
5
.001
L105
FILTER
CHOKE
L_ L_ JJI7
BO7T,
J21 J5185V
RII6
4.7 K
R118
560K
CI08
.IT
V102
4HS8
KEYED AGC
B SYNC. SEP
R120
7
R3.1
5.15K /306
V3
4EH7
IST IF AM[
7
R22
220K
335V
22
C 106
.001
IKV
WF-2)
z70V
2.01/ C 02A CIO2B HANDLE MTG BRACKET
SDI02 100 tI��J-I 200
(PIV400V�300V 1300V
�RC I01
V103 1 V52 —
I
17GT5A I 13GF7 1
4 5 4
oat
VIO2
4HS8
4.7
MEGA
1
4 HASSIS
= GROUND
18, 7W =
C11
LJ64 _ J6J =C12
VI01
CRT
a 1
BLK BRN
V3
4EH7
4
L4
V4 VI V2
4EJ7 178FIl IIKV8
4 5 1 12 4 5
J9 C22 -•CI6 C
C27 C29
I. 1 00 Tool
1.001
450 MA CONTROLLED WARM-UP TIME HEATERS
1
1
J5
J
WF-2 WF-3 WF-4 WF-5 WF-6
SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.71330 Schematic Diagram, Continued
R4
1
L 180F
AV
RI
560K
C25 27K
00151 RN
J12
J160JI IQ
R122,6.8MEG
2/5V
R123
5.6K
2W
C103A
20
300V 1 R58 C63 R60
390PF 39K
!u 5% _/5v 1
21
C62 25V ---I R63 I ---
.047— C61 8 BV
ISOK 3
R51
J
.00 R54 HO RI Q ■J67
I MEG. FRED.
J53 R56 R57 C58
{
59
■
IF-8 652 80
3.9K TTC54.3K
620
.005
pF T 1D033 D
C12
RII J27I
470K ■
CII CI5
.01 T.01
R12
220K
RIO
1
MEG.
VOLUME
T3 V4
IST I.F 4EJ7
TRANS. 2ND I.F AMP. /BOV
BANDWITH
ADJ. OV
T
Ov
R27
51%
BOTT Ck
I
_ -CI8 .005_
.0015
R28
270 C31
820T
Pf=
F— VIB 1
1/2 17BF 11
AUDIO OUTPUTJ4I
/23V
C2
II 01 R13•
IKV I33K
Idi OV 1 ---
10
•
R138
(WF-9) 680K R105 j 5ME3.
VERT. HEIGHJ
C73
51 TOOK RIOK •02
T4 I
2ND I.F.(PIVID30V)
TRANS. VpETO
44.15 MHz L8
12UH
R30
5.6K
2W
TIOI
AUDIO OUTPUT
TRANS.
BILK GRN
2a15 32
D.C. BLK
/680
330UH
LTJ
20B
SPEAKER
S102
• EARPHONE
JACK
300 V
T2
(WF-14
330
R20
3.3K
J79 ■ J77 J80
V52
13GF7 R85
VERT OSC. 330
VERT OUTPUT K
C78 C70,.033
.0033 .0068 ' rSnV
C69 R66 If
R86 C80
10 .0047 IOOK 27K
D51 R
28
( O�
ET
C53 56-F
R55
270K
V51
81707 OR 8CG7
HORIZ. OSC.
WF-4
I61
OOK J52
C79 R72
470 39K
D
01
R67
560K
NOTES
I. RESISTANCE IS SHOWN IN OHMS K=1000, MEG = 1,000,000.
2. ALL RESISTORS I/2 WATT,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3. CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE MFD, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED-4- VOLTAGES READ WITH
°VTVM' POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS GROUND, TUNER ON
UNUSED CHANNEL,CONTRA$j B BRIGHTNESS AT MINIMUM,-4.5 VOLTS BIAS ON
AGC. LINE ON TEST POINT B OTHER CONTROLS AT NORMAL LINE
VOLTAGE 120 VOLTS,ANTEN TERMINALS SHORTED TOGETHER BUT NOT TO GROUND
5. ALL WAVE FORMS MEASURED WITH STRONG SIGNAL INPUT AND WITH CONTRAST
SET TO GIVE NORMAL PICTURE, AGC LINE OPERATING NORMALLY.
6. JI,J2,ETC INDICATE CONNECTION TERMINALS ON CIRCUIT BOARDS.
7 VOLTAGE TOLERANCE MAY VARY ± 10%
R102,1.5 MEG.
BRIGHTNESS
viol
PICTURE TUBE
270 UH
8.2K - L3 C20 CHI
- 775UH •1 IOpF
V28
1/2 IIKV8 R16 R17
VIDEO AMP. 39K IOOK
/30v
C17
5v Tool
.005
R3
39K
R14
7.5 K
5W
5%
RIO C14
330 7.02
27K,2W
BLU YEL
%0v J66 265 a
II
d 6.5
6 Wf-12 11 d
5v �C65
•1 _ D.C. i D.C.
�I
8.2K,2W
150, I W
R107,750
VERT. LIN
V103
17GT5A
HORIZ. OUTPUT
9
RI271,7
■
J81 560
T04170V,T>
68OKj
WF-7 WF-g WF-9 WF-10 WF-ll WF-12 WF-113
8V P-P 18V P-P 56V P-P 128V P-P 200V P-P 1040V P-P 96V P-P
7875 L 7875% 60'L 60 11 60 '\L 60 'L 60 `V
Cl 5
.025
600V
00 NOT
MEASURE
T 103
HORIZ. OUTPUT
TRANS.
WF-14
98V P-P
SI01
DEFLECTION
YOKE SOCKET
5 •'O
O
700
'
R103
30K
CONT.
R104
M EG,
FOCUS
SPARK
GAPS
TO J61
(GROUND)
VERT.
HORIZ.
BOARD
375v
PI01
DEFLECTION
YOKE PLUG
0116 T
120L 2.7
17ov
R128 PF
e
I - �3K
-yam
i6. C117,220
IK
_
pF,3KV 9O0 NOT MEASURE
% 3
• L103 00 Nor 17AY3
io IOUH MEASURE DAMPER
0
RFC 129
8.2
—(WF-V7)
V105
IK3/GT N103
HIGH VOLT. RECT. R146 NE
B
-2H �R1477
5.66K 5.6K
"<WF-I6)
v
WF-15 WF-16 WF-17
570V P-P 570V P-P
60 '1, 7875 '1J 7875 11J
139
SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.71330 Printed Boards Information
(WF-2) 08
RIII C108
1 RII9
PIN 2 VI01
RIO®
GROUND
(WF-10)
R105
C28- 1
J21
R30 I
V4, 4EJ7 L8 y
PIN 2V
PIN 2 OV t
PIN 3 2V
K3 �(D1 •
PIN 4 FIL
1.( .1-
PIN 5 FIL
PIN 6 NC C31♦
PIN 7 180Y
PIN 8 180V I LS
PIN 9 GROUND I !
z
T1
.-L a C29
RI22, PIN 9 V102 ��
2p 16
a
R118, PIN 6 V102
PIN 7 VI01
R103 RED
R102
R103 M—
R131, C102C
R 2!
V2, IIKV8
PIN I GROUND
PIN 2 -4V
PIN 3 100
PIN 4 FL
PIN 5 FI
L
PIN 6 .5V
PIN 7 -.IIV
PIN 8 130V
PIN 9 125V
.._.
J2
Rey
R9
?
s
J15
T2
4
6
CIO
J5
J
T
R7
155V
PIN 5 B+ OUTPUT
V102 TO TUNER
J14
J19 TUNER
1. F. INPUT
� � JI$ GROUND
R26 C24� z'�6 V3, 4EH7
v 1
R23
PIN 1
♦�2
I J� PIN 3
PIN 2 -45V
27
R25 C25
`� 4
y PI
N 4 N 5 FIL
V
T3 I
O PIN 7 N 6
210V
f
O ; '�
.IN 6 GRO
• .IN 9 GROUND
O
/©
CPIN I, V101
F5 0 © 94
8123
5 1-C4
R24 C23
J20 s- n v✓`+ ��
RIB
CI9�� J12
�0 7 -----__C110, PIN I
�� JII
. J7'
I12 -RI01 OA
1317 R13� RI3 R� J60, RI04,
R14 RI6L3
JIO R110
..xx� RII GI ,
•�0°V �CII
(WF-3)
J24
JI
CIE
J23 0 �CC15�
LI
TI A I
� ,
C2� l
BLU RED,
RI36,TI01
J3
R4
WIRING DIAGRAM I.F. SYNC, SOUND BOARD
7102 PIN I T102 R104 B+ L105 TO TUNER (WF-4)
R127
YEL T103 ORW R105 8123 FIL.BRN
J10 C102B
J87 159
R82J J81
R77 IF6
�j\�65 C64t J60 �
j T R60�
•
. w
C6
` J C71
7 R83 �C77
J610
R61
C79 C73 R66 C73T
C• -1� i�
8262
J74�t-,69 �..•
0 1380
R86 R72
R85 R84 —
T70
J79
R106 R6T
V52 13GF7
PIN 1 GROUND
P 2 -25V
PIN 3 15V
PIN 4 FIL.
PIN 5 FL.
PIN 6 260V
PIN 7 NC
PIN 8 190V
PIN 9 -60V
J66
C80
T102 PIN 4 PIN 5
BLU V102 V103
J63
4_R79
R52
CI
R109, R131,
-J70
3 RI01 GROUND
--iNn T
RI
(WF-� C109
cm
C101,
R 103 RLD
GROUND
RI01
PVII�1
17BFII
FIL
PIN 2 2.2V
PIN 3 OV
PIN 4 NC
PIN 5 -4V
PN 6 114V
PIN 7 250V
PIN 8 OV
PIN 9 7V
PIN 10130V
PIN II 123V
PIN 12 FIL
C61 / ,152 R54
51
r.
J68
0* /
4k,,R62� R��C63
!! CC5
J65
T
i
R55
EJ54
R51
• C52
J53
•
-� ,.
D51 R
57
R58 7
R59 T57
R68
J67 •
J76 ® 1059 ` J58
�'I
C103C R107 PIN 8 (WF-6) PINS (WF-5) C103A
V101 2,6 V103
l
(WF-8)
(WF-7)
L104
V51 8FQ7OR
8CG7
PI
N 1 185V
PN 2 -15V
PIN 3 8V
PIN 4 FIL.
PN 5 FL.
PIN 6 220V
PI
N 7 25V
PN 8 8V
PIN 9 GROUND
WIRING DIAGRAM HORIZONTAL-VERTICAL BOARD
140
SPEAKER
SP301 V702 C•R•T
50OKB4
UHF
TUNER
01. ZSC684
2SC387. MPS6543
----TOR TISIB
56S7 t_�► sue.-_
RF OSC.
e MIX.
CHOKE
TRANS. 1
T702 1 F701
3GK5
AUDIO \.
OUTPUT
TRANS.
T302
I
I
SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
SHARP
MODELS TW-87P, TW-88P
Chassis Assembly Removal
Whenever it becomes necessary to remove the chassis from the cabinet, proceed in the following manner:
1. Lay the cabinet face down on a soft pad so as not to map the picture tube.
2. Remove the six back cover retaining screws.
3. Remove the back cover and disconnect the VHF and UHF antenna feeders.
4. When removing the tuner assembly.
a) Remove the VHF Channel Selector, VHF Fine Tuning and UHF Dial Knobs from the front of the cabinet.
b) Remove the speaker leads.
c) Remove the four screws retaining the tuner mounting bracket and the tuner assembly from the cabinet.
5. When removing the control bracket
a) Remove the OFF-ON Volume and Contrast Knobs from the front of the cabinet.
b) Remove the two screws retaining the control bracket.
6. When removing the chassis from the cabinet
a) Remove the three screws retaining the chassis to the cabinet.
b) Remove the anode lead and picture tube socket and the deflection yoke after loosening its clamp ring.
The chassis may now be completely removed from the cabinet.
Fuse
For overload protection, a 2.OA fuse has been installed in the AC input of this receiver. This fuse is mounted on a
terminal strip that is located at the front -of high voltage cage.
FINE
TUNING
CHANNEL UHF TUNING
SELECTOR I i
CONTRAST
r •iti .$� i?uiii a -
I
\\ 1
\ I
I
\� L _
AG.C� j V-LIN —_ ---- —''RIGMTREn
—r , /V-HOLD
RFI AMP.
I . T201
I
L20I
4EH7
IST IF AMP.
K-UNIT-63
17JZS 6HZ6
SOUND
VERT. T. OSC• ^
DET. BF07
B OUTPUT o Z HORIZ.OSC.
��207
C-208
Siva
VIDEO AMP.
6 KEYED A.G.0
R717
6A05A
AUDIO
OUTPUT
FOCUS
Chassis Tube Layout and Adjustment
17BE3
DAMPER
709A
C709B
C709C
C7090
21JZ6 HORIZ. OUTPUT
O ®® O
IRT14A.R7148
IAD2
_ H. V_ R
JIy
CT.
�V604 �
r _
s__= VERT.
� ! r OUTPUT
iii i
'TRANS,
_�Ll_—J� i T501
L
`
��LLyygg�/
TRANS�T€�41_—
"I
H-SIZE
H-HOLD
A.C. LINE 120V
INTERLOCK
141
SHARP Models T W-8T£/T W-88f Printed Board Information
)
2
2
\
\
&
S. Reassemble
the
chassis
assemblies.
Wiring Si
de
of P.C. Bo
ard
142
SHARP 1Viodels TW-87P/TW-8'8P Printed Board Information.
1
l iz
�o
T'
Component
Side
of
P.
C.
Boar
d
Widt
h Adjustment
Set
the
channel
to be
ad
just
ed.
143
SHARP Models TW-87P/TW-88P Schematic Diagram
Deflection Yo
ke Adjustment
C:
O
f~
b
forward
on
the
neck
of
th
e picture
tube
as possible.
Centering
Adjustment
Vert
ical
Si
ze and
Linearity
Adju
stme
nt
uor-
VI �CI
S 750 OR IN82AG
C4 C3
05 p IIP CIO
0.3P
TB-101
VHF ANT.
R712
.5K
2W
10.av •
UT6-IU2(TW-87P)
UT7-21J2(TW-88F)VOLTAGE SYMBOL LEGEND
UHF TB-, 19KV o (HIGH VOLTAGE)
ANT 420 V (BOOST)
270V
145V A
130V
125V 7
Q1.2SC684,2SC387
MPS6543 or TIS18
RI01 CIO
I
390K .B-5P
viol
3GK5 `
HF RF AMP.B UHF IF
A.C. LINE INTERLOCK
FRONT
CONTROL
BRACKET
0711
.001 T
I «�
BRACKET
r
M701 ',L—
DC-188
H — 3 4
C119
001
FUSE 2A
F701
STC71 O
I
R717
"SIN
W
ON-OFF
UHF 0SC
VHF
C 107
IP L107
10.5V •
DC VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS
ARE AT NO SIGNAL CONDTION
NTB-7U2G
TUNING
CIIO LIDS 0118
.00 .•i rA
L2P
V102AI CIOB
2P
9, _ _7
C109
R103 201,
R105
2.2 K
2w.
2.2K
3.8
LI
T.PI01
R102
IK
CI14
001
AMP.
R104
250K
1,2 K
(PART OF R316)
(C.R.TI
V702
8
CI20
.001
(NTB-7U2G)
0707
C706 J002222
R71gA 150 7 r
o r
200V u
—`_" * F'
5W 15W SR701
R714A f%48 KI8
+
SR702
2
R106
IOK
RIOS
22K
39
V102B
R107
IK
C117
V102 .001'
5GS7
VHF MIX.OSC.B UHF IFAMP
123V
K19
K6
K20
V601 V603 V602 V303 V302 V301
K 11_^
4 5 12 1 12 I 3 4 3 4 5 4
I-
�
C713 C714
0022;,0022
V202 L704 V701 V501
N
C708A
.0047
CTO9A
275Y
,v
R20
3.31
1
�K2
K3
I_
9725M
R221
27OKi
R2
C211 .
.022'
C709B R7-09
10 350V
1250 $
15W 3
C709C
145v
•� +
2OZ350V
•
C71 2
K9 033
V201 L705
K
T C719 C71B T 0717
10022 ,0022 I .0022
�dl 9a7 7"77
4
12 1
C,
i
144
SHARP Models TW-87P/TW-88P Schematic Diagram, Continued
-UNIT-63
V301A V302
SOUND 6HZ6T
200V
C301 -5V
47P
8302
POOK
R301
1.5K
I
;, V201
jj 4EH7
IST P'iK IF AMP
201
2
V
S R204 1..
-1
C202 C 212 R205
0022 0022 IBK
IW
V
Q. T301
8303
22 K
R304
18K
R313 27K
7- v
6 95V
304
0 047
'W1A-R314
68
R306
15K
C303 3/4W
620 C305
L301
IF
K7
0307 KS
.01
R308
270K
R307 r
C308
470K 0047
VOLUME
7-
WA
R309
7875Hz
V7016 1
V202 wifi1 I
2VP-P 1/2 8JV8 I.
24EJ7 ND PIX IF AMP. d
� -} VIDEO AMP
130V 7875Hz -��._ BOV
T202T.P202 A3) - T203
L202 L203 T-P 203
9
C204
0012
R206
I
C206
.0047
MM
R209 2 W
0207
4.7P - L204
0208
47P R210
2,7K
7
C701
022
R703
4.7 K
160V
a
V303
6Aa5A
AUDIO OUTPUT
2
R310
390
_�'350 V
L702 a
R702
82K
2W
R315
82 I J-301
T302
R312 I
I�_.
ISOK
r
30HZ FOCUS
40VP-P
I �17875Hz�- `
94
8218 R�
%� 2.2M
6.2M
_C209
I
_ V701A
'/28JV8-
KEYED A.G.0
pV g - IO %%
M 3 68K
R212 2
820K
C210 -
1
-C
R215
16,55V 66K
R216
33K
v
3OHz1
_F
/ 14OVP-P Ra06
V . V3016 47K,
�_ 1 6GHBA
`. SYNC S p
R402 R403
8.2M 470K
R401
12K -2.
9 ,
C401 C402
OI 470P
.V
R404,- IC4
2.210 22P
1 17JZ8
/WOVP-P\ VERT.OSC VERT.OUTPUT
30H2 ' _ --I' RSo
^ 11 =
I G
C501 68K C503 G504R507RSOB
R501 M501 .0056.00222 IBK .068
So'
27K
68Kp- -0 ` '1'^- /=IW 3W
CONTRAST
llV�nl /
!V704
10: ' R715
\ C705
I
R704
3.9 K
%%%
R705
3 K
4W
R706
47K
R710
56K
3
0
74 W
R708
IBOK
K12
L703 '510
.002
SP 301
t
270V 420V
V702�
50OKB4
I ©
714
R 517
820K
R 516
47K
R 515
56K
BRIGHTNESS
R405
27K
I, l \ l IVP-P
7875Hz 30H2
�II�igIIIIIU
N141
15®P
502
20K
30VP-P
��J I
7975Hz
�C603
7C605
R604 0022
0012 TOOK
J 9VP-P
- L
7875Hz T.P602
7875Hz
R503
2701W 4
�45
= +
25V
V-HOLD
{ P502 10
j 3.9K�
-40V
BO✓
ov C505
• 068
F
II ,3V
R5MR S05�
I
�I.2M
®® .:
n R521 IM12 R522
"AT
T
IIOVP-P
,
7875Hz-
I
28vp-p V602
21JZ6
R611
22K
V601
8FQ7
HOR.OSC, 105Y
C607
56OP
�L
.0039 K
22
22K
S H A R P
HOR.O.UTPUT
/10 V
R617
2 2.7K
0 7
4
047
R616
47K
R618
IBK
R619
68K
WP
1
V- SIZE
250V
4
2.2K 67
R510 12V
47-
1. .523
R504 'R511
V603 220K 15M
17BE3
DAMPER
--11
C611
150-
612
560P
3/4W R615 R614
IOK IBK
I
C613
.047
R62d
BOKI
'R622
H-SIZE FACTORY JUMPERI
120K
7
270v
4.10
L602
L603
R62'
I.OK.,20 V
I C614 t_
K1
14
4
722
—�15� K13
RSI.
2.7M
V
3/4W
Y*
R514
39K
C 709DI
350V
T601 1 A D 2
r
RS19
82K
C509
.022
C506
R626
V*
b-®
•
TO-K)
TO-a
T04
TO-N
I
190Vp-p
787514z
MODEL
TU-47P/TU-58P
Portable TV
SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
TU-47P
(Service material on pages 146 through 152)
Deflection Yoke Adjustment
TU-58P
If the lines of the raster are not horizontal or squared with the picture mask, loosen the yoke clamp and rotate the
deflection yoke until this condition is corrected. To obtain best results, the deflection yoke should be positioned as far
forward on the neck of the picture tube as possible.
SPEAKER
1167•- A
OFF-ON
VOLUME
VHF
TUNER
VHF
CHANNEL SELECTOR
HF
fIl
I,
-611
ii OI UHF OSC.
I
6CG8A
R. F. OSC
8 MIX 15
R.F. A
.F. AMP.
VHF FINE TUNING
CONTRAST
UHF 01
TUNER MPS6543.
or TIS18,
or 2SC387.
or 2SC684
VERT.
OUTPUT TRANS.
r-
TIF-367
t
2TIF-467
4EH7
STPI F AMP
o �
TIF-\9
17J Z8
VERT, O S C.
8 OUTPUT
10JY8 6GH8A
VIDEO SOUND IF 12FX5
AMP. AMP. AUDIO
a KEYED I IB SYNC.. OUTPUT
A.G.C. /
SEP. AUDIO
2TIF-491: 10_UTPUT TRANS.
V13 C.R.T.
12 CNP4A
4 6HZ6
&ISOUN�
DE
I
4.
K-UNIT-76
IZ. OS C.
38HE7
HORIZ. OUTPUT
p e DAMPER
RESISTOR
FLYBACK
TRANS.
I 1
L
ifI A_.O.C.N. y-SIZE=JiOLQ
BRIGHTNESS V-HOLD
Figure 1 Chassis Tube Layout and Adjustment
CAPACITOR
A.C. LINE 120V
INTER LOCK
K-UNIT-77
CHOKE
TRANS.
IX25
H.V. RECT
146
SHARP Models TU-47P/TU-58P Service Information, Continued
Centering Adjustment
Both horizontal and vertical centering are accomplished by rotating the centering rings mounted on the back of the
deflection yoke assembly.
Vertical Size and Linearity Adjustment
Adjust V-SIZE and V-LIN. for the best overall linearity and sufficient picture height. After this adjustment, a slight
readjustment of the centering rings may be necessary.
Check RF Oscillator Adjustment (VHF Tuner)
Tune in all available VHF stations to see if the receiver local oscillator is adjusted to the proper frequency on all VHF
channels. Access to the individual local oscillator adjus�ments on the VHF tuner is obtained in the following manner.
1. Remove the channel selector knob, fine tuning knob and felt washer from the shaft.
2. Set the tuner to the channel where adjustment is required.
3. Adjust local oscillator by turning the screw from the large hole on the insulative paper.
Fuse
For overload protection, a 1.6A fuse has been installed in the AC input of this receiver. This fuse is mounted on a
terminal strip that is located at the back of high voltage cage.
High voltage assembly must be removed from the cabinet whenever replacement is required.
Chassis Assembly Removal
Main part of this chassis can be removed individually, proceed as follows.
1. Lay the cabinet face down on a soft pad so as not to mar the picture tube.
2. Remove the seven back cover retaining screws.
3. Remove the back cover and disconnect the antenna wires and ground wire.
4. When removing the tuner assembly.
a. Remove the insulating barrier with three screws; one at the tuner support bracket, two at the tuner mounting bracket.
b. Remove the ON-OFF Volume, Contrast, VHF Channel Selector, VHF Fine Tuning and UHF Tuning Knobs from the
front of the cabinet.
c. Remove the four screws retaining tuner support bracket; two of which are at the bottom of the cabinet and the
another two screws are at the back of the VHF Tuner.
d. Remove the four screws retaining tuner mounting bracket and remove the tuner assembly from the cabinet.
e. Remove the three screws retaining the variable resistor assembly and remove it from the cabinet.
5. When removing the printed circuit assembly
Remove the speaker leads from the printed circuit board at terminals K22 & K23. Pull out the board along the guide rail
after removing one screw retaining the printed circuit board near 7T-179.
6. When pulling the high voltage and power source assembly.
a. Remove the anode lead and loosen the deflection yoke clamp. Remove the deflection yoke from the picture tube
neck.
b. Remove two screws retaining the side of high voltage cage and two screws retaining the lower part and one screw
retaining the upper part.
7. The chassis may now be completely removed from the cabinet.
Removing and Installing Picture Tube
In order to remove or replace the picture tube, the chassis assemblies must be removed.
Refer to CHASSIS ASSEMBLY REMOVAL procedure. When the chassis has been removed, proceed as follows:
1. Remove the picture tube retaining ring.
2. Remove the picture tube from the cabinet.
CAUTION: Refer to the caution label on the high voltage cage.
(Always avoid handling the neck of the picture tube.)
3. Place the picture tube in proper position in the cabinet.
4. Mount the picture tube retaining ring.
5. Reassemble the chassis assemblies.
147
SHARP Models TU-47P/TU-58P Printed Board Information
8713 2.7 K
K3
K2
K
C72QQ,,I
.0022
cA
t
.0022
I
I-•T '
CT1
.0022
i
P
TJF-367
271E-487.
__ R203
`rF'20 --� R202�—rf iK
22K
P20;aL
(4EH7
3 7
tTP2o4?'
22T -.FR214 �.--
C204 MOK 1
�0012
X05
i
C707
.022
R712 2.7K
�wh
R711 680
_ W&-
lu K52 K53 K54 K55 K56
TIF-379
0,207'
0022
,�i P20�
07�
I"C7i7
0022
V4
4 EJ 7
TL-99
47P
2TL-970
Clio
P
2TL-970
K26
4707
s 6K
I
C206
C202
.0022
R
205
C212 ! 1
R502
82K
7
470 t, -
�C206
I
606P
— �L202 --
M-9
1_
R 501
1
56 K
K
1R206
1470
-Lp21
C716
c7a 0022
Radi
o
39K
_ �
1` JTL-
r
�26
v
0
J
121K C7o3T� R tOa 0022
21( R702,
�UD
C70� H2
3 �V
2TL-211
.2K K24
-L" �180K
K25�.. -�
8213
MK
C708C
C708B
200
�\
50 OrC709A
200
K58
0711 .001
SI RECT 20 K57
BOTTOM VIEW OF P.C. BOARD (K-UNIT-77)
C SDY
I
V-S12E
R5 05--
IM i
PRC.302 _ ` C505
8507
IM`I_ 8509
I50 K4
Y
1
V-'IN
C504 0022
K7
-- ( R'1,2 J
C 506
15K
K6
`N 1 1,0503 -d-
---�
c 50
( 1 8513 - 022 $QEN-„26 - 8604 "
221( H514 --'.,µ J" �`
330K C607
V9 7 -82K r02 r 1 68N
7J Z8 1(5
1 k 8606` ""'C601
R 601 1-
820[ J
1,.0018
660K -"1 Rw,-i
11506
K8 K10
k6=2 1624
�10K nGK
K9 L
I
7
II
_ C34T
— Y`t05C77 100
-'200 (R511 r—�820F*
'� 2\. R402
Ca02 vkOLD
22M \ 62u rL470P
j K2T� R211 t?4
82M
jrAc3[
7 K28� 01 a'OK
2 2 M 22P 0403 �Kt
R307 1t--
_ H2
01
�-
/
-� R305 i 1(20
?
21(K F
180 K
e
c
2TIF-491 h
C 312 .2
-L
�R7W' T
82K RZiEl
AG.0
BRIGHTNESS
I
C510 1
01
R504 1P503
11( 1471(—
F-544
V6
C3Q2
6G H8A
,l
�I
301
27 K f 4
--j' R4 a6--
—'�R405
R301 4►K
-1 1.51(?C-:y
HL-184K
R215
56K
004
56 K
K23
K22
C
22
6HZ6-7
7�
7
TIF- 378
27K C309
0022
7T-R9
`r
C60I
12OF
C603
.0015
M
R306)
R612
CIA
c"?
C715� r- ' i
Y
.0022
2FtG 97�
R217 17 . ` JZ P _
PINT
330K
(R507yec--�__
13
IM) a
V-HOLD V-LINE
12M
—I RSCH
R308
82K
_-R611
r
01 C307 r R6C9
1 82 1(
KIS R3o9 J
KI9 _ --U701i
00
.0
L f�I Y
8605 ;
1690 M. 168K1�1
SZK
1.
u 625
�wcK
0310
Ocu
\ I
S5K 0 co 800sy "� c7
2
1 ={1) (2) (3) k6151(
f'1 021( ,,,f _
J �RStO }_ SIZE K17
�,.; B20P 1
2 z 4
> r
I
3.31( \
R5
_ _} �_R6,R �.
� R617 �-
V-SILL K
K16
K15
R6
'eK
C613
.068
0019
CT
-;r
R6
,a1( Pal
TL 23
ccC8
U 9uP
TL-604f
D�
240P
h=HOLD
C 612
K12
C612
.I5
PULLEY
60 003
-it-
R607 18K
(jP 601)
L-2 3
0606
390P T
(TP 602
T 'b 5K1 j
615 240
K1
�C614 3(NC) (NC)6
7.0012
,^2(PD) VII
I(H 36HE7
2p (tc
tw6a.)gi
4 12, lL �0,'
X605
X 047
LC607
T 68P
060 R606
oOI8 T 820
R603*
IM
2(2G) 3(2K)
�#YP) VK) 4(1
8FQ7 5tH)
,9(NC) §{SIP}
-$(IK)760) �I4
e R609
82K 330K.
TL-601
C
0713 .022'.
K1 H-SIZE
`
3
1
6IS 3.3K J; 12K
R6#7 IK
(1c)�,;
H-MOLD
(X13
CI)DIAL POINTER
2
K8 K7 �
2
.,
K9 R622
'OK
R624
I80 K
— 11--
C617.0047
330
K
R506
15K
SHARP Models TU-47P/TU-58P
Printed Board Information
(3)CORD
4)SPRING
L �6)UHF TUNING SHAFT
V-SIZE
R505 I M
�N
8512 15K
G50t .1
C505 .@
0506 1
R602 C509
680K F_ 022
SELEEN
N 26
R605 `C 02
68K 11150P
Rf01 680K
0603 O1
.0015 120P
- A t -
Lc609
T 47OF
TR612 R30B
1
ISK 82K
R61 I SZX
-
C0022Z
1
R309 270K
—VAIN,
1 C610
T .0047
R6'3 820K
VA,
8311 100
6
�Kl
R513
22K
C5 0
.0
503
047.7
R503
47K
I
27K R5o
K4 R50
150
I2 NC)4(wI
#,' IFS ) v 9 5
V # !N
(H) 17JZ 8 (G,r) r-
(5,07,
(K.)
f
l
o
l
R'
'A* !K T
82 1 R51..�,f
p 20
0
-� C306 V�tE�LD
f 2TL 976 r
O22�.00P3 030 TI
F-s;4
5( .--.-ooz`'
1c7)5:4(" 7 7, (6.7 I3
I "'022 6HZ6 i%,)>j ( i W3
I 3(H) t_- v)Y' •1470K
COI1
�t R307 566E
�•2(K{I�O��� -��---T� -AZ R404 22M
,
T
G
R305 960 0305 ,tmg
I Wye .01 6(W (KPGv.
�C3
01
T€
R402
8.24
030$ B IK4
820P
TIFsP
I lKQ V8 4JH 110309 R503 _
R312I2FX5 1.0022 27K
too (G 1) 7T=179
• �Zc P Z �(r�
Cato 0#
-HI F
FOCUS
SopgTGROUNO 8,
R 5)O 8 K
515 ( R 505
156K # I !4
Y-saE
R516
56K R508 1214
V-LININ
"
V-HOLD
IOP V6
6G qQ H 8A
(w Vii)
(G:P' •(r 4 71P i
CC2 T R302
.00 47 2 (c,.) TOOK
1C3011
47PR406 2
R4 47 lfj%
R301 1.5
HL-181
17J38 R217 330K
AGG
G I
:- R201
�
f
P Q
271E 4B7 , .�
-
1 1 +
1 `
c.
C20? 20 -L �(
�y
0022.7 , R202 Qt
1 4 yr
�_ 22K-_,
—�WM--
C2C2
.1
R2
IY.
5M
1K
3.
7 TIF-367
K2
15P
E3I
(fp 20j)
*,l
I v3 q{N) 10720
e 01 i � 4EH7 70022
R214 220K R20 4
22 5(H)
LCC719
`
'C205#
.
� '
C012 C20�1G
8S
6�i7tPT611S) 77)02222
R205 22K TIF- 14 -- 31
379 ; TL-603
R20 C206 L 41 _LC0022 R207 t
213 M • ' 'hN CAP 20 p_2
T I(K) 2{0,).3(K)
r
va 4(H) -L
"209
Tczia 470 4EJ7
c2081') .00ze
680P 9(Cn)
2TL-970 r--� — 7T
0022
ITL-99
20g
_ 4'7P
2TL 70.cp
�rl
g
,c✓
211
22
D
C747011
22TA33T
A{H)-5AH)
�6iWGx)
VS 275 _-1 2TL-971)
10JY6 7 Gw)
TL
2OI
JR21j
-
39i
(tP 20S
MY) $(G zd R706 3.9K 1
- "9(R) yC7as R
Y
0704 12K
--14.7P T R70 12K
2. - _'
0
/A,;3702
VLF-491 IM-211
0700 68K—
R709 IBC K
eF4GHTNEss
07
2
707
56K
TL-603
BOTTOM VIEW OF P.C. BOARD (K-UNIT-76)
45.75 MHz C 42.75 MHz
VHF ANT NT6-7U2
.6C103
7P 0112
001
V
us
44.25 MHz
Figure 3
HF
1
SHARP Models TU-47P/TU-58P
�2Kj ;; j UHF
,00
, r-M VHF
P ' 0107 27L-90
IP
�■
390
0105
390N ,8-5P
C 111
3 VI
A0
3GK5
L2
RI
L3 680N
�� iSND2AG L7 - L6
CV
3
C5 113
4.7 K
UT7-2U2
UT6-2U2
UHF o ANT TB-I
UHF R715
OUTPUT
DI Z , C9 20P
I,
R716
R2 1011 I000P 2.7K
I,.7R6 _
Ce
RS 4.7N 80OP
01
L4
14 C3
T0.7PIIP"r Q3 :
3
R4
OI 2SC684 , 2SC387,
UHF OSC. MPS6543 or TISIS
Y
C114
.001
R104
250K
6CG8A
TUNING
CI10
LO'
271E-495 CI IB
__ 22P
RF AMPS UHF 1F Ar f
VHF MIK., OSC. 8 UHF IF AMP,
A.G.C. •BX
I I
I
__�27
47.25 MHz
3Vp_p 45.75MHz
f
50%
L
41.25 MHz
42.75 MHz.
44.25 MHz
Figure 4
approx 30%
j
1K28 BZ
M
Y
I I - 11211
I +J� B.2M
C2i1
.22 1212
T
V5 \'/2 6GHf
10UY8 SYNC. SE
KEYED A.G.0 8402 8403 \
216 pa01 0.2M 470K
11
8216
0
2
• .9
r
0401 C402
01 470P _ 8
R404 ,5403
2.2M 22P
11217 4W
56K 500K 31OK
V^ i
R2 8
171 001
BY
L5
K2
11717
12K
T IF- 367
47P�1
TP-2
C2
0
T
�V
7875H7
t V6
8215
56K
AGC
�T
60V.-.
7675 H2
I —I
20VK-• 30V.y
—1 — --78751-12
R603
120V
VIO
8FQ7
HOR12. OSC.
0608
D3 M 390P
SELEN-26 2/
C602
H
116044
N601 1
8601
6eOK 150P r 330K 8605
6BK 3
C601
20P
7875 Mi
R602 I
680K
i
L_
IOVK-• �� ,� '
C605
047
R609
330..
6
8606 10607
020 66P
8607 R."
18K .2K
1 TL- 2
7v.-.
l FACTORY JUMPER 1 �2 3
IDV,-p
7675 Hz
H-HOLO
K-UNIT-76
C610
0041
SK
0609
470P
B
150
SHARP Models TU-47P/TU-58P Schematic Diagram, Continued
VOLUME
V6
'2 6GHSA
SOUND IF AMP.
C301
•7P
IK
V3
4EH7
iT PIK. IF A
C200 R20S
0012 22K
8405
47K
TIF-378
V4
4EJ7
280 PIK. IF AMP.
135V
TIF-379 7
TP-202
♦ 2 '
n
8207
BK
/ WOV.-.
/ 1
30Hz Z:7
RSOI C501
82K PRC-302 .I
TP-401
P _ 8502
2 6.8K
V7
.0 V8
C3081 12FX5
1
SOUND OE 7. KI8 SOOK AUDIO OUTPUT
R306
27K
C303
.01
7875HZ
27L -97
R311 1
8309
270K
WA _ R312 0309
100 7.0022
II II ".I I'illkl
2TIF- 491
D 70• I
-1 v5 27L-2' S4.14
3V.-. 'i2 IOJYB "
VIDEO AMP. 3•
2TE-970 TL-26
2TL-970
7P C209
4.7P TL-275
V9
17J Z8
0303 VERT. OSC.. VERY. OUTPUT
0047
R503 C504.L� 8306
1
R^
612
17K ,00227 5K ISK
8406
27K
.6 820P
c502—
AV-HOLD
8614
68 9
VII
38HE7
HORIZ. OUTPUT. DAMPER
1163 1.2K
2
R6 IK17i
30 •
/My$IZE R610
3.3K
� 40
R 515
56K
812
K4
FACTORYd►oER
0303 8509
ISO
RSO S
M
/ M
/V-SIZE
r
I
RSO7
iM
C507
200
R516
56K
2 IM
T�W���1�A�3 WA
'--'VFIV"' R31p
,508' 82K
1.2114 \
BFT-648
rK16
o
/I
111'pp
1 IIb
TT
--�Ip I�
K151' "
KI
V5 V6 VB V7 V9 VII I
I
S • 5 4 4 3 3 4 12 1 1 12
• 0715 00
2
0713
II
0
.0022.00227 7 .022
7116
I
I
1 50P
o�((
TL-603 V4
TL-603 V3
III--VIO
1
d
I
T J I KI
II- 19 8621 L--- 5 • 5 •
�C'716 717 C71B ���CCC719 C720
Y
7
C616 I� 22—
K-o-
Ag ---J
22 I.00YY 70022 002Y 0022
II� Y .068 1 IOK IWK �
l
F •i
8
II 03 6 NM - � BZv-K 8 I C617 8623 8625 (C. R.
-
J .0047 0
270K 100K V13
y l O i 0115 y l V 2 01 16
A01 TL-620 TL-BIS X001
� K131/�K14
8620
M.V.
3.3 �
70V 8.2K
TP-203
i R 704
12X
r 60V .-r I
p
IOOOV._v
30. V,
f
30H2
1050
1
509
BT-1921.022
K4�
PO
Q
d p '
0 0 '
4
�\V_L1N
V12
IX2B
N.V. RECT.
K 121
,7875 NZ
8513
22K
I
8514
CSOS 82K
.047
L__
30HZ
J DC-184
KID
•
I
1 � I
LK-UNIT-77 _
K
0510
OI
P710
I
x 140V
3
T
. 3K_
I(5AL 6�7p7
1� .022
BY
to K53 RTI I
135 V 680
B �
45V OK55
7T-179 8313
1 82
K22
_J
I
BS
SOV.-.
_ 9
7875Hz
CONTRAST
05 8706
8707
3.6K
0706
.22
1((715
p709
180.
2
VJ
2SOK
R708j %
82K
'BRIGHTNESS
J
1'V._.
30HZ 1
11�
EARPHONE
�I 11107P-55 A
FOCUS (GROUND.
B .Boo At )
I
12CNP4A
V13
C.R.T.
1
SO HZ IBS�
R712 K52
R- 2.7K � -
1
R713 I
2.7 K
�_ __ __
91x204
/1 2' 1 11 BO
K54, K5
C708A j
200 Q 3 4 I
I
K58
K17i
07085
200
C708C
50
CT�I� D
SI-RECT-20
4
001 -K56 0714
4.7
BOW
I
A18Hz l
I
I
I
315 4-
L
7
3 4 I S
♦ 0119
.001
NT6-7U2
FUSE
LGA
OFF-ON
C712
.1
r
INTERLOCKI
L
J
A.C.-LINE
151
SHARP Models TU-47P/TU-58P Alignment Information, Continued
ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
Equipment
1. Television Sweep Generator
2. Television Marker Generator
3. Oscilloscope
4. Bias Supply
5. Output Meter
Picture IF Alignment
1. Television receiver and test equipment should be turned on and allowed to warm up for 10 minutes before alignment.
2. Set the VHF-channel selector to channel 10. (Antenna disconnected from tuner input.)
3. Set the sweep generator for a 44 MHz IF output and adjust the sweep width for 10 MHz.
4. Loosely couple the marker generator output lead to the output cable of the sweep generator.
5. Apply -3.5V bias to TP 204.
6. Connect the vertical input of the oscilloscope through a 10K Ohm resistor to TP 203.
7. Connect the output of the sweep generator through a .005 MFD capacitor to TP 202. Adjust the output of sweep
generator to maintain a level not exceeding 2-3V pp at the oscilloscope reading.
8. Set the marker generator to produce the desired marker frequencies and adjust TL-99 (Top and Bottom) to obtain a
waveform on the oscilloscope similar to the pattern shown in Figure 2.
9. Move the output of the sweep generator to TP 201.
10. Adjust TIF-379-(Top & Bottom) to obtain a waveform on the oscilloscope similar to the pattern in Figure 3.
11. Move the output of the sweep generator to TP 101 on the VHF tuner.
12. Adjust TIF-367 (Top & Bottom), 2TIF-487, 2TIF-495 and touch up TIF-379 to obtain a waveform on the oscilloscope
equivalent to the pattern shown in Figure 4. (Top slug of TIF-367 is to dip 41.25MHz and 2TIF-487 is to dip 47.25MHz.
13. Repeat steps 7 through 12 until the best result is obtained.
Sound IF Alignment
1. With the receiver in normal operating condition, tune in a strong local station for best reception of picture.
2. Adjust TIF-544 for maximum sound without buzz and distortion.
3. Attenuate the received station signal by disconnecting the antenna.
4. Adjust TIF-378 for maximum sound with minimum buzz.
5. Adjust 2TIF-491 (Top) for maximum sound.
6. Repeat steps 2, 3, 4 and 5 to obtain the best result.
4.5 MHz Trap Alignment
1. The receiver and test equipment should be turned on and allowed to warm up before alignment.
2. Set the channel selector to an unused channel, set the contrast control in fully clockwise position and disconnect the
antenna from the tuner input.
3. Connect 4.5 MHz signal from the marker generator to TP203.
4. Adjust 2TIF-491 (Bottom) to obtain minimum contrast on the face of the picture tube.
Horizontal AFC Alignment
1. The receiver should be turned on and allowed to warm up before alignment.
2. Tune in a local station and adjust for normal picture.
3. Short-circuit both ends of horizontal ringing coil TL-23 (TP 601 and TP 602).
4. Connect 0.5 MFD capacitor between TP401 and the chassis to eliminate the sync signal output.
5. Turn the Horizontal Hold control to bring the picture moving slowly to the right or left, disregard vertical movement
of the picture.
6. Open the short-circuit of Horizontal Ringing Coi1TL-23 and adjust its core to produce the same condition as in step 5.
7. Remove the 0.5 MFD capacitor connected at step 4.
8. Repeat steps 4, 5 and 6 until the Horizontal Sync is obtained at the mechanical center of the H-HOLD control range.
Width Adjustment
With line voltage set at 108 volts, select the proper connection on the H-SIZE adjustment so that both side of the picture
just fills the mask. Under normal operating conditions and with the line voltage set at 120 volts, the picture should
horizontally overscan the mask about 1/2 inch on each side.
152
Rear Cabinet Removal
1. Pull out the UHF tuning knob and UHF dial.
2. Place the set rear-side-up on a padded work surface.
3. Remove the three screws labeled Al-3 in Fig. 6.
4. Remove a screw labeled B I in Fig. 7.
5. Lift up the rear cabinet slowly.
6. Remove the adhesive tape which fixes the leads and
cables on the cabinet.
7. Pull out the 4-pole connector shown in Fig. 8.
8. Unsolder the two grounding wires and antenna cable
connected to the antenna jack as shown in Fig. 8.
9. Remove the rear cabinet.
Al
Screw
® B 3x8
'UHF Tuning knob
and dial
A2
Screw
Tp:3x10
A3
Screw
®P 3x 10
Fig, 6 Rear Cabinet Removal, step 3.
B1
Sc rew
® B 3x8
T14""Y
Model
TV-9200
CANADA: Serial No. 10001 and later.
USA: Serial No. 32615 and later.
Unsolder these leads
Pull out this 4-pole connector
Fig. 8 Rear Cabinet Removal, steps 7 and 8.
Printed Circuit Board Removal
1. Remove the rear cabinet.
2. Place the set rear-side-up on a padded work surface.
3. Remove the clamp band which secures the lead
wires of the picture-tube socket.
4. Pull off the picture-tube socket.
5. Remove the anode cap.
6. Remove the five screws labeled C1-5 in Fig. 9.
7. Unsolder the all lead wires connected to the printed
circuit board.
8. Remove the printed circuit board.
C1
Tapping Screw
eBV 3x8
C2
Tapping Screw
®BV 3x8
C3
Tapping Screw
®BV 3x8
Anode lead
Remove this clamp
band
Picture tube socket
C4
Tapping Screw
®BV 3_x8
C5
Tapping Screw
I ®BV 3x8
Fig. 7 Rear Cabinet Removal, step 4.
Fig. 9 Printed Circuit Board Removal
153
SONY Model TV-920U
Protector Removal
1. Remove the rear cabinet.
2. Remove the four screws labeled D1-4 in Fig. 10.
3. Push slightly on the part of the protector that is
unscrewed with a small screw driver as shown in
Fig. 11.
4. Pull out the protector.
D1
Tapping Screw
®R 3x6
D2
Tapping Screw
® R 3x6
D3 /
Tapping Screw
® R 3x6
E1
Tapping Screw
®BV 3x8
D4
Tapping Screw
®R 3x6
Fig. 10 Protector Removal, step 2.
E2
Small Screwdriver
ush the protector
Fig. 11 Protector Removal, step 3.
Fig. 12 Tuner Block Removal
Disassembly Instructions, Continued
Tuner Block Removal
1. Pull out the VHF channel selector and fine-tuning
knob.
2. Pull out the UHF tuning knob and UHF dial.
3. Remove the rear cabinet.
4. Remove the printed circuit board.
5. Remove the two screws labeled E1-2 in Fig. 12.
6. Unsolder the two leads that are connected to the
3-P terminal board.
7. Lift out the tuner block.
Speaker Removal
I. Remove the rear cabinet.
2. Remove the printed circuit board.
3. Unsolder the resistcr lead and the other two leads.
4. Remove the three screws labeled F1-3 in Fig. 13.
5. Lift out the speaker.
F1
Tapping Screw
®BV 3x8
F3 F2
Tapping Screw Tapping Screw
®BV 3x8 ®BV 3x8
Fig. 13 Speaker Removal
Picture-tube Removal
1. Remove the rear cabinet.
2. Remove the printed circuit board.
3. Loosen the clamp band on the funnel of the picture-tube.
4. Remove the four screws labeled G1-4 in Fig. 14,
5. Lift out the picture-tube.
G1
Tapping Screw
®BV 302
G 2 -- I
Tapping Screw- Loosen this screw
®B V 3x 12 Fig. 14 Picture Tube Removal
G3
Tapping Screw
_ ®BV 3x12
11
G4
Tapping Screw
®BV 3x12
Tapping Screw
®BV 3x8
154
SONY Model TAI-920U Alignment Information
Marker Generator
VIF Response Curve Adjustments
Equipment needed
Sweep generator - covering the range of 39 to
48 MHz
Marker generator - covering the range of 39 to
48 MHz
Potentiometer - 500 k-ohm
Oscilloscope
VOM
Procedure
1. Unsolder the keying-pulse lead.
2. Connect the VOM to the emitter of lst VIF
amplifier Q301. (See Fig. 15)
3. Turn the set's power switch ON.
4. Confirm that the emitter voltage of Q301 is
between 0.65V and 0.75V on the VOM. If the
specified voltage is not obtained, change R326 to
the value needed for getting the specified voltage.
5. Turn the set's power switch OFF.
6. Connect a 500 k-ohm potentiometer across resistor
R326 as shown in Fig. 15.
7. Unsolder the VIF cable which is connected to the
BF circuit board in Fig. 15.
8. Connect a sweep generator to the point where the
VIF cable was connected. Use a 0.01µF isolation
capacitor as shown in Fig. 15.
9. Loosely couple a marker generator to the output
lead of the sweep generator.
10. Connect a scope to the VIF output terminals
(across D401) through a noise filter consisting of
a 10 k-ohm resistor and 200 pF capacitor as shown
in Fig. 15.
39.75MHz 41.25MHz
47.25 MHz
44.0 MHz
Fig. 16 Idealized VIF response
curve
TABLE 1.
VIF Cable
Sweep Generator
500 k-ohm
potentiometer
Scope
0
•►•46
Noise Filter 6 0 0 4
J°.-,
T.i I
R: 10 k-ohm
C: 200 pF
Fig. 15 Preparation for VIF adjustments.
11. Turn the set's power switch ON.
12. Adjust the 500 k-ohm potentiometer for a voltage
reading of 1AV at the emitter of Q301.
13. Disconnect the VOM.
14. Turn on all of the test equipment. Allow
10 minutes for warm up, then make the adjust-ments specified in Table 1.
VIF ADJUSTMENTS
Step
Marker Frequency (MHz)
Adjust
Remarks
1
33.75
L304
Adjust the coil for minimum indication on the scope.
2
39.75
L303
Same as above.
3
41.25
L301
Same as above.
4
47.25
L302
Same as above.
5
45.75
T302
(pink core)
Adjust T302 for maximum distance between the
marker point and baseline.
6
45.0
T303
(blue core)
Same as above.
155
SONY Model TV-920U Alignment Information, Continued
15. Disconnect the sweep generator and scope.
16. Resolder the VIF cable and keying-pulse lead.
SIF Response Curve Adjustments
Equipment needed
Signal generator
Sweep generator
Marker generator
Oscilloscope
VOM
Potentiometer
4.5 MHz with 400 —600 Hz AM
modulation
covering the range of 4 — 5 MHz
covering the range of 4 — 5 MHz
— 500 k-ohm
Procedure
1. Set the channel selector to a highest inactive
channel in the area.
2. Connect the 500 k-ohm potentiometer across
resistor R326. (See Fig. 15)
3. Set the 500 k-ohm potentiometer to make all video
disappear from the picture-tube (blank raster).
4. Connect a signal generator to the video-detector
output as shown in Fig. 17.
5. Set the brightness control for optimum repro-duction and the contrast control to maximum.
6. Adjust coil L402 for minimum 4.5 MHz stripes in
the picture.
7. Disconnect the signal generator.
8. Connect a sweep generator to the video-detector
output.
9. Loosely couple a marker generator to the output
lead of the sweep generator.
10. Connect a scope to the SIF output terminals
(C420) as shown in Fig. 17, then make the adjust-ments specifeed in the following Table 2.
Signal Generator
L 11
O a
_Qj
S& ®e
Fig. 17 Prearation for SIF adjustments
11. Repeat the above steps as necessary to produce
the waveform shown in Fig. 18.
TABLE 2. SIF ADJUSTMENTS
Step
Marker Frequency (MHz)
Adjust
Remarks
1
4.5
T401
T402
Turn up sweep output to produce an S curve.
Adjust T401 and T402 for maximum deflection
on the scope.
2
4.5
T403
(pink core)
Turn the core to make the S curve symmetrical, and
have it cross the baseline at 4.5 MHz.
3
4.5 MHz with 400 —
600 Hz AM modulation
T403
(blue core)
Turn the core for minimum indication of the
400 — 600 Hz signals on the scope.
Deflection Circuit Adjustments
Equipment needed
VOM
Oscilloscope
Procedure
1. Connect an antenna to the receiver and tune the
receiver to a local channel.
2. Make the adjustments specified for each circuit in
Table 3.
Fig. 18 Idealized SIF response curve
156
+B
AGC
UIF
VlFinput"�jR
SONY Model TV-920U Alignment Information, Continued
TABLE 3. DEFLECTION CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS
Items
Adjust
Preparation
Adjustment Procedure
Horizontal
frequency
adjustment
R621
1. Receive an off-the-air signal.
2. Short-circuit the horizontal
stabilizing coil.
3. Adjust the brightness and contrast
controls to obtain the best picture.
Adjust R621 so that the numbers of diagonal
bars are the same with the horizontal hold
control set at both extremes of rotation. Turn
the set on and off a few times to make sure that
the picture locks from a cold start.
Horizontal
pulse-width
adjustment
C805
4. Connect the scope to the emitter
of the horizontal oscillator (Q80 0.
5. Set the horizontal hold to mid-
range.
Select values for C805, between 0.00.22 — 0.01µF
to obtain the pulse-width of 12.5 — 13.5µsec.
Horizontal
stabilizing
coil (HSC)
adjustment
HSC
(1,801)
6. Remove the short-circuit from
HSC.
Adjust the core of HSC (1,801) until the picture
stabilizes.
Note: Recheck the horizontal pulse-width, and
if it is not within the range of 12.5 —
13.5µsec, replace C805 by trial and error
to produce the correct pulse-width.
Horizontal
size
adjustment
C81 I.
1. Receive an off-the-air signal.
2. Adjust H. and V. hold for correct
sync.
3. Adjust the brightness and contrast
controls to obtain the best picture.
Adjust C811 while observing the picture to
produce optimum picture size.
Ic of Q501
R501
1. Set the channel selector to an
inactive channel in the area.
2. Check the 12V power supply.
3. Connect a VOM across resistor
R506.
Adjust resistor R501 for a reading of 43.5V.
Vertical
height and
linearity
VR702
VR703
1. Receive the test pattern.
2. Set H. and V. hold for correct
sync.
3. Adjust brightness and contrast to
obtain the best picture.
Adjust linearity control VR702 and height
control VR703 while observing the picture, to
produce the best picture height and linearity.
Ic of Q703
(V. output)
R711
1. Receive an off-the-air signal.
2. Set H. and V. hold for correct
sync.
3. Connect a VOM across resistor
R714.
Ad'gust the resistor R71 1 for a reading of approx.
0.44V.
Focus
adjustment
Focus
lead
1. Receive an off-the-air signal.
2. Set H. and V. hold for correct
sync.
3. Set the brightness and contrast
controls for normally bright
picture.
Try connecting the focus lead to each of the
connecting point on the BF board.
Connect it permanently at the point that
gives best picture.
input w
input
input
Q201
vif..'
1
.�
1 $,I�AYi
Q202
i
1 �
,aw
...�..s,
Q203
L204 L205
y
■ '4 4 ``
a
11 o
p
ANT coil R F-2 coil OSC coil
IL22o— L229 L24o—L246 L2so—L261
157
SONY Model TV-920U Printed Board Information
MOUNTING DIAGRAM
Signal and Deflection (BF) Circuit Board
— Component side —
i-4L
N
a
158
Dom,
J
z SONY Model TV-920U Printed Board Information
:K
a
= Z
z m
+
I
C 1,
MOUNTING DIAGRAM
Signal and Deflection (BF) Circuit Board
— Conductor side —
N
Q
m
R
0
159
SONY Modei TV-920U Schematic Diagram
TELESCOPIC
ANT
JI vl�
O
ANT 0
Li 2pH
VHF SEPARA
OUrr -o
IOOOp R2
27k
r-,
ICS
POP
I-T
r
7
UHF
OUT
UHF TUNER (BT- 181 )
111, R111 _106
U-IF
r-41- 1
``
OUT
1 11 1.1
UHF
N
RIOT
c330
LISP
04
10104 27p
0101 I IL104
QIOI
S-2617
L1012 DI01
J&-p2ATor IS750
•,'r j
0102 C101 0106
22OP
C. -4 p2eA (..I000p
12p ;R104
00
0101
VHF TUNER (BT-443Wu-01)
C
L209
L_S L211 7�
TyH
q C231 L218 C219
( A018 20P
U
N
L VHF IN
AC 117V
6OHz
L215 2p4
1420
Z —1
I 02
A-13
12
L221O L2220 II
10
10—
9
8
L L224 7
6
L223
5
L2260L227 L228
3
O.BA
F901
S9
' S901p
G'
Q20,
SE5020
(RF AMP)
02. IIV
L210
C228
.01
200
-105
CIO~~
Bp
C105
O TP
S201�
F
0402 2SC403A
(IST SIF AMP)
0403 2SC403A
(2ND SIF AMP)
605
0402
1.2V
O
.OI 1 Ik
�I
V
C425
R406 8406
7500 C410
100
)402,
CADS;
I 3
I
04
MWIfI�
1AV
1411
I
Q301 2SC657
(IST VIF AMP)
l
.005
TT
Ah
C305
R301 8303 C304 60p
15 15p
s� TP T 7c3o'
PI,
�
If'
1-214
2 Q202 �SC629
(MIX) 12V
0202 _
24V
AT, 7q
(0215 IL207
-, B
.81 S
}
C 217 112 12
.OI- k IO k
L256 Ozvzo C2241
0225
2k y
z T rc21 R21 _.001
2 1?
L23I" o L241� L256 � Fine 4 P 3300
�o, g o
Tuninq T
Lag "M
n1/
Q203 2SC629
LMO.? ,{o (0SC
L229 2 R331
17 V
U L236
R�20
h
o T901
AA
(RECT)
-y,J100y12V CHAGEf
L901 R902 5902
3W �b
BCH
�C901 ��
41000)1
O
GATT IN
12V
POWER SW (BUILT IN VOLUME)
f
1
Q601 Collector
12Vp_p Horiz.
Q602 Collector
12Vp_p Horiz.
1
5901 D
0
''II//090y5 is
-
A11
6V
L301 L302 L303 L304
WH IuH WH 026WH
t 4`25MHx 4725M& 3g750h 337,
I
A
R-HOLD) 412V 1
_ J
VR6011
—
Ik-8I 5600
1
O
C904
47y
�6V
X11
Q701 Collector
5.5Vp_p Vert.
Q702 Base
1,6Vp_p Vert.
y 0704
1T 16V �YIOY 705
uCOV16V • II�V
R307 470
0311
T
.005
1
C310
12p 1.3V
R309
40.7V 220
3yT
� 270
71)1 fAT
R306 200
2SC657 R3291eo
�m51[21NDVIFANPI T -Wk
lA1 T^301 G:
S-•-
Q3oo5g2SB382
° zzk 476
(AGC AMP)
LS b soo
9.5V
0302
_311
3,3yif
R312
390
' -
L.
1,uC
&I
47 c314
0.7V• 9P
316
270
fA
C423
AO5
TD302 S-1250
a9.OV
0305
105"1616
H621 4100
%olir2SAIB�
R603 1605
IOk 1500
4ILBV 47y16V 2W } 1612
s
�15k,
4 Jy25V p
iY9"V Irl
0601
1607 0802 (�
ISk
g6022SC633
SY C "up
csz� D601,60z IT2 A 4300
D602
ZR60
2700
R 613
5100
R6 0404
lA1 2k T
OOV AA
f)Tnl �IT99q IF 20' IOOV
I 4
Al Al
Lo ---,
---W,Vr IV-HOLDI
VR701 2k- B
�Q
{
06022 3ylOV
R618
5100
.xw IOV ,p..,,,/ r 1708
8701 VBT 5k_B S 2k 070=
yam
• '00'��I OTOI yfrrp3�/
i 03
4,7\ 5k- Bg °R7k
500
4300 %4300 1706
AS a
0{70.
•
;
-
R710 R712
4300 IOy R707 5600 510
16V 9100
R608
43k
L601
7.3m
YI
C608
I
3-1
p
R6 5
R
R713'S
4112 3
Q7ol 2SC633
(VERT OSC)
Q8ol Emitter
13.5Vp_p Horiz.
�l
0802 Base
1.2Vp-p Horiz,
0702 2SB382
(VERT'DRIVE)
160
SONY Model TV-920U Schematic Diagram, Continued
'
41; �R00 D402,403 IT23x2
R414 1111 TC0'
R416 62
j
---_ T403 (EtA DIET) 1200 3300 f1
D402 C415
50q C417
1e T P 1415 C416 ION I6V
1
Oym 1200
N T
M
R4I 3300
p � 1
o
J 028 .029 X 5.6uH X
.002
420 Im
---
313 C323
100;.005
303
337'
R336
150
R327
13k
Y333
R602 .d
I)
21 ""
D302
IT22
.3N I OV
-801
5
Ov
C611 6802
.047-.. .047 111
IOOv "601 10pV
"0'
ooV
^; 15 240
=--47172V 1
V
1 043V
l
Q703 2SD29
(VERT OUT)
C332 A047
I
0330
15V JD4
0304
R32
D302_
RN
R3
47
ITV-92OU
I
WAVEFORMS
NOTE:
Vert.: 30 Hz
Horiz.: 7875 Hz
M
3.7V R323
-2.5v3900
0331 Q304
E ylov2SB382
,rl (AGC GATE)
VA
RSIT
9100
I.2VR62o
10
Q801
2SC403A e
(HOR OSC)
Q801 -0.6V
�7.8V
601
51
4.aVY ,
1-401 M
IyH -
C403
IOOp
Q551 2SC403A 0552 2SB381
(AF AMP) (AF DRIVE)
r
O
i VR551 1 0551
5k-D IIOySV
L �v� 10 2
v 10412
R403
24k
4o12SC403A
(VIDEO DRIVE)
0554 2SB381
(AF OUT)
--i C404 R505
A' 0501 5 ok
AMP) (VIDEO AMP) 050V
I
Q/
0501 68V ,2 15DV _
y♦?V �7�' * I I P. TUBE
I C 1,.z 50 H Ialszzooy2W") 1230D84
R501 I [PRIDHTI j
240k VR502
' IW-
-
0 250k-8
C`S�`o'rf�a
O
81
j JJRS��
a IGONTRf♦
1
8�2k i
0803 2SCS95
(HOR OUT)
1
,467,
0505
—«
7R50411OD6 V
m2200
22
i } 5108
TBHOT
C:•8
0902.02
4R815
Q802 6.8
2SD28 -o.9ev
(HOR DRIVE) WH
AFC input side
13.5Vp_p Horiz.
HBT input side
1.8Vp_p Horiz.
R813 R509
/ 1 B IOOk )'2 W
0
029
SB �� 06152
5
OI6 4
T�CLSD7 1I��II
14 HL80
3 0803 .0093 .001 0
08011 x(1811 QI'� 0804 .�20
6V +Ar
♦ I�
V 20k
D002
0813
1,2
RBI4 IOOV
D803 e7
HFSD-IA
I
I I OYH
f
I
I
DYV
-a AS
11
500V
TC5M
R5II
k )2W ID501
�HFSD-IZ
H so
D8o5 HS-20
(HV RECT)
0702 Collector
1.2Vp_p Vert.
Q703 Collect Or
55Vp_p Vert.
J
EARPHONE
Q7oi Base
5.1 Vp-p Vert.
Q8oi Base
T5Vp-p Horiz.
0802 Collector
110Vp-p Horiz.
0803 Base
5Vp_p Horiz.
161
SONY Model TV-920U Servicing Information, Continued
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
— VHF
Tuner
Circuit
Boar
d —
BLOCK DIAGRAM
VHF UHF
Separator
DO N
L
Loc.
Osc.l
Mixer
D" UHF Tuner
BT-1811
I
SIF 1 SIF 2
Sound DET
W
Dim
VIF-1
VIF-2 VIF3
® I 0 ® ® Dae
Video
s
DET
RF A Mixe
®
'� m I AGC Gate Dam=
0
LOC. Pulse Stap-
AF Amp. AF Drive
®4
Video Drive
AGC Amp.
D302 AGC DET.
Sync. Sep. Sync. Amp.
D701 lse Stop
I D,2
[Lse
Stop
Ox. V. Drive V. Out
H. Os.
T Dam
Pulse Stop
F
V ideo Amp.
AF Out
I
0
0
AF Out
Picture Tube
H. Drive
Speaker
E.J.
D.a.7 a
Boon Dampers
0
H. Out
v C7 Y Fg \1y
N p
O"
�+ttT pp ui
pp y
Q
�y "✓_
� NOII
1 U¢
U
>m �T
0!
U !
lo
o0
T8 a �O
QQ / PN � �N
11=
J4�
7
MOUNTING DIAGRAM
Qo Da.
o MV Rect.
19
D— Damper
a
Dv
Dam
Blanking
N
D Re
HV Rect.
n _ —
NY Q
U —
162
SYLVANLA
Chassis B12-1, used in Model MZ1.22
Chassis B12-2, used in Models MZ123, Mz200
ADJUSTMENTS
BRIGHTNESS-CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT - Rotate contrast
control fully counterclockwise (minimum contrast). Adjust
irightness control so that a known black object is a true black
with little or no grey shading. Readjust contrast control for
most pleasing picture. NOTE: once correct brightness setting
has been established, it is not normally necessary to readjust
the brightness control. Use the contrast control to adjust for
variations in room lighting.
AGC - Use this control only if normal contrast cannot be ob
rained with CONTRAST Control, or if the picture is not steady.
Tune in a strong channel and then rotate clockwise until the
picture 'jumps' or is unsteady, then back off until the picture
becomes steady and normal.
HEIGHT-VERTICAL LINEARITY - These two controls are
interdependent. If the picture is out of proportion vertically,
or compressed at top or bottom, adjust both controls until the
picture assumes normal proportions. The Height Control espe-cially affects the bottom of the picture. Linearity the top.
NOTE: The Vertical Hold Control should be checked after
any changes in adjustment of Height or Vertical Linearity
Controls.
WIDTH - If the picture is out of proportion horizontally, adjust
this control until the picture assumes normal proportion.
HORIZONTAL LINEARITY
Before attempting to adjust Horizontal Linearity coil
make certain all other controls are adjusted for normal picture
L404
viewint Using a test pattern, preferably a circle, rotate core
of L404 until it is all the way out. Then slowly turn core in-
war- until the right hand side of test pattern (as viewed from
the front) is pulled out to its maximum. When maximum is
reached, reverse rotation of the core very slightly until both
sides of the circle are linear. Final adjustment of the Vertical
Height, Vertical Lineari�t� ��an�d� width controls may become
necessary after adjusting L Z4' .
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT
1• Position deflection yoke as for forward as possible on the
neck (against the flare) of the picture tube.
2. Rotate centering adjustment rings (located on yoke cover)
individually or together, until picture is centered. Turn
brightness control to a low level and check that no comer
cutting e=xists in the picture.
HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUST
1. Back off AGC to a light grey scale picture.
2. Connect a jumper shorting pin 2 of V5A. to ground (Pin 3 of
PP300 accessible on top of board may also be used)
3. Pull hosizontal hold knob out approximately 1,/2 inch to
allow adjustment past mechanical stop.
4. Adjust IL4001 until picture is as stable as possible (float-
ing). Use vertical hold to stop excessive vertical running.
5. If after completing oscillator adjustment the stop on back of
horizontal knob is not centered away from tab on chassis,
pull knob completely out and reinsert 180 degrees away from
tab to allow proper control range.
6. Reset AGC as described under controls.
CHASSIS REMOVAL
NOTE: To provide sufficient access for normal servicing, fol-
low Steps I through 3 only.
1. Disconnect AC power cord and antenna connection. Remove
interlock cover.
2. Pry out on spring retainer on each side of chassis (See Il-
lustration pg. 5 ) and slide chassis to the rear as far as
lead length will allow.
3. Lay cabinet on its side, on a soft clean cloth, with the high
voltage section end up.
NOTE: If further removal is desired, place cabinet on its feet
and continue below.
4. Disconnect the following plug and socket connections.
A. Yoke - at chassis.
B. Tuner cluster - at chassis.
C. Picture Tube Cable - at picture tube.
D, High Voltage Lead - at picture tube.
E. 1F input - at chassis,
F, Speaker Leads - at speaker.
G, Wire Braid - at chassis.
5, Slide chassis to rear by prying out the spring retainers on
either side of chassis (See photo pg. 5 ).
NOTE: Lower front control knobs will automaticalay discon-nect while chassis is being removed,
6. Remove tuner cluster knobs by pulling straight outward.
7, Remove screws securing antenna board to cabinet.
8 Remove tuner mounting screw securing tuner cluster to cabi-
net.
9. Lift tuner cluster upward slightly and then back. Remove
tuner clmster.
10, To replace chassis, reverse the above procedure.
NOTE: To remove yoke, loosen screw on yoke retaining ring.
Slide yoke to the rear until clear from the neck of the picture
tube. To replace yoke, reverse the above procedure being care-
ful not to strike the neck of the picture tube.
PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL
1. Remove chassis and tuner assembly as outlined under
"Chassis Removal' procedure.
2. Lay cabinet face down on a soft material so as not to
scratch or mar the face of the picture tube or finish on
cabinet.
3. Remove picture tube mounting wire bracket.
4. Remove the four brackets and screws securing picture tube
to caoinet.
5. USING GOGGLES AND GLOVES, reach under face of tube
and lift from cabinet, DO NOT GRASP NECK OF PICTURE
TUBE AT ANYTIME.
6. To install picture tube, reverse the preceding steps. Exer-cise camtion not to scratch face of picture tube.
163
SYLVANIA Chassis B12-1,-2, Alignment Information
ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
VIDEO IF, SOUND IF AND 4.5MHz TRAP ALIGNMENT PROCEDURES
PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS
1. Line voltage should be maintained at 120 volts.
2. Keep marker generator coupling at a minimum to avoid dis-tortion of the response curve.
3. Do not use tubular capacitors for coupling sweep into re-ceiver. Disc ceramics are best.
4. For best results, solder the sweep generator ground to
chassis, do not use clips.
5. Sweep generator "hot' lead must make good electrical con-tact at all points given under TEST EQUIPMENT HOOK -UP.
6. Adjust sweep generator output for maximum peak-to-peak
response curve on the scope.
7. Receiver and test equipment should warm up for approx-imately 15 minutes before alignment.
-VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT-
STEP
ALIGNMENT SET - UP NOTES
TEST EQUIPMENT HOOK - UP
ADJUST
1
Connect -12V DC source to Tie Point
6 �2 and pir, 2 of SK500.
Remove yoke plug, PL400 to disable
horizontal and vertical scan.
SWEEP GENERATOR - Through a
.002 MFD capacitor to pin 2 of V4
Set generator to 43.5MHz with
10MHz sweep.
SIGNAL GENERATOR - Loosely
coupled as a marker to sweep gen-
erator lead.
OSCILLOSCOPE - Through a 10K
resistor connected to test point OA
L205 and L206 so that the
42.6MHz marker and the 45.75MHz
marker are of equal amplitude.
See Figure 1.
42 6 4'5.75
MHz MHz
80%± 10%
- . - i _ _ - -
Figure /
L205 Positions marker amplitude.
L206 Adjusts for tilt.
2
Same as Step 1.
4.73
42.
n55*/6t1O
MHMHz
Figure P
SWEEP GENERATOR - Through a .002
MFD capacitor to IF test point on
tuner. Set generator to 43.5MHz with
l0MHz sweep.
SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same as
Step 1.
OSCILLOSCOPE - Same as Step 1.
T200 so that both the 42.6MHz
and 45.75 MHz markers are of equal
amplitude and at 55% of response
curve. See Figure 2.
3
Some as Step 1.
V45.OMHZ
103 O
120%42.6 Hz
MHz-
�
X10% 30°16
1_
F/99i" 3 47,23 MHz
SWEEP GENERATOR - Same as
Step 2.
SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same as
Step 1.
OSCILLOSCOPE - Same as Step 1.
L204 for maximum dip at 47.25
MHz
TUNER MIXER COIL - To position
45.75MHz marker at 50% of response
curve while 45MHz marker is main-twined at 100%.
® i To obtain response as shown
in Figure 3. Top of response curve
should be smooth and rounded and
should rise from 105% to 1201,76.
164
SYLVANIA Chassis B12-1,-2, Alignment Information, Continued
— 4.5MHz TRAP AND SOUND IF ALIGNMENT
STEP
ALIGNMENT SET -UP NOTES
TEST EQUIPMENT HOOT{ - UP
ADJUST
1
Connect a -12V DC source to Tie Point
O .
Remove yoke plug PL400 to disable
horizontal and vertical scan.
SIGNAL GENERATOR - Through a
.0047 MFD capacitor to test point
O . Set signal generator to 4.5 MHz
preferably crystal calibrated or
controlled, with at least 100
millivolts output.
VTVM - Through detector network
shown in Figure 1, to cathode of
picture tube - tie point O
Separate cores of T204
then
Adjust top core of T204 for
minimum reading on meter.
2
Same as Step 1.
SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same as
Step 1.
VTVM - Through detector network
shown in Figure 2. to pin 5 of V2A
FWM Bottom core
k0 t t Top core
IT204 1 Bottom core
For maximum meter reading using
weakest possible signal.
3
Same as Step 1.
BREAK OUT
Figure 3
SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same as
Step 1.
OSCILLOSCOPE - Through .0047 MFD
capacitor pin 1 of SK500 .
With core of @M at the top of
coil form, rotate core inward
(clockwise). (NOTE: Coil has two
(2) peaks of resonance): Tune
through the first peak and adjust
the core for maximum amplitude on
the second peak.
Decrease signal strength until
break out occurs. then readjust top
core of 1T10Q) until break out
occurs simultaneously on both
peaks. See Figure 3.
4
Remove all test equipment leads etc. Connect antenna and check receiver on a strong local station.
T300
VERT.
OUTPUT
V9
SK400
YOKE
11320
VERT.
HOLD
C436
C437 T400
NOR IZ.
OUTPUT
L410
V7
T204
SOUND
TAKE-OFF
V5
OSC MIXER
6 GJ7
RF
AMP
6HQ5
V HF
TUNER _
T100
SOUND
IF
V4
L 20_5L i0_6
F OUTPUT
SC204 C254 l C246
I R250
IR2522 I CONTRASTI
BRIGHT.
V
CB500
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
C502
SW500
ON OFF
SWITCH
UHF
TUNER
T500
POWER
L500
C500 PL500
PL512 SK500
1 SK502
L204
47.25 MHZ
TRAP
— CHASSIS PARTS LAYOUT —
165
SYLVANIA Chassis 1312-1, -2. Servicing Information, Continued
PRINTED CIRCUIT PANEL ASSEMBLY
140VPP
Horiz.
100VPP
Vert.
G3 G7
250VPP
Horiz.
35VPP '
Horiz.
28VPP
Horiz.
G2 / Q 346- - y�. 1 •--Ih--Wl
�• K H H���W •
I _ i 32 r
(4\ V8 -- VDR335
324
®® r
r �e 3C
3 303
60V PP 17
Horiz.
100VPP
Vert.
1360VPP
Vert.
166
5VPP
Horiz.
70VPP
Vert.
3VPP
Vert.
82VPP
Vert.
82VPP
Horiz.
40VPP
Vert.
0 1 Q ,2 W' '1300
L 222I 2
4w224
60 2 L20!5
f fa 4g
I boo _.�_ I j G3Va
K®`AT2OOQ6 It
' ® 13 �j
G �,
1 ` g
1 1 L2 2
O6 Ip
10 Fi
00
I 1
suy Y
90VPP
Vert.
FL� 2 2
O 2
G2 K '
in
/14 P 1
3 G2
245
1 O 4 OR200 40 0
T 1 8 f-- ®.-----
1 1
V3 +j� ®� I C OC 500 • q t
' I�8 SK500 4�
G2 Cr3
K �1
2oC+b �l L20d� 1\
\
,7
6101 4--� -
-g-, \ /
��: L 202��
K� _0 6
2
�_®204 , J
1 2 5 •
' (6 2 • 4 • 208 4
4 p o • 504
�Ir i J
�8, Tom,
rT' w Imo,
•-
o
0 4
SYLVANIA Chassis B12-1,-2, Servicing Information, Continued
SCHEMATIC NOTES
—PARTS CODING—
Sound Section 100-199
Video Section 200-299
Vert. and Sync Section 300-399
Horiz. and H.V. Section 400-499
L. V. Supply, Fil., Misc. 500-599
3VPP
Vert.
BOTTOM VIEW
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS UNLESS OTHER-WISE SPECIFIED.
1. Voltages measured to chassis using VTVM.
2. AC power source 120 volt 60 nertz(cycle) line.
3. Voltage readings in brackets taken with no input; chann el
selector set to a frde channel, antenna disconnected,
antenna terminAls shorted together and grounded to chassis.
4. Voltage readings not in brackets taken with a strong signal
input; tuner set to a strong local station developing approx-imately -7 volt on AGC Buss. NOTE: AGC VOLTAGE AT
TEST POINT n WILL VARY FROM -7 VOLT ON A VERY
STRONG SIGNAL TO A +20 VOLT ON A VERY WEAK
SIGNAL.
5. Contrast control set to maximum. Brightness control set to
minimum.
6. Voltage values shown are average readings. Variations may
be observed due to normal production tolerances.
SPECIAL VOLTAGL MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS
O Picture tube anode voltage measured with VTVM high volt-
age probe at line voltage of 120 volts under conditions
of normal signal, no brightness and correct scan size.
T102
•
` P!i 122 i --�®' -
01
H
1
124 i •
r �V2j,
L----
�1 16 •----)
5r O4 O
680VPP
Horiz.
(� V P P
Horiz.
PP300
C300 R304
I.01
330K
R302 C302
tMEG .001
I
PP200
2
R246 NOOK
C242 C240
47MMF0 16MMF
I
2
3
WAVEFORM MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS
3
SYLVANIA Chassis B12-1,-2, Schematic Diagram
W N6
HORIZ.
OUTPUT
Q
608
6GHSA
PE RT. OSC/
HORIZ.OSC
6JT8
6LY8
VIDEO AMP
SYNC. SEP
6AY3►
DAMPER
6GK6
VERT.
OUTPUT
• 2N388
NOISE
GATE
6KD8
6EJ7-, 6GH8A
2ND VIDEO IF AMP
6EH7
'ST VIDEO
IF AMP
SOUND IF AMP
AGC AMP
/6T10
SOUND DET/
\OUTPUT
TUNER •INDICATES TUBE INDEX
3
120V
F 11i
VIA
1/2 6KD8
1/2 6GH8A -(V
SOUND IF AMP (-.4V)
F
1 92V 04
IC102 R10`6
0047 ISK
(s,6V1 -
CpO-+- IR102 .
.01 220n O
20,
TIRO
SOUND I.F
+140V
V2A
1/2 6TI0 ./o5V
S'uND DIE (NOOV)
7
ID
5
mil 4
3
4.5V
(.5.5V
CIID RIOS
.0047 68on
6N30V
(N300
.112
2 .0022
6EH7
IST VIDEO
IF AMP
L202
TILT AOJ
_LL;"
C200 C204
PL502
oI
SK502 .0022 0022 11204
47
` 3300
�I
C206 �20 %
S+ — Sx
TO F503
6,3 VAC
TUNER
FIL
SW500
L200
TO 8119
TO 0118
SK500
2
5
OS
1 C502
x.047
600V
BLK/RED
CB 500
BLK
R500 $
[NEC
RED
00 6
T500
POWE
C508
.001
RED/YEL
GRIN/
:YEL
1GRN
SC506
SC502
F500
N28
WIRE
TO PIN 7 SK500 TUNER.. FILLMEN IF 4
SC504
22P1
204
725 ^
TR
TRAP r )I
= C2206
.15
R208
/6OV
(N30V)
7
9 i//0V
P90VJ
C220
.0022 '
R210
22n
8
I-3
L R 212
ffO6
1.2 MEG
4.7 MEG
C 2107
R220
15 MEG.
Ak
+140V
.33
T .33
L500
C500A
SC500 - -50
400V
VII
PIK
TUBE I
VOLTAGE KEY SYMBOLS
+140V
E+270V
EXAMPLE:
® INDICATES VOLTAGE INPUT
INDICATES VOLTAGE SOURCE
GENERAL SCHEMATIC NOTES
1. Voltage sources are indicated by encircled symbols, corres-
ponding symbols without circles indicate voltage tie points.
2. Average resistances of coils and transformers are shown and
are measured with component connected in circuit.
270K
(+ 4V1
VIB
1/26KD8
1/2 6GH8A
AGC AMP
0218 _
.0012
1F
AGC
11216
IOK
T200
IST VIDEO IF
E 47 n
20%
6EJ7 14-16014)
2ND VIDEO 7
IF AMP
8 (NzV)
2
L121
T"22 R212 R232
.0027 ben
5%
0212
001
2KV
)�,TO T400
TERM.2
4 R223
2211
5 20%
1 16
19 OV, S6K0
J ,
e R228
55V 50K
R226
33K
w
• R22r
+270V 220K
lox
D
R502
SIX
3W
C500B
120
400V
A
L508
L506
1 1:214
R224
220K
AGC
t 11301
} 22K
2ox
W300
• A I r)I •
R300
22K
300
20% .01
R304
330K
f C
V'2
MEG
33OPF
C500C
5
350V
6TIO C514 ' 6EJ7 - 6EH7 C516
V2 ToO22 5 V4
4 V3 .0022
\6KD8
4/VI
6LY8
5
6KD8
VS V6
`6G
K6 \ 6AY3 -V'
4 V7
5 VIO
31-
.
R402
470K
+IOOV
R408
270K
0406
47OPF
C402
47OPF
R412
92MEG
C410J
.oa
.047
C404
82PF
3. Encircled numbers on edge of printed circuit indicate tie
points, corresponding with those shown on parts layout of
printed board.
4. All capacitors are in microfarads unless otherwise specified.
5. Coils, transformers, plugs and sockets are shown as viewed
from the bottom.
6. Arrows on controls indicate direction of clockwise rotation.
R406
82K
168
SYLVANIA Chassis B12-1,-2, Schematic Diagram, Continued
jL205I
TO PIN I
OF SK500
�I
R116 CIIB
560K .0022
+270V O
�,-: -1
,
RID
471C
20%
4.140V
56OK
2`T
v C226
0022
IF OUTPUT
100
WADRATURE
C 114
15PF
CII6
.02
SC200
IN295
—VDEO
DIET —0232
PF1 3 3P
IL 2061
8234
47011
20%
O
+270V
V58
1/2 6LY8
1/2 6JT8
SYNC SEP
-40V
!-.TOVI
2
01
2N388
NOISE GATE
If2 bKD8
1/2 6GH8A
HORIZ.OSC.
R306
10OK 770V
/N/OVI
R414 0415
ISOK 47PF
5%
c41z
4 roT
PP J
L400
HORIZ
HOLD
TO "B"BOOST
R416
820K
TO PIN 1
OF PLSOO
TO PN8
OF PL500
RIIB
(MEG
VOL
TO PIN 8
OF SK500 V213
A 1/2 6TK)
AUDIO OUTPUT
{R119
jIK
20%
-12V
/N2Vl
RII7
TONE
LSMEG
VIDEO
T
(-2 CH.ONLY )
L210
IOOU(
1/2 6LY8
1/2 6JT8
VIDEO AMP
4V
/.4V/7
R240 R241
2.7K 330(1
R238
3.6K
5%
220UH
R305
82K
260V
R120 +270V
-
220n
6
6V
I..6Vl
8242
Ion
• -{iJ R318 R324
-. C304 RW
I MEG R34 I MEG
- .22
VL
N
SMEG.
V68
1/2 6KD8
1/2 6GHSA
VERT. OSC.
R308
82K
R422
47K
W
./42V
P/42V1
;--C416 `R420
.0068 2.2K
R339
IOOK
HEIGHT
3 MEG
t R314
IMEG
�I
I .BO'
C306 17.80141
C3'O
.068
R320
V. HOLD
15 MEG._
(DO NOT ATTEMPT TO
MEASURE DC VOLTAGE)
CLIP SCOPE LEAD
TO INSULATION
R418
47K
1.2 MEG
L314 14 C324
^ .0022 1 001
IKV
tl
f R33/A �- 3,9 BLU 1.6KV
20% 0 1
'�,
-15V-��2 T300
� I$
I-/5v16GK6 I OUTPUr r RD
CWT VERT OUTPUT I WHT
T ' r.24z
TIO2
A
,
U
i
D10 OUTPUT
T204
SND TAKEOFF
4. SMH+ TRAP
R335
VDR
R248
7K
7W
R333
390K
IW
R436
WIDTH
50K
V8
6JN6 8437
LLH��ORIZ. OUTPUT IOK E
F) 7 0126 I W
yI/
2 {
4,10 R439
3 15K 5
1 11 1160V
2430
20%
20% -4514 2
v
7-45V1
C420
56OPF
E R434
27K
IW
T400
MORIZ. OUTPUT
T35V C318
/.235V� .068
L402 ;
0430
.018
C436
.033
600V
B' BOOST
C434
8 P
3KV
VIO
6AY3
DAMPER
L404
HORIZ
LIN
SC202 D6462
v DC RESTORER
C244 C250
IBPF 22 L216
220UH
R256{
470X,
R250
?SK
CONTRAST
SK400
(PHI EMU
R266S R264
15K > 15K
7200
NE2H
R25Z
BRIGHT
I.SMEG
L
:2521>47
31— R254
IOU(
2O%
S
A:C254�
R258OI
ALTERNATE SOUND ALIGNMENT USING TRANSMITTED SIGNAL
R344
39MEG
IW
TO
B.
BOOST
VII
23FHP4
PICTURE TUBE
7KV
• SPARK ARRESTOR
(PART OF CRT SK .1
C327
T 470RF
R346
22K
c326
T.0047
+270V
R262
220K
20%
YOKE
302
VERT.
DEFLEC
COLS
I
L300 1
Tune in strongest available channel and adjust for best picture. Turn AGC control clockwise until picture begins to distort
and adjust 11-1001 for best sound and minimum buzz. Use tuning point where core is closest to chassis board.
Turn AGC counterclockwise until sound gets weak and noisy. Adjust
loudest and clearest sound and minimum hiss.
T100
top and bottom core and
T204
SYLVANIA Chassis B12-1,-2, Service Information, Continued
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (54-27515-2)
300A
VHF
INPUT
UHF TUNER
54-17965-1
VHF TUNER
54.27515-2
PMSPEAKER
4' (12-15323-1)
5' X 7' (12-23158-1)
T500
POWER
L204
47.25 MHZ
TRAP
PI-5011
SK500
TUNER
CLUSTER
CONNECTOR
AC
INTERLOCK
SPRING LATCH
LH
SKI
UHF
INPUT
I— CH.T I
T3
RU
ONLY L
1 2] 2i
8 2] CID27
I
L2 ! : L6
i i
000
- FIL
C2
CB500
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
Lam_ � • 'LT
cN.z - - - - - -T
THRU 6 r `1
ONLY 1
L6 1
4
L17
I
LI]
J
C3
15
C4
5
R2
1.2 K
L202
TILT
ADJUST
L9
I UNF STRIP
Ty
ul
= J-I
LIO
—
1 LI2 7
OSC 1 CK2 THRU 13
r L13 J
40, (STRIPS
ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS
L100
DUAD-RATURE
COIL
T100
SOUND
IF
T200
1ST VIDEO
IF
(FRONT)
T204
SOUND
TAKE-OFF
L205 L206
IF OUTPUT
L400
HORIZ.
HOLD
R224
AGC
F a.
TEST OUTPUT 140V
POINT
R316
VERT.
LIN
DEFLECTION YOKE
51.29369-1
HV CAP
B6-11650-1
PL400
SK400
YOKE
HV SOCKET
72.11645.2
HORIY. LIN
R340 -
HEIGHT
T300 VERT.
OUTPUT
SPRING LATCH
RH
170
T R U E T 0 N E
WESTERN AUTO STORES
2DC1803 Television
Model No.
SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS
DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT —The deflection yoke
should be positioned as for forward on the neck of the
tube as the bell will allow. Then, if the lines of the raster
are not horizontal or squared with the picture mask, rotate
the deflection yoke until this condition is obtained. Upon
completion of this adjustment, tighten the clamp at the rear
of the deflection yoke.
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT — If horizontal or vertical cen-
tering is required this should be done at 105V line (if pos-
sible) to obtain normal setting. Adjust each ring in the
centering device until proper centering is determined. If
centering is not adjusted properly, focus may be poor.
WIDTH SLEEVE ADJUSTMENT—The width sleeve should
be adjusted so that the picture just fills the screen,
PROCEDURE FOR ADJUSTING HORIZONTAL OSCIL-
LATOR COIL IN SETS USING A MULTIVIBRATOR
OSCILLATOR — Short sync out by shorting grid (pin #2) of
sync separator (V-301 A) to chassis base. Short out horizontal
oscillator coil (L-401). Adjust horizontal hold control (Fine
R-412) to mechanical center. Then adjust horizontal hold
control (Coarse R-403) so that picture is trying to lock in.
Remove short across L-401 and adjust core in L-401 so that
picture is trying to lock in. Remove short on grid of V-301A.
Picture should lock in. The horizontal oscillator coil should
never need adjustment after being aligned. If picture does
not lock in, check the dual selenium diode and associated
circuitry.
HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENT —
Adjust the height control until l the picture fills the mask
vertically. Adjust the vertical linearity control until the pic.
ture is symmetrical from top to bottom. Adjust the picture
centering device to align picture with the mask. Adjustment
of any control will require a re-adjustment of the other
control.
DETECTOR LEVEL CONTROL — Connect Oscilloscope to
detector (TPA) adjust R-212 for 4 volts peak to peak.
If Oscilloscope is not available the following procedure
may be used.
Set channel selector to the strongest station in the area
and adjust detector level control so the set overloads.
Then turn the control in the opposite direction just be-low the overload point.
WEG1803A-86
SERVICE SUGGESTIONS
RECEIIVER COMPLETELY INOPERATIVE — This condition
may be caused by the following:
1. Tube filaments may be open.
2. No +B voltage.
NO RASTER ON PICTURE TUBE — If raster cannot be
obtained, check below for the possible causes:
1. No + B voltage. Reset circuit breaker. Replace if
defective. If circuit breaker continually opens check:
A. For short in -}-B.
B. Silicon rectifier.
C. Check DC resistance of horizontal output trans-
former.
2. No high voltage. Check V-401, V-402, V-403 and
V-404 tubes and circuits. If horizontal deflection
circuits are operating as evidenced by the correct
voltage (500V) measured on terminal number 1 of
the horizontal output transformer, the trouble can
be isolated to the high voltage rectifier circuit.
Either the high voltage winding to the V-402 plate
and the V-403 plate is open or pix tube elements
shorted internally.
3. Defective picture tube Cathode return circuit open.
HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION ONLY — If only horizontal
deflection is obtained as evidenced by a straight line across
the face of the picture tube, it can be caused by the
following:
1. V-301 B or V-302 inoperative. Check socket volt-
ages.
2. Vertical output transformer open or shorted.
3. Yoke vertical coils open or shorted.
4. Vertical hold, height or linearity controls may be
defective.
POOR VERTICAL LINEARITY — If adjustment of the height
and linearity controls will not correct this condition, any of
the following may be the cause:
l.. Check variable resistors R-314, R-315 and R-316.
2. Vertical output transformer defective.
3. V-301 B or V-302 defective, check voltages.
4. Excess leakage or incorrect value of capacitors
C-305, C-306, C-307, C-308, C-309, C-311 or open or
incorrect value of resistors R-306, R-307 and R-308.
5.. Low plate voltages. Check power supply.
6. Vertical deflection coils defective.
171
TRUETONE Chassis 2DC1803 Service Information, Continued
OI ^, p p 60 cps
OB 95V. 9 60 cps
Is 22v. p 0 60 cps
O 35V. to 100, p p 60 cps
O9 5v. P 0 15750 cps
O3 22,. to 80,. p-p 60 cps
O/ 48V. p P 60 cps
10 9,. pp 15750 cps 11 351. p-0 15750 cps
SERVICE SUGGESTIONS-(continued)
POOR HORIZONTAL LINEARITY
1. Check or replace V-402 & V-404.
2. Check capacitor C-417 for defects.
3. Horizontal deflection coils defective.
TRAPEZOIDAL OR NONSYMMETRICAL RASTER
1. Defective yoke.
2. Wiring of yoke socket.
WRINKLES ON LEFT SIDE OF RASTER - This condition
can be caused by:
1. Defective yoke:
2. V-404 defective.
3. R-416 or C-417 defective.
SMALL RASTER - This condition can be caused by:
1. Low +B or line voltage. Check silicon rectifier.
2. Insufficient output from V-402. Replace tube.
3. Insufficient output from 'V-301A and V-401.
Replace tubes.
4. V-404 defective.
PICTURE STABLE BUT WITH POOR RESOLUTION - If the
picture resolution is not up to standard, it may be caused
by any of the following:
1. Defective pix I-F tubes V-201 & V-202.
2. Defective pix detector crystal. (CK D-201.)
3. V-203B Defective.
4. Defective picture tube.
5. Open video peaking coil. Check all peaking coils
L-201, L-202, L-203 for continuity.
Note that L-201 and L-203 have shunting resistors.
6. Leakage in V-203B grid capacitor C-210. If the
capacitor is not found to be defective, check the fol-
lowing:
A. This trouble can also originate at the transmitter.
Check reception from another station.
B. Check all potentials in video circuits.
C. Check picture tube grid circuit for poor or dirty
contact.
D. Check and realign, if necessary, the picture I-F
and R-F circuits.
L-I
( 481 p p 15750 cps
12) 110,. p 15750 cps
© 70, p p 60 cps
OI 2101. p 60 cps
17 32V. p p 15750 cps SIN to 32, p p 15750 cps
1 j L-2
y/
L-3
y
°__0d L-5 L-6 L-7
AA o0'00606i(b
is
- 486{x0000
1 C3
L-10L_ L-12� 000
2.2
T Lns C4
CL
1.2 TOY.' 4.5 3
E � e
/
473 JGKS
VNF R K5
P
uNr 300,
aALAINPUT
NT.
CIIAx 1 ' '
L-8
R2',
1.2 K
R5 R6
5K 22K
anxxec zA3 �
v-2A
sl✓e
vNF R F osc
L-20
RIO}} V-28 - BscL_ I
220K3 SL✓8
j I2 I �1u H (15
-CONVERTER
CI61 �l ,
4
�I
47 .001.001 15 r'� t.001 .00l 1M5 La ^ou
OA6C
/vF Esr
O
R
PL,N )r
�WI UKQ
I
o/Nr e
_.--
VHF TUNER C30 I L
I I fix�I_-__
I I
xro
I n
4NT N/RUT
J AssereL r
Re
U
9
81cer
2 R/srav R421
j 300n VNF BAL.
BiwK
/NPUT ANT. / F UNF B.
_ ourvur 30 PF
C'4 255
314 - _ � , .A01 ..220
c51
'<oovuxc
wlxoow
.'V
761 R52
T
I'S L53
5.6K
R53
5.6N
R54.
24T-01 ( 1 820
TRARSISTOA
C51:-
IN82AG
CSIC
J
C52
T O 5
IN470
''/NTLRLOtK
R418 I ��
L-f-
ONLY
ON-OFF
-
1M/TCN
RT Of
I YOLUrf
CONTROL
UHF TUNER IR419
470K
C413C
0MF
4
1s01ATEO
-A-EIS 6RO1N0
:CIRCUIT
BREAKER
I
L-400
FILTER
CHOKE
C413A_
200MF. 0
a00v
V-4o1 W301 A 3• R
V404 1442 Eoj7 801+1
,303 V-203ALI
17B53 22 G6 w.ar
8FQ7 BFQ7 ]r IOCWS
v, BJV8
1• �
I 5 4 3 1 S ♦ 5 t t ♦ S
r C414A C414B C415 0217
VHF
IK .. 1K3oorl o'I •s r
_J ♦oav 001
-I ria
R-r O$C. a 1 23ppFpC P4
yy ArR coNvfRru 23FDP4 4DT8 17CU5 4J06
, 4JC6
3GK5 5L 8
r N,
C26 I / • � 3 ♦ s ♦ e s ♦ s
pot 61 T! C215 C216
_J 100 001I
001
wov Soo,
'4138
250 NF.
I00v
/•BV
172
7
TRUETONE Chassis 2DC1803
0
Dom _ice
S o�W 600`-
ti a
Y
—,�i�«• ;y��
•ems
7 °
-9� i=—
u��
t l - wN
III
11 • v
" I
- °—a
r
I
I
000
P
o�
bLL
>COS --
fi�Fi3�S
g�S egaF
V'i@�oit
�
ll
5�
4 ` i 1 a�
d £JIM;!
I�
�.Ya.
u�
If
I
0 N m <
W
0 o�LL
uS f N
M
nne
UN•
»u
N
Yo
j
w
ro
ti0 u ° ry
WNP
36
i�
I
I
0
1
JI
JO
I
I
I
r- W
0
I
u
1
d
�N
�=o
_ W
Schematic Diagram
r
0004000000006PE'dt6�►I i
m �v it
$ 1 Ii
i-•+•
vr;
1
f
d�
VERT.
SWEEP
AND
SUNG.
r two
mU.07
40
4
0
�c o>
�aRry
wN, P•
¢ry UN
•--II
;o UaU.Lj
;:u 'Iwi
b 40
�p 7
S�
�$8
Q mW
j
I N
I m�„-
I ,O
ll
°j
rnN
�U
' U 40
o
7.
�- 14-r
WER
SUPP
O
N
o:
0
TRUETONE Chassis 2DC1803 Service Information, Continued
C
a J7 0/
B 8 opt
22JG6 IIB53 8 F07 BF07
Uxf UMIx4
P
IOCW5 8JV8t4 J4 C� 4J 6
C415 C414A C414� I S ,r
,
0215T
_ _
gaol IRS�Or. IK400vIM402 �R * iK
VHF R•Ff- ✓NE R.r R•r osc.
-
i 23 CP4
TUNER CONV[RJE/� 04
10T✓x TUBES 1 3G 5 5 J8., 23FDP4
NOrE,REPLACE
WITH /DEN rICAC
ru&ES AS /N
RECEIVER
v'2
R-f
0.-f ON
L
CONVER E0.
V1
3GK5
VHF R-f
AMP.
r tUB/N CF SOMfARF
"04"S THESE
USFO /N ✓NF IUNfR
3H05 SG%7
,13 HQ5
/N OME MW1
USED /Nr✓NF
F%LINEN
D
4J 8 4JC8
IST 1-1 AMP. 2ND FFAMP
T•202
2ND P.I.F.&
DET. TRANS.
�00 T-2 R• 12�
N
RR" IST P.I.F. DETECTORNI IWALB
COIL TRANS. LEVEL 8JV8
CONTROL AUDIO Ii&
T•203 VIDEO AMP. " V.204
AU 4IO
MC TRAP I— 23 FC P4
I i 23FDP4
Y-D2 --7—PICTURE TUBE
17AUD16 LE
".
&D
OUTPUT pUAD.001L AUDIO DET.
45MC
T-100
AUDIO COUPLING
COIL
R-314 R•316
VFRT VERT.
HE T
CONTROL CONTRO
4DT6
V-301A& V-38
B)
V-302 -48CG7
tOCWS (_ 18FQ7
OUTPUT R403 `'�SYNC.SERY
HORIZ. �&VERT. OSC.
COAI5 8CG7
OR
L 401 o�
QZ
OSC. COIL
V-4oz J
22JG6
HORIZ.OVTPUT
HORIZ M1
OLD
FINE CONTROL
Fig. 1--Chassis Tube Layout and Trimmers
V"404
17853
DAMPER
v • �is
�K
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS—REPLACEMENT OF PARTS
—Components such as resistors and condensers may be
easily replaced on the top of the printed boards by clip-ping the leads close to the body of the component and
then soldering the new component to the existing leads.
Q
Rsn . TP2
R� 6C3Q'11
404! I
M4011
£
400
C4Q4�C... S IM3
R403
V-401 SR301 C301T.
S.Q70R
C*
= �R
R 312
w'10
l i
38A3103-000 PRINTED CIRCUIT
BOARD ASSEMBLY (SWEEP)
38A3505-000 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY (I.F,)
174
ITH RA[ ITH RADIO CORPORATION
MODELS WITH 13Al2, 13Al2M, 13Al2S, 13Al2T, 13Al2TZ,
13A16, 13A16M, 13A16S, 13A16Z, 13A16MZ, 13A16SZ,
14635, 14636, 141338, 141338Z, and 141339Z CHASSIS.
MODEL AND CHASSIS INFORMATION
MODEL TYPE CHASSIS CRT
B1331C, F, J, L Portable 13Al2S 12DKP4
B1331C1, F1, J1, L1 Portable 13Al2 12DKP4
B1331C2, F2, J2, L2 Portable 13Al2M 12DKP4
B1331C3, F3, J3, L3 Portable 13Al2T 12DKP4
B1331C4, F4, J4, L4 Portable 13Al2TZ 12DKP4
B1333W Portable 13Al2S 12DKP4
B1333W1 Portable 13Al2 12DKP4
B1333W2 Portable 13Al2M 12DKP4
B1333W3 Portable 13Al2T 12DKP4
61333W4 Portable 13Al2TZ 12DKP4
B1810C, X Portable 13A16S 16VAJP4
B1810C1, X1 Portable 13A16 16VAJP4
B1810C2, X2 Portable 13A16M 16VAJP4
B1810C3, X3 Portable 13A16SZ 16VAJP4
B1810C4, X4 Portable 13A16Z 16VAJP4
B181005, X5 Portable 13A16MZ 16VAJP4
B1820P, W Portable 13A16S 16VAJP4
B1820P1, Wl Portable 13A16 16VAJP4
B1820, R2, W2 Portable 13A16M 16VAJP4
B1820W3 Portable 13A16SZ 16VAJP4
B1820W4 Portable 13A16Z 16VAJP4
B1820W5 Portable 13A16MZ 16VAJP4
B2002J2, J3 Portable 141338Z 19VALP4
B2005W2, W3 Portable 14638Z 19VALP4
B2009W3 Portable 14638Z 19VALP4
B2044W2 Portable (SC "300") 14638 19VALP4
B2044W3 Portable (SC "300") 141338Z 19VALP4
B2213W3 Table 14636 21VAGP4
B2224P3 Table 14836 21VAGP4
S2647W Portable 14636 19VALP4
S2696W2 Portable (Hospital) 14635 19VALP4
S26971-4, L5 Portable (Hotel-Motel) 141339Z 19VALP4
T2613W Portable 13Al2S 12DKP4
T2613W1 Portable 13Al2 12DKP4
T2613W2 Portable 13Al2M 12DKP4
T2613W3 Portable 13Al2T 12DKP4
T2613W4 Portable 13Al2TZ 12DKP4
T2626W3 Portable 13A16SZ 12DKP4
T2626W4 Portable 13A16Z 12DKP4
T2626W5 Portable 13A16MZ 12DKP4
T26541-2, L3 Portable 14638 19VALP4
T2655W2, W3 Portable 141338Z 19VALP4
T2673W4 Portable (SC "300") 14638 19VALP4
T2673W5 Portable (SC "300") 14B38Z 19VALP4
T2696W3 Table 14836 21VAGP4
(Service material on pages 176 through 190)
175
60
H
P-ZERO
60 Hz
O 5.7 P
1 H
16.76 KHz
s 60V P-P
15.75 KHz
13 15V P-P
15.75 KHz
pp
15 2907 P-P
15.75 KHz
4"-
16 1507
P.P.
75.75
2007 P-P
11 15.75 KHz
VHF
TUNER
ZENITH Chassis 14B38Z, 14B39Z, Schematic Diagram
;4/.25 -L
40PF
MNz
TO 1. F.
OUTPUT
TO U H F B+SWITCH 1
B 27OV =
f CI4� R
^
.001 T 6.6.81K
AGC W
2.2 MEG'
V3
4BZ6
I ST. I. F.
P140V GRN/BLK
C-[5
5 v L5
I.IS �6800 1
+270V
56K
V4
4BZ6
2 ND. 1. F.
1265V
�5
C"I T Ae
RED/BLK
D
• P)44
C9 _ 470
V5
4BZ6
3 RD. 1. F.
.9 MEG
4155V
C13 (REF. ONLY MOUNTED
15 ON TUNER 1
V613
1/2 IOGN8
SOUND LIMITER
12C V.A.C.
IN TERLOCK
Fl
6V
ITO PILOT LAMP)
T5
1
I C35
IPF
-C34
L 001
V 7A
1/2 13ZIO
SOUND DISCR. 1
1639 -
_ T 220PF
IOO61TT IBLK f95V
I 1 4 680,
PF _ T6 _
7 __ 5 LIO II
I 6 I IC40
i f I
J OEPENUS f76V 20 PF y
UPON BUZZ 8 2.4V T H
CONTROL
SETT/NG C371
47OPFF- L_—_
GRN
R14
1
80K,
W
+275
f
715
_ BUZZ 1
38 1C
4 O I
�' �2w
T.00? $4701
2W = J
820K
V7B i
1/2 13ZIO =
RII SOUND OUTPUT
VOLUME LIMIT
I MEG, (uesez —Y)
{ t2201` BLU
C43 .--
= g �C44
.01
3 1 —0068
IKV
-- 2
270V
IN,
R17
I MEG
VOLUME
20 C+ 220
25V
T7
d30V
�0?� .E
-
/ SP
v
RED
C26B - • RIB
10 7 2W
to
1 2W
VISA
1/2 IOG
VIDEO
V8A
1/2 8BA11
A. G.C. SYNC.
CLIP
045 I 01 _
#220K
60
C47
1 4
4770
003 —3
62K
1/ O
87EAR CONNECT/ON +270V
ON USE WITH SPACE COMMAND
pW CR3 ll� RED
C59
V13
C60
150
200V
0588 1 C58C C62
CR4
T150
-�I_0 2x51P
10
350 I 350V
V7 V9 VB
12
C63
2x001
CR5
R6
VIDA DOK; VIOB
1/2 6GH8A t/ry 1/2 6GHBA
HORIZ.CONTROLI HORIZ, OSC.6
11
C69 — DISCH. L 470PF
IMEG -6.0v
9
C65 470 PI
T
I KV 111_
20
C67 1
1500
PF
C68
2200'
PF
4 OPF
70V
IOOK
� 2
HOR12
HOLD
t R28 _�q T.046
C I209
T1
2 1
C83 1 C8G
I
I' OOI 001
72ov —'
C14 -0033 "I
t155V
3 ,
7
f0.6V
£12
MEG C72
.0033 II
•
V3
3
4
C86
I'OOI
100
R29
82K
2W
--,I e
C73
.00151001'
IOK
-55V
4,10
270V
VII
21HB5A
HORIZ. OUTPUT
7
2 4/40V
�I
II •NORMAE
C77 735 WIDTH
A33 S27K
♦C 2W
O78
TO HEATERS
ONVHF TUNER
Schematic Diagram Of The14B38Zand 14B39Z Chassis
BUZZ CONTROL--� rVERT.LINEARITY
VERT. SIZE—�
i
�p
BUZZCONT VERTUH
A G C CONTROL
I
T02 7K
AT VA
LIMITS MAX. VOUJMEon 14639Z only
A.C. INTERLOCK WIDTH ADJUST.
I
681
K
IW
270V
MAx.WIDTM
VIOLET
HORIZ. HOLD CONTROL
VERT 812E AGC
VOLUME
LIMIT
a
WIDTH HARIZ.HOLO
0
n
176
ZENITH Chassis 141338Z, 14B39Z, Schematic Diagram, Continued
,�v 6
1022
022
T
T4
'OCKP - -�
TC 5OUND LIMITER
50 PF i
GR D IV 66PN 2k
C24
B'_u -
4.3
{721 1-4.5)? PF
C25
9
L_ 47P 5% J
R8
18K
C26A
35011
L7
1'4}1N
K
vAR/ES WITH \
BR/GHT;NESS
SETT/NS
�\
�27K
82Kt
C28
RIB
82K PF
8
I{30V�
730yH 15K ' C29
CONTRAST
(
'1
1C27 RI2 {I.BK
T.022 MEG
250
33K
SPG I
PLI
22K
2
µt -TO Tit
TO H.V. 20 KV 210,
V14 Fs
19VALP4 ADJ.
PIX
RIMBOND FRAME
I 2.5 TO 695800
VT
14MEG
ooK3 __l000 L 00~J
1
II KV =
2 O
11 �150K 1
SPG2
BRIGHTNESS
IOOKr
82K
Hwy
270V
Ai
V8B
1/2 8BA11
VERT.OSC.
C49 1
.068 - { 58
2.2P
MEG
I
150
V9
IOGK6
R22 VERT.OUTPUTBL
i C56 II t?601 R25
T.
C
37155
.I
0 ,OCI5
R2
68K
A2
0068=
IC OK #330K
82K
750K
VERT.HOLD
I C52
I.1
r
,9
GY
2'
OV
�IMEGR
22P
MEG
R24
«
7 M
EG
VERT,
SIZE
7
8
�270V
L12
.047
123-4041
23 - 4116
I/2 T9
GRIN ,
Btu
I I
0 .
047 1
REDI VENT. DEF
L Coll
8
12
R26
600
RED
2000
270V
VE RT. L IN
TIO
19M
R33
V12
IBY2 or
2BU2
H.V. RECT.
° 20KV H.V
55R I/2 T9
WHT--_____-1
77
YEL >
C79 7 > I
i9n 200 S
NOTE� K / NORIZONTAL
PF T` DEFLECTOR
G
4 V13 L 1/4a
DAMPER i_��.__J
RED/WHT
C80 L13
5 R30
it
__
182
C)9 _
WIDTH CONTROL
IN
ELK
R34
EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT OF INTEGNETS
A18 A2
R R OUT
I
680
F 0 680
1
IT T 1
Al 87-4 33K
A2 87-5 47K
Parts
Layout
Of The
14B3
8Z an
d 14839Z Chassis
NOTES:
ALL WAVEFORMS TAKEN ON AIR SIGNAL DEVELOPING ].B
VOLTS PEAK -TOFIEND Ai TEST POINT 'C", W. ALL
CONTROLS SEi FOR NORMAL VIEWING.
ALL VOLTAGES ME ASUREB FAD' CHASSIS i0 POINTS INDICATED.
ALL VOLTAGES ARE B.C. DNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
ALL O.C. VOLTAGES LO BE MEASDRED NIT. A VACDUN TUBE
VOLT TER H0.VIXG. II MEGOXM INPUT RESISTANCE.
ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS i0 BE MADE KITH NO SIGNAL
PRESENT. NORMAL SETTING OF CONTROLS AND CHANNEL SELEC-i0R SET TO CHANNEL 2 UNLESS OTHE0.NiSE SPECIFIED.
FOR CAPACITOR CAPACITY TOLERANCES SEE LEGEND.
ALL RESISTORS ARE 110% TOLERANCE, CARBON, 1/2 WATT
UNLESS OTH ERX ISE SPECIFIED.
RESISTANCE MEASDREXENTS SNONN WITH COIL DISCONNECTED
F 0.0M CIRCUIT.
COIL RESISTANCES NOT GIVER ARE UNBEA ONE OHM.
CATHODE RAY TUBE 2ND ANODE VOLTAGF TO BE MEASUREO
WIT% ELECTROSTATIC OR 20K MIN. OHM PER VOLT HIGN
VOLTAGE METER.
ARROWS ON POTENTIOMETERS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION.
INDICATES INDICATES INDICATES
CHASSIS �- VOLTAGE
QS XAYE PORN
GROUND SOURCE (SEE WAVEFORM
CHART,
PICTURE TUBE 2ND ANODE VOLTAE TO BE MERSU0.E0 NITN
ELECTROSTATIC K[LOVOLTME TER NI
ITN BR IGXTNESS AX0
CONTRAST CONTROLS FULL COUNTER-CLOCKWISE.
C%•CAPACITOR VALUE SELECTED FOR MINIMUM YOKE RINGING,
VARIES NIT' A RANGE OF 47 PF TO 12 PF (J K.Y.. II10%),
WHEN NECESSARY, REPLACE WITH EXACT VALUE POUlID IN
YOKE.
CIA LEO LETTERS INDICATE ALIGNMENT
V AND TEST POINTS NH ERE APPLICABLE.
C - DETECTOR OUTPUT G 3RD I.F. 6RID
0 - VIDEO OUTPUT H.- SOUND LiH.TER PLATE
E - I.F. AGC O - SOUND OUTPUT
F - GROUXDEO FOR I.F. ALIGNMENT P - SOUND DISC GAIB
r INDICATES .20% TOLERANCE MAY BE USE..
INDICATES INSULATE. BRACNET 6 GROUND PLANE
(FOR MONOPOLE AHTENq A,
o
o�
3o
B+[R
ED)
To VH
F TUNER
TEST
POINT
'H"
SOUND
LIMITER
PLAT
E
S
U
L
(Chassis 141338, 141339, are practically identical to 14B38Z, 1413392)
uF-
]
oLLa
PIX
CENT
ERIN
G ADJUST.
it
c
177
ZENITH Chassis 13Al2, 13A16, 141335, etc. Service Information
ADJUSTMENTS
WIDTH AND HORIZONTAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS
13Al2 and 13A16 Chassis: Width-Linearity sleeve on
neck of picture tube.
Adjustment is made by sliding the metal width sleeve
along the neck of the picture tube until both proper
width and best linearity is obtained.
14638, 141339 chassis: Width Control and Linearity
sleeve. A screwdriver adjustment at the rear of the
chassis is used to adjust width and the sleeve on the
neck of the picture tube is used to adjust linearity.
The sleeve is installed with the slot to the left when
facing the rear of set. The initial width and linearity
adjustment is made by turning the width control to its
maximum counterclockwise position and sliding the
sleeeve to optimize linearity. The width control is then
advanced to obtain correct width.
14635, 36, 14B38Z, 39Z Chassis: Width coil and two
position width selector. Adjust the width coil so that the
picture fills both sides of the screen, with the WIDTH
selector in the NORMAL position. In the event additional
width is required, place the selector in the MAXIMUM
position and re-adjust the width coil to fill both sides
of the screen.
AGC ADJUSTMENT
Tune in a strong TV signal and slowly turn the AGC
control until a point is reached where the picture dis-torts and buzz is heard in the sound. The control should
then be backed down from this position and set at a
point comfortably below the level of inter-carrier buzz,
picture distortion and improper sync. This setting cor•
responds in general to 3 volts peak-to-peak at the Video
Detector stage in the 14B35, 36, 14638, 382, 14839,
39Z chassis and 2 volts peak-to-peak in the 13Al2 and
13A16.
CAUTION: Misadjustment of the AGC control can result
in a washed-out picture, distorted picture, buzz in the
sound or complete loss of picture and sound.
HORIZONTAL HOLD ADJUSTMENT (AFC)
The horizontal hold control is equipped with a stop
which limits knob rotation to aproximately 270 degrees.
To adjust the AFC, remove the knob and turn the shaft
to a position where it is virtually impossible to disrupt
horizontal synchronization when switching from channel
to channel. After adjustment, install the knob with its
pointer centered between the stops.
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT
The centering assembly is built into the yoke housing.
This assembly is made of two magnetic rings which can
be rotated by means of tabs. Centering is accomplished
by gradually rotating each tab separately and/or ro-tating both tabs simultaneously until the picture is
centered.
FOCUS
13Al2, 13A16, 141335, 36 14638, 38Z 141339, 39Z
chassis
Adjustment is by means of a three position tap.
ALIGNMENT
SOUND ALIGNMENT 13Al2, 13A16
Alignment of the 4.5 MHz intercarrier sound channel,
employing the locked Oscillator Sound Detector, re-quires the reduction of the signal to the receiver
antenna terminals. Various methods may be used to
reduce the signal level, however, a step attenuator is
recommended for best results. Proceed as follows:
1. Connect the step attenuator between the antenna
and the receiver antenna terminals.
2. With no attenuation, using a strong signal; adjust
the quadrature coil for best quality sound.
3. Add some attenuation to the signal until some hiss
is heard in the sound.
4. Re-adjust the quadrature coil for best quality sound,
with minimum hiss.
5. Add some additional attenuation to the signal until
hiss is heard again. Adjust the intercarrier coil for best
sound with minimum hiss.
6. Add additional attentuation until the hiss is heard
again. Adjust the intercarrier coil for minimum hiss.
7. With hiss still present, adjust the Sound take-off
coil primary (top core) then bottom for minimum hiss
and best sound.
8. Remove all attenuation from the incoming signal.
With a strong signal, adjust the Sound Take-off for
minimum 4.5 MHz interference in the picture.
SOUND ALIGNMENT- 141335, 36, 14638, 38Z, 14639,
39Z
Proper alignment of the 4.5 MHz intercarrier sound
channel can only be made if the signal to the receiver
antenna terminals is reduced to a level below the limit-ing point of the Gated Beam Sound Detector. This level
can be easily identified by the "hiss' that accompanies
the sound. Various methods may be used to reduce the
signal level, however, a step attenuator is recommended
for most satisfactory results. Alignment is made as
follows:
1. Connect the step attenuator between the antenna
and the receiver antenna terminals.
2. Tune in a TV signal. Adjust the sound take-off coil
(top and bottom cores), for minimum 4.5 MHz inter-ference in the picture.
3. Adjust the step attenuator until the signal is at-tenuated to a level where a "hiss is heard with the
audio."
4. Adjust the intercarrier transformer, quadrature coil
and buzz control for the best quality sound and mini-mum buzz. It must be remembered, that any of these
178
ZENITH Chassis 13Al2, 13A16, 14B35, etc. Alignment Information, Continued
adjustments may cause the "hiss" to disappear and
further reduction of the signal will be necessary to pre-vent the "hiss" from disappearing during alignment.
IF ALIGNMENT
A suitable VHF and UHF sweep generator in conjuction
with an accurate marker must be used for IF and tuner
alignment work. It is extremely important to terminate
the output cable properly and to check for a reactive
attenuator. If the attenuator is reactive or if the output
cable is improperly terminated, correct alignment can-not be made since the degree of attenuation may change
the shape as well as the amplitude of the response
curve. The attenuator should only vary the amplitude
and not the shape of the response curve.
TO RECEIVER ANTENNA TERMINALS
MATCHING TRANSFORMER
50 OHMS UNBALANCED TO 300 OHMS BALANCED
HOOKED END
FOR CONNECTING
TO VARIOUS GRIDS
470 MMFD.
CERAMIC
CAPACITOR
5612
Yz w 5 %
CARBON
RESISTOR
SWEEP GENERATOR
OUTPUT CABLE
GROUND DIRECTLY
TO CHASSIS. DO NOT
USE LEADS.
Fig. 1 Alignment Fixtures for RF-IF Alignment.
IF ALIGNMENT 13Al2, 13A16 CHASSIS
Refer to the appropriate schematic diagram, chassis
tube and trimmer layout, and tuner drawings for refer-ence test points.
1. Slowly turn the channel selector until the tuner rotor
is made to rest between two channels. This will prevent
an erroneous response. For generators with high output,
set the channel selector to channel 13.
2. Connect an oscilloscope through a 10,000 ohm iso-lation resistor to terminal "C" (detector). Connect the
ground lead to chassis.
Fig. 2 4th IF Response Curve
3. Feed the sweep generator through a special termin-
ating network as shown in Fig. 1. to Point "G" (Pin 1 of
the 3rd IF). Adjust generator to obtain a response sim-ilar to Fig. 2. Do not exceed the 3 volt peak to peak
detector output during any of the following adjustments.
4. Set the marker generator to 45.75 MHz and alter-nately adjust the top and bottom cores of the 4th IF for
maximum gain and symmetry with the 45.75 MHz and
the 42.75 MHz markers positioned as shown in Fig. 2.
If the correct response cannot be obtained, check the
cores to see that they are not butted but are entering
their respective windings from the opposite ends of the
coil.
Fig. 3 Expanded View of the 47.25 MHz Trap Frequency.
5. Connect the sweep generator to Test Point "A" on
VHF tuner. Short test points "E" and "F" to chassis
ground. This will provide a "blow up" of the 47.25
MHz trap response as shown in Fig. 3. Adjust the 47.25
MHz trap (top slug of T1) for minimum marker ampli-tude.
Fig. 4 Overall IF Response Curve.
6. Disconnect the jumper between test point "E" and
chassis. Apply negative 6 or 7 volts bias to test point
"E," positive lead to chassis ground. Adjust sweep
generator for 3 volts peak to peak output as shown on
the oscilloscope (output of Picture Detector). Alter-nately, adjust the 2nd, 3rd and 1st IF coils and the con-verter (mixer) plate coil until an overall response sim-ilar to Fig. 4 is obtained.
IF ALIGNMENT 14635, 14636, 141338, 38Z,
141339, 39Z
Refer to the appropriate schematic diagram, chassis
tube and trimmer layout, and tuner drawings for refer-ence test points.
179
ZENITH Chassis 13Al2, 13A16, 14B35, etc. Alignment Information, Continued
1. Slowly turn the channel selector until the tuner
rotor is made to rest between two channels. This will
prevent an erroneous response.
2. Connect an oscilloscope through a 10,000 ohm
isolation resistor to terminal 'C' (detector). Connect the
ground lead to chassis.
3. Feed the sweep generator through a special termi-
nating network as shown in Fig. 1 to Point 'G' (Pin 1
of the 3rd IF). Adjust generator to obtain a response
similar to Fig. 5. Do not exceed the 3 volt peak to peak
detector output during any of the following adjustments.
4. Set the marker generator to 45.75 MHz and alter-
nately adjust the top and bottom cores of the 4th IF
for maximum gain and symmetry with the 45.75 MHz
and the 42.75 MHz markers positioned as shown in
Fig. 5. If the correct response cannot be obtained
check the cores to see that they are not butted but are
entering their respective windings from the opposite
ends of the coil.
Fig. 5 4th IF Response Curve
5. Connect the sweep generator to terminal 'A' (con-verter grid). Connect terminal 'F' to chassis and connect
a jumper between terminal 'E' and chassis. Adjust the
sweep to obtain a 3V. P.P. response similar to Fig. 8.
Switch oscilloscope to 1OX gain to 'blow up' the traps
(Fig. 6).
39.75 47.25
41.25
lox
SCOPE
GAIN
0.3 v
1
Fig. 6 Expanded View of Traps
6. Refer to Fig. 6 and adjust the 39.75 MHz and the
41.25 MHz traps for minimum marker amplitude. Con-nect jumper between 'E' and the junction of the 68 ohm
and 1500 ohm resistors in the cathode circuit of the
1st IF. This provides an additional 'blow up' of the
47.25 MHz traps (Fig. 7). Adjust the 47.25 MHz trap
for minimum marker amplitude.
CHASSIS
13Al2, M, S, S1, T, TZ
13A16, M, S, Z, MZ, SZ
14835, 36
14B38,38Z
14B39,39Z
Fig. 7 Further Expansion of Fig. 6 for Detail View
of the 39.75 and 47.25 MHz Traps
7. Disconnect jumper between 'E' and the 68 ohm and
1500 ohm cathode resistors. Connect this jumper be-tween 'E' and chassis. Adjust sweep generator for 3
volts peak to peak output at the second detector. Alter-
nately, adjust the 2nd, 3rd, 1st IF and the converter
plate coil until an overall response similar to Fig. 8 is
obtained. It will be found that the 2nd IF affects the low
side (42.75 MHz) and the 3rd IF, the high side of the
response curve.
Fig. 8 Overall IF Response Curve
VHF TUNER CHANNEL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT
In all VHF tuners, each channel can be adjusted indi-vidually with the receiver fine tuning knob without
interaction with other channels. Several turns of the
knob are permissible, in either direction, to obtain
proper adjustment.
SPECIFICATIONS
POWER USED AT
120V 60 Hertz
115 Watts
120 Watts
190 Watts
175 Watts
175 Watts
For Space Command Models Add 50 Watts to Power Used
180
ZENITH Chassis 13Al2, etc. Tuners 175-1133/36/38 Service Information
ITEM
NO.
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Cl
22.3985
33 PF N750 DISC =20% 500 V
C2
223683
2 PF GIMMICK ±10% 500V
C3
22.3548
18 PF NPO DISC ±5% 500 V
C4
22-3545
0.5-2.4 PF TRIMMER 500V
C5
22-3987
1000 PF FT GMV 500 V
C6
22.3797
1000 PF DISC +100% —20% 500 V
C7
22.3987
1000 PF FT GMV 500 V
C8
22-3547
12 PF N750 DISC ±5% 500 V
C9
22.3986
1000 PF FT GMV 500 V
C 1
0
22.3984
100 PF N1500 DISC -20% 500V
Cll
22-2424
1.5 PF GIMMICK ±10% 500V
C12
22-3987
1000 PF FT GMV 500 V
C13
22.3835
24 PF N330 DISC =3% 500 V
C14
22-3836
5 PF NPO DISC x.25 PF 500 V
C 1 5 22-3797
1000 PF DISC +100% —20% 500 V
C 1 6 22-5317
.15 MF CAP. 20% 100V
T1
5.74546
ANTENNA BALUN & FILTER
T2
5-74413
ANTENNA BALUN
T3
5.64259
ANTENNA TRANSFORMER
LI
20.1185
UHF I.F. INPUT COIL
L2
S-75825
S2
S-75890
SW. SECT. 2 WIRING (R.F.)
S3
5-79753
SW. SECT. 3 WIRING (ANT.)
S4
5-79754
SW. SECT. 4 WIRING (UHF IF)
SS
85-1009
SW. SECT. 5 (UHF B})
S6
85-1006
SW. SECT. 5 (UHF B} UHF PILOT
LIGHT) (FOR 1751133,
175.1136)
S7
SEE
SW. SECT. I ASSEMBLY (OSC.
BELOW
ROT. & STAT.)
RI
63.5012
10.7K OHM X10% 4 W
S-83017
OSCILLATOR SWITCH, DETENT &
SHAFT ASSY. FOR 175-1133 ONLY
583020
OSCILLATOR SWITCH, DETENT &
SHAFT ASSY. FOR 175.1136 ONLY
5-83021
OSCILLATOR SWITCH, DETENT &
SHAFT ASSY. FOR 1751147 ONLY
tsar Posxms. i1L.
e - R.F. Rxxo eneses aessxvnriox noxnr. 7x —s-8.3 VAO.
1
Me9
No: 1/1 WA _ R roLExWos uxl.xss orNsnNxse
=
9Pe[1FeeD.
NSASVRIxG eNo of RESIGTOR NUSTN
xe sxox2 ox
1/� s
on Issslu �
SOME TUNERS ONLY—
B+ To U.H.F CONTINUOUS
TUNER (Red)
ANTENNA CABLE
(300ohm INPUT)
UH F I. F, INPUT JACK
TEST POINT 11AB
"ONVERTER GRID USED TO INJECT I. F. SIGNALS
TO ALIGN I.F. AMPLIFIER IN T.V. RECEIVERAND
MEASURE CONVERTER GRID INJECTION.
MIXER PLATE COIL
TEST POINT 11 B
" /
CONVERTER SCREEN BY- PASS CONDENSER
FOR OBSERVATION OF R.F. BAND PASSES
VHF I.F. OUTPUT JACK
FINE TUNING SHAFT
ANTENNA
R.F PLATE
12A
6EA8
MIXER azN
IIIIII18111111111111 ill
UHF PILOT LIGHT SWITCH
(ON SOME MODELS)
NEUTRALIZING
TRIMMER HOLE
RED LEAD
A,G.C, (YELLOW)
6.3V AC HEATER
and PILOT LIGHT
(BROWN)
B+ (RED)
123-3779
OSCILLATOR
7
s7
5 t I 51a
. 6.3 V.A.C.
TO VHF PILOT LIGHT
ISOME MODELS)
NOTE:SGF SWITCH ON
TS-iRG�15 1I R B, 175-1132.
:
11 75-113],175-IIS< G 17511]6.
TO UHF PILOT LIGHT
(SOME MODELS)
BI TO UHF TUNER
Schematic Diagram and Top View of VHF Tuners 175-1133, 1136 and 1138
181
ZENITH Chassis 13A 12, U, S, S1,T,T Z, Signal Path and farts Layout
,\
))
ANOD
E LEAD
()
SPE
® i§
)
§)
�
/ \
IN
R
\
j
�
>
@ i� H
:f 1*1\
� \
;
|
|
�
�)
2
§
§
Signal
Path
an
d Pa
rts
Layo
ut
Of Th
e 13
Al2,
13Al2M,
13Al
2S,
MA12S1,
13Al
2T,
and
13Al
2TZ
Chassis
182
o«'om
C +
CL
M p X
> N
a
�b f o I �v
u II
� I •
III
�#� m
V I I M2
• l / • Ill
N 1-M m (n
d3NR1 JHA 01
ZENITH Chassis 13A 12, M, S, S 1, T, TZ
IU
F!
F--
IU
Hip
Hip
�8
Hip
183
ZENITH Chassis 13A 16, M, S, MZ, SZ, Z, Signal Path and Parts Layout
SPE
s � O
2
3
4TH
o - �
0
a
G
w
V•
2
d
w
VHF
ROTA
RY-S
WITC
H TUNER
7 CL
A
O�� QLLu
Fyn* Wm
�a
4 g *D
m
jm d
VV 44
d
*O
m
Fti Ow �*41Fditd�.dk d18r
N tN0 N
�t0 �
V tY
M-
I
1
I
O
ti
UHF
TUNER
175-
66
d
� o
e
• W
F- 2
> >
U W J
U ~ Z
C2
z CL M �
C00
cl�
184
95-
-4740
S)L -7o C5
t--t
�m<
" Q
+
0
h
b I
_ I
Jam• I "
h
1-0
1
p U
N O
,o
a,NW
> � >
V
I I
o #Q
+
ZENITH Chassis 13A16, M, MZ, S, SZ, Z
o >�
I
.I
I
�II
I
��
l
l
"fly
Ih
w�la I
L � �
Y
I
=ol� sod I
I
=W W
>� 1
a
N M� O
Q
81
n
m
,tt
61.
O
>y
�o
�m
I
m o +
�
g
U'�II o
U
bN
I
ti N 7 - n ,Fill ^o
>
a
l j m III
m b
O m
;
IL-
-----I
+
M -z
tON O w
co
a _
H,n
aar+nl dNn of
pl
� U -V> ry +
ti ti
_5
do m III
00 t0NO
O N Cr O
D
> �0RS
0
o
p�
0tr
11 s
wo <
ZU
>o
I
Q ID F
Y
I
�
O cq
>
11 ol
�= m
m e">
ii
Late
Prod
ucti
on
13A1
6,
13A16M,
13A1
6S,
13A16Z
, 13A16MZ,
and
13A1
6SZ
Chassis
ZENITH Chassis 14B36 Signal Path and Parts Layout
186
I I V
b
N
N4
oT
i
N
�.n..�/-'�- � f'�^�v-•- � ` 111
m a
8301 3Mn 01
511100 dd0- DVI
0NnOS NO ddOS Ol
I
187
•+_gym o'
d�•1 • m Y m w 3
O F
s.zaq-eag o,i,
ZENITH Service Material on Tuner 175-1401
ITEM PART
NO. NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
C1
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
CIO
C11
C12
C13
C14
C15
G1
G2
G3
G4
G5
G6
RI
L1
L3
TI
Al
A2
CH#1
CHAIR
2
CH#3
CH#4
CHIPS
CH#6
CH#7
CH#8
CH#9
CH#10
CH#11
CH#12
CH#13
22.5973
22.5974
22.5975
22-5974
22-5976
225977
22.5978
22-5979
22-5980
225974
22-5981
225982
225974
225974
225974
WIRE
GIMMICKS
636101
201730
201731
S-84477
S-84831
105.108
105.108
174.941
174.942
174.943
174-944
174.945
174946
174-947
174948
174.949
174950
174-951
174.952
174.953
7.7 PF ±.5 PF DISC CAP. N470
1000 PF GMV F.T.
2A PF GIMMICK CAP.
1000 PF GMV F.T.
47 PF ±5% F.T. N15GO
15 PF F.T.
1000 PF t5% DISC CAP. N470
1 PF GIMMICK CAP.
1000 PF GMV F.T.
1000 PF GMV F.T.
10 PF ±.5 PF DISC CAP. N330
2.2 PF .5 PF DISC CAP. NPO
1000 PF GMV F.T.
1000 PF GMV F.T.
1000 PF GMV F.T.
ANTENNA GIMMICK
NEUTRALIZING GIMMICK
R.F. RESPONSE ALIGNMENT
R.F. RESPONSE ALIGNMENT
R.F. RESPONSE ALI
GNMENT
R.F. RESPONSE ALGNMENT
5.6K OHM 10
D.C. RETURN COIL
SCREEN COIL
MIXER PLATE COIL
ANTENNA FILTER ASSEMBLY
R/C NETWORK
R/C NETWORK
I.F. STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#2 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#3 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#4 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH #5 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#6 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#7 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CHIPS STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#9 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#10 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#11 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#12 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#13 STIR ASSEMBLY
500 V
500 V
500 V
500 V
500 V
500 V
500 V
500 V
500 V
500 V
500 V
500 V
500 V
500 V
500 V
CH. I
CH.5-13 I
UHF LFI INPUT ADJUSTMENT
IN CHANNEL I POSITION.
UHF I.F. INPUT JACK
TEST POINT N
A
M
CONVERTER GRID USED To INJECT I.F.
SIGNALS To ALIGN LF AMPLIFIER in T.V.
RECEIVER and MEASURE CONVERTER
GRID INJECTIONS.
UHF B-F
NOTE; 14K 2WATT RESISTANCE in SERIES
WITH B+ SWITCH, INSIDE OF TUNER.
FINE TUNING SHAFT
ALL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS ARE
MADE BY TURNINGTHIS SHAFT. FINE
TUNING MAY BE ROTATED IN EITHER
DIRECTION For ANY NUMBER OF TURNS.
CH.2-4
I.F INPUT JACK
FROM UHF
TUNER L
TI
r
I
_ A2
IZ r
,
MEG 5A
EG ) MEGi
L —J L— I
VHF ANT.
L- J
C2
OOOFT
IOOOF.T.
*22-4768
15 MF
A.G.C. VI
3HA5
R. F.
63 -- G4 GS
VI
3HA5
R F.
5
g7F.T.
V2
6CG8A
MIX.-OSC.
V2A
MIXER
1/2
6CG8A
123-4008
TEST POINTS:
A- I.F. SIGNAL INPUT FOR ALIGNMENT ON MAIN CHASSIS
I.F. STRIP WITH TUNER SET ON CHANNEL 13
B- VHF R.F. BAND PASSES OBSERVATION POINT.
ANTENNA TERMINALS
(300 OHM INPUT)
THIS END GROUNDED
A.G.C.(YELLOW)
B+ R. F. TUBE
450ma. HEATER (BROWN)
VHF I.F OUTPUT JACK
\
MIXER PLATE COIL
B+ 135V (REDI
R.F. TEST POINT "BR
12K
K v
CS
I.F.OUTPUT
TO MAIN
CHASSIS
V28
6CG8A
OSC.
m
CIO
1000 F.T.
I
I
J
113
1000
F.T.
I
I
B+V
14K OHM52W DROPPING RESISTANCE INSIDE OF TUNER.
EXTERNAL DROPPING RESISTOR NOT USED WITH 175-88
OR 175-910 UHF TUNER.
MOif,:
SiLL RESISTOR ARE I/IM. '20" TOLERANCE
SUNLESIGTHE OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
. ALL CAPACI LOBS ARE Ix PIEOfARAOS UNLESS OTMEN+ISE ISOLA IfO.
0, LTAGE NEASUHfYZNTS MADE NIiX A VVYN. N N I1 SIGNAL RESISTOR
011 PPOBE ENO MIL" NNEP SE1 Ox NN VALUE.
APDTMORANTENXA SIGNAL INPVi.
p. G.N.V. DEx0TE5 GUAFANTFED xIxIM1M YALUf.
S. REPLACE NSEG ONLY NILM THE " ORIGINALLY SUPPLIED ST ZENITH.
xT 0 IS STAMPED ON TUNER CHASSIS.
1. UCNOIES EHISSIS 1
INESE -PO-TO ARE ON YU.11
Schematic Diagram and Top View of VHF Tuner 175-1401
188
ZENITH Service Material on Tuners 175-1105, 175-1108
ITEM
NO.
PART
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Cl
22-3813
3.0 PF GIMMICK �5% 500V
C2
C3
22.4684
22-3987
18 PF F.T. =5% 500 V
1000 PF F.T. GMV 500 V
C4
22-3547
12 PF N750 DISC m5% 500 V
C5
22.5806
051 PF GIMMICK m5% 500V
C6
22.3984
100 PF N1500 DISC 20% 500V
C7
22.5289
1.5 PF GIMMICK t5% 500V
C8
22.3987
1000 PF F.T. GMV 500 V
C9
22.3986
1000 PF F.T. GMV 500 V
C30
22.5808
5.1 PF NPO DISC *0.25 PF 500 V
C11
22.5253
24 PF N330 DISC ±3% 500 V
C12
22-3987
1000 PF F.T. GMV 500 V
C13
22.3797
1000 PF DISC +100% -20% 500 V
TI
S-82124
ANTENNA BALUN & FILTER
ASSEM.
T2
S-74413
ANTENNA SALUN ASSEM.
T3
S-64259
ANTENNA TRANSFORMER ASSEM.
Ll
20-1276
CH13 ANTENNA COIL
L2
201277
CONVERTER SCREEN COIL
L3
S-75809
CONVERTER PLATE COIL
L4
20.838
FILAMENT CHOKE
R1
SEE UHF TUNER
$1
S-82129
OSC. SW. DETENT & SHAFT
(FOR 175.1105 ONY)
S2
S-82125
SW. SECT. 2 WIRING (RLFj
S3
S-82126
SW. SECT. 3 WIRING (ANT.)
S4
S-82127
SW. SECT. 4 WIRING (UHF I.F.)
S5
S-82128
SW. SECT. 5 (UHF B+)
Al
105-105
R.C. ISOLATION NETWORK (PART
OF Tl) (R = 2.5 - 4 MEG.,
C = 450 PF GMV)
A2
105-105
R.C. ISOLATION NETWORK (PART
OF TI) (R = 2.5 - 4 MEG.,
C = 450 PF GMV)
B+ FROM
MAIN T.V. CHASSIS
7 (ALTERNATE
60 0 B CIRCUIT)
50 0
9
40 S5F
O1
30
20
i
8+ Ix
PROM MAIN
TN. CHASSIS x22-4668
I 1000
_ SOME
MODELS B+TO
UHF TUNER
0 A
2_7I I
-A I
*pl-Lx22 4668
-r 1000 1
1_-SOME
MODELS I
UHF
I.F. O
INPUT
50 O 0 7
4 OB
O
30
TI
T2
300 VHF
OHM L-"`�`^J
INPUT I r
A2 _-
I
TEST POINTS:
A - I.F. $16 AL. INPUT ILA AL IGIOIENT OF WAIN CHASSIS.
S - R.F. 0A4D PASSES UOSEFVATION POINT.
NOTES:
I. ALL RESI STIRS ARE Ii2 Hm !20:" NL TDLERANCE DRESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
2. MTAGES MEASURED HITH A VT'M S IDN OHM 112 MAR
ISOLATION RESISTOR (LEAU OH MEASURING END OF RESISTOR
NO, SE SNORT IiR" OR LESS).
3. S. N. V. OFNOTES GUARANTEED HIS. VALUE.
4. VOLTAGES MEASURED AT ZERD BIAS ON VIIF CHANNELS.
5. OENOTEE CHASSIS
A. ALL SWITCHES ARE 0OHN IN CHANNEL !13 POSITION F VIENED
FROM FRONT.
7. ALL CAPACITCRS ARE IN PF UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
09
010
72
I
I
DUMMY LUG (some modelsonly)
SOME MODELS only
UHF B+ SWITCH
ANTENNA CABLE
(300 ohm INPUT)
UHF I.F. INPUT JACK
31-105 ON 175-1105 ONLY
TEST POINT "A"
CONVERTER GRID USED TO INJECT I.F. SIGNALS
TO ALIGN I,F, AMPLIFIER IN T.V. RECEIVERAND
MEASURE CONVERTER GRID INJECTION.
MIXER PLATE COIL
TEST POINT "B"— CONVERTER SCREEN BY-PASS CONDENSER'
FOR OBSERVATION OF R.F. BAND PASSES
VHF I.F. OUTPUT JACK
FINE TUNING SHAFT
ALL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS ARE MADE
BYTURNING THIS SHAFT. FINE TUNING MAY
BE ROTATED IN EITHER DIRECTION FOR
ANY NUMBER OF TURNS
ANTENNA
CH# 13
T3
C21
IB F. T.
7
8
9
VI
R.F. PLATE
1.8K
C5 1/4W
0.51 t 10%
I ( 013
3HO5
R.F. ;co
1
1000 F T.
•- A x22-4768
T^ 15 MF
A.G.C. 1.5V
FOR ALIGNMENT
2.2
IW
V2A
1/2 6EA8
MIXER
-2.9V
220K
10
123-3722
I I
I
22K
1
1000 F.T.
G.M.V.
280v
r6.5K 135V
7�
L-J
(OR 5.2 K 7W DEPENDING
OR CHASSIS.)
RESISTOR EXTERNAL-MOUNTED IN MAIN CHASSIS
(SOME MODELS ONLY) +
135V (SOME MODELS)
UHF PILOT LIGHT SWITCH
(ON SOME MODELS)
NEUTRALIZING TRIMMER
ACCESS HOLE
�—B+ TO UHF TUNER
B+ From MAIN CHASSIS
( SOME MODELS only)
ANTENNA TERMINALS (175-1105
(300 OHM INPUT) only)
SOLDER THIS END To BRACKET
POWER TERMINAL STRIP
ILLUSTRATION
A.GICI (Yellow)
'-450mo.HEATER
( Brown)
B+ ( Red)
5GJ7 IS USED on 175-1119 only
OSCILLATOR
�• W
••
6• •10
5•i (,.. SI III
4•
3
5.6K
IW
0%
CH 13
V28
1/2 6EA8
OSC.
\. VI V2
3H05 6EA8
Schematic Diagram and Top View of VHF Tuners 175-1105 and 1108
12
1000.T. - IOOO F.
G,M.V.
FIL. 450 MA.A.C.
189
ZENITH Service Material on Space Command "300" Chassis S-85833
190
INDEX
Admiral Corp.
T2H3-1A 9
TK2-1A 13
TL2-1A 3
T3H4-1A 9
T3x3-1A,+ 13
T3K4-lA,1B 13
TH3-1A 9
TH4-1A 9
T8H4-1A 9
9P209 3
9P210 3
9P212 3
9P215 3
9P227 3
SK9P210 3
12P206 13
12P215 13
12P227 13
12P229 13
T12H4-1A 9
T11H4-1A 9
T 12H4-1 A 9
T13H4-1A 9
16P18CF9+ 9
16P40CF 13
16P43CF 13
16P57CF,+ 13
SK16P41CF 13
T16H4-1A 9
X16P18FM 9
X16P4OF 13
18H19,M 9
18P28F,FM 9
C18P28FM 9
X18P28FM 9
19P11CF,+ 9
19P15CF1+ 9
19P27CF,CFM 9
19P31CF 13
19P47CF 13
19P28OCF 13
19P289CF 13
19P297CF9+ 13
SK19P263CF 13
Admiral,Cont.
C1634FP,+ 9
C1657FP,+ 9
AC1660FP,+ 9
AC1667FP,+ 9
AC1837FP 9
1881FP,FPM 9
C1881FP,FPM 9
X1881FPM 9
C1897FP,FPM 9
C1953FP,FPM 9
C1955FP,FPM 9
C1977FP 9
AC1987FP,+ 9
AC1990FP 9
Airline
GCI-14829B 61
GHJ-14829A 61
GCI-14849B 61
GHJ-14849A 61
GHJ-14849B 61
GCI-14859A 61
GHJ-14859A 61
GHJ-14859B 61
Emerson
15P23 19
15P24 19
18P42 25
18745 25
18P46 25
18P47 25
18P48 25
19P77 25
19P78 25
19P81 25
19P82 25
120904AFB 25
120904C 25
120905A 25
120906A,B 25
Under each manufacturer's name, at left there are
listed that make chassis and models in numerical
order. The corresponding page number at right of
each listing refers to the first page of the section
dealing with such material.
Emerson, Cont.
120907A 25
120911A,B 25
1209110 25
120914A,B 19
120934A 2 5
120935AG 25
General
Electric
D-1 43
S-2 31
T-5 37
TR100TEB-5 37
WM153SAV-2 31
WM155SEB-2 31
WM158SCG-2 31
WM160SEB-2 31
WM160SMD-2 31
WM163SWD-2 31
WM164SEB-2 31
WM169SWD-2 31
AM40OWD-D1 43
M401EWD 43
M401WD-D1 43
WM401WD-D1 43
XSM401 WD-D1 43
M403EVY 43
M403EWD 43
M403VY-D1 43
M403WD-Dl 43
WM403WD-Dl 43
R403EWD 43
R403WD-D1 43
M407EWD 43
M407WD-D1 43
WM420BR-Dl 43
WM426BG-D1 43
WM432WD-Dl 43
WM432BG-Dl 43
WM433WD-Dl 43
M434WD-Dl 43
WM434WD-D1 43
G.E. Cont.
M435WD-D1 43
WM435WD-D1 43
M452EWD 43
M452WD-Dl 43
M454EWD 43
M454WD-D 1 43
WM506SVY-2 31
WM510SEB-2 31
CBM601EVY 43
CBM601VY-D 43
CAM603EVY 43
CAM603VY-D 43
CBM603EVY 43
CBM603VY-D 43
CHR621EVY 43
CHR621VY-D 43
CNR621EVY 43
CNR621VY-D 43
Magnavox
T941
T949
51
57
Montgomery
Ward
GCI-14829B 61
GHJ-14829A 61
GCI-14849B 61
GHJ-14849A 61
GHJ-14849B 61
GCI-148590 61
GHJ-14859A 61
GHJ-14859B 61
Motorola
XT767GN 78
XT768GW 78
XU772GK 78
22TS-599B 78
XP517FW 67
(Index continued on page 192)
Motorola, Cont.
C19TS-599 67
C21TS-599 67
D21TS-599 67
TS-599 67
XT627FN 67
XT628FW 67
Olympic
9P90
9P91
79
79
Panasonic
AN-169 82
AN-179 82
TR-415B 89
TR-415BC 89
Philco
S Line 95
19L21 95
19P22 99
19S32 103
S1240TN 95
S1260BR 95
S 1262BK,W H 95
S1264WD 95
S1265WA 95
S2532WH 99
S2734VIH 99
S3804WA 103
RCA Victor
AM-093B,+ 115
AP-094W 115
AM-097E 115
AM-100L 115
AP-1OOL 115
AM-101S 115
AP-1015 115
191
INDEX Continued
R.C.A. Cont.
KCS-183A 123
AM-133B,G 115
AP-133B,N 115
AP-136Y 115
AM-139YK 115
AM-162W 107
KCS-176A 115
KCS-176B 115
KCS-176D 115
KCS-176E 115
KCS-177A 115
KCS-1770 115
KCS-178A 107
CP-357W 123
CP-363L 123
CP-3695 123
CP-371W 123
Sears, Roebuck
5005 129
5117 135
5118 135
5119 135
528.70580 129
528.71330 135
Sharp
TU-47P 146
TU-58P 146
TW-87P 141
TW-88P 141
Sony
TV-920U 153
Sylvania
B12-1
B12-2
MZ122
MZ123
MZ200
163
163
163
163
163
Truetone
2DC1803 171
WEG1803A 171
Western Auto
Truetone
2DC1803 171
WEG1803A 171
Zenith Radio Zenith, Cont.
13Al2,.M,S 175 B1820Pt+ 175
13A120T,Z 175 B1820W,+ 175
13A16,M,S 175 B2002J,+ 175
13A16MZ 175 B2005W,+ 175
13A16SZ 175 B2009W3 175
13A16Z 175 B2044W2,3 175
14B35 175 B2213W3 175
14B36 175 B2224P3 175
14B38,z 175 T2613W,+ 175
14B39Z 175 S2647W 175
B1331C,+ 175 T2654L,+ 175
B1331F,+ 175 T2655W,+ 175
B1331J9+ 175 T2673W9+ 175
B1331L,+ 175 S2696W2 175
B1333W9+ 175 T2696W3 175
B1810C,+ 175 S2697L4 175
B181ox,+ 175 S2697L5 175
COVER ALL POPULAR SETS
AMAZING OFFER
RADIO & TV SERVICE DATA
What diagram and service data do you need. Service r___ NO-RISK ORDER COUPON ----�
material on practically every TV and radio set is to be TELEVISION SERVICE MANUALS
found in SUPREME manuals. These are giant volumes
that have factory issued data on all important TV sets,
stereo, AM, FM, auto, and portable radios, of all pe-riods through 1969. The very best service material at
lowest cost, only $2.50, $3, and $4 per complete annual
volume
A ll makes covered.
Dial stringing information
AdJustrnents.
d views,
4�_� °ar too
ulprinteaagrasse ded
i n e
ale\pf e to 9'sa
Om SWEEP GE
AND MARKE
renc
ntt
Yege
gollow g
ent
t,
Easy to
01 e4nipm
ro;nimutn
to
I
... e
d
t to pat t04
[lztstr`�ctioWhere tot g
e ed.
�n ickly voltages
exp
re°ve
m ,
To 3rd-lF-grid teat-
ecept thru s , 001 m
capacitor. Set nveep
r
roz. to 44 Mc;
-., k.- a, required
T.
T grid
. 001 f (cap
I
Supreme TV manuals are best for faster, easier TV
repairs. Lowest priced. Factory data on practically all
sets. Complete circuits, all needed alignments facts,
wiring board views, waveforms, voltages, production
changes, and double-page schematics. Only $3 and $4
per large annual manual. Check volumes wanted, send
entire advertisement as your order form.
❑ New 1969 COLOR TELEVISION Manual, only $4.
El 1969 TV, S4. ❑ 1968 TV, $4. ❑ 1967 TV, $4.
❑ 1966 TV, 3. ❑Additional 1965 TV, 3.
El1965 TV, $3. ❑ 1964 TV, $3. ❑ 1963 TV, $S.
❑ Additional 1962 TV, $S. ❑Early 1962 TV, $S.
❑ 1961 TV Manual, $3. ❑ 1960 TV Manual, $e.
p Additional 1959 TV, $3. ❑Early 1959 TV, $3.
❑ 1958 TV Manual, $3. ❑Additional 1957 TV, $S.
❑ 1955 TV, $S. ❑ 1954 TV, $3. ❑ 1951 TV, Se.
❑ Master Index to all TV &Radio Manuals, 25t
RADIO DIAGRAM MANUALS
Get these low-priced radio manuals and simplify all
repairs. Cover everything you may need from recent
radios to pre-war old-timers; all type radios, stereo,
combinations, transistor portables,
FM-AM, and auto sets, Large sche-
matics, all needed alignment facts,
printed boards, voltage data, dial
stringing, hints. Volumes are big,
8-1/2' x 11-, about 190 pages, ea.
0 1966, 0 1965, p 1964, 0 1963, 0 1962, ❑ 1961,
❑ 1960, ❑ 1959, ❑ 1958, p 1956, ❑ 1955, 0 1954,
0 1953, ❑ 1952, ❑ 1951, D 1950, D 1948, ❑ 1946,
❑ 1942, ❑ 1941; ❑ 1940, D 1926-38, EACH, $2.50
Also ❑ New 1967-1969 Combined Radio Volume, $4.
50
8
SUPREME PUBLICATIONS
1760 Balsam Road, Highland Park, ILL., 60038
Rush today TV and RptliO manuals checked in
no-risk order form Of this ad. Send postpaid, I am
enclosing full price. You guarantee my complete
satisfaction or my money back.
Name*
Address*
City State*
192
Another
Supreme Publications
Service Manual
![[citation needed] - DiVA](https://img.dokumen.tips/doc/110x75/63247dbbf021b67e740890a0/citation-needed-diva.jpg)
